Installing AVG Anti-virus
AVG Antivirus
Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7
Downloading Free AVG
Open a web browser.
In the address field type in free.avg.com.
When the window loads under the Free basic protection windows on the web page click on Get it now!
On the next web page that loads scroll down and in the column AVG Anti-virus Free click on Download.
On the next web page that loads click on Download Now.
On the next web page that loads click on Download Now. This should initiate the downloading of the AVG installation file.
Click Save File.
Installing Free AVG
Double click on the downloaded file to install AVG.
Click on Run.
Click Next.
In the Acceptance Notice window click Accept.
In the license agreement window click Accept.
Install the Standard Installation by clicking Next.
Click Next.
Click Next.
Click Finish.
AVG First Run Wizard
When the First Run Wizard window opens click Next.
Configure when you would like AVG to scan your computer.
Click Next.
Click Next.
Make sure the box is unchecked for Yes, change my default search engine to Yahoo! and click Next.
Click Next to update AVG.
Click Next.
Click Next.
Click Finish.
Virus Protection at Hamilton College
AVG Antivirus
Policy Note:
Hamilton College requires all existing and all incoming students to install Anti-Virus software on their personal computers by the end of the second week of classes each semester. Failure to do so can result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until up-to-date Anti-virus software is installed. Anti-virus software (AVG for Windows and Sophos & iAntivirus for Macintosh) is provided free to all students. Other anti-virus products may be substituted for Hamilton supported Anti-Virus as long as they are kept current.
Student Anti-virus Installation Instructions: (updated 12/5/2011)
AVG for Windows
Sophos Home Edition or iAntivirus for Mac (ITS recommended for Students only)
The ITS Help Desk at x4181 will provide full support for the above Anti-virus software starting 5/13/2011.
Employee Anti-virus Installation Instructions: (updated 2/23/2011)
Macintosh Instructions (OS 10.4 & higher) (Employees)
Windows XP/Vista/7 Instructions (off-campus) (Employees)
If you have changed your Hamilton password and use Sophos on your home computer please use the following documenation to allow Sophos to update on your computer.
How to change your password in Sophos (Windows & Mac)
Sophos Users Manual
Sophos - Windows (Endpoint Security)
Sophos - Mac
Sophos Anti-virus is free to employees for use on college-owned computers and for use on their home computers (for as long as they are employed by the college). Please be advised that this is a licensed software product. You will be asked to provide proper identification before you are allowed to obtain this software. If you prefer to have ITS assist you in installing Sophos on your office computer, please contact the ITS Help Desk at x4181.
Using Adobe Connect
Adobe Connect
Connecting to a Meeting
To connect to a meeting, click on the URL the meeting host has provided and enter as a guest using your full name.
When prompted to join the audio conference, keep Dial-out [Receive a call from the meeting] selected and enter your telephone number in the field provided.
Wait for Connect to call your phone and follow the instructions that you hear to join the conference.
You should now make sure that meeting audio is being sent through your computer's speakers. Use your phone only when you want to ask a question.
To ask a question, raise your hand by selecting the raise hand icon and wait for the presenter to unmute your phone. When the presenter calls your name, use your phone to ask your question. If you have a question, click the raise hand button to notify the moderator. Listen to the audio for your name to be called and then speak into your telephone to ask your question.
Photoshop CS6 Basic Skills
Adobe Photoshop
What is Photoshop?
Photoshop is an image editing software used by a wide range of media professionals to perform a broad variety of tasks ranging from combining images and photo correction to 3D object creation and even some frame editing for video. It is an incredibly useful tool and some basic knowledge in Photoshop can really go a long way. Because of it's various uses and the popularity of Photoshop, it is available on all campus computers, both PCs and Macs. This tutorial will take you through some of the basics of Photoshop, and introduce you to some of the tools you will find yourself using the most in image editing. However, if you find that you wish to learn more, there are a large variety of great sources of information online, as well as staff and professionals here at Hamilton who would love to go into some of the finer details. Always feel free to stop by the MPC with questions.
Table of Contents
Creating a New Image
Photoshop Toolbars
Tools
Options
Palettes
Basic Image Editing
Rotating
Resizing
Free Transform
Cropping
Text
History Palette
Layers
What is a Layer?
Layers Palette
Color Adjustments
Brightness/Contrast
Color Balance
Curves
Saving Your Image
Creating a New Image
Often you will be using Photoshop to edit currently existing images, but there are times when you will want to create an image of your own.
1. To begin, your going to want to open the Photoshop applation. You can find this in the dock or in the Applications folder if your on a Mac, and if your on a PC it will be located in the Start menu with the other programs.
2. Once Photoshop has loaded, go to the File menu and select New.
3. A dialogue box should appear that looks simlar to the one illustrated on the right. Start by entering a file name for your image in the Name field.
4. Next, specify the dimensions of your image. There are a number of preset sizes to choose from in Preset drop-down menu, but you can also just specify the Width and Height manually. You can also choose the units of the dimensions from the drop down menus next to Width and Height. The options include inches, pixels, centimeters, and more.
5. Under the Color Mode label, make sure that the RGB Color option is chosen unless you wish to work in black and white.
6. Using the Background Contents drop-down menu, you can choose to create your image with a default background color of White, the current Background Color set in Photoshop, or Transparent. Once your finished, click OK.
NOTE: Transparent backgrounds only work with GIF and PNG images. If you are planing on making a graphic for the web, you can use either of these options. Keep in mind that GIF images only use 256 colors so they will not work well for more detailed image work. PNGs have many more color options, however they often have a larger file size than both .gif and .jpg, however unless your creating the images for the web, this will probably not affect you.
Photoshop Toolbars
Tools
Photoshop has a large array of distinct tools. To the right you will see the names of all the various tools and how they will appear in Photoshop. Below are some further explanations of a few of the more commonly used ones.
Move Tool - Use this tool to grab on to the currently selected layer and drag it around the image until you're satisfied with its position.
Lasso Tool - Use to cut out a specific section of a layer.
Quick Selection Tool - Attempts to trace a border around an object or image based on the areas you select. Works best when dealing with solid colors.
Magic Wand Tool - Located under the associated tools with the Quick Selection Tool. This tool works similarily to the Quick Selection Tool, however it relies on only one point to make a selection suggestion, and will select as much area it possibly can as long as the areas are touching and colors close enough according to the set Tolerance.
Crop Tool - Use to highlight a specif rectangular area of an image and then crop that area into its own image.
Paintbrush Tool - Use to draw like you would with a paintbrush. There are a variety of brush stroke shape and size options in the toolbar at the top when activated.
Type Tool - Use the type tool to create a text layer for your image. Text attributes such as font, color, size, style, and orientation can all be modified.
Eye Dropper Tool - Use this tool to grab color from one place in an image and use it somewhere else. With this tool activated, simply click on an area of the image and the color of that area will be sent to the color palette.
Note: By right clicking on one of the tool icons that has a small triangle in the bottom right corner, a list of related tools will be revealed. This can also be done by clicking and holding one of the menu options while dragging the pointer to the right.
Options
The Options Toolbar allows you to manipulate the attributes of each different tool. For instance, shown below are the options for the Text Tool. As you can see there are options to change the font, style, size, alignment, and color. This toolbar will change depending on the tool that is currently selected.
Note: If the Options Toolbar isn't visible wen you open Photoshop, you can display it by going to Window at the top menu and selecting Options.
Palettes
Within Photoshop there is a number of independent menus known as palettes. A palette will contain a group of tools specific to accomplishing some goal in Photoshop, and they can be incredibly useful for manipulating and editing images. Three of the more important and commonly used palettes are the History, Color, and Layers palettes.
Basic Image Editing
Rotating
To rotate an image, first make sure the image is selected. Then go to Image at the top menu and select Image Rotation. Under this selection you will six choices to pick from: 180º, 90º CW, 90º CCW, Arbitrary..., Flip Canvas Horizontal, and Flip Canvas Vertical. The appearance of these choices is shown below. Select whichever choice will yield the result you are looking for. For example, 180º will flip your image upsidedown. Arbitrary will allow you to rotate any number of degrees.
Resizing
To resize an image, first make sure the image is selected. Now go to Image at the top menu and select Image Size. The Image Size window will open up, shown below.
You can edit the dimensions of your image either by changing the number of pixels within the image, or by changing the width and height of the image. Changing the width and height directly is the easiest way to change the images size.
Note: Under the drop-down menus next to the Width and Height field there is a percent option, which allows one to change the image relative to the current size.
Notice the three checkboxes at the bottom. You can not worry about the top and bottom ones, but the middle check box, Constrain Proportions, is of interest when changing the size of a document. When this box is checked, you only have to change either the height or the width and the other will change to maintain the images proportions.
Note: Another thing to keep in mind when resizing images is that increasing the size of an image will reduce image quality. This could prove to be problematic depending on your planned use of the image.
Free Transform
Along the topics of resizing and rotating images, it is worth mentioning a quick and easy, although less accurate, way of accomplishing both. With your image selected, go to Edit in the top menu and select Free Transform. You'll notice that a series of points will show up around your image. Shown below.
If you hover over these points, you will see arrows suggesting either scaling the image or rotating it. You can grab these points and move them in and out to scale the image, or if your on one of the corner points, you will be able to rotate the image as well. You can view all of the changed attributes in the Options toolbar at the top of the screen, or change attributes directly there. When your all set, simply select a different tool. A dialogue box will pop up, asking if you wish to apply your changes. Go ahead and select Apply.
Cropping
To crop an image, go to the Tools Toolbar, usually located on the left of the screen, and select the Crop Tool. (If the Tools toolbar is not visible, go to Window in the top menu and select Tools.)
Now, you'll notice that your cursor changes to a cross hair with the crop symbol at the bottom right. Simply click and drag the cursor over the portion of the image that you want to crop and keep. The cropped area will now be outlined and brighter than the surrounding area. From here, you can adjust the area being cropped by clicking and dragging the handles.
When finished adjusting the size, you can either click on any other tool and select Crop from the dialogue box that appears, or go to the Image menu and select Crop.
Text
To add text to an image, begin by selecting the Type Tool from the Tools Toolbar.
Click and drag the cursor over the portion of the image you sish to add text to.
Type the desired text. Recall that you can use the Options Toolbar to change the attributes of the text.
Once you are finished typing in your text and editing the font properties, click the Commit Any Current Edits button at the right of the Options Toolbar. Shown below.
History Palette
In Photoshop, it is likely that you will want to revert to a previous state in your image. However, unlike many other programs, the Undo command only works for the latest action. If you need to go back to an even earlier stage of your image, you will need to use the History Palette.
The History Palette should be located at the top right of your workspace in Photoshop. If you don't see it, go to Window in the top menu, and select History.
Displayed in the History Palette will be all the actions that you have performed on a given image in descending chronological order. To revert to a previous state, simply find the desired action within the palette and select it. The image will then revert back to that state.
Layers
What is a Layer?
In Adobe Photoshop, the ability to create, move, and manipulate layers is key to successful image design. To understand what a layer in Photoshop is, simply picture several sheets of glass with different pictures on them stacked in a pile. The pictures on the top sheet of glass will overlap any pictures on the sheets of glass beneath. If you wanted to wash off a picture on the middle layer of lgass, you could do so without affecting the pictures on the other sheets of glass. This is exactly how layers work in Photoshop. They are designed so that you can edit and change specific aspects of your overall composite image without going through the hassle of editing the entire image. In short, layers simplify many imae manipulation and editing techniques that would otherwise be very difficult or even impossible.
Layers Palette
Selecting Layers
The Text layer is highlighted. This means that any changes made to the image at this point will only affect that layer. Anything on the Background layer will remain unchanged. Simply click once on a specific layer to select it for editing.
Moving Layers
If you have several layers in your image and want to rearrange the order in which they are "stacked", simply go to the Layers Palette, click on the layer you wish to reorient in the hierarchy, and drag it up or down until it is where you want it.
Deleting Layers
To remove a layer from your image, select it in the Layers Palette and click the Delete Layers icon. This icon resembles a trashcan and is located in the lower right corner of the palette.
Creating Layers
To add a new layer to your image, click the Create a New Layer icon, which resembles a piece of folded paper, in the lower right corner of the layers palette next to the Delete Layers icon.
Hiding Layers
You can temporarily hide a layer so that you can more easily work with layers beneath it by clicking in the box to the left of the layer, which contains the icon of the eye. If the eye is present, it means the layer is visible. If there is no eye in the box,
the layer is currently hidden from view.
Changing the Opacity of Layers
In some cases, you may wish to make a specific layer appear transparent so that the preceding layer can be seen through it. To accomplish this effect, simply adjust the Opacity Controls. In the example image of the Layers Palette above, the opacity is currently set to 100%. ry changing the opacity percentage until your achieve the desired effect.
Renaming Layers
If your image has many layers, it would probably be a good idea to give each layer a name that will help you to quickly identify it. To change the name of an existing layer, double click on the existing title and then change the name to whatever you like.
Creating Sets
To better organize layers within your image, you can create sets. Sets are simply groups of layers organized according to some common characteristic. For instance, perhaps several layers of your image together create a bear. You might want to group all of those layers together and put them in a set titled “Bear”. To create a set, click on the Create a New Set icon, this resembles a folder, at the bottom of the Layers Palette. To add layers to the set, simply click and drag them into it.
Adding Layer Effects
Photoshop includes all sorts of cool effects that can be applied to specific layers. Some of these include drop shadow, glow, bevel, and emboss. They can be applied to both image and text layers. All you need to do is select a layer and click on the Add a Layer Style icon. It’s the icon that looks like at italic "fx" at the bottom of the Layers Palette. A drop-down menu will pop up where you can choose an effect and then modify its attributes.
Color Adjustments
Photoshop has a large variety of tools to perform color adjustments, some more user friendly than others. There are entire books and tutorials dedicated to just the topic of color adjustments alone, so obviously much of the abilites will be left out of this resource, however this should serve as a good brief introduction to some of the tools.
The Adjustments Palette should be open and on the right side of your workspace by default. If you don't see it, go to Window in the top menu and select Adjustments. Within this palette you most likely find all the color adjustment tools you are looking for. Below is a brief overview of a few of the more commonly used ones.
In the Adjustments Palette shown to the right, a few of the specific adjustments have been highlighted. The icon that looks like a half dark/half light sun is the Brightness/Contrast adjustment, the icon that looks like a scale is the Color Balance adjustment, and the icon that looks like graph paper with a curve on it is the Curves adjustment. Below these are shown in a little more detail.
Brightness/Contrast
This tool is pretty straightforward, and the results of changes you make will be visible right away in your image. Simply enter a value or use the scroll bar to change the Brightness and Contrast attributes. There is also an Auto button which will result in Photoshop changing these attributes itself to achieve the best result according to it's own algorithms. Note: This may not be the best result according to you!
Color Balance
As with the Brightness/Contrast adjustment, changing the Color Balance is pretty straightforward and edits you make will be previewed right away. Simply enter a number or use the slider to change the balance. Notice that you choose which ton balance your adjusting by using the Tone: option. The three tone balances are shadows, midtones, and highlights.
Curves
The Curves adjustment is a bit more complex and more difficult tool to use than Brightness/Contrast or Color Balance, however it is incredibly versatile and allows for changes in both luminosity and color balance. Notice that the curve starts out with 5 points of contact with the grid behind it. These points are highlighted in the image to the right. Starting from the bottom left and working up and to the right, these points represent the Black Point, Shadows, Midtones, Highlights, and White Point. By clicking on the curve, you create an edit point where you can adjust the curve, adjusting how these various aspects of the color in the image appear. If there is a specific area of the image you know you want to affect, click the icon in the top left that looks like a finger pointing, then click and hold the area you want to change. Then simply drag the mouse up or down to change the curve to adjust that area. If you decide you want to reset the changes you made in Curves, click the middle icon at the bottom, that looks like an arrow going in a loop.
Saving Your Image
Saving your work is important not only when you are finished, but throughout the process as well. Be sure to save your work when you start, and routinely throughout the editing process. The format in which you save your image is dependent on its purpose. For instance, web graphics are saved as .jpg, .gif, or .png. However, if you are saving the image to print, such as you would in digital photography, you will most likely want to save your image in the .tif format.
To save your image, go to File in the top menu and select Save As.
The dialog box shown to the right will open. Here, you can name your file, select the correct format, and choose where to save your file. There are a number of different options under Format:, with the default set as a Photoshop document (.psd). Keep in mind that if you want to use your image for anything other than working in Photoshop you will want to save it as something other than a Photoshop document. When you have named your image and set everything the way you want, click Save.
Premiere: Quick Guide
Adobe Premiere
Table of Contents
Getting Started
Setting up a New Project
Save Location
Choosing the Sequence Presets
The Interface
Source Monitor
Program Monitor
Project Panel
Timeline
Basic Editing
Using Clips in the Timeline
Creating a Title
Adding Effects and Transitions
Exporting
Getting Started
Premiere is now the standard video editing software supported at Hamilton College. It is available on Macs in a number of locations on campus, including the Multimedia Presentation Center, Burke 001, and Couper Classroom, all located in the library, as well as Science Center 3039 and the Digital Arts Lab located in LIST.
Before starting any video project you should make sure you have thought about storing your project. Digital Video takes up a large amount of space on computers, and will not fit on your SSS space in almost all cases. If you do not have access to server space for your project, you should make sure you have adequate space on an external hard drive / flash drive for your work, since all local storage on school computers is Temporary.
Setting Up a New Project
Save Location
Choosing the Sequence Presets
The Interface
Source Monitor
Program Monitor
Project Panel
Timeline
Basic Editing
Using Clips in the Timeline
Creating a Title
Adding Effects and Transitions
Exporting
E-mail and Spam
Anti-spyware
Topics covered on this page
What is SPAM?
SPAM and Identity Theft
What is Hamilton doing about SPAM?
What do I need to do?
What is SPAM?
Unsolicited "junk" e-mail sent to large numbers of people to promote products or services. The majority of spam is simply advertising. Some spam, however, is highly suspicious in nature and can expose users to threats such as viruses, spyware, and identity theft.
Back to top
SPAM and Identity Theft
Spam is becoming an increasingly popular vehicle for scam artists to commit identity theft by tricking the recipients into supplying personal information such as credit card numbers or online passwords. This type of spam is called "Phishing."
Phishing attacks work by the scam artist sending 'spoofed' e-mail messages that appear to come from an online company that you do business with such as a bank, credit company, online payment service, E-bay, ISP, etc.; businesses that require users to have a personal information for their accounts. The e-mail message will ask you to verify or update your account details by replying to the message, entering the information in a pop-up window, or following a link in the message.
The fraudulent messages will often contain the company logo and official-looking formatting that mirrors formatting on the company's real website. If the message contains a link, that link usually points to a fake website that also looks like the company's real website. These messages will often have a sense of urgency and somewhat threatening tone, saying that your account will be suspended or deleted if you do not verify/update within a short timeframe.
How to protect yourself:
Never respond to e-mail messages that request personal information. Legitimate companies will never ask for personal information over e-mail. When they do correspond with customers via e-mail, they generally send personalized messages that refer to you by your full name, whereas phishers do not. Even if you think the e-mail may be legitimate, do not respond to it. Contact the company directly.
Never click on a link in an unsolicited e-mail message.
Phishers will often include links to webpages that look authentic with addresses that also look authentic. There are several ways that this can be faked. If you want to log into your online account, go to the company's website by typing its address into the address bar and log in directly.
Never e-mail personal or financial information. E-mail is not a secure medium for transmitting sensitive information. If you initiate a transaction and want to provide personal and/or financial information through an organization's website, look for indicators that the site is secure, like a lock in the browser's status bar or a URL that begins with https:// (note the 's' for 'secure' in 'https'). Unfortunately, no indicator is foolproof; some phishers have forged security icons.
Report phishing attempts. If you receive an e-mail that has any of the following above, select the e-mail and click the Report Spam icon. For more information on removing spam forever from your account, please click here: http://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?answer=6602
Back to top
What is Hamilton doing about SPAM?
Hamilton's mail server is now powered by Google which has an automated spam filter. Although HillConnect will pick up most phishing attempts and remove them from your inbox, you may still receive spam e-mails. You can easily remove these from your inbox by clicking the Report Spam icon. The more spam e-mails you mark as spam, the better job Google's system can do in removing future spam e-mails from your inbox. Click the links below for more information from Google below
http://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?answer=6602
http://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?hl=en&answer=190737&topic=1669056
Back to top
What do I need to do?
Follow the guidelines listed above on how to protect yourself from identity theft.
Back to top
Spyware and Adware
Anti-spyware
Topics covered.
What is spyware?
How is spyware different from adware?
Are cookies considered spyware?
How to avoid spyware
How to detect and remove spyware
What is spyware?
Spyware is software that is installed on your computer without your permission. It often tags along with free software you have downloaded or comes from "infected" web sites and/or links. The most common source of spyware is file sharing software (Kazaa, Blubster, etc.). Even innocent free programs (e.g. Comet Cursor) will come with spyware. In fact, it is best to assume that if the software is free, it comes with spyware attached.
Its purpose is to report your browsing habits (web sites you've visited) to the publisher of the spyware software. They use this information to present you with pop-ups when you are browsing the Web. Sometimes the information gathered is also used to send you spam.
Spyware can interfere with your network connection, slow down the performance of your computer and prevent legitimate software (such as Internet Explorer) from working properly.
Back to top
How is spyware different from adware?
Spyware and Adware are essentially the same thing. The primary difference is that adware is used to pop-up ads that are meant to be meaningful to you, whereas spyware may pop-up ads that are offensive or have nothing to do with your interests. Both are annoying and can overwhelm your browser with pop-ups. Adware typically does not insert itself into your computer operating system as thoroughly as spyware.
Back to top
Are cookies considered spyware?
Cookies are used in a manner similar to adware and spyware. They report information about you back to the publisher of the cookie. Many, many web sites use cookies. Respectable sites, such as Amazon.com, use cookies responsibly. They only store information directly related to the use of their web pages. For example, it is used to suggest products based on your past purchases. Other sites gather more information than they should. Cookies can safely be deleted and are usually recreated when you revisit the site (sometimes you will have to login to the site before the cookie is reset). Internet Explorer includes a button in its "options" window that allows you to quickly remove all cookies.
Back to top
How to avoid spyware
Do not click on banners that appear at the top of web pages even if they look like a fun game, they say you are a winner or they are going to help you correct a potential problem on your computer (your clock is wrong, you have spyware, etc.).
Do not download free software. If you must use free software, be as selective as possible and only install that which is completely necessary. Use trustworthy web sites.
Do not click on AIM or MSN profile links unless you are absolutely certain they are real. Ask your friend if they know the link is there before you click on it.
Do not follow links in spam e-mail messages. They often take you to sites that install spyware on your computer.
Music/file sharing is illegal. It is also a pipeline to spyware, viruses and hackers. Is it worth it?
Back to top
How to detect and remove spyware
ITS is currently suggesting students use AVG Antivirus for Windows computers. Click here for installation instructions: https://my.hamilton.edu/information-technology-services/resource-center/installing-avg-anti-virus.
For Macintosh computers, the ITS recommends iAntivirus or Sophos Home Edition. Click here for installation instructions: http://my.hamilton.edu/information-technology-services/resource-center/sophos-home-edition-for-mac
Removing spyware may sometimes disable the software with which it came. In some cases the spyware cannot be removed until the free software it came with is also removed.
Back to top
Virus Protection at Hamilton College
Anti-spyware
Policy Note:
Hamilton College requires all existing and all incoming students to install Anti-Virus software on their personal computers by the end of the second week of classes each semester. Failure to do so can result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until up-to-date Anti-virus software is installed. Anti-virus software (AVG for Windows and Sophos & iAntivirus for Macintosh) is provided free to all students. Other anti-virus products may be substituted for Hamilton supported Anti-Virus as long as they are kept current.
Student Anti-virus Installation Instructions: (updated 12/5/2011)
AVG for Windows
Sophos Home Edition or iAntivirus for Mac (ITS recommended for Students only)
The ITS Help Desk at x4181 will provide full support for the above Anti-virus software starting 5/13/2011.
Employee Anti-virus Installation Instructions: (updated 2/23/2011)
Macintosh Instructions (OS 10.4 & higher) (Employees)
Windows XP/Vista/7 Instructions (off-campus) (Employees)
If you have changed your Hamilton password and use Sophos on your home computer please use the following documenation to allow Sophos to update on your computer.
How to change your password in Sophos (Windows & Mac)
Sophos Users Manual
Sophos - Windows (Endpoint Security)
Sophos - Mac
Sophos Anti-virus is free to employees for use on college-owned computers and for use on their home computers (for as long as they are employed by the college). Please be advised that this is a licensed software product. You will be asked to provide proper identification before you are allowed to obtain this software. If you prefer to have ITS assist you in installing Sophos on your office computer, please contact the ITS Help Desk at x4181.
Getting Started With Information Technology
Antivirus
Getting Started With Information Technology
NOTE: The information on this page is fully up-to-date and accurate for the 2011-12 academic year.
This page connects new and returning members of the Hamilton College community to the most up-to-date information on networking, personal computer systems and standards. Whether you've never been to Hamilton, or you've just been away for a semester or two, this is the place to find out about the information technology environment.
Why Bring a Laptop Computer to Campus?
The campus has universally distributed connectivity via ethernet and wireless. This will make it easy for you to use your computer anywhere on campus (e.g., in the library), even bring it to class or the place you most prefer to study;
You will want to continue to use your computer when you go home for breaks;
Laptops take up less space in your room;
If you have a problem, laptops can be easily transported to our Help Desk.
What do I Need to Know About Bringing a Computer to Campus?
Have a computer you need connected to the Hamilton network? Want to purchase your own computer, and be sure it can be connected to the network? Follow this link for information on minimum and recommended system requirements and network connectivity.
Virus Protection
Virus Protection Information
Policy Note
Hamilton College requires all existing and all incoming students to install Anti-Virus software on their personal computers by the end of the second week of classes each semester. Failure to do so can result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until up-to-date Anti-virus software is installed. Anti-virus software (AVG for Windows and Sophos & iAntivirus for Macintosh) is provided free to all students. Other anti-virus products may be substituted for Hamilton supported Anti-Virus as long as they are kept current.
Student Phone and Voice Mail Overview
Cable Television Information
Contact Us
E-mail us at: helpdesk@hamilton.edu
Or, if you just want to hear a friendly voice, phone 315-859-4181. We'll be sure that someone gets back to you within one business day.
Installing AVG Anti-virus
Antivirus
Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7
Downloading Free AVG
Open a web browser.
In the address field type in free.avg.com.
When the window loads under the Free basic protection windows on the web page click on Get it now!
On the next web page that loads scroll down and in the column AVG Anti-virus Free click on Download.
On the next web page that loads click on Download Now.
On the next web page that loads click on Download Now. This should initiate the downloading of the AVG installation file.
Click Save File.
Installing Free AVG
Double click on the downloaded file to install AVG.
Click on Run.
Click Next.
In the Acceptance Notice window click Accept.
In the license agreement window click Accept.
Install the Standard Installation by clicking Next.
Click Next.
Click Next.
Click Finish.
AVG First Run Wizard
When the First Run Wizard window opens click Next.
Configure when you would like AVG to scan your computer.
Click Next.
Click Next.
Make sure the box is unchecked for Yes, change my default search engine to Yahoo! and click Next.
Click Next to update AVG.
Click Next.
Click Next.
Click Finish.
Installing Sophos Anti-Virus on Mac OS 10.4-10.8 for Employees
Antivirus
For Off Campus Use
Removal of old Sophos (if necessary)
NOTE: If you already have Sophos on your computer go through the removal steps otherwise go to the section Downloading and Installing Sophos
1. At Finder click on your hard drive icon.
2. Open the folder Library.
3. Open the folder Application Support.
4. Open the folder Sophos Anti-virus.
5. Launch the Remove Sophos Anti-virus.
6. Once Sophos is removed from the computer you can install the new version of Sophos.
Downloading and Installing Sophos
1. Launch Firefox. NOTE: Safari will not work to download Sophos.
2. Please replace userid with your hamilton user name as you type in the Address line ftp://hamilton-d\userid@software.hamilton.edu/sophos
3. In the dialog box that appears type in your Hamilton Network password.
4. Click OK.
5. Click on the folder link Sophos Mac OS 10.2 & above.
6. Click on the link ESCOSX.zip to download the Sophos installer on your computer.
7. In the dialog box that appears, choose the bullet in front of Save File.
8. Click OK.
9. Locate the ESCOSX.zip that you downloaded.
10. Double click on the ESCOSX.zip to unpack the file folder.
Installing Sophos
1. Close all other applications.
2. Open the folder ESCOSX file folder on the desktop.
3. Double-click on the file Sophos Anti-Virus.mpkg.
a. If the installer launches an Authenticate window, enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer when it boots up. After typing them in click OK.
4. Click Continue in window This package contains a program that …
5. The Welcome to the Sophos Anti-Virus Installer screen appears. Click Continue.
6. The Important Information screen appears. Click Continue.
7. The Select a Destination screen appears. Select your computer’s hard drive. Click Continue.
8. The Standard Install screen appears. Click Install.
a. If the installer launches an Authenticate window, enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer.
9. When the progress bar is complete, you will see a message indicating Install Succeeded. Click Close.
Configuring Sophos
1. Click on the Sophos Shield located by the Time & Date in the top right corner on the menu bar.
2. Select Open Sophos Anti-virus Preferences.
3. Click on the Lock button labeled Click lock to make changes in the lower left hand corner.
4. An Authenticate window appears. Enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer when it boots up. After typing them in click OK.
5. Click on the AutoUpdate tab (see figure below.)
6. On the Update from primary location select Company web server.
7. In the URL: field http://sophosupdate.hamilton.edu/cids/s000/escosx
8. In the User name: field, using your network username in place of “userid,” enter Hamilton-d\userid if you are an employee. For example, if you were a employee named Ulysses Grant, you would type hamilton-d\ugrant in the User name field.
9. In the Password: field, enter your Hamilton Network Password. This is the password you use to access the ESS or SSS server.
10. Place a check in the box labeled Check for updates on connection to network or internet.
11. Quit System Preferences by selecting System Preferences (from the main menu bar), and then Quit System Preferences.
What to Expect When You’re Finished
1. After your installation is complete, Sophos will scan for viruses in the background and will automatically remove any that are found.
2. Sophos will update every day automatically via the Internet. Remember that if your computer is not connecting to the Internet Sophos Anti-Virus will not be able to receive up dates, and your virus-protection will be ineffective.
3. We recommend that you repair disk permissions on your computer after the installation is finished, as outlined below.
Repairing Disk Permissions
1. In your hard drive, open your Applications folder and then open the Utilities folder.
2. Open Disk Utility.
3. Click on the name of your hard drive in the left section of the window. Under the First Aid tab, click on Repair Disk Permissions.
4. You’ll see a progress bar near the bottom of the window showing the status of the repair. You’ll also see text appear in the blank section of the window as permissions are repaired. Be patient as this process can take several minutes.
5. When finished, you’ll be notified that the Permissions repair is complete.
6. Quit Disk Utility.
Sophos Home Edition on Mac OS X 10.4-10.7 for Students
Antivirus
Students Only
As Macintosh becomes more popular, it is increasingly a target for an emerging group of viruses and spyware designed specifically for the Mac operating system. It is in the best interests of Mac users to take action now to protect their systems. This document explains how to download and install Sophos’ free Anti-Virus solution for student Mac users.
Download Sophos Anti-Virus
1. Visit the Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition page on the Sophos website: http://www.sophos.com/en-us/products/free-tools/sophos-antivirus-for-mac-home-edition.aspx
2. Click on the Download Now button:
3. When prompted, click the Save File button.
4. Select Desktop as the save location and then click the Save button.
Installing Sophos Anti-Virus
1. Double-click the savosx_72_he.dmg file that you just downloaded to the desktop. It will mount and automatically open Sophos Anti-Virus Home Edition OS X 10.4 .
2. Double-click on Sophos Anti-Virus Home Edition.mpkg.
3. When prompted that “This package will run a program to determine if the software can be installed,” click the Continue button. This will check your system for any possible conflicts that would prevent Sophos from installing.
4. If there are no conflicts, the Welcome Screen will appear. Click Continue.
5. At the Software License Agreement screen, click Continue.
6. Click the Agree button.
7. At the Select a Destination screen, click on Macintosh HD (for most, this will be the only option) and then click Continue.
8. At the Sophos Anti-Virus Updates screen, click Continue.
9. At the Standard Install screen, click the Install button to proceed with the installation.
10. When prompted, enter your username and password for your Mac computer.
11. At the Completion screen, take a moment to read through the brief information on how to use Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition. Click Continue.
12. At the Installation was Successful screen, click Close.
13. You should now have a black Sophos shield icon in the Menu Bar at the upper right of your screen.
How Do I Use Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition?
Sophos runs in the background and scans files for threats whenever the files are opened. If you want to perform a manual scan of all your files, click the black Sophos shield in the menu bar and select Scan Local Drives.
Spyware and Adware
Antivirus
Topics covered.
What is spyware?
How is spyware different from adware?
Are cookies considered spyware?
How to avoid spyware
How to detect and remove spyware
What is spyware?
Spyware is software that is installed on your computer without your permission. It often tags along with free software you have downloaded or comes from "infected" web sites and/or links. The most common source of spyware is file sharing software (Kazaa, Blubster, etc.). Even innocent free programs (e.g. Comet Cursor) will come with spyware. In fact, it is best to assume that if the software is free, it comes with spyware attached.
Its purpose is to report your browsing habits (web sites you've visited) to the publisher of the spyware software. They use this information to present you with pop-ups when you are browsing the Web. Sometimes the information gathered is also used to send you spam.
Spyware can interfere with your network connection, slow down the performance of your computer and prevent legitimate software (such as Internet Explorer) from working properly.
Back to top
How is spyware different from adware?
Spyware and Adware are essentially the same thing. The primary difference is that adware is used to pop-up ads that are meant to be meaningful to you, whereas spyware may pop-up ads that are offensive or have nothing to do with your interests. Both are annoying and can overwhelm your browser with pop-ups. Adware typically does not insert itself into your computer operating system as thoroughly as spyware.
Back to top
Are cookies considered spyware?
Cookies are used in a manner similar to adware and spyware. They report information about you back to the publisher of the cookie. Many, many web sites use cookies. Respectable sites, such as Amazon.com, use cookies responsibly. They only store information directly related to the use of their web pages. For example, it is used to suggest products based on your past purchases. Other sites gather more information than they should. Cookies can safely be deleted and are usually recreated when you revisit the site (sometimes you will have to login to the site before the cookie is reset). Internet Explorer includes a button in its "options" window that allows you to quickly remove all cookies.
Back to top
How to avoid spyware
Do not click on banners that appear at the top of web pages even if they look like a fun game, they say you are a winner or they are going to help you correct a potential problem on your computer (your clock is wrong, you have spyware, etc.).
Do not download free software. If you must use free software, be as selective as possible and only install that which is completely necessary. Use trustworthy web sites.
Do not click on AIM or MSN profile links unless you are absolutely certain they are real. Ask your friend if they know the link is there before you click on it.
Do not follow links in spam e-mail messages. They often take you to sites that install spyware on your computer.
Music/file sharing is illegal. It is also a pipeline to spyware, viruses and hackers. Is it worth it?
Back to top
How to detect and remove spyware
ITS is currently suggesting students use AVG Antivirus for Windows computers. Click here for installation instructions: https://my.hamilton.edu/information-technology-services/resource-center/installing-avg-anti-virus.
For Macintosh computers, the ITS recommends iAntivirus or Sophos Home Edition. Click here for installation instructions: http://my.hamilton.edu/information-technology-services/resource-center/sophos-home-edition-for-mac
Removing spyware may sometimes disable the software with which it came. In some cases the spyware cannot be removed until the free software it came with is also removed.
Back to top
Virus Protection at Hamilton College
Antivirus
Policy Note:
Hamilton College requires all existing and all incoming students to install Anti-Virus software on their personal computers by the end of the second week of classes each semester. Failure to do so can result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until up-to-date Anti-virus software is installed. Anti-virus software (AVG for Windows and Sophos & iAntivirus for Macintosh) is provided free to all students. Other anti-virus products may be substituted for Hamilton supported Anti-Virus as long as they are kept current.
Student Anti-virus Installation Instructions: (updated 12/5/2011)
AVG for Windows
Sophos Home Edition or iAntivirus for Mac (ITS recommended for Students only)
The ITS Help Desk at x4181 will provide full support for the above Anti-virus software starting 5/13/2011.
Employee Anti-virus Installation Instructions: (updated 2/23/2011)
Macintosh Instructions (OS 10.4 & higher) (Employees)
Windows XP/Vista/7 Instructions (off-campus) (Employees)
If you have changed your Hamilton password and use Sophos on your home computer please use the following documenation to allow Sophos to update on your computer.
How to change your password in Sophos (Windows & Mac)
Sophos Users Manual
Sophos - Windows (Endpoint Security)
Sophos - Mac
Sophos Anti-virus is free to employees for use on college-owned computers and for use on their home computers (for as long as they are employed by the college). Please be advised that this is a licensed software product. You will be asked to provide proper identification before you are allowed to obtain this software. If you prefer to have ITS assist you in installing Sophos on your office computer, please contact the ITS Help Desk at x4181.
Creating a Podcast with GarageBand
Apple Garage Band
Beginning a New Podcast
1. Launch GarageBand from the Applications folder.
2. Select New Project on the left, then double-click on Podcast.
3. You will then see a box asking you for the name and location of your podcast project file. Save your file to the Scratch Disk if one is available. Otherwise, save your file to the Desktop. When you are finished working, copy this project file to a safe location, preferably to a Hamilton College file server (MSS or SSS). The other settings can be left alone.
4. The GarageBand window will be displayed.
If the Media Browser does not appear on the side, click the Media Browser button to display it.
5. To record audio, you must locate a Plantronics Headset or AK5370 microphone or other device and configure the computer and GarageBand to recognize the hardware.
a. Click the Apple icon in the upper left hand of the screen and select System Preferences.
b. Click on the Sound icon, and then select the Input tab.
c. From this menu, select Plantronics Headset (or other device) and then set your volume to about ¾ of maximum.
6. After setting OSX sound preferences, make sure GarageBand is also configured correctly.
a. Go to GarageBand menu in the upper left hand corner of the screen and select Preferences from the menu.
b. Select the Audio/MIDI icon. Then select Plantronics Headset (or other device) in the Audio Input menu.
Recording Tracks
1. Now you are ready to begin recording your podcast. Click on the Male or Female Voice Track depending on the narrator’s gender.
2. Click the red Record icon and begin to speak into the microphone. Notice that audio waveforms begin appearing in the track.
a. You want to make sure that your waveform peaks reach about 2/3 of the way up the track. If it doesn’t, edit the sound input levels in System Preferences.
Adding Sounds
1. Once you have recorded your narration, you can add background music, sound effects or jingles.
a. Click on the Jingles track on the left and then click on the Loop Browser icon.
b. In the Loop View (on the right) you can select from a number of pre-made audio recordings and add them to your Podcast simply by dragging them onto the Jingles or Radio Sounds track. You can also drag the audio below all the tracks to create a new track.
c. To bring in a track from an outside source it is recommended that you first import it into an iTunes library and then drag it onto a track, but you may also drag it from your desktop onto a track in GarageBand.
d. You may wish to use ducking on your music tracks while your narration is playing. This will cause the music volume to decrease while the narration track plays. To have a track become quieter when another track is played, select the blue Down arrow and to have it play continuously at the specified volume, click the yellow Up arrow.
e. To add a new track, go to Track-New Track.
f. To delete a track, click on it and go to Track-Delete Track.
g. To split a clip, drag the playhead to the desired position on the track and select Edit- Split. Perform two splits to select a portion of audio to remove.
h. To delete a portion of audio on a track but not the track itself, click on the portion and then press backspace (labeled Delete) on the keyboard.
i. To have the volume fade out at the end of your podcast, go to Track-Show Master Track. You will see a track with a purple line running through it. Click on the line once to create an anchor point and click on it a second time and pull it down to create a volume fade.
Adding Photos
1. Once you have finished all your audio editing, you are ready to enhance your Podcast by adding photos.
a. Click on the Podcast Track.
b. Click the Track Editor icon next to the Loop Browser icon to show the episode artwork area.
c. Drag an image from the photos section of the media browser into the Episode Artwork area. This image will appear at the beginning of the podcast and in any gaps between chapters.
d. Now make chapter markers so that you can load different pictures to different sections of your Podcast. To do this, put the playhead where you want the picture to start, and click Add Marker.
e. As you make chapters, they will appear in the field to the right of the Add Marker icon.
f. It is recommended that photos first be imported into an iPhoto library, but they can also be dragged in from the Desktop to their respective chapters.
g. You can also rename the chapters by clicking on the Chapter Title and typing in the appropriate text.
Sharing
1. You are now ready to share your Podcast.
a. Go to Share-Send Podcast to iTunes. This will create an m4a file of your Podcast in iTunes. You also have the option of sending it to iWeb, which will add your podcast to a web page.
b. To convert it in iTunes to an MP3, go to iTunes-Preferences-Advanced. Select MP3 Encoder from the Import Using field.
c. Now right or control-click on your Podcast in iTunes and select convert selection to MP3.
Adding a Website to Your Favorites or Bookmarks Bar
Apple Safari
If you find yourself frequently visiting the same web site (e.g. Google) you can add it to your Favorites bar so that it is only a click away when you need it. This is also a recommended alternative to installing web site “toolbars”, such as those offered by Google or Yahoo. Many site-specific toolbars also come with spyware and adware, neither of which is desirable. NOTE: This document assumes you are using Internet Explorer on a Windows computer.
Creating a link
1. Open Internet Explorer in your usual manner.
2. Navigate to the web site you want to add to your links bar (e.g. Google.com)
3. Click on the Google icon and drag it onto the “links” bar that (usually) appears below the Address bar.
4. Now, when you click on the icon you added to the links bar, it will take you quickly to that site.
Editing the name of the link
Sometimes the site name is so long that it may take up a lot of room on your links bar. You can edit the name as it appears on the links bar by doing the following.
1. Click on Favorites and then select Organize Favorites (shown at right).
2. Click on Links (shown at left).
4. Click on the site you’ve added (in this example, Google, shown at right)
5. Click on Rename.
6. Type the name for the site as you want it to appear in your links bar then click on Close.
7. You may find that after you click on Close your new site (e.g. Google) might not appear in the desired position in the links bar. You can reposition it within the links bar by clicking on the icon for the site and dragging it to a different location.
For questions or comments regarding this document, please e-mail helpdesk@hamilton.edu.
Clearing Your Cache and Cookies
Apple Safari
If your computer is not performing at its usual rate when browsing web pages (e.g. it's "slow" or "hangs" sporadically), the first thing you want to do is clear your cache and cookies. Every web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, Safari, etc.) caches visited websites to reduce bandwidtch usage and server load. This allows your web browser display pages faster by loading them from the cache stored on your hard drive. However, sometimes the cache can take up disk space and result in slower browser performing. Cookies are used by websites to store informtion about a particular activity. Clearing your cache and cookies will occasically allow the browser to perform faster and free up space on your computer's local hard drive.
To learn how to clear your cache and cookies in a particular browser, click below:
http://www.google.com/support/accounts/bin/answer.py?answer=32050
Comparison of Browser Interfaces
Apple Safari
Browsing
Browser History
Accessing Browser History
Browser History Interface
Bookmarks
Adding a Bookmark
Accessing Bookmarks
Trust Certificates
Exporting Video from iMovie '11
Apple iMovie
Contents
Exporting in iMovie '11
Exporting for DVD
Exporting in iMovie '11
1. When you are done editing your movie and are ready to export, go to the Share menu. For a simple and quick way to export a high-quality product, select Export Movie. This will bring up a window with some preset export options.
2. In the new window, chose the Size to Export based on your needs and preferences. There are several preset sizes, in pixels; hovering over the information symbol at the right of a selection displays its approximate file size in MB. From this window you can also name your file and select where it will save to (the default save location on the MPC lab computers is the desktop).
Exporting For Use on a DVD
1. When you are done editing your movie and are ready to export, go to the Share menu and select iDVD. This will open your project in iDVD, from where you can select a DVD menu display and burn your movie to DVD.
Importing Files into iMovie '11
Apple iMovie
Importing from mini-DV, DVD, VHS
iMovie '11 is similar to iMovie '9 in that it will allow you to import video from a variety of different sources, including Mini-DV, VHS, DVD. You can import any of these formats, no matter who created them, but be aware of copyright laws when you are using footage that is not your own. Below is a quick tutorial on the process of importing video into iMovie.
First, launch the iMovie application and create a New Project.
To begin importing footage, go to the File menu and select Import From Camera. You can also use the keyboard shortcut cmd i. Now, hit Play on the DV deck, DVD, or VHS player. If the device is recognized, you should see the video begin playing on the screen.
When you want to start importing footage, click the Import button in the bottom right of the preview screen.
Now you will be prompted with a new window asking you to name the file of the clip your importing, which will be referred to as the new Event. You will also be prompted to designate where you want it saved. It is a good idea to create a folder within the scratch disk when working with video and keep your related files in that folder, so you should set the Save to: field to that folder.
Once you have named your event and set the location correctly, click the Import button.
Now you will be taken back to the preview screen and your video will start playing, only this time it will be recorded. When you have captured your clip, click the Stop button in the bottom right. Your new clip will automatically be added to the Event Library.
NOTE: If you plan on working with this project on another computer you should reconsider the video editing software you are using. In iMovie your project can be easily lost if instructions are not followed exactly. iMovie is only recommended to be used when a project is going to be started and completed in the same day, with the same computer.
Importing Files
Video
If you wish to use movie files in iMovie rather than capture video from a mini-DV, VHS, or DVD you will have to follow a different but easier process than the one explained above. To start, go to the File menu and select Import -> Movies.
A finder window will open up allowing you to browse for the file you wish to import. Once you've found the file, set the Save to: field to the folder where your other project videos are located. Then you can name the new Event and select whether to optimize the video or import the original. This setting should be set to match what your current project video size is. Next, select whether you want to copy the movie file into the folder or move it, and when your satisfied with your choices, click the Import button.
NOTE: iMovie supports the DV, DV Widescreen, HDV 1080i, HDV 720p, MPEG 4 Simple Profile, and iSight video formats.
The imported movie will be added to your Event Library.
Graphics
To insert a still image, you can click on the Photos Icon to pull up your iPhoto Library.
NOTE: This method only shows images within the iPhoto library.
Now as long as you have photos in your iPhoto library you will see something like the screen shown to the right. From here, you can drag your photos to the Project Viewer into the location you want them to appear.
If you would rather not use the iPhoto library, you can also drag image files right into your project from the desktop or a finder window. Simply drag the images into the Project Viewer the same way as with the iPhoto library.
Audio
To import an audio file, click on the Music icon located directly to the left of the Photos icon.
NOTE: Although many audio file formats can be imported into iMovie, we recommend .aiff.
Now you should see a few different folders and a list of audio tracks from selected Apple software. Navigate to the audio track you want and drag it into the Project Viewer.
Once again, if you want to import an audio file from somewhere else on your computer, that is also an option. Simply drag the file from a finder window or your desktop into the Project Viewer.
NOTE: Once the AIFF has been imported as an audio track, you can edit it as desired (crop, move, adjust volume).
Graphics files will show up as clips in the Project Viewer, video files will be added to the Events Library, and audio files will show up as track in the Timeline.
Creating a Slideshow in iPhoto '11
Apple iPhoto
Table of Contents
Adding Photos
Editing Photos
Working with Albums
Creating a Slideshow
Exporting the Slideshow to Quicktime
Adding Photos
To add photos to the iPhoto Library, click and drag the photo files from the Finder into the iPhoto window. You can drag single photo files, folder(s,) or entire volumes.
Dragging a folder to iPhoto
iPhoto Library with photos in it:
Editing Photos
To go into editing mode, double-click a photo, and then click the Edit button at the bottom. The edit view will appear.
The Edit Toolbar
Rotate – Each click of rotate turns the picture 90°. By default, it turns the image counterclockwise.
Enhance – Click to operate “One-Click Enhance.”
Fix Red-Eye – Red Eye reduction tool.
Straighten – A tool to straighten an image by zooming in slightly while rotating the image a
maximum of 10 degrees to the left or right.
Crop – Crops out a selected area.
Effects – Brings up the Effects window. Here you can make the image black and white, sepia toned, and make other adjustments.
Adjust - Brings up a window of color sliders to adjust the color levels in the photo
Click "Done" when finished editing.
Working with Albums
To create a new album either select “New Album” from the File menu, or click the Plus symbol on the lower left hand corner of the screen.
To add photos to an album, select the desired photos out of the photo library, and click and drag them to the album icon.
To delete a photo from a library, click on the photo, and then hit delete on the keyboard.
Alternatively, you can click and drag the photo over to the Trash under Recent on the left.
Creating a Slideshow
To create a new slideshow, create an album, and then select Slideshow from the lower icon bar
menu. Photos can be added and deleted from slideshows the same as an album.
The Slideshow Toolbar
When you select the Slideshow button, a preview of the slideshow using the program defaults will appear and begin running on the screen. Moving your mouse down to the bottom of the screen brings up your main menu for slideshow editing.
Left Arrow – Backtracks the slideshow to the previous image.
Pause Button – Pauses the slideshow.
Right Arrow – Advances through the slideshow to the next image.
Theme Browser – The two photos on top of each other icon. This allows the user to browse
through the various themes built into the iPhoto ’09 library.
Music Browser – The musical note icon. This allows the user to browse through the available
background music, or to select their own.
Settings Tool – Allows the user to adjust slideshow settings.
Exit – Returns the user to the iPhoto main page.
Theme Browser
Music Browser
Settings Tool
Exporting the Slideshow to QuickTime
To export the album as a QuickTime movie, select export from the File menu. Switch to the
QuickTime menu, then click Export. Choose a location to save the file to, and then click OK.
Export Movie Menu
Export Dialog Box
Configuring Computer for Skype
Audiovisual (AV)
Other Videoconferencing Documents
Create a High-Quality Videoconference
Videoconferencing for Students
Videoconferencing for Employees
Create a High-Quality Videoconference
Audiovisual (AV)
Environment Optimization
Regardless which videoconferencing solution is chosen for the communication, it will be important to prepare the location where your call will take place so as to realize the most optimal, standard experience for all involved parties.
General Considerations
Regardless of the conversation type, if the communication is high-risk/high-value, at least one test should be performed with all participants before the actual conversation.
Remember that accidents can happen: pets can meander into the conversation and voice their opinions, cell phones have the potential of ringing, and items can fall and clatter. While all participants should attempt to prepare for these eventualities, it is best to just accept that they are a part of the conversation, a normative experience, and therefore look past them.
Remember that participants within the domain of the webcam and the microphone are involved in the videoconference: anything uttered or any act performed within range of either device will be transmitted to all participants. It behooves everyone to be aware (by dint of the Preview available on all computers/software) of what will be seen and heard before the videoconference begins. As the character Doctor Emmett Brown opined in the movie Back to the Future, "no wonder your president has to be an actor, [they] have to look good on television."
Lighting
Proper lighting is an essential ingredient for a successful, high-quality videoconference. "A webcam isn't the most flattering piece of technology," according to Stephen Winzenburg in an article for the Winter/Spring 2012 edition of the Chronicle of Higher Education, "[it can] make you appear gaunt, overweight, beady eyed, or narcoleptic. And often you look all those things at the same time." To ensure that all participants see each other in the best possible light, everyone should:
Ensure your environment is well-lit--turn on as many lights as possible;
Be mindful of such issues as camera angle, background, and any other light sources that might affect the conversation;
A room with a window might be a nice place to have a chat, but the sun streaming in can wreak havoc on the quality of the conversation;
If you must have a conversation in a room with a window, be sure to test your setup around the same time you anticipate having the conversation to ensure a uniform experience;
Test, test, test, test, test: almost all software and computers have the ability to provide participants with a preview and this preview is what other participants will actually see--make sure the contents of the preview are what you want the other participants to see.
If a high-quality conversation is desired, it may behoove participants to purchase a dedicated webcam. ITS has enjoyed success with devices like the Microsoft LifeCam HD-6000.
Sound
Problems with sound are reliable sources of videoconferencing woes. In addition to the ambient noise issue covered in the "Location" section, there are other potential problems one should be aware of:
Echo/Feedback
A problem arises whenever a sound input is colocated with a sound output: If you put a microphone IN FRONT of a speaker, a positive feedback loop will be generated, i.e. loud, screechy, piercing sound that is painful. Be sure either to place the speaker far away from the microphone, wear headphones to ameliorate the problem, or invest in a microphone with integrate anti-feedback technology.
Most laptops, all-in-one desktops (e.g. the iMac), and smartphones have built-in webcameras, microphones, and speakers. While they are sometimes configured to interoperate without generated feedback, one cannot rely on them working perfectly, especially for high-value conversations. All participants are STRONGLY encouraged to wear headphones to eliminate echoing/feedback.
Configuration
The peripherals required to perform a videoconference interoperate well, but are susceptible to problems. If participants are unable to hear each other, see each other, or connect, there may be a problem with the configuration of the peripherals, the software for the chat (e.g. Skype, Google Talk), or the drivers that the computer uses to communicate with the devices. While easier with the built-in microphone, webcam, speaker setup, problems can plague those setups. ITS strongly recommends testing the full setup before any videoconference. If problems are identified before the actual conversation, chances are better that they can be troubleshooted and resolved without conflicting with the actual conversation.
Accessibility Issues
Hearing Aids/Lipreaders
All communications conducted using these solutions will be affected to varying degrees by synchronicity issues. For example: participants may notice that mouths move independently of the sound they generate. While this is becoming a normative experience, it can be jarring, especially for those who need to read lips to understand what is being said. Proper balancing of audio is also key to ensure that participants whose hearing is impaired can participate equally in the conversation .
Location
Through the miracle of modern technology, these conversations can now take place at any time and in any location, e.g. cafés, libraries, street corners, dorm rooms, hospitals, vel sim. Just because they can take place in every location does not necessarily mean they ought to take place in every location. Both parties should consider:
The ambient noise in their respective environments--loud environs equals bad conversations;
The people whom they might affect with the conversation--not everyone needs to be privy to the conversation;
The speed of the internet conections at the locations--a low-speed DSL connection will not create a good videoconferencing experience (You can test your bandwidth here.)
Videoconferencing Guide
Audiovisual (AV)
Solutions
NOTE: Please click the name of the solution to select it. Also, please hover over links in the table for more information.
Scenarios
Google Talk
Skype
OoVoo
ITS Videochat Cart
Person-to-PersoIf your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS recommends you purchase a Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that EMPLOYEES may check out. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information.n Communication
✓
✓
✓
Guest SpeakerIf you wish to use a larger display or projector for your conversation, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on suitable locations.
✓
✓
Multi-person Conversations
(!Free: 25 audio 2 video For-Fee Features: 25 Audio 10 Video)
✓12 or fewer participants.
High-Quality, High-Risk ConversationsSolution for EMPLOYEES only. Students who need an extremely high quality video conversation should contact the Career Center (x4346.)
✓
Share Computer Screen
(!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me
(!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me
Maximum Number of Participants
2 audio or video
Available for a fee.25 Audio
2 Video/25 VideoFor a fee.
12 Audio/Video
Available Resources
If you wish to videoconference via a larger display or projector, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable.
Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on locations.
If your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that may be checked out by Staff and Faculty for videoconferences. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information.
Should you wish to purchase your own webcam/microphone unit, ITS recommends you purchase the Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920.
If you intend to use your own laptop for the videoconference, please note that you may need an adaptor to connect it to the screens or projectors in various rooms on campus. If needed and based on availability, Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can provide Staff and Faculty with an adaptor to connect your computer.
Please also have a look at our "Create a High-Quality Videoconference Guide" to make your call the highest-possible-quality.
Videoconferencing using OoVoo
Audiovisual (AV)
Description
OoVoo is an voice, video, and instant messaging communications tool that permits up to twelve simultaneous voice or video participants for no fee. Unlike Skype, OoVoo Free users cannot share their computer desktops with each other.
Procedures
Downloading and Installing OoVoo
In your internet browser, navigate to http://www.oovoo.com/Download.aspx;
Select the appropriate Download for your platform (i.e. Mac, Windows, or Linux;)
Wait for the download to commence and finish;
Install Skype using the downloaded installer (it should be a relatively straightforward affair;)
Skype will automatically launch--log in to continue.
Backup
Backup
Student Information
ITS Recommendation for students: http://support.apple.com/kb/ht1553
Employee Information
Policy on Information - Personal Data
How to back up using Windows
How to back up using Macintosh
Backup and Restore Files in Mac OS X
Backup
Employees
There are two ways to back up your files on your MAC without purchasing commercial software.
Manual Backup
In order to manually backup your folders all you have to do is click and drag the desired folder(s) from your MAC to your personal folder on the ESS server. *****DO NOT BACK UP YOUR ENTIRE HARD DRIVE*****
You will have to do this periodically on your own and whatever you save to the server will be the only files backed up.
Example of backing up your local Documents folder to your ESS folder
First, ensure that you are connected to your EES folder.
Open up your Macintosh hard drive and click on the documents folder or you can click on the icon with your username and then click on the documents folder. You can also select the Users folder. In Users, select your user name’s folder (e.g. “jsmith”). In your user name’s folder, locate the Documents folder.
NOTE: The Documents icon on the left side of the screen is only a shortcut; if you click and drag that icon, you will remove the Documents shortcut, not back up your files.
Open your Macintosh hard drive again by double-clicking the desktop icon. This will create a second window.
Click on the ESS “Users” icon and locate your folder (the list is alphabetical).
Drag Documents from the first window to your folder in the EES window.
If you have already saved the local folder to your ESS folder before then you will see the following prompt. Click Replace. If this is the first time saving the folder then it will automatically begin saving. After you click Replace it will begin saving the folder to your ESS folder.
You should now be able to see your Documents folder on your ESS share.
Your files in the Documents folder are now successfully backed up on your ESS share.
Create Archive
Files and folders can also be compressed within OSX, and then the resulting file (with a .zip extension) can be copied to the server for back up. A folder or file that is compressed usually results in a smaller file size. In the example shown below, the original folder is 104.2MB and the resulting ZIP file is 65.7MB.
Select the file(s) or folder.
From the File Menu choose Create Archive.
If multiple files or folders are selected, a file will be created named Archive.Zip. If a single file or folder is selected, a file will be created named Foldername or filename.zip.
Unarchiving a Zip file
In order to make edits to any file contained within a zip file, you must first unarchive it.
Double click on the zip file.
If a folder was compressed, after double clicking on a zip file, a folder will appear in the same location as the zip file. If a single file was compressed, the original document will appear. The zip file will remain until you delete it.
Backup and Restore Files in Windows XP
Backup
Setting up an immediate backup job to ESS
Click on Start.
Select All Programs, then Accessories, then System Tools, and then Backup.
When the Backup or Restore Wizard window appears, click Next.
In the Backup or Restore window select Back up files and settings and click Next.
In the What to Back Up window, select Let me choose what to back up and click Next.
In the Items to Back Up window that appears, you need to select the file and/or folders that will be backed up.
In the left window, click on the “ ” sign to navigate through the directory structure. If you want to select a file or folder, click on the square box next to it. A blue check mark indicates that the entire folder will be backed up, while a black checkmark indicates a part of the folder will be backed up. The recommended files and folders to be backed up on a Windows XP machine are:
Desktop
C:\Documents and Settings\(user)\Desktop
Documents – Exclude downloads, My Pictures, and My Music
C:\Documents and Settings\(user)\My Documents
Thunderbird Folder (includes address book, signatures, and settings)
C:\Documents and Settings\(user)\Application Data\Thunderbird
IE Favorites
C:\Documents and Settings\(user)\Favorites
Microsoft Office Templates
C:\Documents and Settings\(user)\Application Data\Microsoft\Templates
FileMaker Pro or PalmSync files?
Other data you have filed outside of the My Documents folder
In the Backup Type, Destination, and Name window, select your back up destination by clicking the down arrow and selecting H:, then click Next.
If the H: drive is not available, click on the browse button.
When the Save As windows opens click on the My computer icon (on the left). Then double click the H: drive so that it appears in the Save in box.
Click Open and then Save.
NOTE: When the Completing the Backup or Restore Wizard window appears, you need to decide if you are going to immediately start the back up process or continue on to Setting up a scheduled backup job on ESS on the next page.
If you only want to back up your data once click, Finish.
The backup process will begin and a window will appear showing the progress. Click on Close when the backup is complete.
Setting up a scheduled backup job to ESS
Click on the Advanced button.
In the Type of Backup window, leave the choice as Normal.
Click Next.
In the How to Back Up window, check the box next to Verify data after backup.
Click Next.
In the Backup Options window, click in the circle next to Replace the existing backups and click Next.
In the When to Back Up window, click in the circle next to Later to activate the schedule.
Give the scheduled task a name by typing in the Job name text box (such as PC backup)
Click on Set Schedule button to open the Schedule Job window.
Select the frequency of the back up by clicking on the down arrow under Schedule Task. Then click on the desired task frequency and choose a time.
Place a check in the box of the day(s) you would like the back up to run on your computer. NOTE: Your computer has to be on and logged into the ESS server.
Click OK.
Click Next.
Type in your ESS password in both boxes and click OK. NOTE: The ESS password is normally what you use to login to your computer.
Click Finish.
Restoring all or part of the backup
Double click on the backup.bkf file on the H drive.
Click on Next.
In the Backup or Restore window, select Restore files and settings and click on Next.
In the What to Restore window, double click on folders on the left to see their contents and then select the any drive, folder, or file you want to restore by clicking in the box next to it. A blue check mark appears if you have successfully selected the item. When you have made all of your selections, click on Next.
It is recommended that you restore the file(s) to a location different from the original location, such as the Desktop. Click on Advanced.
In the Where to Restore window, select Alternate location under Restore files to: and then either type in the path name or browse to the desired destination.
Click on Next.
In the How to Restore window, select whether you want to leave or replace existing files.
Click on Next.
In the Advanced Restore Options window, click on Next.
In the Completing the Backup or Restore Wizard window, click on Finish.
The Restore Progress window will appear.
When the restore is complete, the following window will appear. Click on Close.
If a single file or folder is restored to an alternate location, the complete folder structure is also restored.
Backup and Restore in Windows 7 for Employees
Backup
Creating a Scheduled Backup and Restoring Files from Backup
Create a New Backup
Navigate to Start - Control Panel - Backup and Restore.
In the Backup and Restore Center, click Set up Backup.
Wait a few seconds for the program to initialize.
When the Set Up Backup Wizard appears, select the Save on a Network button.
In the Select a network location screen:
In the Network Location field, type “\\ess\Users\<$yourusername>,” e.g. \\ess\Users\tfondak.
In the Username: field, type “HAMILTON-D\<$yourusername>,” e.g. HAMILTON-D\tfondak. Type your password in the Password field.
Click OK.
On the screen that appears, choose Next.
On the What do you want to back up? screen, select Let Me Choose. Then click Next.
Uncheck all Data Files and Include a system image of drives (C:)
Scroll down to Local Disk (C:) > Users > Your Username.
Check “Documents”, “Desktop”, “AppData”, “Contacts,” and “Favorites.”
Click Next.
In Review your backup settings, click Change Schedule.
Alter the settings to suit your needs. ITS recommends scheduling a weekly backup that runs shortly before you leave on the last day of your business week, e.g. Friday at 4:00pm. The backup process is brief, so you will be able to shut down your computer at the end of the day without a problem.
Click OK.
In the Review your backup settings screen, select Save Settings and Run Backup.
Your first backup will start and the wizard will close, presenting you with the Backup and Restore Center where you started. You will notice activity: a progress bar will display the status of your backup. Feel free to close the window and resume your work.
Restoring Files from Backup
Navigate to Start > Control Panel > Backup and Restore.
In the Backup and Restore Center, select Restore My Files.
In the window labeled Browse or search your backup for files and folders to restore, select the Browse for Files button.
Find the file you would like to restore by navigating through the folder structure. In the example provided here, I am restoring the file ChromeSetup.exe in my Desktop folder. Note the standard Address Bar on top, which will provide a bread-crumb trail for you to follow through the hierarchy.
Nota bene: You may select multiple files at one time. Click Add Files when finished.
You will return to the File Restore screen. If you need to restore multiple files, feel free to click Browse for Files/Folders and repeat Step 4 until you have selected all of the files you wish to restore.
Click Next when you are ready to restore the files.
Select In the Original Location in response to the question Where do you want to restore your files. This will make the items re-appear in the location whence they were removed.
Feel free to select In the following location and Browse should you wish to restore the files elsewhere.
Select Restore.
Your files will be restored. Select View restored files to access them.
Setting up LogManager on a Web Server
Backup
Notes
LogManager.vbs and set up was created by Jesse Thomas and implemented by Jason Quatrino.
LogManager related files are located at \\ess\its\Network Services\scripts\logmanager
When run without any options the script writes to Events/Application Log with source of "WSH"
"LogZip" job is scheduled in Windows Scheduler on WEB1, WEB2, ACADEMICS, STUDENTS, DEVELOP web servers.
Zipped files write to \\polaris\l$\analyze\{server name}
Schedule as of 11/29/2010
ACADEMICS: Sun, 2:00 AM
STUDENTS: Sun, 3:00 AM
PREVIEW: Sun, 4:00 AM
COURSES: Sun, 5:00 AM
PEOPLE: ?
WEB1-V: Fri, 9:00 AM
WEB2-V: Fri, 9:05 AM
Installing LogManager
Install 7-Zip command line version. Download at http://www.7-zip.org/download.html
Make sure it's in the exe path so it can be run from the command line. 7-Zip version must be 32-bit command line version.
Install location: C:\WINDOWS\System32\7za.exe
Create folder C:\logmanager
Copy logmanager.vbs to C:\logmanager
Hint: Execute in "-dry" mode to test for errors.
Create Scheduled Task
Open Windows Task Scheduler and create new task.
Settings should be as follows:
"General" tab:
Task name should be "Log Manager - {SITE NAME}" e.g.: Log Manager - ACADEMICS
Choose "Run whether user is logged in or not"
Run as hamilton-d\webstart. Note: You may be asked to provide a password when saving the new task.
Run with highest privileges
"Triggers" tab:
Choose "On a schedule" and set up a schedule. Note: most tasks are run weekly.
"Actions" tab:
Action: Start a program
Program: C:\Windows\System32\cscript.exe
Add arguments: "C:\LogManager\logManager.vbs" "log file location" "archive location"
e.g.:
"C:\LogManager\logManager.vbs" "D:\IISLogs\academics\W3SVC14" "\\polaris\l$\analyze\academics"
Start In: C:\WINDOWS\system32
Running from Command Line
Open CMD prompt
Navigate to C:\Windows\System32
Execute command:
"C:\LogManager\logManager.vbs" "log file location" "archive location" {-dry/-debug}
-dry -> dry run. displays debugging information and how logfiles would be processed (without archiving or deleting them)
-debug -> debug information displayed in console window.
e.g.:
"C:\LogManager\logManager.vbs" "D:\IISLogs\academics\W3SVC14" "\\polaris\l$\analyze"
Blackboard Browser-Related Issues
Blackboard Learn
Some behaviors in Blackboard are browser-related and may be fixed by changing your settings. Please also check here for useful tips and tricks.
My student submitted a file and I can't open it.
My students can't open/download a file; they just get a blank page (IE only).
When I click on a link to open a document, I see a Windows Security dialog asking for user name and password.
I'm getting security messages asking if I want to display mixed content. What do I do?
I'm getting messages asking if I want to trust a certificate. How do I answer?
I'm using Microsoft Vista and/or IE 8 and I'm having trouble with Blackboard.
I'm using AOL and I got kicked out of Blackboard!
I'm clicking a link to take a quiz but nothing happens!
I'm trying to join a Collaboration session (Virtual Classroom or Chat) but nothing happens.
The text in Blackboard is really small. Can I make it bigger?
I sent an e-mail to several students, but now I can't remember which ones (or what exactly I said). Is there a copy of this e-mail in the Sent folder/Out box?
I'm entering information into the Text box (or I pasted it in from Word) and it looks really bad. What's going on?
My student submitted a file and I can't open it.
It's possible that your student prepared the file on a Macintosh computer without the Office file extensions turned on (which produced a file name such as "essay" instead of "essay.doc"). You should be able to open the file if you change the file name to include the .doc file type extension (you may need to use .docx if the .doc doesn't work).
Return to top
My students can't open/download a file (IE only).
When a user of Internet Explorer clicks on a link for a document in Internet Explorer, they see a pop-up blocker (or a yellow message bar). If they agree to enable the download, they're returned to the course home page, and so can't download the file unless they return to the content area page and try again. This results from a security setting in IE and can be changed on a per-user/per-system basis.
Go to Tools->Internet Options->Security->Internet->Custom Level
Scroll down to the Downloads section
Select the Users option
Set Downloads->Automatic prompting for file downloads -> Enable.
Set Downloads->File Download -> Enable.
Click OK.
Return to top
When I click on a link to open a document, I see a Windows Security dialog asking for user name and password.
This problem affects only Internet Explorer 8; therefore, one of the solutions is to use a different browser (Firefox or Chrome). Other solutions are:
Click the Cancel option twice (there will be another dialog box that pops open when Word starts to open).
Enter your user name and password twice (in each of the two security windows). This should stop the security dialog from opening for subsequent documents.
Return to top
I'm getting security messages asking if I want to display mixed (secure/insecure) content. What do I do?
This issue affects Blackboard as well as the Web mail server. First, click OK. Then, check the following settings on your browser (these instructions apply only to Internet Explorer):
Click on "Tools" in the IE menu bar
Choose "Internet Options"
Click on "Security" tab
Click on the "Internet" icon
Click on "Custom Level" button
Scroll down until you see "Display mixed content" (under Miscellaneous). Set this to "enable".
Click on "OK" and again on "OK"
CAUTION: Be sure that you don't unintentionally modify any other settings.
Return to top
I'm getting messages asking if I want to trust a certificate. How do I answer?
This type of message will appear differently for Macintosh and for Windows users, but the meaning is the same. You may click the "Trust", "Accept" or "Run" button; the applet referred to in the message is actually a third-party product used by Blackboard. Note: If you click the "Show Details/Certificate" button and then check the "Always trust these certificates" option, this message should never re-appear.
Additionally, if you try to use the Virtual Classroom or Chat collaboration tools and receieve a warning message asking whether you want to accept a certificate from the website "blackboard.hamilton.edu," you may also click the "Trust" button (or click the "Show certificate" button and check the "Always" option).
Return to top
I'm using Microsoft Vista and/or IE 8 and I'm having trouble with Blackboard.
A number of Blackboard problems for users of Vista can be fixed by making Blackboard a trusted site in Internet Explorer:
Click on "Tools" in the IE menu bar
Choose "Internet Options"
Click on "Security" tab
Click on the "Trusted Sites" icon
Click on "Sites" button
Enter "http://blackboard.hamilton.edu" in the Add field.
Click OK and the click OK again.
CAUTION: Be sure that you don't unintentionally modify any other settings.
Return to top
I'm using AOL and I got kicked out of Blackboard!
Internet Service Providers such as AOL or MSN use a proprietary system to connect to the Internet. Blackboard does not work well with these systems; using AOL could result in problems with downloading files, taking exams, or other aspects of Blackboard. If AOL or MSN provides your Internet connection, then follow these steps:
Log in to AOL, etc., as usual
Locate the "keyword" button to the immediate top right and click on it.
Type in "smile4u" in the search field, click on "GO"(submit). A yellow smiley face should appear.
Minimize the proprietary browser
Open stand-alone browser (IE, Netscape, Opera, Firefox, Safari, etc. -- one can usually download a free version of these browsers from the company's website, if the software is not already on your computer)
Log in to Blackboard and go about work as usual
If "smile4u" does not keep the connection up, return to AOL occasionally and click a link so the connection remains live.
If possible, set preferences with ISP to allow long periods of inactivity on their browser (or go to a website that will do this for you, such as http://www.sector101.fsnet.co.uk/keepalive/
Return to top
I'm clicking a link to take a quiz or join a Collaboration session but nothing happens!
Blackboard needs to use cookies, popups and Java scripting. Check the following settings on your browser (these intructions assume Internet Explorer on Windows, but other browsers will be similar):
To enable cookies in IE:
Click on "Tools" in the menu bar
Choose "Internet Options"
Click on "Privacy" tab
Slide bar to medium or low
Click on "Apply"
To allow popups in IE:
Click on "Tools" in the menu bar
Choose "Internet Options"
Click on "Privacy" tab
In the Popup Blocker area, click the Settings button
Enter blackboard.hamilton.edu in the "Address of Web Site to Allow" field and click Add
Click on "Close"
Click on "OK"
Note: make sure that any third-party popup blocking software is disabled.
To enable Java scripting in IE:
Click on "Tools" in the menu bar
Choose "Internet Options"
Click on "Security" tab
Click on the "Internet" icon
Click on "Custom Level" button
Scroll down until you see "Scripting of Java Applets" (under Scripting). Set this to "enable".
Click on "OK"
CAUTION: Be sure that you don't unintentionally modify any other settings.
Return to top
I'm trying to join a Collaboration session (Virtual Classroom or Chat) but nothing happens.
First, please be aware that the Collaboration tools (Virtual Classroom and Chat) currently work only with the following configurations: Windows systems, Internet Explorer or Firefox; Macintosh systems, Safari or Firefox. You must remember to unblock popups (this can be done for only the Blackboard site if you wish to block popups for other sites). Second, check all of the settings in the topic above (clicking a link to take a quiz). Also, please check that some other tool (e.g., the Google toolbar) is not blocking popups.
Return to top
The text in Blackboard is really small. Can I make it bigger?
This is actually a browser setting, not a Blackboard problem. Depending on what platform (Windows, Macintosh) and browser (Internet Explorer, Firefox) you are using, look at the top menu bar -- the one that starts File-Edit-View. Under View, look for an option that says Text Size or Text Zoom. Under that option, you should be able to select a different text size for the browser window.
Return to top
I sent an e-mail to several students, but now I can't remember which ones (or what exactly I said). Is there a copy of this e-mail in the Sent folder/Out box?
E-mail sent from Blackboard is routed through the mail server, but does not result in a copy left in your Sent folder or Out box. You should automatically receive a copy of the e-mail you sent (note the comment below the Message area that states "A copy of this email will be sent to the sender."). If you also check the box for "Return Receipt," then this copy will also have the list of recipients (this option is available only from the Send Email tools in the Control Panel).
Note: if you receive an error message stating "unable to send mail" but you do receive your copy of the e-mail which you just sent through Blackboard, then it is probable that most of your students received the e-mail also, but one of the students in your course is over-quota or is having some other problem with his/her e-mail account. The students must keep track of their quota usage themselves.
Return to top
I'm entering information into the Text box (or I pasted it in from Word) and it looks really bad.
The WYSIWYG text box editor is a "smart text" editor; that is, it assumes that text entered is in HTML format and treats it accordingly. If you are entering text and hit the Return key to enter a blank line into the text, the editor actually enters the HTML "paragraph" command. This tends to space out the text more than you probably want. The workaround is to hold down the Shift key and then hit Enter; this is read as the HTML "break" command, and will probably be closer to the spacing that you want. If you know something about HTML, you can click the HTML link in the WYSIWYG editor's second toolbar row; this will open a window containing the text with all the HTML formatting and you can edit it directly there.
Note: Blackboard does not recommend copying and pasting text from Word into the WYSIWYG editor window. Word puts a lot of formatting commands into the text and this is not handled well by the "smart text" editor (no pun intended). For longer documents (e.g., a syllabus), you can just attach the entire Word document. You can also select the text from the Word document, paste it into Notepad/WordPad/TextEdit (which will remove the formatting commands), and then select it and copy it into the text window.
Second note: We also do not recommend cutting and pasting web pages into the text editor of Blackboard. These pages may contain javascripting commands (such as buttons) that will destroy the navigation in Blackboard window.
Final note: if you find the new WYSIWYG editor annoying and would prefer to continue using the old plain-text editor, you can set that option for yourself.
Go to the My Blackboard home page.
In the Tools area on the left, click Personal Information.
On the Personal Information screen, click the last option, Set Text Box Editor Options.
Next to Set Availability, select Unavailable.
Click Submit and then click OK.
Return to top
Blackboard Communication Tools
Blackboard Learn
Communication
Sending E-mail
Notification System
Discussion Board
Virtual Classroom
Chat
Sending E-mail
The e-mail functions can be accessed via the Tools area or the Control Panel (Course Tools).
Clicking on All Users will send an e-mail to every student registered for the class; Select Users allows you to select individual users.
Although you send the e-mail out from Blackboard, it goes to the students' regular Hamilton e-mail accounts, so that they can read it anywhere. Note: The outgoing message will NOT appear in your Out or Send box, but a copy of the e-mail will be automatically sent to the sender.
The All/Select Groups and other options will be active if groups (or other special users) have been defined. It is also possible to attach files to an e-mail.
Notification System
The Blackboard Notification system provides alerts and emails regarding new material in courses, due dates, assignments, etc. The alerts appear in the "Course Home" of each course (this should be under the Announcements link in the course menu). The emails will be delivered once per day, generated at 4:00 AM, summarizing all changes in any course space you are enrolled in.
This Notification system can be configured depending on your individual needs. Go to the "Course Home" of any course. Click the "Edit Notification Settings" button in any of the modules. You can set notification preferences either for all courses or for each course individually. The "alerts" appear in the Course Home modules (under the "Dashboard" of the edit settings pages) and are automatically turned on. The individual emails for courses are off by default and need to be turned on if desired.
Discussion Board
Discussion Boards enable you or your students to post Discussion Questions and discuss them outside of class. The comments generated are posted as individual "threads" and can be read and responded to at anytime. Blackboard's Discussion Board is subdivided into Forums (one per topic or question, for example) and each forum is further subdivided into threads (comments and responses on the same issue). There are many features available with the Discussion Board; what follows are just the basics.
Click on the Tools link on the left-hand side of the main Course page.
You should see a page with many different options; click on Discussion Board.
Click Create Forum to create a forum (the instructor must carry out this step in order for students to be able to use the discussion board).
Fill in the "Name" field (for example, "Origins of World War One") and the "Description" (for example, "various social, economic and political factors which preceded the outbreak of hostilities").
Select the "Forum Settings" options as desired and click Submit. Your new forum should appear with the options you have selected. Note: there are a number of options (including grading forums or threads, rating posts, and subscribing to posts, which are explained fully in the Instructors' Manual.
Click the title of the forum in order to begin a discussion thread. If there are no pre-existing messages, click the "Create New Thread" button.
Fill in the Subject (for example, "Build-up of War Machine") and the message you wish to post (an intriguing question or provocative statement). You also have the option of attaching a file in the Attachment field. Click Submit.
Now you have begun an exciting discussion. Students may read and reply to messages by clicking on the title of the message itself (which will display the message) and then clicking on the Reply button located in the lower-right-hand corner of the message. They will fill in the Message area just as in a regular e-mail. Note that the message to which one is replying appears below. They must also click Submit to post the reply.
If you would like to collect messages together and print a discussion forum in order to bring the questions and responses to class, select the messages you wish to print (you may use the Select All button), then click the Collect button. You should see all the selected messages appear on one page. Then click the Print Preview button and you can print from this window.
Virtual Classroom and Lightweight Chat
Blackboard has two Collaboration Tools, the Virtual Classroom and the Lightweight Chat (both accessible from the Tools area or the Control Panel, under Collaboration). The new Virtual Classroom includes a whiteboard, chat area and other tools in addition to the main display for full-fledged web seminars. The Lightweight Chat contains display and chat areas only and is suitable for more limited purposes such as on-line office hours.
Blackboard Compatible Browsers
Blackboard Learn
Windows Client Configurations
Windows XP: Internet Explorer 8; Firefox 3.6 or Final Release Channel; Google Chrome (stable release channel)
Windows Vista: IE 9 0r 8; Firefox 3.6 or Final Release Channel; Google Chrome (stable release channel)
Windows 7: IE 9 0r 8; Firefox 3.6 or Final Release Channel; Google Chrome (stable release channel)
Macintosh Client Configurations
OS 10.5 (Leopard): Safari 5 or 4; Firefox 3.6 or Final Release Channel; Google Chrome (stable release channel)
OS 10.6 (Snow Leopard): Safari 5 or 4; Firefox 3.6 or Final Release Channel; Google Chrome (stable release channel)
Blackboard Course Files
Blackboard Learn
Any file uploaded to Blackboard (other than student submissions) is visible in the “Course Files” area and can be edited, replaced, and retrieved. Under “Control Panel,” click the double-arrow symbol TO THE RIGHT OF THE WORD “FILES” (see below). This will bring you to the “Course Contents” page, which presents information about all files in your course space.
If you click the Upload button and select “Upload Files,” you will see the new “drag-and-drop” window for moving files directly from your local computer to the Blackboard server. This will be very convenient for moving a number of files at the same time from your computer (or ESS space) to the Blackboard course space. You can also choose to upload a zipped package of files (Blackboard will unpackage them into this content area, maintaining the folder structure).
Then, when you are on a Content page (see previous section), pick “Create Item” or “Create File” and select the “Browse Course” option under “Attachments,” you will see all the files you have uploaded to this area and can select one (or more). You can also change the name of a file if needed when it is linked from a content area.
If you click the double-arrow symbol to the right of an individual file’s name, a small menu will pop up with additional options for that file, including the ability to overwrite it with a new version. The “Permissions” option will show who has access in your course to this file. You can quickly check the validity and availability of links to all your course content by using the Check Course Links tool in the Packages and Utilities sub-menu under the Control Panel.
You can also select all the files in the Course Contents area (or as many as you desire) and then click the “Download Package” button, which will give you a zipped file of all the files in your course, in their original format (Word, PDF, etc.). This is handy if you need to take your files elsewhere.
Finally, the “Setup Web Folder” button allows you to create a direct link from your local computer to the storage space for this course on the Blackboard server. This will appear (in Windows 7) on the same window as local drives, networked drives, peripheral devices, etc. You will then be able to access files directly without going through Blackboard. There are instructions on this page for setting up this folder in Windows 7/Vista/XP and the Mac OS.
Blackboard Course Management Tools
Blackboard Learn
There are a number of useful available for managing various aspects of a Blackboard course space. Some of these tools are part of Blackboard and some have been written by third-party developers and are not a standard part of Blackboard (and do not appear in the Instructors' manual).
Sign-up Lists
Online Attendance
Safe Assign (anti-plagiarism service)
Add a Test Student
Course Groups
Sign-up Lists
Although Blackboard does not have a full-fledged scheduling system within itself, we do have a third-party tool that will allow the creation of time slots which students can sign up for – a system which can be used, for example, for scheduling advising appointments.
For a PDF of these instructions with screen shots, go to: Using the Sign-up Tool documentation.
Online Attendance
Go to the Control Panel area, expand the Course Tools sub-menu, then click on Online Attendance. Use the Setup page to set semester start/end dates and days of meeting each week, then quickly enter attendance for every class meeting (there are values for present, absent, excused, late, etc.). This tool is not connected to the Grade Center, but does provide a report showing total number of days present, absent, etc. for each student.
Safe Assign
This is an anti-plagiarism service run by Blackboard; one can either create an assignment that will automatically be submitted for checking against databases of known paper mills, or submit occasional papers manually if you suspect that a bit too much cutting and pasting has gone on. Here's how to submit a single paper:
Go to Control Panel area of the course, expand the Course Tools sub-menu and select the SafeAssign tool.
Click the Direct Submit link.
Under the Private Direct Submit area, click the Submit Papers tool button.
In the File Upload area, browse to the paper and click Open to attach it as usual. The other options can remain as is.
Click Submit. You should have results back within an hour indicating if the service found any duplicated sections of the paper. Under the SA Report section, you can click the green link to see a full report with likely sources.
The SafeAssign service accepts the following formats: Word 2003 (.doc); Word 2007 (.docx); Rich Text Format (.rtf); text files (.txt); Portable Document Format (.pdf); and archive files (.zip).
For further information, please see the SafeAssign Wiki.
Add a Test Student
This tool allows an instructor to create a sample student account to use for checking what a course looks like to students. You can enroll this student account in any course. Go to the Control Panel area, expand the Course Tools sub-menu, then click on Add Test Student.
Course and Section Groups and what to do with them
Every course section in Blackboard has a group in the "Groups" area which has a title such as "ITS_100_01_FA2009_Group". This group is created automatically when we create the course shells every semester. It contains all the students for that section and is automatically updated as students add and drop courses. If a course is cross-listed with another department, these groups reflect the enrollments as seen in WebAdvisor. If an instructor requested that multiple sections of the same course be merged, then the enrollments reflect the original sections. These automatically-created groups can be used for a number of different purposes, such as group file exchange, viewing sub-groups of students in the Grade Center, and for group assignments.
Group File Exchange
For example, if you need an area in Blackboard for students to share files, just tell your students to:
Click on "Groups" in the Tools area.
Click on the name of the group that looks like a course id and ends in "Group."
Click on the "File Exchange" tool in the Group Tools area.
Click the "Add File" button and browse to the file to upload.
Click "Submit."
Filter by sections in the Grade Center
If you would like to organize the Grade Center to see the grades of different sections separately, you can create a "Smart View" in the Grade Center using these automatically-created groups:
Go to the Grade Center of your course (under the "Evaluation" sub-menu).
Under the "Manage" menu, pick "Smart Views."
Click the "Create Smart View" button.
Enter a name for this view (for example, "Section 01").
Under "Selection Criteria," the "Type of View" should already be "Groups" by default.
In the next area, select one of the groups under "Value."
Click Submit and go back to the Grade Center.
In "Current View," if you mouse over the "Full Grade Center," a list should drop down which includes your newly-created view. Select this view and the Grade Center will load with only the students from that group.
Group Assignments
You can also create assignments for individual groups.
Go to the course area in which you wish to create the assignment.
Select "Create Assignment" under the "Evaluate" button.
In section 6, you will see that you can set the "Recipients" to "Groups of Students."
When you click this radio button, you will see a list of all the groups in your course. Highlight the one you want and click the right-pointing arrow to move it to the "Selected" box.
Click Submit. The assignment will now only appear to the members of that group.
For more details on using section groups, see the Section Groups in Blackboard documentation.
Blackboard Grade Center Overview
Blackboard Learn
The Blackboard Grade Center is a wonderful tool full of helpful features – so full that it’s often difficult to know where to start. Here’s an overview of all the basics, plus some time-saving tips. The Grade Center can do everything from calculate weighted totals, to score online quizzes, to enable you to grade papers completely electronically. If you’ve never used the Grade Center (or if you’ve been using Excel all these years), take a look and see what Blackboard can do for you.
Adding a Column
The Grade Center of every course space begins with several default columns: student names, last course access date, total and weighted total, and more. Some types of assessments automatically create a grade center column for you (for example, tests, surveys, assignments, discussion boards, and more). For other types of assessments (exams, papers, participation grades, etc.), you will need to add a column to the Grade Center in order to be able to enter student grades.
Click on the Grade Center sub-menu of the Control Panel area, then click on the words “Full Grade Center” to see the Grade Center. Click the “Create Column” button.
Blackboard Grade Center Overview Continued
Blackboard Learn
Now that you've set up your Blackboard Grade Center, it's time to learn some advanced topics. First, set up a Weighted Total column to show students their current or final grade. The Grade Center can accommodate most grading schemes. Don't forget to check out some of the nifty time-saving tips at the end.
Weighting Grades
Before starting to set up the weighting scheme, it’s a good idea to make sure that all of your grade center items have a category associated with them. This will give you additional options when setting up the weighting. Click the “chevron” for each item and select “Quick Column Information” to check whether there is a category. If not, then select “Edit Column Information” and add an appropriate category (you can also define your own in Manage --> Categories).
You should have a column called “Weighted Total” in your grade center (if not, create one by clicking the “Create Calculated Column” button and selecting “Weighted Column”). Click the “chevron” for the Weighted Total column and then select “Edit Column Information.” You will see an area which is unique to the weighted column and this is where you will set up your grade weighting scheme. Select an item and click the arrow to move it to the “Selected” area.
You should be able to replicate the weighting scheme on your syllabus in the “Columns/Categories to Select” area. As you can see, we can mix categories (quizzes, essays) in with individual columns (exams, attendance). You can also select calculated columns (total, average, min/max or weighted) which you have created to reflect specific grading needs.
As long as each essay-like item has the category “Essay,” it doesn’t matter how many there are; Blackboard will calculate the grade for this category based on however many items are in the category and weight them equally (each one has the same number of points possible) or proportionally (each one has a different number of points possible). You can also choose to drop the X number of lowest (or highest!) grades or use only the lowest or highest value of the group.
A Few Tips and Tricks
1) Shorten column title by adding a Grade Center Display name. This is a handy option if you use long assignment names. The descriptive assignment name remains in the content area; you see a name not longer than 15 characters in the Grade Center. Click the “chevron” next to the column title and select “Edit Column Information.”
2) Use the navigation tools on the Grade Details page to jump from one student to the next or one assignment to the next without reloading the Grade Center page. This will allow you to go directly from one student to the next while grading assignments without the extra step of reloading the Grade Center when you don’t need to do so.
3) Email students directly from the Grade Center. Just check the boxes next to their names and click the “Email” button directly above the name columns.
4) Add a Quick Comment to a student’s grade. Once a grade has been entered for a student, you should see the option “Quick Comment” in the menu that pops up when you click the “chevron” next to the individual student’s grade. When you select this option, an entry box will pop up with two fields, one for feedback to the student and one for notes to yourself. This is faster for quick comments than selecting the “View Grade Details” option.
5) Exempting a single grade from a student’s total grade. This is another option you will see on the menu that pops up when you click the chevron in a grade cell. Selecting this option will cause the grade for that student to not be included in that student’s totals. Once created, it can be cleared if necessary.
6) Overriding Grades. You also have the ability to override a given grade with an updated grade. Click the “View Grade Details” option and look in the series of tabs beginning with “Edit.” Click the “Manually Override” tab and enter a new grade along with comments to the student or notes to yourself.
7) Changing the category of a number of items at once. Go to the Manage menu and select “Column Organization.” Select the columns whose category you need to change and then pick the new category from the list under the “Change Category to …” button.
8) Visual Cues for Grade Center statuses. One may set up a Color Code to set background and text color of Grade Center items based on grading status or grade range
Blackboard Learn Support
Blackboard Learn
The Best Tool Ever
That would be the Assignment manager, a clever combination of content and grade book that allows you to assign, retrieve and grade papers completely electronically.
Monitoring Student Progress
Blackboard has several tools for tracking student performance: the Early Warning System, the Performance Dashboard, Review Status and Adaptive Release of Content.
Student-Centered Tools
Small Groups, Blogs, Wikis, Podcasts, E-Portfolios, Peer and Self-Assessment
Cool Tools
Additional tools (mostly in the Control Panel, Course Tools area) for online attendance, plagiarism checking, sign-up sheets, and more.
Assessment
Blackboard has an extensive online exam-development facility with many options for creating and deploying tests. This is best explained in the Instructor's manual, but here are a few highlights.
Blackboard Quizzes, Tests and Surveys
Blackboard Learn
Blackboard has an extensive on-line quiz- and test-creating facility (in the Assessment section of the Control Panel). Blackboard also offers surveys, question banks, and interactive rubrics.
Quizzes and Tests
Surveys
Question Pools
Rubrics
Quizzes and Tests
There are over twenty different question types and numerous options available. Using question types such as multiple choice, true/false and matching (among others), you can create a test which Blackboard will score automatically (and enter the grade in the grade center). Assessment options include partial credit and various types of feedback for students after taking the test. Delivery options include taking tests multiple times, for self-assessment, with a timer or password, etc. Hamilton College currently provides most of the placement exams for incoming students via Blackboard, so many students have already had experience taking on-line exams. The Assessment tools are excellent choices for periodically testing comprehension of material.
Surveys
Any option used for quizzes can also be used for surveys, including Likert scales. Surveys are anonymous and results are summarized in tabular form. Blackboard surveys are a great way to get mid-semester feedback.
Question Pools
One may also create a pool of questions which can be drawn from randomly when tests are created. This can be done on-the-fly so that every student has a slightly different exam. It is also possible to import publishers' test banks and other material.
New Question types
The Assessment tools (quizzes and tests) now have ten new types of questions, including calculated formula, hot spot, fill in multiple blanks, and opinion scale. There are also a number of new management features such as randomizing question blocks and randomizing the answers to multiple-choice questions. Please refer to the Instructors' Manual for complete details on all the assessment features.
Blackboard Resources for Students
Blackboard Learn
Other institutions have created numerous tutorials and tip sheets. Following are links to some of the best available. (Please note that any references to account information, course setup, contacting the helpdesk, etc., on these pages refers to the originating institution, not to Hamilton College.)
Hudson Valley Community College has extensive tutorials for students, both PDF and video.
USC has produced a several Blackboard Student How-to Movies for students (scroll down below the instructor videos).
Montclair State University has a nice set of Documentation and Videos for both students and instructors.
Lakeland Community College has produced a five-minute Introduction to Blackboard 9 for students.
Framingham State College Student Guide is a 50-page PDF chock-full of great information.
And don't forget the User's Manual, accessible from any course (via the Tools area).
Blackboard Section Merge Request
Blackboard Learn
Faculty have the option of requesting that multiple sections of the same course be merged into one course space in Blackboard (these will remain separate sections in WebAdvisor). (Please note that all cross-listed course sections are already merged when course and enrollment information is downloaded nightly from WebAdvisor to Blackboard.) If multiple sections are merged, groups will be created within the remaining section which reflect the original enrollments as they appear in WebAdvisor. There are several issues to consider when deciding whether to merge sections:
Merging sections is an advantage when the same materials will be posted for all sections of a course. All students will have access to the same course space.
One important issue to be aware of is that, if students from multiple sections are combined into a single section, they will all appear in the same gradebook; it is not possible to have multiple gradebook files in a single course space. If you will be giving out different assignments to the different sections or need to have a different curve in each section, then you will not want to have the sections merged.
If necessary, one can create "Smart Views" which will filter students from different sections into different Grade Center views (especially handy if you have TAs or graders). You can use the new section groups as the basis for these Smart Views.
One can also use the new section groups to send e-mail to selected groups from the Send E-mail page. Each group has its own e-mail, drop box and discussion board capability.
If you decide not to have multiple sections merged but still need to post the same documents to all sections, it is now easier to do that with the Copy/Move option in the Edit menu (for individual items or folders) or the Copy Course feature in the Control Panel (for entire course areas). You can use these features to copy material from a previous course to a new one or from one section to another.
If the different sections of a course to be merged have different instructors (for example, in a team-taught course), you will need to contact Blackboard support directly (x4877 or e-mail blackboard@hamilton.edu.)
Section mergers may take up to two business days to be completed after the request is submitted.
Blackboard Sign-Up Tool
Blackboard Learn
Although Blackboard does not have a full-fledged scheduling system within itself, we do have a third-party tool that will allow the creation of time slots which students can sign up for – a system which can be used, for example, for scheduling advising appointments. Anecdotal evidence has shown that online sign-ups encourage more students to commit to an appointment time than if they had to make a special trip to sign up at your office door.
The following instructions will use advising appointments in the advisor spaces as the main example, but this tool is available in any course space and can be used for any purpose, such as signing up for oral exams. If you need to have students sign up for project-oriented small groups, you can use the Blackboard group set functions (see documentation on our web site).
Go to the content area where you would like the appointment slots to appear (for example, the Appointments area of your advisor space). Here’s a tip: for ease of management, create a folder to contain all the time slots and call it (for example) “Fall 2010 Advising Appointments.” Turn Edit Mode On and select “Create Folder” under the “Build” menu button.
Blackboard Tutorials for Faculty
Blackboard Learn
Several institutions have created wonderful tutorials and videos. Following are links to some of the best available. (Please note that any references to account information, course setup, contacting the helpdesk, etc., on these pages refers to the originating institution, not to Hamilton College.)
Blackboard has a new On-Demand Learning Center with video tutorials of many processes.
Hamilton has a subscription with Lynda.com, an online software training site which has a large number of Blackboard tutorials. Please contact the Help Desk (4181) to get a user name and password for this site.
Hudson Valley Community College has a large set of online tutorials, both PDF and video.
Florida Atlantic University has an extensive Blackboard tutorial, broken down into easily-followed steps.
USC has produced a number of Blackboard Instructor How-to Movies for both faculty and students.
The University of Texas at Austin has a comprehensive set of Blackboard Tutorials for version 9.
Montclair State University has a nice set of Documentation and Videos for both instructors and students.
Southwestern College Online Learning Center has produced a great set of PDFs on various features of Blackboard version 9.
University of Illinois-Chicago has a good set of documentation including Quick Start Guides and short videos.
And don't forget the Instructor's Manual, accessible from any course (via the Control Panel).
Common Blackboard Problems and Their Solutions
Blackboard Learn
A number of issues in Blackboard have workarounds described below. You may also wish to check the section on browser-related issues if you don't see your problem here.
I can't open PDFs anymore; I'm getting an error message about a missing plugin (Macintosh users only).
I've lost the left-hand course menus! All I see are Announcements.
The Virtual Classroom seems to load, but then logs me off.
I can't see the right-hand scroll bar in my Grade Center (IE only).
I'm trying to use weighted grades and I'm getting some error message about Grading Periods.
I can't see the last student in my Grade Center.
My student is having trouble submitting (uploading) an assignment.
I'm having trouble submitting a paper via SafeAssign's Direct Submit tab.
I can't copy or paste text in Blackboard anymore!
I don't have an option in the Text Editor tools for the Math Editor.
I can't open PDFs anymore; I'm getting an error message about a missing plugin (Macintosh users only).
This error affects only Macintosh users who are using a recent version of Firefox or Safari. Due to changes in these browsers, PDF documents no longer display within the Blackboard frame. They can be opened just like Microsoft Office documents, however, as long as the browser is set up to download the document first. This setting needs to be changed by the instructor for every PDF.
If you are the instructor, you will need to do the following for every file (only if the document was originally uploaded using the "Create File" option in the Build Content menu, instead of the "Create Item" option):
Turn Edit Mode to On and go to the item which is the PDF.
Click the double drop-down (chevron) next to it and select Edit from the pop-up menu.
On the Edit File page, in section 1, look for "Open in New Window" and select Yes.
Click Submit.
Return to top
I've lost the left-hand course menus! All I see are Announcements.
This is actually a feature, although it does catch many people by surprise. If you look down the left-hand side of the Announcements area, you will see a small tab sticking out. This is the "Show/Hide Menus" tab, and if you click on it, the course menus will reappear. On occasion, this tab seems to get accidentally clicked into the "Hide" state. The point of this feature is that you can collapse the left-hand menus to get more room on the screen for the material you are looking at.
Return to top
The Virtual Classroom seems to load, but then logs me off.
The solution for this problem is to force the browser to prompt you to accept the certificate to trust the publisher. Close the Virtual Classroom window (if it didn't close itself), then click the link on the "Launching Virtual Classroom" page that says "Click here for an accessible version." Wait for the message that asks you if you want to accept content from the publisher, and click "Yes." If you see a second message asking if you want to trust the certificate, also answer "Yes."
Return to top
I can't see the right-hand scroll bar in my Grade Center.
This is a problem with Internet Explorer 8 only. To fix this, go to the Tools menu of the browser and select "Compatibility Mode." Agree to view all content in compatibility mode, and then the right-hand scroll bar should reappear. Note: the right-hand scroll bar will not appear in any browser until there are enough columns in the Grade Center to make scrolling necessary.
Return to top
I'm trying to assign final grades and I'm getting some error message about Grading Periods.
You are working with the Grade Center and you receive a message which looks something like:
blackboard.persist.PersistenceException: Unable to generate id. The provided key value is invalid: blackboard.platform.gradebook2.GradingPeriod - - {2} For reference, the Error ID is 3924d6b8-9eb7-4afb-9581-cf7502061e26.
Are you using Safari on a Macintosh? If so, then the answer is to (a) use Firefox; or (b) add a grading period. We don't know why Safari is behaving this way, but this seems to only happen with Safari on Macs.
Return to top
I can't see the last student in my Grade Center.
You can't seen the last student in your class, and if you re-order the Grade Center in reverse alphabetical order, you can't see the first student (who should now be at the bottom).
Fix no. 1: This problem may be happening if the text size is too large. Go to the View menu of your browser, find the Zoom or Text Size option, and make the text smaller. You may need to reload the Grade Center for this change to go into effect.
Fix no. 2: The problem could also be related to the scroll bar setting in Windows XP. This can be fixed by changing the Windows XP scroll bar size back to 20 or smaller.
Here is how to change the scroll bar setting in Windows XP:
Open the Windows Control Panel, Display Properties
Click the Appearance tab
Click the Advanced button
Select "Scrollbar" from the Item: drop-down list and change the size to < 20 (the default is 17)
For Windows 7:
Go to Control Panel
Select (Appearance and) Personalization
In top right-hand search box, type "windows color"
It will bring up Personalization and a list. Select "Change window colors and metrics".
Click on the Item Dropdown (default says Desktop) and select "Scrollbar" and change to a value less than 20.
Return to top
When I click on a link to open a document, I see a Windows Security dialog asking for user name and password.
This problem affects only Internet Explorer 8; therefore, one of the solutions is to use a different browser (Firefox or Chrome). Other solutions are:
Click the Cancel option twice (there will be another dialog box that pops open when Word starts to open).
Enter your user name and password twice (in each of the two security windows). This should stop the security dialog from opening for subsequent documents.
Return to top
My student is having trouble submitting (uploading) an assignment.
You student attempts to submit an assignment and receives an error message with a long error id number and a message telling you to contact the System Administrator. This is probably caused by the name of the file containing some character other than letters, numbers, underscores or hyphens. Ask the student to rename the file with a shorter name with no special characters (no commas, extra periods, pound signs (#) or other non-letter, non-numeric characters). If this does not work, then empty the browser cache (Internet Explorer: Tools, Delete Browsing History, delete temporary internet files; or Firefox: Tools, Clear Private Data, make sure Cache is checked) and submit the file again.
Return to top
I'm having trouble submitting a paper via SafeAssign's Direct Submit tab.
You are attempting to submit a paper to be checked and receive an error message stating that you are not logged on. This seems to affect Macintosh users and the solution here is to "enable third-party cookies." How to do this depends on your system and which browser you use:
If you are using Firefox, then it's Preferences, click the Privacy tab, check Accept Cookies from Sites and keep until they expire.
If you are using Safari, then it's Preferences, click the Security tab, and check Accept Cookies -- Always.
And if you are using a Windows computer, it doesn't hurt to check the cookies as well:
Firefox: Tools -- Options, Privacy tab, check Accept third-party cookies, keep until they epire.
Internet Explorer: Tools -- Internet Options, Privacy tab, set the slider bar to Medium High.
Return to top
I can't copy or paste text in Blackboard anymore!
Firefox does not allow copying or pasting text into a text window for security reasons. You may see a link for some technical information from Mozilla.org which explains how to Set Preferences for Rich Text Editing. We recommend that users make use of the keyboard shortcuts instead: control-V on Windows; apple-V for Mac users. (In addition, the Paste command still seems to be working in the browser menu itself, under the Edit item.)
Note: Copying from a Word document may result in some oddly-formatted responses, so you may want to just type directly into the text window. If you are trying to paste material into the Announcements message box, you may want to just add a course link (below the date options) to a content area where you have posted the document instead. For discussion board postings, one may attach long documents to the posts instead of typing in long replies.
Return to top
I don't have an option in the Text Editor tools for the Math Editor.
Most features of Blackboard work with most browsers and on both Windows and Macintosh systems; however, there are a few exceptions. Following are the main cases we know about and which configuration they will work on:
The Math Editor, WebEq, works on all browsers for Windows systems, but does not currently work on the Macintosh; this issue is being actively researched.
The Virtual Text Box Editor works on Windows systems if one uses Internet Explorer or Firefox. This feature also works fully on the Macintosh with Firefox; if one is using Safari, one gets the "lite" version of the text editor instead.
Return to top
Getting Started with Blackboard
Blackboard Learn
Getting Started with Blackboard
Creating an Announcement
Automatic Class Listserv/Mailing List
Put Your Syllabus On Your Course Site
Adding Staff Information
Creating an announcement
Announcements appear on the first page of a course (unless you have set an alternate Course Entry Point).
Go to the Announcement page.
Click the Edit Mode switch to On (upper right corner of course).
Click on the Create Announcements button.
Fill out the "Subject" and "Message" fields.
You have two options for dates: Not Date Restricted (the announcement will display for the default period of one week); and Date Restricted (the announcement displays from the date chosen to the date chosen).
If you would like an email to be sent to all students with a link to this announcement, then please check the "Send a copy of this announcement immediately" option.
In section 3, you can directly link to specific area of the course.
Click Submit and you will go back to the Announcements page.
Announcements appear in the order they are created, last item created at the top. If you would like to change that order, drag and drop the double-headed arrows to the left of the announcement.
Return to Top
Automatic Class Listserv/Mailing List
One of the most convenient features of Blackboard is that all of your students' e-mail addresses are already in the system. This means that you can send e-mail to your class without having to look up everyone's e-mail and generate your own mailing list.
To send e-mail to everyone in your class:
Click on the particular course.
Click on the Tools course area (on the left-hand side).
Click on Send E-mail.
Select the option which best fits your need.
Clicking on All Users will send an e-mail to every student registered for the class; Select Users allows you to check individual users. Although you send the e-mail out from Blackboard, it goes to the students' regular Hamilton e-mail accounts, so that they can read it anywhere. Note: The outgoing message will NOT appear in your Out or Send box, but a copy of the e-mail will be automatically sent to the sender.
Return to Top
Put Your Syllabus On Your Course Site
Adding content to your course is easy with the templates that exist for any content area. We will use a syllabus as an example but you may add many different types of documents in the same manner (including datasets for class exercises).
Click the Edit Mode switch to On (upper right of course page).
Select the course area where you wish to post the document.
Under the title of the area you have selected, you will see three tool buttons. The Build content button will open a menu which contains options for uploading many different types of content. For this example, you can select "Item" under "create."
Enter the Name of this item and any special instructions. In section 2 you can Browse to wherever your syllabus is stored and select it. Decide whether you need any date/time restrictions and click Submit.
If you hover your mouse over the Create Assessment or Add Interactive Tool buttons, you will see many other options for items you can add to your course space.
To see how the document will appear to students, click the Edit Mode switch to Off. Clicking on the link to the item you just created should open up a window with the syllabus in it. Your students will now be able to access the course syllabus and print it instead of asking you for an extra copy.
To modify or remove an item, click the Edit Mode switch to On. Click the "chevron" next to the item title. This will produce a menu of all the options for this item, including Edit, Copy and Delete.
The good news is that you can use this same procedure to upload any file for your course -- not just the syllabus, but articles, exam questions, bibliographies and any other material which currently exists in a standard Microsoft Office file (or other file for which your students have access to the necessary application, for example, datasets for SPSS).
Return to Top
Adding Staff Information
You can add information about yourself or anyone associated with your course (i.e. lab instructors, student assistants) in the Contacts area.
Click the Edit Mode switch to On (upper right of course page).
Click on the Contacts link in the course menu.
Click on the Create Contact button. Enter your name, e-mail address, phone, office hours and other pertinent information (you may even upload your picture or create a link to a pre-existing home page).
Click Submit.
Return to Top
How to Customize a Blackboard Course Space
Blackboard Learn
How to Change Your Students' View of a Course
Changing the default menu items:
a. Click the Edit Mode switch to On (upper-right corner of page).
b. Mouse over the double-headed arrow to the left of any menu item (the cursor changes to a four-pointed arrow) to drag-and-drop the item to a new place.
c. Click the "chevron" to the right of any item and then select Rename Link, Hide Link or Delete (content areas which are empty will simply not appear to students).
Adding new menu items:
a. Click the Edit Mode switch to On (upper-right corner of page).
b. In the course menu area, click the plus sign in the blue box to add a new content area, external link, course link, divider, etc.
Adding or removing course tools:
a. Click the Edit Mode switch to On (upper-right corner of page).
b. Click on the Tools link.
c. Click the "Hide Link" button to make any tools you are not planning to use unavailable to your students (for example, if you do not want students to be able to see their grades, hide the My Grades Tool).
Change the default language and other settings:
a. Go to the Control Panel area of the course.
b. Click the "Customization" sub-menu to expand it and select the "Properties" option.
c. Choose a new Language Pack to change the language of your course (the Enforce option will override users' settings for this course only).
d. You can change the Availability of your course (you can access the course but students cannot).
e. You can change the Name of the course to change the title which displays in the My Courses module.
Change the menu style, add a course banner, change entry point:
a. Go to the Control Panel area of the course.
b. Click the "Customization" sub-menu to expand it and choose the "Style" option.
c. In the "Select Menu Style" area, you can choose a button style or change button/text colors.
d. In the "Select Banner" area, you can add an image to the Announcements area.
e. In the "Select Course Entry Point" area, you can choose a page other than "Announcements" as the initial page of your course.
How to Customize Blackboard
Blackboard Learn
How to Customize Your Own View of Blackboard
Remove old courses from your My Courses module (on the My Blackboard page):
Click the little round icon in the upper right-hand corner of the module.
Uncheck the Display Course and Display Announcement boxes for the courses you no longer wish to see.
How to distinguish between similarly-named courses:
Click the little round icon in the upper right-hand corner of the My Courses module.
Check the Display Course ID box for the courses that have similar names. This will show the section numbers as well as the semester and year.
How to change the modules displayed or modify the layout:
Click the "Add Module" button to choose which modules you'd like on your home page.
Click the "Personalize Page" button in order to choose different colors for the title bars.
Mouse over the title bar (until the cursor changes to a four-pointed arrow) in order to drag-and-drop the module to a new place.
In the upper-right corner of any module, click the minus sign to collapse the module listing, the restore-window sign to expand it or the "X" to remove it.
Change personal information, editing and language options:
In the Tools area of the My Blackboard page, click on Personal Information.
Click on Edit Personal Information to change your first name or remove your middle name.
Select the "Change Personal Settings" option to change your default options for the text editor, Language Pack or Page Instructions as desired.
Change the appearance of the navigation area (within a course):
At the top of the course menu area, select any one of the display icons to see alternate methods of displaying the menu (list, folder, or separate window).
Click the hide/show tab between the navigation area and the course page to create more room for course material (or for the menu).
Managing Documents in Blackboard
Blackboard Learn
Display Mode and Edit Mode
Copy or Move documents between areas or courses
Other Content Menu Options(tracking views, adaptive release, review status)
Adding Material to Blackboard (Documents, Links, Multiple Files, etc.)
Special Instructions for Video Files
Display Mode and Edit Mode
The Display Mode will only show materials which students can see. If you want to add material or change anything about a course, you must be in Edit Mode. Look for the Edit Mode link (switch icon) in the upper-right corner. Click on this link to change the mode from Off to On (or vice versa). When you are done modifying the course, switch the Edit Mode to Off to return to the students' view. Content areas will appear to students only if there is course material in them.
Copy or Move documents between areas or courses
Do you have some course documents from a previous semester's course which you'd like to copy into this year's course space? Did you change your mind about which folder you'd like a particular document to be in? Documents may be copied from one course to another or moved from one folder to another within the same course. Here's how:
Enter the course space which has the document you'd like to copy or move (remember, courses labeled unavailable or inactive can still be accessed by instructors).
With Edit Mode on, go to the Content Area where your document or folder is located, click the chevron next to the content item and select Copy from the menu.
You will then see a page where you can choose the destination course from a drop-down list (same as the source course if moving between areas in the same course).
Click the Browse button to select the area/folder from the Course Map to which to copy or move the document.
At the Remove Item after Copy option, select Yes for a Move operation or No for a Copy.
Click Submit.
If you have a large number of documents, external links, assessments, etc. to move from one course to another, you may wish to use the Course Copy feature instead:
In the Control Panel area of the previous semester's course, under Packages and Utilities, click Course Copy.
Enter the Course Id of the new course (or click Browse to find it -- this is not the title, but the dept-number-section code).
Check which materials should be copied to the new course. To copy assignments, you must select the Grade Cener as well as the content area in which the assignment is deployed. To copy quizzes or tests, you must select the Grade Center, the content area in which the quiz or test is deployed, and the Test, Surveys and Pools option. To copy discussion boards, blogs, journals or wikis, you must copy the Grade Center if any of these items have the "Graded" option turned on. There is no need to copy enrollments; these are supplied automatically.
Click Submit; depending on the size of the files, this may take a few minutes. You will receive a Confirmation message.
Other Content Menu Options (tracking views, adaptive release, review status)
In addition to the Edit, Copy, and Delete options of a content item's popup menu, you will see a number of other options. These other features include:
Statistics Tracking -- see which students accessed this document and when
Adaptive Release -- control who sees this document and under what circumstances, by setting rules related to grades, dates, group membership, or review status (see additional instructions under Monitoring Student Progress)
Review Status -- have your students mark when they have read a document (may be tracked in the Performance Dashboard, more information under Monitoring Student Progress)
User Progress -- track adaptive release and review status for the entire class
Adding Material to Blackboard
Uploading a document (or any other type of file, such as a dataset)
Turn Edit Mode to On.
Go to the area where you'd like to post the document.
Hover over the "Build Content" tool button and select the "Item" option from the flyout menu.
Enter the name and any instructions in the Text box.
Under (2), Content, click the Browse button to navigate to your file.
Click Submit. (One may optionally set display from/to dates.)
Adding an Announcement
Turn Edit Mode to On.
Go to the Announcements area.
Click the Create Announcement button at the top.
Enter Subject and Message and then click Submit (one may also set Date Display options, include a link to another part of the course, or send an email).
Adding an External Link (URL)
Turn Edit Mode to On.
Hover your mouse over the "Build Content" button and select the "URL" option.
Enter the name of the website and the URL (it is often easier to copy and paste it from a browser window opened to that site).
Enter information about the website in the Text box.
Click Submit. (One may also choose whether to open in a separate window or to track students' views.)
Adding a Link to a YouTube video
Turn Edit Mode to On.
Hover your mouse over the "Build Content" button and select the "YouTube Video" option under Mashups (righthand side).
Search for the video you want.
Preview videos from the results returned and click Select when you've found the video you want.
And any description desired, select options and click Submit.
Uploading a number of files at once (for folders of Word or PDF files)
Compress the files into a single "zipped" file using Stuffit or Windows Compressed Files.
Go to the "Files" area of the Control Panel.
Hover your mouse over the "Upload" button and select the "Upload Package" option.
Click the Browse button to navigate to your zipped file.
Click Submit. (Folder structure will be preserved after upload.)
Special Instructions for Video Files
Putting video clips in Blackboard
For copyright compliance, clips should be no longer than three minutes; check with the Library for specifics.
The recommended format is Quicktime; search the ITS Support site using the keyword "compression" for details or call 4877 for help in compressing digital video.
Turn Edit Mode to "On" and go to the content area where you'd like to upload the file.
Hover over the "Build Content" tool button and select the "Video" option.
After selecting the file, you can check the playback with the "Preview" tool. Click Submit.
When students access the video clip, they will need to wait a few moments for the file to load; then they may click the Play button on the controller bar.
Uploading Streaming Media
For video clips longer than three minutes, one should upload the file to our Streaming Server and create a link to the file in Blackboard. This will result in a much better viewing experience for students, since the Blackboard server is not set up to handle large video files. For assistance, please contact the Instructional Technology Services team (x4877).
Monitoring Student Progress in Blackboard
Blackboard Learn
Performance Dashboard
Adaptive Release
Review Status
Early Warning System
Performance Dashboard
Located in the Control Panel area, Evaluation section, the Performance Dashboard tool provides a window into all types of user activity in a course. All users enrolled in the course are listed, with pertinent information about that user's progress and activity in the course. An instructor may check last course access, review status and discussion board postings, adaptive release, early warning system and grades for each student. This page may be easily printed.
Adaptive (Conditional) Release
Adaptive Release of Content provides controls to release content to users based on a set of rules provided by the instructor. The rules may be related to availability, date and time, individual users and user groups (such as course Groups), scores or attempts on any Gradebook item, or review status of another item in the course.
An Adaptive Release rule consists of a set of criteria that defines the visibility of a content item to users. Criteria are the parts that make up the rule. For example, date and membership are two types of different criteria. Each content item may have multiple rules, and each rule may consist of multiple criteria. To view an item, a user must meet all of the requirements of the rule. This means that if a rule has multiple criteria, the user must meet all criteria before the item is available.
For example, the Instructor may add an Assignment to a course. One rule for this Assignment may allow all users in Group A to view the Assignment after a specific date. This rule would consist of Membership criteria and Date criteria. Another rule for this Assignment may allow all users in Group B to view the Assignment once they had completed Homework #1. This rule would consist of Membership criteria and Gradebook criteria.
Here are the basic steps:
Go to the Content area containing the item for which you wish to set up adaptive release rules. Click the Edit Mode switch to On.
Click the chevron next to the item and select the Adaptive Release option.
Choose criteria based on membership, date range, gradebook item and/or review status. Click Submit.
The Instructor may check the status of student reviews on the "Adaptive Release and Review Status: User Progress" page or on the Performance Dashboard.
One may add, modify or remove rules in the Adaptive Release Advanced area.
Review Status
The Review Status tool allows the Instructor to track user review of specific content items. Once the Instructor enables the tool for an item, each student tracks their progress. A Mark Reviewed button appears on the item when the user opens the Content Area. After reviewing the item, the student selects this button to mark it Reviewed.
Go to the Content area containing the item whose review status you wish to set. Click the Edit Mode switch to On.
Click the chevron next to the item and select the Set Review Status option.
Click Enable and click Submit.
The Instructor may check the status of student reviews on the "Adaptive Release and Review Status: User Progress" page or on the Performance Dashboard.
Early Warning System
The Early Warning System is an expansion of and addition to the Performance Dashboard which allows instructors to monitor student performance, based on measures set up by the instructor. This feature has two parts: an additional column in the Performance Dashboard (in the Evaluation area of the Control Panel); and the Early Warning System configuration page (also in the Evaluation area) where rules can be set up to flag at-risk students.
Rules for determining who is an at-risk student may be set in the Early Warning System configuration pages, within the Evaluation area. Current options are grade-based rules, days since last course access, or rules based on missed due dates for assignments. Once the rules have been created, they are applied by clicking the Refresh button. Click the name of the rule to see results of which students (if any) have triggered the rule. Students may be notified of impending problems by using the Notify tool (message text may be modified); the system also keeps a notification log of warnings sent.
New Blackboard Interface
Blackboard Learn
Navigating the New Interface
Blackboard Learn 2012 features an updated interface which is cleaner, easier to navigate and faster to use. Here are the three things you need to know to get started:
Turn Edit Mode On; this will enable you to see all the tools available to instructors. This setting is located in the upper-right corner of every course.
Hover your mouse (cursor) over what you want to work on; this will reveal all tools for that item. In the new interface, tools don't all appear on the page at once; mousing over an item will reveal the tools associated with it.
Note the reordering tool which appears to the left and the "action button" which appears to the right when you mouse over any item on the page.
Click the "action button" to reveal additional menus of tools and options. This is the same technique as in the previous version of Blackboard, but the shape of the action button has changed slightly.
This pop-up menu appears only when you click the "action button" to the right of the item you want to work with.
And one more nifty new feature
Quick course-to-course navigation: click the “action button” located next to the “home” icon to quickly jump from one course to the next:
The New Course Home Page
Online Assignments in Blackboard
Blackboard Learn
The Assignment Manager is not a separate tool within Blackboard, but rather a tight linkage between content areas and the Grade Center. This capability will be of special interest to those who give daily or weekly assignments and would like the convenience of assigning, grading and returning material in a completely electronic fashion. In addition, you will always have copies of the original and graded versions of the essays. Here's how it works:
The key to this process is to create an item of the type "Assignment." Go to the area in which you would like the assignment to appear (for example, the Assignments area). Click the "Edit Mode" link in the upper-right-hand corner to switch into the Instructor's view of the page. Hover your mouse over the "Create Assessment" tool button and select the "Assignment" option. You should now see the Create Assignment template. Fill in the fields as desired and click Submit. You do not need to create a column in the Grade Center; one will be created automatically for each item of the Assignment type.
Click Display Mode to toggle back to the student's view of the course. When students click on the link for this assignment, they will see a page where they can download any files you have attached, enter comments, upload files of their own, and either Save an interim stage or Submit the completed assignment.
When you look in the Grade Center, you will see a column has been automatically entered for your new assignment. To grade this assignment, click the cell for each student, click the chevron, and select "View Grade Details." To access the student's work, click the "Open Attempt" button on the right of the Attempts area. Files can be printed or downloaded for grading. Enter the grade and any feedback or notes to yourself, upload the corrected file (to be "handed back") or clear the student's attempt if necessary.
Assignment files can be downloaded (either from selected students or all students together) in a zipped file which can then be unzipped to work on them off-line or away from campus. Each file will have the student's user id as part of the name (handy for all those files named Essay 1). Files can them be deleted when necessary. In the Grade Center, click the chevron next to the title of the assignment in the column header for these features.
Student-Centered Tools in Blackboard
Blackboard Learn
Creating Small Groups
Peer and Self-Assessment
Blogs, Wikis, Journals
Group File Exchange
Creating Small Groups
If you plan to break your class into smaller groups to work on group projects, Blackboard provides the tools to create a group and enable group tools such as e-mail, discussion boards, blogs, wikis and many more. Instructors can create groups or sets of groups and manually enroll students or allow students to enroll themselves. Group sets can facilitate groups of students working on small-group projects. In addition, students can create and personalize their own groups. Groups can work on assignments together and the group can receive a single grade for the assignment (or individual grades, if desired).
In the Control Panel area, expand the sub-menu under "User and Groups" and select Groups.
Under "Create Single Group," you can select Manual Enroll or Self-Enroll.
Under "Create Group Set," you can select Self-Enroll, Manual Enroll or Random Enroll.
The options will differ slightly for these different types of groups, but the basic information required is:
Enter a Group Name and any description
Select which functions you would like the group to have.
Select other options as needed.
Click Submit.
Once the group has been created, students can reach it from either the Groups page or the Tools area. Only instructors and group members can access their particular group. If you need to modify a group already created, click the Edit Mode switch to On, then click the chevron next to the group's title and select Edit.
Peer and Self-Assessment
This is a new tool to allow students to evaluate each others' work. To set this up:
Go to the area of the course in which you would like students to access the assessment (for example, the Assignments area).
Click the Edit Mode switch to On, then select "Self and Peer Assessment" from the "Create Assessment" button menu.
Fill out information as desired; click Submit (this will automatically add an item to the Grade Center).
Now click the Create Question button on the following page and enter questions and model answers for the students to use in the assessment.
You can also preview the evaluation and submission samples.
You can access all submissions and evaluations and enter grading results in the Grade Center.
For a much more in-depth discussion on using self and peer assessment, see the Self and Peer Assessment Guide courtesy of the University of Melbourne.
Blogs, Wikis, Journals
Blogs
Blogs are an open communications tool for students to share their thoughts within a course. Blogs consist of entries by the owners and comments by the readers. There are three different types of blogs: course blogs (all enrolled users can post and comment); individual blogs (only the owner can post, all others can comment); and group blogs (for members of a defined group). Instructors have full access to everything and can grade blogs.
Wikis
Wikis are used to create a collaborative space within the course where all students can view, contribute, and edit content. Wikis can also be used as a resource for students to view information and content relevant to their course. Wikis can also be set up just for groups and can be graded.
Journals
A Journal is self-reflective tool for students. Only the student and the instructor are able to view journal entries. Students can enter text, images, links, multimedia, mashups, and attachments. Journals can be graded in the Grade Center.
Group File Exchange
Every course section in Blackboard has an automatically-created group in the "Groups" area which has a title such as "ITS_100_01_FA2011_Group". It contains all the students for that section and is automatically updated as students add and drop courses. These automatically-created groups can be used for a number of different purposes, such as group file exchange, viewing sub-groups of students in the Grade Center, and for group assignments. For example, if you need an area in Blackboard for students to share files, just tell your students to:
Click on "Groups" in the Tools area.
Click on the name of the group that looks like a course id and ends in "Group."
Click on the "File Exchange" tool in the Group Tools area.
Click the "Add File" button and browse to the file to upload.
Click "Submit."
All students in the course will be able to access all the files in this File Exchange area.
Suggestions for Online Test-Taking
Blackboard Learn
If you are having trouble using Blackboard (especially from home), check the following issues that might resolve your problems:
Do not use the AOL browser for working in Blackboard. If you get your internet connection through AOL, then use AOL just to establish a connection to the Internet. Then, minimize the browser window and use some other browser to access Blackboard. There should be a default browser installed on you computer (Internet Explorer on Windows, Safari on the Macintosh) or you can download Firefox for free.
Do not use a very slow telephone dial-up Internet connection. If that is what you have at home, use one of the public labs instead. Blackboard is a graphics-intensive application.
Be sure to run virus and anti-spyware software regularly. Try rebooting the computer to free up system resources.
Enable cookies (check the privacy settings of your browser).
Check that Java is installed and enabled (free plugins are available from http://java.sun.com).
If you are using Internet Explorer or any other browser with popup blocking turned on, you may need to enable popups from the Blackboard site. Click the yellow message bar in IE or set the options in the Preferences/Tools.
You may need to disable your personal firewall software (Norton or McAfee).
To eliminate messages about mixed secure and insecure content in IE: Go to Internet Options; Security; Custom Level; Make sure that at "Miscellaneous," "Display mixed content" is set to "Enable."
To eliminate spurious trusted site messages in IE: Go to Internet Options; Security; Trusted Sites; List your site as Trusted and uncheck "Require server verification."
In Windows XP/SP2 and IE, go to Internet Options; Security; Trusted Sites; Custom Level. Make sure that at "Miscellaneous," "web sites in less privileged web content zone." is set to Enable.
Not all features of Blackboard work equally well with all combinations of platforms and browsers. The three biggest problem areas are the Text Box (WYSIWYG) editor; the Math Editor (WebEQ); and the Collaboration tools (Virtual Classroom and Chat sessions). For best results, use a Windows system with Internet Explorer, if possible.
Do not resize (minimize or maximize) the browser window while taking a test.
Do not open another window and surf the net while taking a test; if a website opens back into the Blackboard window, your work will be lost.
Do not take a quiz with other applications running in the background, for example, watching movies, listening to music, sending e-mail or running IM.
Do not start a quiz and then walk away for several hours; the Blackboard system has a timeout for security purposes and will end your session (if idle) after one hour.
Remember to click Submit (not Save) when done! The Save button will save an interim version of your work, but only the Submit button will allow your work to be graded.
For further information, or if you still have questions, please contact blackboard@hamilton.edu, or call 4877.
Blog Process Workflow
Blog
Course Project Blogs
Information gathering
Basic idea for project is communicated
Identify potential Hillgroup stakeholders
Fill out Course Support form
Conduct Hillgroup planning meeting
Identify project objectives
Identify learning goals/objectives
Topic
Audience
Intended message and goals of blog?
Who should be able to see the blog?
Who should be able to add entries to the blog?
Who should be able to post comments to the blog?
Short term or continuing blog availability?
Cooperative or individual project?
Discuss identification of “roles” for students
Will the blog hold research papers or other long text documents
Where will scaffolding occur?
Identify opportunities for “Authentic Learning”
Identify opportunities for formative process evaluation
Identify opportunities for formative assessment of students
Outcome assessment – how will we determine that learning has occurred? (behavior, conditions,
criteria) Develop rubric or other measurement tool.
How will student performance be assessed (refer to objectives)
Secure resources and plan delivery
Create timeline of events
If using BlogCFC, request blog from Web Services
If using blog in Blacboard, set up blog with faculty member
Read blogging policies and go over blog administration
Identify potential issues with blogs (blog timing out, inappropriate posts, etc)
Documentation (printed and/or in Blackboard) and workshop scheduling
Identification of expert/peer reviewers
Technology instruction for students
Blogging workshop and documentation
Ongoing support as needed
Students begin using the blog
Faculty member monitors initial posts and comments carefully to set the tone of the blog
Assessing and guiding postings
Strategies for dealing with inappropriate postings discussed
How to grade a blog?
Students submit blog for review
Instructor, peers, outside subject matter expert, global audience
Assess blog content and learning
Interpret feedback
Student project outcome assessment and project process evaluation are completed
Getting Started With Information Technology
Buying
Getting Started With Information Technology
NOTE: The information on this page is fully up-to-date and accurate for the 2011-12 academic year.
This page connects new and returning members of the Hamilton College community to the most up-to-date information on networking, personal computer systems and standards. Whether you've never been to Hamilton, or you've just been away for a semester or two, this is the place to find out about the information technology environment.
Why Bring a Laptop Computer to Campus?
The campus has universally distributed connectivity via ethernet and wireless. This will make it easy for you to use your computer anywhere on campus (e.g., in the library), even bring it to class or the place you most prefer to study;
You will want to continue to use your computer when you go home for breaks;
Laptops take up less space in your room;
If you have a problem, laptops can be easily transported to our Help Desk.
What do I Need to Know About Bringing a Computer to Campus?
Have a computer you need connected to the Hamilton network? Want to purchase your own computer, and be sure it can be connected to the network? Follow this link for information on minimum and recommended system requirements and network connectivity.
Virus Protection
Virus Protection Information
Policy Note
Hamilton College requires all existing and all incoming students to install Anti-Virus software on their personal computers by the end of the second week of classes each semester. Failure to do so can result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until up-to-date Anti-virus software is installed. Anti-virus software (AVG for Windows and Sophos & iAntivirus for Macintosh) is provided free to all students. Other anti-virus products may be substituted for Hamilton supported Anti-Virus as long as they are kept current.
Student Phone and Voice Mail Overview
Cable Television Information
Contact Us
E-mail us at: helpdesk@hamilton.edu
Or, if you just want to hear a friendly voice, phone 315-859-4181. We'll be sure that someone gets back to you within one business day.
Camtasia Studio 7 Instructions
Camtasia Studio
Table of Contents
Recording an In-Person Interview
Recording a Videoconference Interview
HillConnect configuration
Initiating a chat
Recording an Interview
Notate Bene
Recording an In-Person Interview
1. Open Camtasia Studio 7.
2. Go to Tools – Record Camera in the top menu bar.
3. Click Properties - Camera Control to adjust zoom, exposure, and other options. Click OK once finished.
4. Position the camera so the interviewer and interviewee are nicely framed.
5. Click Start Recording to begin recording.
6. Click Stop Recording once the interview is complete.
7. A window will prompt you to assign the file a name and location. Create a New Folder with the client’s name either on the Desktop or in My Documents. Give the file an appropriate name, i.e. Fondak11282010
H. Click Save.
8. Close Camtasia Studio 7, choosing to NOT save the Untitled project.
9. Double-click the file in the folder to play it back.
Recording a Videoconference Interview
1. HillConnect configuration
a. Ensure that the client has installed the Google Voice and Video Chat Plugin. Electronic documentation for the process is available on the ITS website. Search keyphrase “Career Center.”
b. Ask the student to sign into HillConnect (Webmail) and activate Chat.
c. Open your web browser of choice, e.g. Firefox, Internet Explorer, Chrome. Navigate to HillConnect via My Hamilton or http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu.
d. The chat application is located in the left column below your labels. Click the “ “ icon to the left of your full name.
e. Click Sign into Chat. This option will not be available if you are already logged into chat.
f. Click the Add field and type the name of the student with whom you wish to chat.
g. When their name is displayed in the menu that appears, hover over it with your mouse and move it over to the menu that appears beside the list of names.
h. Select the Invite to Chat option.
i. Click Send Invite in the window that pops up.
j. Instruct your client to accept the (instantaneous) invitation.
k. You should see their name prefixed by a colored button in your Chat list.
B. Initiating a Chat
a. Mouse over the name of the client in your list with whom you wish to chat and click the Chat button in their contact “card.”
b. Click the Camera icon in the chat window to begin the videoconference.
c. The videoconference will fully initiate when they click the Accept button in their chat window.
2. Recording an Interview
a. Open Camtasia Studio 7.
b. Click Tools – Record the Screen.
c. In the pop-up toolbar, choose Full Screen and ensure that Audio is on.
d. Click the downward-facing triangle to the right of the Microphone.
e. Ensure Record System Audio is checked.
f. Click rec to record.
g. Return to the HillConnect chat and select the nested picture button in the chat window to enter Full Screen mode.
h. Press F10 when you are finished recording.
i. Click the nested picture button in the upper-left-hand corner to exit Full Screen mode.
j. You may review the video in the Preview window using the standard tools at the bottom of the screen.
1. Click Shrink to Fit to see the entire screen.
k. Click Produce when you're finished reviewing to save the file.
l. Enter appropriate text in the File Name field. Choose an appropriate, easily-accessible location to save the recorded file.
1. Recommendations: A folder either on the Desktop or in My Documents.
m. Click Save.
n. The Production Wizard window will appear. Select HD in the pull-down menu.
o. Click Next.
p. Re-enter the name you chose in Step 12.
q. Save the video to the same location that you chose in Step 12.
r. Uncheck Show production results and Play video after production.
s. Click Finish.
t. Your computer will render the file.
u. The video will be available in the folder in which you saved the file.
Notate Bene
1. The videos you save will consume a great deal of space on your hard drive. Please be sure to keep track of your videos regularly, i.e. Delete them once-monthly.
2. Should you wish to preserve videos or share them with clients, please contact Ted Fondak (tfondak@hamilton.edu) for instructions.
HillConnect Resources
Cell Phone
Hamilton's e-mail system is HillConnect, powered by Google.
The information provided below is designed to address some of the more common questions related to using your e-mail account at Hamilton College. If you have specific questions regarding the functionality or your account (e.g. how to create "groups"), please try using the Help feature built-in to your HillConnect account (click on the "gear" icon in the upper right corner of your HillConnect e-mail screen). If you find that to be insufficient, please contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181.
Topics Covered
Requesting an e-mail account
Activating your HillConnect account
Accessing your e-mail via the Web
Using your HillConnect account
About the HillConnect environment
Changing your existing password
Forgotten password
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail client application
Configuring your mobile device
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
Graduate E-mail Account FAQ
Requesting an e-mail account
New Student Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for students when they are admitted. Consequently, there should never be a need for a student to request an e-mail account for their own personal use.
New Employee Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for employees when we receive official notification from Human Resources. New faculty accounts are created when we receive official notification from the Dean of Faculty office.
Temporary Employee Accounts: To request a temporary employee account, please complete the form found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/survey-manager/survey?id=1304. Please notify ITS as far in advance as possible when requesting an account as there are several processes that must take place to ensure your temp has access to all the resources he/she will need.
Departmental Accounts: Accounts for departmental use can be requested by contacting Debby Quayle at x4031 or by e-mail at dquayle@hamilton.edu.
Organizational Accounts: Student organizations can request accounts when they register on the Student Activities web site. If the organization elects not to register, they must have an employee/faculty sponsor.
Back to top
Activating Your HillConnect Account
Your Hamilton e-mail account must be activated before it can be used. Instrucstions can be found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/youraccount
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via the web
Regardless of whether you are off campus or on campus you can check your e-mail from any computer as long as it has access to the Internet (World Wide Web). Once you are connected to the Internet, point your browser (Internet Explorer, Safari, Firefox, etc.) to http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu.
You can also access your e-mail via the e-mail channel in My Hamilton at http://my.hamilton.edu.
Back to top
Using Your HillConnect Account
About the HillConnect Environment
Mac/Windows
Understanding conversations
Google Apps Overview Video
How to set up forwarding in HillConnect
From Google
How to Configure Filters
From Lynda.com
To view these videos, please email learnit@hamilton.edu for an account
Gmail Essentials Video
Calendar Essentials Video
Changing your existing password
There are two ways to change your password. The Change Password Form allows you to enter a new e-mail password that will also become your new network password. The Synchronize Password link will use your existing network password and will make your e-mail password match it.
Change Password Form: Changes your e-mail password and your ESS/SSS at the same time.
Synchronize Password Form: Changing your HillConnect Password to Match Your ESS/SSS Password.
Forgotten Password
Current students and employees need to contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181 or e-mail us at helpdesk@hamilton.edu for assistance. Instructions for other members of the Hamilton Community.
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail software application
You can access your Hamilton e-mail account using e-mail client software that supports the IMAP mail protocol. ITS supports the use of Mozilla Thunderbird and provides comprehensive documentation for configuring and using Thunderbird. College-owned computers for employees have Thunderbird installed and configured for the computer's user. If you want to install and configure Thunderbird on your personal computer to access your e-mail please contact the ITS Help Desk.
Thunderbird
Installing & Configuring for HillConnect E-mail
Outlook
How to Configure Microsoft Outlook 2010
Apple Mail
How to Configure Apple Mail
Windows Mail
How to Configure Windows Mail
Others
If you are comfortable using another e-mail program without support from ITS, you can use the generic settings below as a guide for setting up one of these e-mail clients. If you need further assistance, use the Help feature in the program or refer to the support webster for the respective software company.
Settings for any client
Configuring Your Mobile Devices
Configuring my mobile device for mail, calendar, and contacts
Back to top
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
The Hamilton ListServ system allows you to quickly send an e-mail to a group of individuals, such as a club or organization, the entire campus community, or certain class year of students. The ListServ groups for the entire campus, all students, all faculty, all employees, or a particular class year are mass mailing lists which are subject to certain policies. For more information on mass mailing policies and how to use ListServ, see the information on our ListServ web page:
ListServ Mailing List Info
Back to top
Installing the Citrix Client on your Computer
Citrix
Installing Citrix Client
These instructions only pertain to your personal computer. If you are on a public lab, or Hamilton-issued computer, the Citrix Client has been preinstalled. This process need be followed only once for any single computer in any academic year. If it has been some time since you last installed the Citrix client on your computer, you may want to update the client for the best performance. The steps for installation are:
• On a Windows system:
o Log into the Citrixweb page.
• A page will appear that prompts you to download the client. Place a check in the check box and click Download. The file will request to be saved to your computer. Please save it to your Desktop.
• Double-click on the installer when it when it has downloaded.
• Once the installation has completed, click the Continue button on the web page.
• Proceed to Launching Citrix Programs.
• If this does not seem to be the case for you, follow the directions for updating below.
• On a Macintosh system:
o After logging in, you will be taken to a screen that will prompt you to download the plugin.
o Click Download to download the plugin.
o The Citrix Plug-in DMG file will download to your Desktop or Downloads folder. Find the file and double-click on it.
o A window will open containing the plug-in installation file—double-click it to launch the installer.
o Install the app by clicking Continue and Agree until you see a window that indicates the software has been installed successfully.
o Once the installation has completed, click the Continue button on the web page.
o Proceed to Launching Citrix Programs.
o If this does not seem to be the case for you, follow the directions for updating below.
• Updating your Citrix client, any system
o Log into the Citrixweb page.
o Near the top of the applications page, you will see a horizontal bar with some menu choices in it. The “Applications” menu will probably be dark blue, indicating that the “Applications” screen is what you are seeing.
o Click on the “Preferences” menu and select “Connection Preferences”.
o Under “Client settings”, click on “Run Client Detection”.
• If you are immediately returned to the “Applications” screen, you should see an information message under the menu bar and above the applications list that says “The preferred client is already available on your computer.”
• You’re done, there is no update or installation necessary.
o If you don’t have the most current version of the client, you will be taken to a screen that allows you to download the client.
• Follow the directions on that page to download the client.
• If you receive a warning about the file having been downloaded from the internet, click “Save file” or “Open”, according to the screen you see.
• Double click the saved file to run.
• If asked if you want to allow the program to make changes to your computer, click “Yes”.
o You should now be able to return to the Citrixweb Application page, and select the software you wish to use.
Introduction to Citrix
Citrix
What is Citrix?
The computers in public labs deliver some specialized software via Citrix – a client/server configuration that makes software more broadly available to students and faculty. In this model, there is a server which runs the Citrix system, and on which Windows desktop software, like SPSS or Maple, has been installed. There is also a client, a small piece of software that you, the end user, install on your personal computer. Finally, there is a web page (http://citrixweb.hamilton.edu) that allows you to tell the Citrix server which software you want to run. After that, the program you choose runs on the Citrix server, but looks like it is running on your personal computer. You get access to all the same resources you can normally access from your computer.
Note that it doesn’t matter whether your personal computer is a Macintosh or Windows computer. Citrix has a client written for either of these computer platforms, and will make the necessary translation so that you can run the software from your computer - that is “from”, not “on”. The actual software, such as Exceed or Stata, never runs on your personal computer, only on the Citrix server.
One of the important advantages of the Citrix server for teaching and learning is the ability of the students to access the software from their dormitory rooms, or even away from campus - any location where they can use the web to reach http://citrixweb.hamilton.edu/. It is also possible for faculty to use this URL to reach the software from home as well as the office. However, be aware that you must remain connected to the internet for your entire Citrix work session.
Available Programs
As of August 2011, the following programs are available through Citrix:
• Exceed 14
• iThink 9
• Maple 15
• SPSS Statistics 19
• Stata 11
• StatView 5
If you would like to request a new program be added to the Citrix server, please contact the Instructional Technology Support Services team.
Common Citrix Problems and their Solutions
Unable to Log In
If you are unable to log into the Citrix web portal, make sure your username and password are correct. If you are a student, make sure the Domain drop down menu says students.hamilton.edu. The default domain (Hamilton.edu) is correct for faculty and other employees of the college.
Keyboard Shortcuts
Citrix applications are presented in a Windows environment. Therefore, keyboard shortcuts must be those used in the Windows file management system. Macintosh users should note that the shortcut for copying is and the shortcut for pasting is . You may also use the Edit menu to select these functions.
Folder Access
If you are experiencing difficulties navigating through folders, make sure the folder you are trying to open does not contain the forward slash ‘/’ symbol. If it does, rename it and try accessing it again.
Other ITS Citrix Webpages
Registering and Logging into Citrix
Installing the Citrix Client on your Computer
Launching Citrix Programs, Opening and Saving Files in Citrix Programs, and Printing from Citrix Programs
Launching Citrix Programs, Opening and Saving Files in Citrix Programs, and Printing from Citrix Programs
Citrix
Table of Contents
Launching Citrix Programs
Opening or Saving Files in Citrix-Served Programs
More on Accessing Files
Printing from Citrix Programs
Launching Citrix Programs
Upon successfully logging into Citrix, you will see a number of programs arranged in a matrix. Please click ONCE on the program you wish to launch.
NOTE: It might take up to a minute for a Citrix program to launch, during which a number of windows may appear and disappear. Do not try to interact with these windows by clicking them or closing them, as they are a part of the connection process.
When you begin using a Citrix-based program, your machine may download a file named Launch.ica. This file is only needed for the current session, and can be safely deleted once you are finished with the Citrix program. You will find it wherever you have directed your web browser to save downloaded files (most commonly on your machine’s Desktop or in Documents). If the Citrix-based program does not launch automatically, double-click on the Launch.ica file to start the application.
A window entitled Client File Security may open and request access to local files on your computer. Please select Full Access and Never Ask Me Again and click OK.
Opening or Saving Files in Citrix-Served Applications
The Citrix-served applications will give you access to your SSS or ESS storage space and other commonly-used areas for file saving. To open or save a file while using an application in Citrix, click the Open File (or Save File) icon in the button bar or File, then Open (File, then Save) in the menu bar of the application. Click the drop-down arrow at the right end of the Look in field.
You will receive a list of locations available to you.
NOTE: The various icons you may be familiar with do not necessarily map to the same places as they do on your personal Windows machine. Both the My Documents and the Desktop buttons and menu choices will take you to your SSS or ESS folder, depending on your user role (student vs faculty or employee).
NOTE: Remember that you are running a client/server application, which means that the application you are using is actually running on the remote Citrix server. All file locations are specified from the point of view of the server: they are NOT on the computer you are using.
As you can see in the example images on the next few pages, the save screens differ dramatically from previous version of the Citrix client: they are now optimized to hide unavailable save locations and give you ready access both to your network storage folder and your local computer. Please refer to this guide as needed to ensure your data is properly saved in the desired location.
TYPE 1
When attempting to open or save a file, you will be automatically taken to your ESS/SSS user folder. Find the appropriate file and folder and click Open.
TYPE 1
To access and save to file repositories other than your ESS/SSS share, please click on the pull-down menu.
Your ESS/SSS home folder is available under H:, (if applicable) your department share as M:, and the Campus share as P:.
Your local drives on the computer from which you are accessing Citrix are available and labeled with a letter followed by a dollar sign (e.g. D$ on Client). On Windows machines, you will be able to access your local hard drive (typically C$). On a Mac, you will be able to access your home folder (again, C$).
Other drives may be available in addition to the ones displayed.
TYPE 2
Note the difference in save options on the left panel. The tfondak$ on ‘Ess’ link (“A”) will take you to your home folder on network storage.
Similarly, the C$ on ‘Client’ option (“B”) will take you to the C: drive on your Windows machine or your User Home folder on the Mac as before.
These and other options are also available via the pull-down menu (“C”)on top.
TYPE 2
The My Computer link here will take you to a list of the available mounted drives. As above, the H: drive will take you to your home folder on network storage (ESS/SSS), and C$ will take you to your hard drive on a PC and your user Home Folder on a Mac.
TYPE 3
Some save dialogs may not have icons available on the left side. Available save points are accessed via the pull-down menu at top.
NOTE: the “My Documents” and “My Computer” links will connect you to your home folder on network storage (ESS/SSS). Others will behave as discussed above.
TYPE 4
Though seemingly similar to the TYPE 2 save dialog, this dialog box only has two options on the left: your ESS/SSS share and your local drive.
Please choose the appropriate repository or find other options in the pull-down menu above.
TYPE 4 (Exceed)
This is a screenshot of a save dialog in Exceed. You can select your save location by clicking on the Directory pulldown list. Shown here is the p:/ directory, a direct link to the ESS folder.
TYPE 4 (Exceed)
This is a screenshot of another save dialog in Exceed. Shown here is the h:/ directory, a direct link to your home directory on either ESS or SSS.
Accessing Files
Located on your local hard drive
If you have a file on your local machine’s Desktop or Documents, you will need to navigate to them.
On a PC: Double-click on C$ on Client (your local hard drive), double-click Documents and Settings; open the folder with your user id; and then Desktop or Documents as appropriate.
On a Mac: Double-click on C$ on Client (it being your User Home Folder). Once there, double-click on either Desktop or Documents as appropriate.
Citrix may prompt for permission read and/or write access the local computer – you should click Allow.
Located in your ESS or SSS folder
If you downloaded a file to your ESS or SSS space, that location is available in the “Look in:” input box by default as “userid$”. For example, if your user ID is bscott, you will see “bscott$” in the input box. It is also available in the dropdown menu under “My Computer” as “userid$ on ‘SSS’ (H:)” All mapped network drives are distinguished from others by the shared-drive icon, which indicates that, although the storage area is actually located on another server, it is treated as though it were another drive on your computer. Your home folder on ESS/SSS is universally mapped as the H: drive.
Accessing files on the Software Server
If the file you need is on the Software server, you may place your cursor in the File Name field, type \\Software\Academic, press , and you should see all the folders in the Academic share. Select a file and folder by double-clicking.
A NOTE on Best Practices
If you are downloading a file from Blackboard, or using a file from the Software Server, first drag and drop that file into your SSS or ESS space. Then open the folder from within your Citrix-served program from that storage space. Every time you save the file, it will save into that space, and you won’t ever lose it. If you save your work periodically during your session, you can always recover to the “most recent saved” version, and you can do that recovery from any computer on the Hamilton College network.
Printing from Citrix Programs
Registering and Logging into Citrix
Citrix
Registration
If this is the first time you are trying to login to Citrix, you MUST REGISTER. The link for registration is on the bottom of the login page. Students will also need to re-register every academic year. Once you register, it will take several minutes (approximately 10) for all of the systems to be updated with your access information.
Logging into Citrix
Once you are registered, log in to the Citrix Web Portal. The username you should use is the same as your My Hamilton username. The password is the same password you use to access the SSS or ESS servers. If you are a student, you will need to change the Domain dropdown to students.hamilton.edu.
If a matrix full of applications appears, please navigate to the Launching Citrix Programs webpage.
Else, proceed to the Installing Citrix Client webpage.
Using Minitab
Citrix
Opening Files
Select File -> Open Project.
If your files are on the Academic server, select the K: Drive from the dropdown menu in the Look in field.
If your file is on ESS or SSS, click on the H: Drive on the left side of the window.
If your files are on your local computer, click on the V: Drive on the left side of the window. If you are presented with a prompt asking how you want to access files on the mapped drive, select Read & Write.
Navigate to the desired file and click Open.
Using R
Citrix
Opening Files
If opening a script, select File -> Open Script. If opening a workspace, select File -> Load Workspace.
If your files are on the Academic server, select the K: Drive from the dropdown menu in the Look in: field.
If your file is on ESS or SSS, click on the H: Drive from the dropdown menu in the Look in: field.
If your files are on your local computer, click on the V: Drive from the dropdown menu in the Look in: field If you are presented with a prompt asking how you want to access files on the mapped drive, select Read & Write.
Navigate to the desired file and click Open.
Saving Files
If saving a workspace, select File -> Save Workspace. If saving your history, select File -> Save History.
If you want to put your file on ESS or SSS, click on the H: Drive on the left side of the window.
If you want to put your file on the local computer, click on the V: Drive on the left side of the window.
Navigate to the desired location, name your file, and click Save.
Printing
Select File - Print.
In the resulting Print dialog window, make sure a printer is selected and click
Ellucian (Datatel) Colleague User Accounts
Datatel Colleague
Colleague and Colleague Advancement User Access Information:
Security access for Colleague user accounts should be requested through the Department Security Manager (DSM) for the employee's area.
The employee should read the Administrative Systems Security Policy & Procedures document, and print the last page to sign and submit to Marty Sweeney, ITS, Burke Library.
Department Security Manager Information
Administrative Information Systems Security Policy & Procedures
Administrative Account Request Form
Exporting Video from iMovie '11
Digital Media
Contents
Exporting in iMovie '11
Exporting for DVD
Exporting in iMovie '11
1. When you are done editing your movie and are ready to export, go to the Share menu. For a simple and quick way to export a high-quality product, select Export Movie. This will bring up a window with some preset export options.
2. In the new window, chose the Size to Export based on your needs and preferences. There are several preset sizes, in pixels; hovering over the information symbol at the right of a selection displays its approximate file size in MB. From this window you can also name your file and select where it will save to (the default save location on the MPC lab computers is the desktop).
Exporting For Use on a DVD
1. When you are done editing your movie and are ready to export, go to the Share menu and select iDVD. This will open your project in iDVD, from where you can select a DVD menu display and burn your movie to DVD.
Importing Files into iMovie '11
Digital Media
Importing from mini-DV, DVD, VHS
iMovie '11 is similar to iMovie '9 in that it will allow you to import video from a variety of different sources, including Mini-DV, VHS, DVD. You can import any of these formats, no matter who created them, but be aware of copyright laws when you are using footage that is not your own. Below is a quick tutorial on the process of importing video into iMovie.
First, launch the iMovie application and create a New Project.
To begin importing footage, go to the File menu and select Import From Camera. You can also use the keyboard shortcut cmd i. Now, hit Play on the DV deck, DVD, or VHS player. If the device is recognized, you should see the video begin playing on the screen.
When you want to start importing footage, click the Import button in the bottom right of the preview screen.
Now you will be prompted with a new window asking you to name the file of the clip your importing, which will be referred to as the new Event. You will also be prompted to designate where you want it saved. It is a good idea to create a folder within the scratch disk when working with video and keep your related files in that folder, so you should set the Save to: field to that folder.
Once you have named your event and set the location correctly, click the Import button.
Now you will be taken back to the preview screen and your video will start playing, only this time it will be recorded. When you have captured your clip, click the Stop button in the bottom right. Your new clip will automatically be added to the Event Library.
NOTE: If you plan on working with this project on another computer you should reconsider the video editing software you are using. In iMovie your project can be easily lost if instructions are not followed exactly. iMovie is only recommended to be used when a project is going to be started and completed in the same day, with the same computer.
Importing Files
Video
If you wish to use movie files in iMovie rather than capture video from a mini-DV, VHS, or DVD you will have to follow a different but easier process than the one explained above. To start, go to the File menu and select Import -> Movies.
A finder window will open up allowing you to browse for the file you wish to import. Once you've found the file, set the Save to: field to the folder where your other project videos are located. Then you can name the new Event and select whether to optimize the video or import the original. This setting should be set to match what your current project video size is. Next, select whether you want to copy the movie file into the folder or move it, and when your satisfied with your choices, click the Import button.
NOTE: iMovie supports the DV, DV Widescreen, HDV 1080i, HDV 720p, MPEG 4 Simple Profile, and iSight video formats.
The imported movie will be added to your Event Library.
Graphics
To insert a still image, you can click on the Photos Icon to pull up your iPhoto Library.
NOTE: This method only shows images within the iPhoto library.
Now as long as you have photos in your iPhoto library you will see something like the screen shown to the right. From here, you can drag your photos to the Project Viewer into the location you want them to appear.
If you would rather not use the iPhoto library, you can also drag image files right into your project from the desktop or a finder window. Simply drag the images into the Project Viewer the same way as with the iPhoto library.
Audio
To import an audio file, click on the Music icon located directly to the left of the Photos icon.
NOTE: Although many audio file formats can be imported into iMovie, we recommend .aiff.
Now you should see a few different folders and a list of audio tracks from selected Apple software. Navigate to the audio track you want and drag it into the Project Viewer.
Once again, if you want to import an audio file from somewhere else on your computer, that is also an option. Simply drag the file from a finder window or your desktop into the Project Viewer.
NOTE: Once the AIFF has been imported as an audio track, you can edit it as desired (crop, move, adjust volume).
Graphics files will show up as clips in the Project Viewer, video files will be added to the Events Library, and audio files will show up as track in the Timeline.
Premiere: Quick Guide
Digital Media
Table of Contents
Getting Started
Setting up a New Project
Save Location
Choosing the Sequence Presets
The Interface
Source Monitor
Program Monitor
Project Panel
Timeline
Basic Editing
Using Clips in the Timeline
Creating a Title
Adding Effects and Transitions
Exporting
Getting Started
Premiere is now the standard video editing software supported at Hamilton College. It is available on Macs in a number of locations on campus, including the Multimedia Presentation Center, Burke 001, and Couper Classroom, all located in the library, as well as Science Center 3039 and the Digital Arts Lab located in LIST.
Before starting any video project you should make sure you have thought about storing your project. Digital Video takes up a large amount of space on computers, and will not fit on your SSS space in almost all cases. If you do not have access to server space for your project, you should make sure you have adequate space on an external hard drive / flash drive for your work, since all local storage on school computers is Temporary.
Setting Up a New Project
Save Location
Choosing the Sequence Presets
The Interface
Source Monitor
Program Monitor
Project Panel
Timeline
Basic Editing
Using Clips in the Timeline
Creating a Title
Adding Effects and Transitions
Exporting
Scanning with SilverFast 8
Digital Media
What is SilverFast 8?
SilverFast 8 is a media professional level software application used for scanning and digital imaging. The various features it includes allow for this software to scan more comprehensively than most other scanning software. It is available to use through the Macs at the Multimedia Presentation Center.
Scanning an Image
To get started, click on the SilverFast 8 icon, which can be found on the Dock in between the PowerPoint icon and the PCClient icon. SilverFast 8 can also be accessed through the Applications folder. Once you have opened the SilverFast 8 application, a window like the one below should appear. Click on the Start button towards the bottom of the window.
Prescan
Once the application has launched, place the physical media into the appropriate scanner and click on the Prescan button at the top left of the window. This will allow you to preview what you are scanning and make any adjustments before the final scan.
Red Marquee
One of the adjustments you may want to make before the final scan is adjusting the red marquee, which is the big red rectangle overlaying the preview of the scan, to include only as much as you need to scan. To do this, place the cursor above the red rectangle. Placing the cursor inside the red rectangle will change the cursor into a move marquee cursor that will allow you to drag and drop the red marquee where you need it. Placing the cursor along the edges of the red rectangle will change the cursor into an extend marquee cursor that will allow you to stretch the borders of the red marquee to where you need them.
Move Marquee Cursor.
Extend Marquee Cursor.
You can also create your own marquee from scratch by using the New Marquee Cursor. By placing the cursor over... also Rotate Marquee Cursor.
New Marquee Cursor
Rotate Marquee Cursor.
Scan
Once the red marquee is in place and the Prescan looks good, press the Scan button at the top left of the window in order to scan the image.
Backup
ESS
Student Information
ITS Recommendation for students: http://support.apple.com/kb/ht1553
Employee Information
Policy on Information - Personal Data
How to back up using Windows
How to back up using Macintosh
Backup and Restore Files in Mac OS X
ESS
Employees
There are two ways to back up your files on your MAC without purchasing commercial software.
Manual Backup
In order to manually backup your folders all you have to do is click and drag the desired folder(s) from your MAC to your personal folder on the ESS server. *****DO NOT BACK UP YOUR ENTIRE HARD DRIVE*****
You will have to do this periodically on your own and whatever you save to the server will be the only files backed up.
Example of backing up your local Documents folder to your ESS folder
First, ensure that you are connected to your EES folder.
Open up your Macintosh hard drive and click on the documents folder or you can click on the icon with your username and then click on the documents folder. You can also select the Users folder. In Users, select your user name’s folder (e.g. “jsmith”). In your user name’s folder, locate the Documents folder.
NOTE: The Documents icon on the left side of the screen is only a shortcut; if you click and drag that icon, you will remove the Documents shortcut, not back up your files.
Open your Macintosh hard drive again by double-clicking the desktop icon. This will create a second window.
Click on the ESS “Users” icon and locate your folder (the list is alphabetical).
Drag Documents from the first window to your folder in the EES window.
If you have already saved the local folder to your ESS folder before then you will see the following prompt. Click Replace. If this is the first time saving the folder then it will automatically begin saving. After you click Replace it will begin saving the folder to your ESS folder.
You should now be able to see your Documents folder on your ESS share.
Your files in the Documents folder are now successfully backed up on your ESS share.
Create Archive
Files and folders can also be compressed within OSX, and then the resulting file (with a .zip extension) can be copied to the server for back up. A folder or file that is compressed usually results in a smaller file size. In the example shown below, the original folder is 104.2MB and the resulting ZIP file is 65.7MB.
Select the file(s) or folder.
From the File Menu choose Create Archive.
If multiple files or folders are selected, a file will be created named Archive.Zip. If a single file or folder is selected, a file will be created named Foldername or filename.zip.
Unarchiving a Zip file
In order to make edits to any file contained within a zip file, you must first unarchive it.
Double click on the zip file.
If a folder was compressed, after double clicking on a zip file, a folder will appear in the same location as the zip file. If a single file was compressed, the original document will appear. The zip file will remain until you delete it.
Backup and Restore Files in Windows XP
ESS
Setting up an immediate backup job to ESS
Click on Start.
Select All Programs, then Accessories, then System Tools, and then Backup.
When the Backup or Restore Wizard window appears, click Next.
In the Backup or Restore window select Back up files and settings and click Next.
In the What to Back Up window, select Let me choose what to back up and click Next.
In the Items to Back Up window that appears, you need to select the file and/or folders that will be backed up.
In the left window, click on the “ ” sign to navigate through the directory structure. If you want to select a file or folder, click on the square box next to it. A blue check mark indicates that the entire folder will be backed up, while a black checkmark indicates a part of the folder will be backed up. The recommended files and folders to be backed up on a Windows XP machine are:
Desktop
C:\Documents and Settings\(user)\Desktop
Documents – Exclude downloads, My Pictures, and My Music
C:\Documents and Settings\(user)\My Documents
Thunderbird Folder (includes address book, signatures, and settings)
C:\Documents and Settings\(user)\Application Data\Thunderbird
IE Favorites
C:\Documents and Settings\(user)\Favorites
Microsoft Office Templates
C:\Documents and Settings\(user)\Application Data\Microsoft\Templates
FileMaker Pro or PalmSync files?
Other data you have filed outside of the My Documents folder
In the Backup Type, Destination, and Name window, select your back up destination by clicking the down arrow and selecting H:, then click Next.
If the H: drive is not available, click on the browse button.
When the Save As windows opens click on the My computer icon (on the left). Then double click the H: drive so that it appears in the Save in box.
Click Open and then Save.
NOTE: When the Completing the Backup or Restore Wizard window appears, you need to decide if you are going to immediately start the back up process or continue on to Setting up a scheduled backup job on ESS on the next page.
If you only want to back up your data once click, Finish.
The backup process will begin and a window will appear showing the progress. Click on Close when the backup is complete.
Setting up a scheduled backup job to ESS
Click on the Advanced button.
In the Type of Backup window, leave the choice as Normal.
Click Next.
In the How to Back Up window, check the box next to Verify data after backup.
Click Next.
In the Backup Options window, click in the circle next to Replace the existing backups and click Next.
In the When to Back Up window, click in the circle next to Later to activate the schedule.
Give the scheduled task a name by typing in the Job name text box (such as PC backup)
Click on Set Schedule button to open the Schedule Job window.
Select the frequency of the back up by clicking on the down arrow under Schedule Task. Then click on the desired task frequency and choose a time.
Place a check in the box of the day(s) you would like the back up to run on your computer. NOTE: Your computer has to be on and logged into the ESS server.
Click OK.
Click Next.
Type in your ESS password in both boxes and click OK. NOTE: The ESS password is normally what you use to login to your computer.
Click Finish.
Restoring all or part of the backup
Double click on the backup.bkf file on the H drive.
Click on Next.
In the Backup or Restore window, select Restore files and settings and click on Next.
In the What to Restore window, double click on folders on the left to see their contents and then select the any drive, folder, or file you want to restore by clicking in the box next to it. A blue check mark appears if you have successfully selected the item. When you have made all of your selections, click on Next.
It is recommended that you restore the file(s) to a location different from the original location, such as the Desktop. Click on Advanced.
In the Where to Restore window, select Alternate location under Restore files to: and then either type in the path name or browse to the desired destination.
Click on Next.
In the How to Restore window, select whether you want to leave or replace existing files.
Click on Next.
In the Advanced Restore Options window, click on Next.
In the Completing the Backup or Restore Wizard window, click on Finish.
The Restore Progress window will appear.
When the restore is complete, the following window will appear. Click on Close.
If a single file or folder is restored to an alternate location, the complete folder structure is also restored.
Backup and Restore in Windows 7 for Employees
ESS
Creating a Scheduled Backup and Restoring Files from Backup
Create a New Backup
Navigate to Start - Control Panel - Backup and Restore.
In the Backup and Restore Center, click Set up Backup.
Wait a few seconds for the program to initialize.
When the Set Up Backup Wizard appears, select the Save on a Network button.
In the Select a network location screen:
In the Network Location field, type “\\ess\Users\<$yourusername>,” e.g. \\ess\Users\tfondak.
In the Username: field, type “HAMILTON-D\<$yourusername>,” e.g. HAMILTON-D\tfondak. Type your password in the Password field.
Click OK.
On the screen that appears, choose Next.
On the What do you want to back up? screen, select Let Me Choose. Then click Next.
Uncheck all Data Files and Include a system image of drives (C:)
Scroll down to Local Disk (C:) > Users > Your Username.
Check “Documents”, “Desktop”, “AppData”, “Contacts,” and “Favorites.”
Click Next.
In Review your backup settings, click Change Schedule.
Alter the settings to suit your needs. ITS recommends scheduling a weekly backup that runs shortly before you leave on the last day of your business week, e.g. Friday at 4:00pm. The backup process is brief, so you will be able to shut down your computer at the end of the day without a problem.
Click OK.
In the Review your backup settings screen, select Save Settings and Run Backup.
Your first backup will start and the wizard will close, presenting you with the Backup and Restore Center where you started. You will notice activity: a progress bar will display the status of your backup. Feel free to close the window and resume your work.
Restoring Files from Backup
Navigate to Start > Control Panel > Backup and Restore.
In the Backup and Restore Center, select Restore My Files.
In the window labeled Browse or search your backup for files and folders to restore, select the Browse for Files button.
Find the file you would like to restore by navigating through the folder structure. In the example provided here, I am restoring the file ChromeSetup.exe in my Desktop folder. Note the standard Address Bar on top, which will provide a bread-crumb trail for you to follow through the hierarchy.
Nota bene: You may select multiple files at one time. Click Add Files when finished.
You will return to the File Restore screen. If you need to restore multiple files, feel free to click Browse for Files/Folders and repeat Step 4 until you have selected all of the files you wish to restore.
Click Next when you are ready to restore the files.
Select In the Original Location in response to the question Where do you want to restore your files. This will make the items re-appear in the location whence they were removed.
Feel free to select In the following location and Browse should you wish to restore the files elsewhere.
Select Restore.
Your files will be restored. Select View restored files to access them.
Ellucian (Datatel) Colleague User Accounts
Ellucian Colleague
Colleague and Colleague Advancement User Access Information:
Security access for Colleague user accounts should be requested through the Department Security Manager (DSM) for the employee's area.
The employee should read the Administrative Systems Security Policy & Procedures document, and print the last page to sign and submit to Marty Sweeney, ITS, Burke Library.
Department Security Manager Information
Administrative Information Systems Security Policy & Procedures
Administrative Account Request Form
A Few Things to Know About the HillConnect Environment
Email
Return to HillConnect Homepage
Getting help
Google continuously updates its core e-mail and calendar programs so that new features are brought to you as soon as they become available. Consequently, if you see something new that is unclear, your best bet is to take advantage of the online help built in to HillMail and HillCal.
How do I access the HillConnect environment directly?
To log in directly to your HillMail account, please go to: http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu
What is the "Migrated" label/folder?
If you had an active e-mail account at Hamilton prior to May 2010 and your account was transitioned to HillConnect, a label/folder with the name "Migrated" was created during the transition process.
It's important to know that what the old mail server referred to as a" folder" is now referred to as a "label" in the new system. A fundamental difference between the two storage methods is that with the new Google system multiple labels can be assigned to message where previously in the old SUN system a single message could be assigned to only one folder.
Therefore you can delete the label/folder named "Migrated" and not delete the associated messages.
I no longer receive a copy of any messages I send to Hamilton Listserv's what do I need to do?
Google will not deliver mail to you that you send to a Listserv list. So that you can tell whether your message was processed, your subscription settings are automatically set so that you will receive an acknowledgment e-mail message from Listserv when your message is delivered to a list.
If you still wish to see a copy of your message in your INBOX, you can add your e-mail address to the CC (carbon copy) line when you address your message to the list. Note that the CC line is processed independently from the TO line. Therefore, receipt of the message in your INBOX is not confirmation that your message was distributed to the list. Only the acknowledgement message noted above can be considered confirmation that your message was distributed.
How Can I Change Label Colors?
The default color assigned to a label is so light it is almost invisible. To change the color, click the square to the right of the label (folder name) and select a color from the palette that appears.
Our office/organization shares an account, how many connections can we have to our HillMail account through a client?
You are limited to ten simultaneous logins via a client, i.e. if you share an account and use Thunderbird/Outlook/AppleMail. You are not limited by the number of web logins.
Becoming a Listserv List Owner
Email
Listserv
Becoming a ListServ List Owner
What is the time commitment involved in owning a list?
What skills will I need?
How do I become a list owner?
Request a new list
What is the time commitment involved in owning a list?
Depending on the type of mailing list you want to create, your involvement in managing the list will either be minimal or considerable. A list used strictly for the distribution of information from you to the list's subscribers requires very little management. A moderated mailing list requires you to read and approve each mailing that is sent to the list. If your moderated list is very active, your time investment could be considerable.
What skills will I need?
Lists can be managed either through the Web or through e-mail. Therefore, if you are comfortable with both, you have the necessary software skills with which to start. Most new list owners prefer to use the Web interface to manage their list.
The primary responsibility of each list owner is to subscribe users to their list or inform users how to subscribe themself. In addition, the list owner may perform other maintenance tasks like removing subscriptions, correcting subscriber names or changing how the list functions. None of these operations is very complex and can be accomplished easily through the Web.
The list owner, by default, will receive error notices when mail that is sent to the list fails. The most common error notice is one that lists the subscriber(s) whose address(es) cannot be reached. The ITS Help Desk can help you interpret error messages.
How do I become a list owner?
The first step is to decide on a list name and identify its purpose. It is recommended you keep your list name short yet descriptive (about 8 - 10 characters). As an option you can add "-L" to the name in order to differentiate it from an e-mail account that bears a similar name. However, it is acceptable to use the same name for the e-mail account and the Listserv list.
Next you'll need to decide how you want the list to function. For example, will the list be used for two way discussions or will it be used strictly to distribute announcements?
As you complete the request form (see link below) you will be asked to choose between 3 types of lists. Samples of each type are available during the request process. If none of the samples fit your needs, you may start with one of them and modify it as necessary. Contact Debby Quayle at 859-4031 to further discuss your options.
When the request is submitted, an auto-reply is sent to you that confirms receipt of the request. Once the list shell has been created, you will receive a follow-up e-mail from Debby Quayle. Only then is it ready for subscribers.
Documentation to assist you in the management of your list and its subscribers can be found on the Listserv home page.
Request a new list
Request a new list
Return to Listserv Page
Return to Main ITS Page
Configuring Apple Mail for HillConnect Mail
Email
For Mac OSX 10.5.x & 10.6.x only
These instructions detail how to configure your e-mail client, Apple Mail to access Hamilton’s HillMail email system (powered by Google).
Configuring Microsoft Outlook for HillConnect Mail
Email
These instructions detail how to configure Microsoft Outlook 2010 to access Hamilton’s HillMail e-mail system (powered by Google). If you have a different version of Microsoft Outlook, these instructions can still provide some assistance.
Go to the File tab, Info, and select Add Account.
Choose Manually configure server settings and or additional server type.
Click Next.
Select Internet E-mail.
Click Next.
Edit the following fields:
Set Incoming mail server: to imap.gmail.com
Set Outgoing mail server (SMTP): to smtp.gmail.com
Set User Name: to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Click on More Settings.
Select the General tab and set Mail Account to HillMail.
Click on the Advanced tab.
Set Incoming server (IMAP): to 993.
Use the following type of encrypted connection: SSL.
Set Outgoing server (SMTP): to 465.
Use the following type of encrypted connection: SSL (Under SMTP).
Click OK.
Click Next.
Click Finish.
To change the Hamilton address book settings click on File, Info and then select Account Settings and then select the Address Books tab. Click the New button and then select Internet Directory Service (LDAP) and then Next.
Set Server Name to bud2c.hamilton.edu
Check the box for: This server requires me to log on.
Set User Name: to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Click on More Settings.
Set Display Name: to Hamilton AD
Set Port: to 3269
Check the box for: Use Secure Sockets Layer.
Click OK, Next and then Finish.
Click Close.
Click the Send/Receive tab, Send/Receive All Folders and type in your e-mail password. Your mail folders should populate with your Hamilton e-mail.
Fine Tune Outlook Settings for HillMail
In Outlook click on View, then View Settings. Click on the Sort... button.
Select Sent from the drop down box.
Verify that the radio-button for Descending is selected.
Click OK, then Yes, then OK.
Then click back to Columns.
Select Received on the right hand column and select Remove.
Then click OK.
IMPORTANT NOTE: If you already had rules set up prior to updating Outlook to work with your HillConnect account, you might need to recreate your rules for every Hamilton account you check in Outlook. Those rules that move mail to local folders will continue to work as before but those that move mail to an IMAP folder might need to be recreated.
Configuring Windows Mail for HillConnect Mail
Email
Configure Settings for HillMail
To change the incoming server settings, click the Tools menu and then select Accounts. Click on your Hamilton Email account and select Properties then click the Servers tab.
Set Incoming mail (IMAP) to: imap.gmail.com
Set Outgoing mail (SMTP) to: smtp.gmail.com
Set E-mail username to: username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID
Set User Name to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Check the box that says: My server requires authentication
screenshot
Click the Advanced tab.
Set the Outgoing mail (SMTP) port to: 465
Check the box that says: This server requires a secure connection (SSL)
Set the Incoming mail (IMAP) port to: 993
Check the box that says: This server requires a secure connection (SSL)
If a window pops up, “Would you like to refresh your folder list?”, click Yes
screenshot
To change the Hamilton address book settings, click the Tools menu and then select Accounts. Under Contacts select Hamilton AD and click Properties.
Set Contacts Directory Account to: Hamilton AD
Set Server Name to bud2c.hamilton.edu
Click the box that says: This server requires me to log on
Set Account name: to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
screenshot
Click the Advanced tab.
Set the port for Contacts Directory (LDAP): to 3269
Click the box that says: This server requires a secure connection (SSL).
Set the Search base to: dc=Hamilton,dc=edu (no spaces).
Click OK and then Close.
screenshot
Click the Sync icon and type in your e-mail password. Your mail folders should populate with your Hamilton e-mail.
E-mail and Spam
Email
Topics covered on this page
What is SPAM?
SPAM and Identity Theft
What is Hamilton doing about SPAM?
What do I need to do?
What is SPAM?
Unsolicited "junk" e-mail sent to large numbers of people to promote products or services. The majority of spam is simply advertising. Some spam, however, is highly suspicious in nature and can expose users to threats such as viruses, spyware, and identity theft.
Back to top
SPAM and Identity Theft
Spam is becoming an increasingly popular vehicle for scam artists to commit identity theft by tricking the recipients into supplying personal information such as credit card numbers or online passwords. This type of spam is called "Phishing."
Phishing attacks work by the scam artist sending 'spoofed' e-mail messages that appear to come from an online company that you do business with such as a bank, credit company, online payment service, E-bay, ISP, etc.; businesses that require users to have a personal information for their accounts. The e-mail message will ask you to verify or update your account details by replying to the message, entering the information in a pop-up window, or following a link in the message.
The fraudulent messages will often contain the company logo and official-looking formatting that mirrors formatting on the company's real website. If the message contains a link, that link usually points to a fake website that also looks like the company's real website. These messages will often have a sense of urgency and somewhat threatening tone, saying that your account will be suspended or deleted if you do not verify/update within a short timeframe.
How to protect yourself:
Never respond to e-mail messages that request personal information. Legitimate companies will never ask for personal information over e-mail. When they do correspond with customers via e-mail, they generally send personalized messages that refer to you by your full name, whereas phishers do not. Even if you think the e-mail may be legitimate, do not respond to it. Contact the company directly.
Never click on a link in an unsolicited e-mail message.
Phishers will often include links to webpages that look authentic with addresses that also look authentic. There are several ways that this can be faked. If you want to log into your online account, go to the company's website by typing its address into the address bar and log in directly.
Never e-mail personal or financial information. E-mail is not a secure medium for transmitting sensitive information. If you initiate a transaction and want to provide personal and/or financial information through an organization's website, look for indicators that the site is secure, like a lock in the browser's status bar or a URL that begins with https:// (note the 's' for 'secure' in 'https'). Unfortunately, no indicator is foolproof; some phishers have forged security icons.
Report phishing attempts. If you receive an e-mail that has any of the following above, select the e-mail and click the Report Spam icon. For more information on removing spam forever from your account, please click here: http://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?answer=6602
Back to top
What is Hamilton doing about SPAM?
Hamilton's mail server is now powered by Google which has an automated spam filter. Although HillConnect will pick up most phishing attempts and remove them from your inbox, you may still receive spam e-mails. You can easily remove these from your inbox by clicking the Report Spam icon. The more spam e-mails you mark as spam, the better job Google's system can do in removing future spam e-mails from your inbox. Click the links below for more information from Google below
http://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?answer=6602
http://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?hl=en&answer=190737&topic=1669056
Back to top
What do I need to do?
Follow the guidelines listed above on how to protect yourself from identity theft.
Back to top
Generic E-mail Client Settings
Email
(on-campus)
Return to HillConnect Homepage
These generic settings are provided as a guide to assist you in configuring e-mail software other than Thunderbird, MS Outlook, Apple Mail or Windows Mail. If you are looking for settings to assist you in configuring your mobile device (e.g. cell phone or tablet) please visit: http://www.hamilton.edu/information-technology-services/hillconnect/syncing-mobile-devices
Incoming Mail Server Settings
Server Name: imap.gmail.com
Port: 993
Security Setting: SSL
User Name: username@hamilton.edu (where "username" is your e-mail ID)
Outgoing Mail Server Settings
Server Name: smtp.gmail.com
Port: 465
Security Setting: SSL
User Name: username@hamilton.edu (where "username" is your e-mail ID)
Directory Server/Global Address Book Settings
Host Name: bud2c.hamilton.edu
Base DN: dc=Hamilton,dc=edu
Port: 3269
Bind Name: username@hamilton.edu (where "username" is your e-mail ID)
Return to HillConnect Homepage
HillConnect Resources
Email
Hamilton's e-mail system is HillConnect, powered by Google.
The information provided below is designed to address some of the more common questions related to using your e-mail account at Hamilton College. If you have specific questions regarding the functionality or your account (e.g. how to create "groups"), please try using the Help feature built-in to your HillConnect account (click on the "gear" icon in the upper right corner of your HillConnect e-mail screen). If you find that to be insufficient, please contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181.
Topics Covered
Requesting an e-mail account
Activating your HillConnect account
Accessing your e-mail via the Web
Using your HillConnect account
About the HillConnect environment
Changing your existing password
Forgotten password
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail client application
Configuring your mobile device
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
Graduate E-mail Account FAQ
Requesting an e-mail account
New Student Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for students when they are admitted. Consequently, there should never be a need for a student to request an e-mail account for their own personal use.
New Employee Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for employees when we receive official notification from Human Resources. New faculty accounts are created when we receive official notification from the Dean of Faculty office.
Temporary Employee Accounts: To request a temporary employee account, please complete the form found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/survey-manager/survey?id=1304. Please notify ITS as far in advance as possible when requesting an account as there are several processes that must take place to ensure your temp has access to all the resources he/she will need.
Departmental Accounts: Accounts for departmental use can be requested by contacting Debby Quayle at x4031 or by e-mail at dquayle@hamilton.edu.
Organizational Accounts: Student organizations can request accounts when they register on the Student Activities web site. If the organization elects not to register, they must have an employee/faculty sponsor.
Back to top
Activating Your HillConnect Account
Your Hamilton e-mail account must be activated before it can be used. Instrucstions can be found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/youraccount
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via the web
Regardless of whether you are off campus or on campus you can check your e-mail from any computer as long as it has access to the Internet (World Wide Web). Once you are connected to the Internet, point your browser (Internet Explorer, Safari, Firefox, etc.) to http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu.
You can also access your e-mail via the e-mail channel in My Hamilton at http://my.hamilton.edu.
Back to top
Using Your HillConnect Account
About the HillConnect Environment
Mac/Windows
Understanding conversations
Google Apps Overview Video
How to set up forwarding in HillConnect
From Google
How to Configure Filters
From Lynda.com
To view these videos, please email learnit@hamilton.edu for an account
Gmail Essentials Video
Calendar Essentials Video
Changing your existing password
There are two ways to change your password. The Change Password Form allows you to enter a new e-mail password that will also become your new network password. The Synchronize Password link will use your existing network password and will make your e-mail password match it.
Change Password Form: Changes your e-mail password and your ESS/SSS at the same time.
Synchronize Password Form: Changing your HillConnect Password to Match Your ESS/SSS Password.
Forgotten Password
Current students and employees need to contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181 or e-mail us at helpdesk@hamilton.edu for assistance. Instructions for other members of the Hamilton Community.
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail software application
You can access your Hamilton e-mail account using e-mail client software that supports the IMAP mail protocol. ITS supports the use of Mozilla Thunderbird and provides comprehensive documentation for configuring and using Thunderbird. College-owned computers for employees have Thunderbird installed and configured for the computer's user. If you want to install and configure Thunderbird on your personal computer to access your e-mail please contact the ITS Help Desk.
Thunderbird
Installing & Configuring for HillConnect E-mail
Outlook
How to Configure Microsoft Outlook 2010
Apple Mail
How to Configure Apple Mail
Windows Mail
How to Configure Windows Mail
Others
If you are comfortable using another e-mail program without support from ITS, you can use the generic settings below as a guide for setting up one of these e-mail clients. If you need further assistance, use the Help feature in the program or refer to the support webster for the respective software company.
Settings for any client
Configuring Your Mobile Devices
Configuring my mobile device for mail, calendar, and contacts
Back to top
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
The Hamilton ListServ system allows you to quickly send an e-mail to a group of individuals, such as a club or organization, the entire campus community, or certain class year of students. The ListServ groups for the entire campus, all students, all faculty, all employees, or a particular class year are mass mailing lists which are subject to certain policies. For more information on mass mailing policies and how to use ListServ, see the information on our ListServ web page:
ListServ Mailing List Info
Back to top
How to Move your Local Folders into your IMAP account
Email
This document explains in general terms how to move “local” mail folders onto the mail server. By “local” we mean mail folders that are listed only in your client software (e.g.Thunderbird, Outlook, Apple Mail) and do not appear when you login to the Hamilton mail server. Local folders are typically used to store old mail, excess mail or mail you don’t need to access when you are away from campus. It resides strictly on the hard drive of your computer.
Example: Thunderbird (Windows & Macintosh)
These are the folders that appear in your client software (e.g. Thunderbird) and will also appear on the mail server. These are typically referred to as your IMAP folders.
These are the folders in which you may have stored old mail, excess mail or mail you don’t need to see when you are away from campus. The folders are located only on the hard drive of your computer and are therefore not visible when you login to the Hamilton web mail server.
NOTE: In Microsoft Outlook, the local folders are called Personal Folders and appear at the top of the list of folders. In Mac Mail your local folders will appear at the top of your list of folders and may be in a section labeled “On My Mac”.
Moving your local mail to Gmail
The advantage to moving your local mail to Gmail after the transition is that you can potentially take more time to decide which of your local mail folders to move to Gmail. Gmail provides 7 gigabytes (GB) of storage, which should accommodate most peoples’ needs. You can easily determine your exact quota usage by logging in to your Gmail account and then look to the bottom of the screen.
Example quota in Gmail.
screenshot
How to move a folder
Regardless of the client software you use, the process of moving a folder is essentially the same. Note that in some e-mail software (e.g. MS Outlook), a “move folder” feature exists, which makes the process very easy. It assumes you wish to move the entire content of a mail folder. However, ITS recommends you copy your local folders first and then compare the folders in your client and Gmail to ensure the local folders have all been copied. See below for instructions. You can move a folder back to your local folders if you change your mind. Moving only selected messages is described below in the Problems? section.
Start by clicking once on the folder name. This is usually sufficient to highlight the folder in the list of folders.
With the folder name highlighted, click on it once more but do not release the mouse button.
With the mouse button still held down, carefully move the folder to the name of your account (which typically appears above your first IMAP mail folder). In the example above, the IMAP account is called tsylla@me.com. NOTE: If the folders are very far apart you can move the mouse to the top of (or bottom) until the list starts to scroll. If it fails to scroll you may have to move the folder in stages.
When you are directly over the name of your IMAP account, the name will highlight (darken). This is how you know you are “on” it. Now it is safe to release the mouse button. Doing so will start transferring a copy of the folder.
Depending on how much mail is in the folder you moved, the time it takes to create the new folder and copy its contents may be brief or may take several seconds. It is important to be patient.
After the folder has been successfully copied to your IMAP account, you can compare its contents to the copy that remains in your local folders. When you feel comfortable they are the same, it is safe to delete the folder in your local folders. Be sure to open a few messages that may contain attachments to confirm whether the attachments will open.
After you have moved each folder, you should click on the “get mail” icon (or “send/receive” in Outlook) to see whether you’ve received a quota warning. You can also check your quota using the methods described above on page one.
Problems?
If you are unable to move a folder because the mail it contains is corrupted or not formatted correctly for the server, you may receive a warning like the following. The text may differ slightly from one mail program to another but the essence of the message will be that the mail cannot be moved.
Unfortunately, the only remedy is to manually move messages one (or a few) at a time. To do this, you must first create the new folder in your IMAP account that will receive the messages. Next, open the local folder containing the corrupted mail and then highlight (select) one (or a few) of the messages it contains and drag them onto the name of the new folder as described above. If the message copies successfully, repeat the process until you discover the message (or messages) that cannot be copied. Skip the faulty message and continue with the remainder.
How to Set Your ListServ Subscription to Digest Mode
Email
What is Digest Mode?
Listserv offers many options for managing the behavior of the lists to which you are subscribed. One of the most popular settings is Digest Mode. When it is activated for your subscription, Listserv collects all the messages sent to that list from that point forward for each day and sends them to you in a single message that contains a table of contents followed by the full text of each message. (NOTE: Extremely active lists may result in two or more digest messages.) All of Hamilton's mass mailing lists (e.g. events-all, notices-facutly, etc.) allow you to choose Digest Mode. The digest message for these lists is sent each day at 4:30 p.m.. Private lists (those for student organizations or departments) are sent at midnight by default. The list owner can change the time at which the digest is sent. For assistance, please contact Debby Quayle at 859-4031 (dquayle@hamilton.edu).
Getting Started
The easiest way to manage your Listserv subscription is through the Listserv web interface. Before you can use it, however, you must have a Listserv password. It will allow you to manage your own subscription(s) as well as manage any lists you may own. If you already have a password, you can proceed to the steps below.
Set Your Subscription to Digest Mode
In your web browser (Internet Explorer, Firefox, etc.) go to http://listserv.hamilton.edu. Log in using your full e-mail address and the password you created for yourself for Listserv.
In the Listserv web site, click on Subscribers Corner in the menu across the top.
The lists to which you are subscribed should appear under the red My Lists tab.
Locate the list you wish to set to Digest Mode and click on the word Settings next to the list name.
This will open a page that displays your subscription settings for that list.
Click to put a dot next to Digest (HTML format).
Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on the Update button.
Return to the Subscriber's Corner menu to do the same for other subscriptions you wish to set to Digest Mode.
When you are finished, click to Log Out of Listserv (located in the upper right corner of the screen beneeth the green questionmark).
Removing Digest Mode
Repeat the steps 1-5 described above for setting Digest Mode.
In step 6, click to put a dot next to Regular.
Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on the Update button.
Return to the Subscriber's Corner menu to do the same for other subscriptions you wish to set to Rgular Mode.
When you are finished, click to Log Out of Listserv (located in the upper right corner of the screen beneeth the green questionmark).
How to Temporarily Turn Mass Mail Off and On
Email
As a student or employee, you are automatically subscribed to 6 mass mail lists. For example, if you are a student in the class of 2016 you are subscribed to: events-all, events-students, events-2016, notices-all, notices-students and notices-2016. Please review the grid below to determine the lists to which you are subscribed.
Events
Notices
Example
Students
All
All
events-all
notices-all
Students
Students
events-students
notices-students
xxxx (class year)
xxxx (class year)
events-2016
Employees
All
All
events-all
notices-all
Employees
Employees
events-employees
notices-employees
admin, faculty,
staff or maintop
admin, faculty,
staff or maintop
events-admin
notices-faculty
How to temporarily turn OFF mass mail
If you are going away, for example, and you do not want to receive mass mail during your absence, here is how you can turn off all or some your mass mail. NOTE: Unsubscribing from these lists will accomplish the same goal but only if you unsubscribe from all 6 lists. If your goal is to unsubscribe from only a few of the lists (e.g. only the -all lists) you must use the method described below.
Determine the lists you want to temporarily turn off.
Address an e-mail message to listserv@listserv.hamilton.edu
In the body of the message type something similar to the following (the content will depend on which lists you want to turn off). NOTE: each entry should be on a separate line and there should not be a space between "no" and "mail".
set events-all nomail
set notices-all nomail
set events-students nomail
set notices-students nomail
If you use an automatic signature in your e-mail, you need to turn it off (or delete it) for this message. Otherwise, your signature will generate an error message and your change will not be accepted by Listserv. If you do not know if you use an automatic signature, you are likely not using one.
Send your message
How to turn mass mail back on
NOTE: If you unsubscribed from the mass mail lists, you must resubscribe to them. The method described below will not work if you are not subscribed to the list. Click here for instructions. Otherwise, proceed with the instructions that follow.
Determine the lists you want to turn back on.
Address an e-mail message to listserv@listserv.hamilton.edu
In the body of the message type something similar to the following (the content will depend on which lists you want to turn on). NOTE: Each entry should be on a separate line.
set events-all nomail
set notices-all nomail
set events-students nomail
set notices-students nomail
If you use an automatic signature in your e-mail, you need to turn it off (or delete it) for this message. Otherwise, your signature will generate an error message and your change will not be accepted by Listserv. If you do not know if you use an automatic signature, you are likely not using one.
Send your message
Installing and Configuring Thunderbird
Email
For On-Campus Use
Installing Thunderbird
Go to http://www.mozilla.org/en-US/thunderbird/ to install the latest version of Thunderbird on either your Windows or Macintosh computer and follow the instructions. Once the download is complete, follow the instructions below.
If the Incompatible Add-on window is displayed, select the add-ons you use and click Check Now to check if there are compatible versions of the add-ons available. If a newer version is available, click Install Now, then click Done. If a newer version is not available the No Compatible Add-ons Found window is displayed. Click Finish to continue.
Open up Thunderbird. Click the X button to exit the tab Welcome to Thunderbird!
Configuring Thunderbird Settings
To Change the Incoming Server Settings:
Click the Tools menu, select Account Settings, then select Server Settings. Edit the following fields:
Set Server Name to imap.gmail.com
Set Connection security to SSL/TLS
Set Port to 993
Set User Name to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
NOTE: You will need to repeat this step for any additional Hamilton e-mail accounts you have setup in Thunderbird.
To Change the Outgoing Server Settings (SMTP):
Click Outgoing Server (SMTP), select username-mail.hamilton.edu (Default), click Edit and update the following fields:
Set Description to HillMail
Set Server Name to smtp.gmail.com
Set Connection security to SSL/TLS
Set Port to 465
Set User Name to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Click OK.
To Change the Hamilton Address Book Settings:
Click Composition & Addressing, click the Edit Directories button, select Hamilton LDAP, click Delete and click OK.
The LDAP Directory Server window is still open, click the Add button and update the following fields:
Set Name to HillAD
Set Hostname to bud2c.hamilton.edu
Set Base DN to dc=hamilton,dc=edu (please note there are no spaces)
Check the option to Use secure connection (SSL)
Set Bind DN to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID
Students: Set to username@students.hamilton.edu
Set Port number to 3269
Click OK and click OK to save the settings.
Select HillAD from the directory list and click OK.
To Configure the Hamilton address book to search on name (rather than username):
Click the Tools menu, select Options, select the Advanced icon, select the General tab and click the Config Editor button.
At the void warrant window uncheck the option to Show this warning next time and click the I’ll be careful, I promise! button.
In the Filter: field, type Ldap. The window will display several entries for ldap_2.servers.HillAD…..Select one of the entries and right-click, then choose New > String
Enter the string value preference name as ldap_2.servers.HillAD.autoComplete.nameFormat.
Please note this is case sensitive and there are no spaces. Please double-check for accuracy. Click OK.
Enter the string value as displayName.
Please note the square brackets are required, there are no spaces, and only the letter “N” is capitalized. Click OK.
Click the Red X exit button to close the Config Editor
The Options window is still open, choose the Composition icon and select the Addressing tab, check the option for Directory Server and select HillAD from the list. Click OK to close the Options window.
It's time to get your mail! Click the Get Mail icon and enter your e-mail password and click OK. Your mail folders should populate with your HillMail.
Fine Tune Thunderbird Settings for HillMail
Your sent message are automatically placed in the [Gmail/Sent Mail] folder, therefore it is no longer necessary to save a copy of your sent messages on the server. To update this setting click the Tools menu, select Account Settings, and then select Copies & Folders. Uncheck the box labeled Place a copy in:. Keep this window open for the next few steps.
To set the proper location for your Drafts folder select Account Settings, and then select Copies & Folders. In the Drafts, Archives, and Templates section: set the following:
Set Keep message drafts in: to Other and navigate to the folder username@hamilton.edu > [Gmail] > Drafts where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Keep message archives in: should be automatically set to Other: All Mail. If not, select Other and navigate to the folder username@hamilton.edu > Gmail > All Mail where “username” is your e-mail ID. Click OK.
NOTE: You will need to repeat this step for any additional Hamilton e-mail accounts you have set up in Thunderbird.
To keep Thunderbird from opening messages in tab form, select Tools then Options.
Click the Advanced icon and then select the Reading & Display tab.
Under Open messages in: select the radial button A new message window.
Click OK.
Things to Know about Thunderbird for HillMail
If you already had filters set up prior to updating and reconfiguring Thunderbird to work with your HillMail account, you might need to recreate your filters for every Hamilton account you check in Thunderbird. Those filters that move mail to local folders will continue to work as before but those that move mail to an IMAP folder might need to be recreated.
Listserv Resources
Email
ListServ is a commercial software product installed on Hamilton College's E-mail system. It is designed to provide an easy way to create and maintain large or specialized E-mail mailing lists. These lists can be used for E-mail based distribution of information, discussion, questions and answers, etc. Lists are created and "owned" by an E-mail user who manages the list's behavior. Members of the list are subscribed to it either by the list owner or by following instructions provided by the list owner.
All lists that are created and maintained at Hamilton College are kept private. Subscriber names and E-mail addresses are only available to the list owner. They are never published.
As a list member, you are able to manage certain aspects of your subscription. As the list owner, you are able to manage a wide variety of aspects of the list's behavior. The links that follow will provide you with some basic information about both.
If you have a question about ListServ that requires personal attention, please contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181 or write to helpdesk@hamilton.edu.
Mass Mailing List Guidelines
Guidelines for ListServ Mass Mailing Lists
Request a New ListServ List
Request a New List
List Owner Related Documents
Becoming a ListServ List Owner
Quick Start Guide for List Owners
List User (Subscriber) Related Documents
How to Send Mail to One of the Mass E-mail Lists
How to Subscribe or Unsubscribe to/from a ListServ List
How to Change your ListServ Password
How to Set Your Listserv Subscription to Digest Mode
Moving Your HillConnect Mail to Another Account
Email
This document describes how to move your HillConnect mail into another account. Detailed instructions are provided for moving it into a commercial Gmail account.
Moving your Hamilton mail to a Commercial Gmail Account
These instructions assume you have already established an account with Google (gmail.com).
Click on the gear icon in the upper right corner of your screen next to your e-mail address. From the menu that appears, select Mail Settings.
In the Settings screen, click on the link labeled Forwarding and POP/IMAP.
Even though your settings may already indicate that “POP is enabled for all mail….”, go ahead and click in the dot next to “Enable POP for all mail (even mail that’s already been downloaded”. Then click on the Save Changes button at the bottom of the Settings page.
Log in to your commercial Gmail account (http://gmail.google.com). NOTE: If you have not previously configured your Hamilton account to allow multiple account logins, you will have to log out of your Hamilton account before logging in to your commercial (.com) Gmail account.
Once you are in your commercial account, click on the gear icon and select Mail Settings.
Click on the link labeled Accounts and Import and then click on the link on that page labeled Import mail and contacts (see below).
Enter your HillConnect account address (e.g. dquayle@hamilton.edu) and click on Continue.
Enter your HillConnect password and click on Continue.
In the next screen enter your password again as prompted.
For the next 6 steps, please refer to the image below:
Change the POP user name to include @hamilton.edu (e.g. dquayle2@hamilton.edu)
Change the SMTP server to pop.gmail.com
Click on the link to the right of "Port: 110" labeled Edit
Click in the box to select “Use SSL”
Change the port to 995
Click on Continue
In the next screen select the following check boxes:
Import Mail
Optional: Select to “Leave a copy of retrieved messages on the server”. NOTE: In some cases, checking this option will prevent the transfer from beginning. If that occurs, uncheck it and try again.
Add a label to all imported mail [dquayle2@hamilton.edu] This will allow you to easily identify the mail that was imported from your Hamilton account.
18. Click on Start Import.
19. You should see a confirmation page that informs you the import has begun. Click on OK.
NOTE: The transfer of your mail can take DAYS. Google gives it a very low priority but it does take place. You can check on the progress by doing a search in your Gmail.com account for all mail labeled userID@hamilton.edu (substitute your real user ID where “userID” appears”). If the number of messages found with that label in your Gmail.com account matches the number of messages in your “all mail” label (folder) in your HillConnect account, then it is done!!
When the transfer has finished you should do the following:
Log in to your Hamilton HillConnect account and set it up to forward your mail to your Gmail.com account. You can do this by going to the gear icon and again select Mail Settings. Click on Forwarding & POP/IMAP, fill in the address for your Gmail.com account and click Save Changes.
Next, log in to your Gmail.com account. Click on the gear icon, select Mail Settings and then select Accounts and Import.
In the middle of the section, where it is labeled Check mail using POP3, you’ll see a link labeled “delete” to the far right. Click on the “delete” link. Doing so will break the tie between your two accounts. From here on, new mail addressed to your Hamilton account will automatically arrive in your gmail.com account.
Policies - Electronic Mail (E-mail) & Listserv (Mass E-mail lists)
Email
Department or Group Accounts
By special permission, college departments and student groups will be granted a single account to facilitate connections between the department or group and interested parties. The department or group must identify one person to be responsible for the account and to act as the contact person. In addition, student organizations must be registered with the Office of Student Activities before an account will be granted.
Appropriate Use of E-mail
Hamilton strongly recommends that e-mail not be used for confidential communication. E-mail is now considered a formal written record that carries the same legal weight as a formal memorandum. Users of e-mail should remember that e-mail messages become the possession of the receiver and can be easily duplicated and redistributed by recipients. Messages that have been deleted can unintentionally be retained on system backup files. In addition, even secure passwords are not completely confidential. When a private message needs to be conveyed between two individuals, a conversation is the best way to accomplish it, and messages that should not be preserved should be deleted immediately.
College policy prohibits certain types of e-mail. These include mail that may be perceived as harassment, political campaigning, chain mail or commercial solicitation. Violators will be subject to loss of computer access privileges, as well as additional disciplinary action as determined by the Hamilton judiciary procedures. Certain types of e-mail, including but not limited to harassing e-mail, may also subject the sender to civil or criminal penalties. In spite of College policy, e-mail can be abused by malicious users who know the owner's computing ID and password. Users are responsible for protecting their own passwords.
ListServ Lists
ListServ is a commercial software product installed on our E-mail system. It is designed to provide an easy way to create and maintain large E-mail mailing lists. These lists can be used for the one-way distribution of information, for E-mail based discussion, questions and answers, etc. Lists are created and "owned" by an E-mail user who manages the list?s behavior.
Any faculty, staff, or student member of the Hamilton College community is entitled to become a ListServ list owner. Campus-based organizations and departments are also entitled to own lists, but an individual within the group must be designated as the list owner. Students must be in good standing with the Dean of Students office and student organizations must be registered with the Office of Student Activities.
All lists must be approved by the ITS ListServ administrator prior to creation, but the following general guidelines apply:
The purpose of the list must pertain to Hamilton College business.
Lists are not open to off-campus subscribers unless special permission is obtained. However, Hamilton College students or employees who use off-campus E-mail addresses are allowed to own and belong to lists.
It is the list owner's responsibility to learn the commands necessary to manage the list's subscribers.
Under no circumstances can a list be used to participate in or promote activities that are illegal, violate the Hamilton College code of conduct, or the Hamilton College Honor code.
To apply for list ownership and select a list type, please read Becoming a ListServ List Owner from which you can create your list.
Return to Main Listserv Page
ListServ Mass Mailing Lists
Effective July 1, 2010
As a service to the Hamilton College community, several e-mail based mass mailing lists have been created. These are designed to facilitate the timely and cost-effective distribution of information to the campus community. E-mail now reaches almost all faculty, administration and staff (members of M & O generally don't use computers in connection with their responsibilities) and students. Participation in the mass mailing lists is voluntary.
In order that these lists remain a reliable means of communication, it is important that members of the Hamilton community abide by a few guidelines. These guidelines are not designed to limit free speech but are intended to keep your mail volume at a reasonable level.
Most importantly, anonymous mailings are prohibited. The sender's real name must be identified (in full) within the body of the message - not just at the top in the "from" line.
There are two sets of mass mailing lists, one for announcement of events and the other for general campus notices. The guidelines for use of these lists are explained below.
Events
By an "event" we mean an activity (meeting, performance,, lecture, etc.) that takes place on- or off-campus at a specific date and time and is sponsored, or co-sponsored by either an academic or administrative department/program or a student organization recognized by Student Activities. Sponsorship means that the chair of a College department, program or organization indicates that the organization supports the event and that members of the College are actively involved in organizing the event (e.g., as speakers). If someone other than the organizer(s) makes the event announcement, they share in the responsibility for adhering to the guidelines.
Posting to the lists will be limited to all employees and two* student representatives, or the e-mail account assigned to each student organization recognized by Student Activities.
Violations by the student representatives will accrue to the organization they represent regardless of whether the violator acted alone.
An event will be limited to two posts to the mass mailing lists. Corrections count as one of the two messages.
If an event is cancelled or postponed, two additional notices are allowed.
Each message must have a subject line that is descriptive of the event
The first 4 lines of the message must contain:
Date and time of the event
Sponsor of the event
Name of the event
Location of the event
The remainder of the message should be a short description of the event. [Note that if you include graphics you may exceed the limit of 25 MB for the message. Such messages will be rejected.]
Clarification: Posting a message to an inappropriate list is a violation (e.g., posting a message intended for students to the events-all list)
The mass e-mail lists for posting events are:
a. Events-students@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to students)
b. Events-20xx@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to students in a particular class year, where xx is the last two digits of the class year)
c. Events-faculty@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the faculty)
d. Events-staff@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the staff)
e. Events-admin@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the administration)
f. Events-maintop@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of Maintenance and Operations)
g. Events-employees@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to employees)
h. Events-all@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to both students and employees)
The notices mass e-mail lists will be used only for the following general categories. A non-comprehensive bulleted list of examples is provided for each category.
Announcement of Hamilton deadlines, policies and procedures
These announcements must come from individuals representing the administrative or academic departments responsible for the deadline, policy or procedure being addressed (e.g. drop-add, parking permits, library books due)
Reports from Hamilton organizations or departments
These reports must come from individuals representing the academic or administrative offices, or student organizations recognized by Student Activities who generated the reports (e.g., Minutes of Student Assembly, Agendas, reports from faculty meetings, Honor Court decisions, results of campus-wide initiatives or community events such as United Way, Heart Walk & Run, announcement of appointments).
Notification of the availability of, or changes in, Hamilton College services or facilities
These notices must come from individuals representing the academic or administrative departments, or student organizations recognized by Student Activities who are responsible for the services or facilities being addressed (e.g., dining and fitness center schedules, availability of Hamilton housing, IT and library services, department newsletters, availability of Hamilton-sponsored publications, Campus Safety announcements, sales in the College Store, Physical Plant notices, fund raising activities for Hamilton organizations, fund raising activities approved by Office of the President (for employees) or by the Student Activities Office (for students)).
Surveys
Student-initiated surveys must be related to the academic program and endorsed by a faculty mentor. The request for such surveys must be submitted by the faculty mentor. These surveys must be sent to exception@hamilton.edu for prior approval.
Student organizations recognized by Student Activities can submit surveys directly to the student lists. These must be surveys that will only be given to students.
Surveys related to college business or faculty research may be submitted directly to the lists.
Notices from members of the senior staff directly related to their areas of responsibility
The mass e-mail lists for posting notices are:
a. Notices-students@listserv.hamilton.edu(sent only to students)
b. Notices-20xx@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to students in a particular class year, where xx is the last two digits of the class year)
c. Notices-faculty@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the faculty)
d. Notices-staff@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the staff)
e. Notices-admin@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the administration)
f. Notices-maintop@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of Maintenance and Operations)
g. Notices-employees@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to employees)
h. Notices-all@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to both students and employees)
Please consider your audience carefully (e.g., do not send a mailing to "all" if you only need to reach students).Examples of inappropriate uses include, but are not limited to:
Personal opinion, public debate, or campaigning
Announcements should not attempt to sell the reader on a point of view. The information provided should be as factual as possible and sufficient enough to explain the purpose of the announcement. If additional background information is necessary, a web link may be included.
A message that contains no actual announcement (e.g. does not meet the criteria listed above for an event or a non-event) is a violation.
Give-aways (personal property such as furniture, tickets, equipment, books, etc.)
Surveys other than those specified above
Chain mail
Lost and found (except when it is Hamilton College property, or involves animals) there is a Lost and Found channel in My Hamilton.
Requests for rides (there is a Rides channel in My Hamilton)
Items for sale - or items desired (including houses, tickets, books, services, etc.) There is a marketplace channel in My Hamilton that can be used for this purpose.
Exceptions to the Guidelines:
Messages that Fall Outside the Guidelines, or from senders not approved for Mass Mail:
Any individual wanting to post a message to the mass e-mail lists that falls outside of the guidelines, can request that the message be posted by sending a request for an exception to: exception@hamilton.edu. The request will be directed to the appropriate member of the senior staff for approval. Approval or denial will be communicated to the person making the request. Requests for exceptions should be sent at least two business days in advance of the time the posting is to take place.
Penalties for Violations:
A first time violation will result in the removal of posting (sending) privileges to the mass lists for a period of one month (not including breaks). A second violation will result in the removal of both posting and receiving messages to/from the mass lists for a period of one month (not including breaks). A third violation will result in the loss of posting and receiving privileges for the equivalent of a full semester. A fourth violation will result in the individual being referred to the appropriate judicial body dealing with employees or students. Violations are cumulative for as long as you are at Hamilton (or four years for employees). Loss of privileges applies to all the mass lists.
Violators may appeal their penalty by submitting their reasons in writing to the chair of the Committee on Information Technology. The Committee will review the appeal and return a decision within 5 business days. During the appeal process the penalty will be suspended.
[Return to Main Listserv Page]
For questions about these Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards, contact:
David Smallen
Vice President for Information Technology, Hamilton College
315-859-4169
Quick Start Guide for List Owners
Email
For ListServ 16.0
Logging in and Setting your ListServ Preferences
Open your web browser software (Internet Explorer, FireFox, Safari, etc.) and go to: http://listserv.hamilton.edu.
Click on Log In (in the upper right corner).
If you have a password already established, enter your entire e-mail address (e.g. dquayle@hamilton.edu) and your Listserv password in the fields provided. Then click on the Log In button (circled at right).
If you don’t have a password, or don’t remember your password, click on the link to “get a new LISTSERV password” and follow the on-screen prompts. When your password has been set, return to http://listserv.hamilton.edu.
After you've logged in, click on Preferences (located in the upper right corner of your screen below the green question mark shown in step 2).
Click on the down arrow in the Start Page setting and choose "List Dashboard" from the list. NOTE: If you are an advanced user and you want to see all the options, you may want to consider setting the Mode to “Expert Mode”. The Mode setting is in the first line in the preferences.
Click on the Update button in the lower right or upper right corner. The screen will not change.
Viewing, adding or deleting list subscriptions
There are two sections in this document that describe how to manage subscriptions. This first section describes the easiest approach. The steps that follow will satisfy most of your subscription management needs. However, if you need to add or delete large numbers of subscribers or you need to alter specific settings for a subscriber, then proceed to the next section for a more detailed approach to managing subscriptions.
If you are not already in the List Dashboard view, click on the List Management menu and then select List Dashboard from the drop down list.
A list of the lists you own should appear in the bottom half of the screen. To add, delete or search for subscribers and to see a list of your subscribers, click on the [View] link under the Subscribers column heading.
In the Subscriber Reports screen that opens, there are several functions you can perform. Please refer to the illustration after step 3b.
To search for a subscriber, enter as much of their name (or address) as you know in the field to the right of "Search Options", and then click on Search.
To add a new subscriber, fill in the person's full address (e.g. jdoe@hamilton.edu) followed by his/her full name (e.g. John Doe). When you click the Add Subscriber button he or she will be added to your list but he or she will NOT be automatically notified of the subscription.
To delete one or more subscribers, refer to the list of subscribers that appears below the search and add fields. Select a subscriber (or subscribers) by clicking in the checkbox that appears next to the subscriber’s name. Then, click on the button labeled Delete Selected Subscribers. No notification will be sent to the subscriber. NOTE: If you have more than one page of subscribers, you will need to delete subscribers one page at a time.
Managing subscriptions in bulk & managing subscriber settings
This section describes how to manage subscriptions in bulk as well as how to manage details for a specific subscriber. It uses a slightly different technique than described in the previous section.
If you have not already done so, log in to Listserv by going to http://listserv.hamilton.edu. Remember to enter your full e-mail address as your login ID. If you have forgotten your password, refer to step 2b at the very beginning of this web page.
Once logged in, click on the List Management menu and select List Dashboard.
Depending on how many lists you own, in the section labeled "Select List", you will either see the name of your list, names of your lists or alphabetical groupings of lists. If you have own more than one list, click to select the list you wish to examine or manage so that its name appears in the Select List space.
Click on the List Management menu at the top of your screen and from it select Subscriber Management.
To Add or Remove Subscriptions in Bulk
If you need to subscribe or remove a long list of people to your list, the easiest way to accomplish this is through the “bulk” feature.
To use the bulk operation tab, you must first create a plain text file that contains a list of the subscribers you wish to add or delete (the format is described in sections a & b below). This file can be created in Microsoft Word but you must take care to choose Save As in order to change the file format to Plain Text (*.txt). On a Windows computer, “Plain Text” is found by selecting the “Save as type” drop-down list. On a Macintosh, “Plain Text” is found in the “Format” drop-down list. NOTE: Additions and Deletions CANNOT be added to the same file.
Insert Screen Shots from Word 2010 & 2011 Here
Additions should by typed as follows (full address followed by full name)
gwashing@hamilton.edu George Washington
alincoln@hamilton.edu Abraham Lincoln
ahamilto@hamilton.edu Alexander Hamilton
NOTE: Each subscriber appears on a separate line. A tab (not a space) is used to separate the e-mail address from the subscriber’s full name.
Deletions should be typed as follows (full address only)
gwashing@hamilton.edu
alincoln@hamilton.edu
ahamilto@hamilton.edu
NOTE: It is not necessary to include the subscriber’s full name if their subscription is being deleted from the list.
Once you have logged in to Listserv (http://listserv.hamilton.edu), proceed to the List Management menu and then choose List Dashboard if you are not already on that screen.
As described in sections above, select the list you wish to manage.
Return to the List Management menu and choose Subscriber Management.
In the screen that opens, click on the Bulk Operations tab.
In the Bulk Operations screen, select the operation you wish to perform. Read each selection carefully before making your choice. Then, click on the Browse... button and navigate to the location of the plain text file you saved in step 1 above. Once you click to select the file, its location and file name will appear in the Input File: space to the left of the Browse button.
Review your settings to confirm you are about to perform the correct operation and then click on the Import button. When the operation is complete you will see a summary of the import at the top of the page. The example below is for a list called “Test-L”.
Your Hamilton College Electronic Resources Account
Email
Your Hamilton College Electronic Resources Account
What Your Account Will Access
Depending on your role at Hamilton, the account details (username and password) you were provided may be used for e-mail, our wired and wireless network, network printing, and a variety of web resources like My Hamilton, Blackboard and Citrix. At present, your password is synchronized so that it will work with the various systems to which you may have been given access. At a minimum, faculty, employees, and students are given access to e-mail, the network (wired and wireless) and to printing.
Guidelines for Account Use
Good account security depends on keeping your account ID and password private. If your password is easily guessed or discovered it puts the College network and all of your electronic resources at risk. It also means someone can engage in illegal activities on the Internet in your name.
You are encouraged to familiarize yourself with Hamilton’s guidelines and policies regarding the appropriate use of our network resources. They can be read online by selecting Policies on the left side of this page. In the Policies section, click on Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards. In particular, you are encouraged to read the guidelines for sending mass e-mail.
Activating your E-mail Account
Prior to using your e-mail account, it must be activated. To do so, go to http://my.hamilton.edu and log in using the ID (username) and password shown on the sheet you received. Once you have logged in to My Hamilton, click on the link that appears across the top of the My Hamilton page (as illustrated below). From there, follow the on screen instructions that will guide you through the activation process.
Changing your password
Instructions for changing your password(s) can be found in the following document:
http://www.hamilton.edu/college/its/documentation/e-mail/general/external/hto-changepasswords-all.pdf
The extent to which your account has been granted access to Hamilton network resources will determine the best way to change your password. If the instructions referenced above do not work for this account, please contact the ITS Help Desk at the number below.
Using Your E-mail Account
Once your account has been activated, you can access your e-mail by logging in to http://my.hamilton.edu and then by clicking on “Read e-mail”. This will require a second login. You can also log in to your e-mail account directly by going to http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu. If this is a network-only account, it can be used immediately at the login prompt on Hamilton College computers (lab and office).
To configure your mobile device for e-mail and wireless access
To configure your mobile device for your e-mail account, please visit: http://my.hamilton.edu/information-technology-services/hillconnect. To configure your mobile devide for our wireless network, please visit: http://my.hamilton.edu/information-technology-services/hillconnect/mobile-wi-fi.
To configure your personal computer for Hamilton's wireless network
To configure your personally owned computer for Hamilton's wireless network prior to your arrival or once you are here, please visit: https://my.hamilton.edu/information-technology-services/quick-reference-guide/network-1/secure-wireless?
Problems?
If you experience problems with your Hamilton account, please call the ITS Help Desk at (315) 859-4181.
Hours:
Late May - Late August, M-F, 8:00 AM – 4:00 PM
Late August–late May, M-F 8:30 AM – 4:30 PM.
Installing the Citrix Client on your Computer
Exceed
Installing Citrix Client
These instructions only pertain to your personal computer. If you are on a public lab, or Hamilton-issued computer, the Citrix Client has been preinstalled. This process need be followed only once for any single computer in any academic year. If it has been some time since you last installed the Citrix client on your computer, you may want to update the client for the best performance. The steps for installation are:
• On a Windows system:
o Log into the Citrixweb page.
• A page will appear that prompts you to download the client. Place a check in the check box and click Download. The file will request to be saved to your computer. Please save it to your Desktop.
• Double-click on the installer when it when it has downloaded.
• Once the installation has completed, click the Continue button on the web page.
• Proceed to Launching Citrix Programs.
• If this does not seem to be the case for you, follow the directions for updating below.
• On a Macintosh system:
o After logging in, you will be taken to a screen that will prompt you to download the plugin.
o Click Download to download the plugin.
o The Citrix Plug-in DMG file will download to your Desktop or Downloads folder. Find the file and double-click on it.
o A window will open containing the plug-in installation file—double-click it to launch the installer.
o Install the app by clicking Continue and Agree until you see a window that indicates the software has been installed successfully.
o Once the installation has completed, click the Continue button on the web page.
o Proceed to Launching Citrix Programs.
o If this does not seem to be the case for you, follow the directions for updating below.
• Updating your Citrix client, any system
o Log into the Citrixweb page.
o Near the top of the applications page, you will see a horizontal bar with some menu choices in it. The “Applications” menu will probably be dark blue, indicating that the “Applications” screen is what you are seeing.
o Click on the “Preferences” menu and select “Connection Preferences”.
o Under “Client settings”, click on “Run Client Detection”.
• If you are immediately returned to the “Applications” screen, you should see an information message under the menu bar and above the applications list that says “The preferred client is already available on your computer.”
• You’re done, there is no update or installation necessary.
o If you don’t have the most current version of the client, you will be taken to a screen that allows you to download the client.
• Follow the directions on that page to download the client.
• If you receive a warning about the file having been downloaded from the internet, click “Save file” or “Open”, according to the screen you see.
• Double click the saved file to run.
• If asked if you want to allow the program to make changes to your computer, click “Yes”.
o You should now be able to return to the Citrixweb Application page, and select the software you wish to use.
Introduction to Citrix
Exceed
What is Citrix?
The computers in public labs deliver some specialized software via Citrix – a client/server configuration that makes software more broadly available to students and faculty. In this model, there is a server which runs the Citrix system, and on which Windows desktop software, like SPSS or Maple, has been installed. There is also a client, a small piece of software that you, the end user, install on your personal computer. Finally, there is a web page (http://citrixweb.hamilton.edu) that allows you to tell the Citrix server which software you want to run. After that, the program you choose runs on the Citrix server, but looks like it is running on your personal computer. You get access to all the same resources you can normally access from your computer.
Note that it doesn’t matter whether your personal computer is a Macintosh or Windows computer. Citrix has a client written for either of these computer platforms, and will make the necessary translation so that you can run the software from your computer - that is “from”, not “on”. The actual software, such as Exceed or Stata, never runs on your personal computer, only on the Citrix server.
One of the important advantages of the Citrix server for teaching and learning is the ability of the students to access the software from their dormitory rooms, or even away from campus - any location where they can use the web to reach http://citrixweb.hamilton.edu/. It is also possible for faculty to use this URL to reach the software from home as well as the office. However, be aware that you must remain connected to the internet for your entire Citrix work session.
Available Programs
As of August 2011, the following programs are available through Citrix:
• Exceed 14
• iThink 9
• Maple 15
• SPSS Statistics 19
• Stata 11
• StatView 5
If you would like to request a new program be added to the Citrix server, please contact the Instructional Technology Support Services team.
Common Citrix Problems and their Solutions
Unable to Log In
If you are unable to log into the Citrix web portal, make sure your username and password are correct. If you are a student, make sure the Domain drop down menu says students.hamilton.edu. The default domain (Hamilton.edu) is correct for faculty and other employees of the college.
Keyboard Shortcuts
Citrix applications are presented in a Windows environment. Therefore, keyboard shortcuts must be those used in the Windows file management system. Macintosh users should note that the shortcut for copying is and the shortcut for pasting is . You may also use the Edit menu to select these functions.
Folder Access
If you are experiencing difficulties navigating through folders, make sure the folder you are trying to open does not contain the forward slash ‘/’ symbol. If it does, rename it and try accessing it again.
Other ITS Citrix Webpages
Registering and Logging into Citrix
Installing the Citrix Client on your Computer
Launching Citrix Programs, Opening and Saving Files in Citrix Programs, and Printing from Citrix Programs
Launching Citrix Programs, Opening and Saving Files in Citrix Programs, and Printing from Citrix Programs
Exceed
Table of Contents
Launching Citrix Programs
Opening or Saving Files in Citrix-Served Programs
More on Accessing Files
Printing from Citrix Programs
Launching Citrix Programs
Upon successfully logging into Citrix, you will see a number of programs arranged in a matrix. Please click ONCE on the program you wish to launch.
NOTE: It might take up to a minute for a Citrix program to launch, during which a number of windows may appear and disappear. Do not try to interact with these windows by clicking them or closing them, as they are a part of the connection process.
When you begin using a Citrix-based program, your machine may download a file named Launch.ica. This file is only needed for the current session, and can be safely deleted once you are finished with the Citrix program. You will find it wherever you have directed your web browser to save downloaded files (most commonly on your machine’s Desktop or in Documents). If the Citrix-based program does not launch automatically, double-click on the Launch.ica file to start the application.
A window entitled Client File Security may open and request access to local files on your computer. Please select Full Access and Never Ask Me Again and click OK.
Opening or Saving Files in Citrix-Served Applications
The Citrix-served applications will give you access to your SSS or ESS storage space and other commonly-used areas for file saving. To open or save a file while using an application in Citrix, click the Open File (or Save File) icon in the button bar or File, then Open (File, then Save) in the menu bar of the application. Click the drop-down arrow at the right end of the Look in field.
You will receive a list of locations available to you.
NOTE: The various icons you may be familiar with do not necessarily map to the same places as they do on your personal Windows machine. Both the My Documents and the Desktop buttons and menu choices will take you to your SSS or ESS folder, depending on your user role (student vs faculty or employee).
NOTE: Remember that you are running a client/server application, which means that the application you are using is actually running on the remote Citrix server. All file locations are specified from the point of view of the server: they are NOT on the computer you are using.
As you can see in the example images on the next few pages, the save screens differ dramatically from previous version of the Citrix client: they are now optimized to hide unavailable save locations and give you ready access both to your network storage folder and your local computer. Please refer to this guide as needed to ensure your data is properly saved in the desired location.
TYPE 1
When attempting to open or save a file, you will be automatically taken to your ESS/SSS user folder. Find the appropriate file and folder and click Open.
TYPE 1
To access and save to file repositories other than your ESS/SSS share, please click on the pull-down menu.
Your ESS/SSS home folder is available under H:, (if applicable) your department share as M:, and the Campus share as P:.
Your local drives on the computer from which you are accessing Citrix are available and labeled with a letter followed by a dollar sign (e.g. D$ on Client). On Windows machines, you will be able to access your local hard drive (typically C$). On a Mac, you will be able to access your home folder (again, C$).
Other drives may be available in addition to the ones displayed.
TYPE 2
Note the difference in save options on the left panel. The tfondak$ on ‘Ess’ link (“A”) will take you to your home folder on network storage.
Similarly, the C$ on ‘Client’ option (“B”) will take you to the C: drive on your Windows machine or your User Home folder on the Mac as before.
These and other options are also available via the pull-down menu (“C”)on top.
TYPE 2
The My Computer link here will take you to a list of the available mounted drives. As above, the H: drive will take you to your home folder on network storage (ESS/SSS), and C$ will take you to your hard drive on a PC and your user Home Folder on a Mac.
TYPE 3
Some save dialogs may not have icons available on the left side. Available save points are accessed via the pull-down menu at top.
NOTE: the “My Documents” and “My Computer” links will connect you to your home folder on network storage (ESS/SSS). Others will behave as discussed above.
TYPE 4
Though seemingly similar to the TYPE 2 save dialog, this dialog box only has two options on the left: your ESS/SSS share and your local drive.
Please choose the appropriate repository or find other options in the pull-down menu above.
TYPE 4 (Exceed)
This is a screenshot of a save dialog in Exceed. You can select your save location by clicking on the Directory pulldown list. Shown here is the p:/ directory, a direct link to the ESS folder.
TYPE 4 (Exceed)
This is a screenshot of another save dialog in Exceed. Shown here is the h:/ directory, a direct link to your home directory on either ESS or SSS.
Accessing Files
Located on your local hard drive
If you have a file on your local machine’s Desktop or Documents, you will need to navigate to them.
On a PC: Double-click on C$ on Client (your local hard drive), double-click Documents and Settings; open the folder with your user id; and then Desktop or Documents as appropriate.
On a Mac: Double-click on C$ on Client (it being your User Home Folder). Once there, double-click on either Desktop or Documents as appropriate.
Citrix may prompt for permission read and/or write access the local computer – you should click Allow.
Located in your ESS or SSS folder
If you downloaded a file to your ESS or SSS space, that location is available in the “Look in:” input box by default as “userid$”. For example, if your user ID is bscott, you will see “bscott$” in the input box. It is also available in the dropdown menu under “My Computer” as “userid$ on ‘SSS’ (H:)” All mapped network drives are distinguished from others by the shared-drive icon, which indicates that, although the storage area is actually located on another server, it is treated as though it were another drive on your computer. Your home folder on ESS/SSS is universally mapped as the H: drive.
Accessing files on the Software Server
If the file you need is on the Software server, you may place your cursor in the File Name field, type \\Software\Academic, press , and you should see all the folders in the Academic share. Select a file and folder by double-clicking.
A NOTE on Best Practices
If you are downloading a file from Blackboard, or using a file from the Software Server, first drag and drop that file into your SSS or ESS space. Then open the folder from within your Citrix-served program from that storage space. Every time you save the file, it will save into that space, and you won’t ever lose it. If you save your work periodically during your session, you can always recover to the “most recent saved” version, and you can do that recovery from any computer on the Hamilton College network.
Printing from Citrix Programs
Registering and Logging into Citrix
Exceed
Registration
If this is the first time you are trying to login to Citrix, you MUST REGISTER. The link for registration is on the bottom of the login page. Students will also need to re-register every academic year. Once you register, it will take several minutes (approximately 10) for all of the systems to be updated with your access information.
Logging into Citrix
Once you are registered, log in to the Citrix Web Portal. The username you should use is the same as your My Hamilton username. The password is the same password you use to access the SSS or ESS servers. If you are a student, you will need to change the Domain dropdown to students.hamilton.edu.
If a matrix full of applications appears, please navigate to the Launching Citrix Programs webpage.
Else, proceed to the Installing Citrix Client webpage.
Backup and Restore Files in Mac OS X
External Hard Drive
Employees
There are two ways to back up your files on your MAC without purchasing commercial software.
Manual Backup
In order to manually backup your folders all you have to do is click and drag the desired folder(s) from your MAC to your personal folder on the ESS server. *****DO NOT BACK UP YOUR ENTIRE HARD DRIVE*****
You will have to do this periodically on your own and whatever you save to the server will be the only files backed up.
Example of backing up your local Documents folder to your ESS folder
First, ensure that you are connected to your EES folder.
Open up your Macintosh hard drive and click on the documents folder or you can click on the icon with your username and then click on the documents folder. You can also select the Users folder. In Users, select your user name’s folder (e.g. “jsmith”). In your user name’s folder, locate the Documents folder.
NOTE: The Documents icon on the left side of the screen is only a shortcut; if you click and drag that icon, you will remove the Documents shortcut, not back up your files.
Open your Macintosh hard drive again by double-clicking the desktop icon. This will create a second window.
Click on the ESS “Users” icon and locate your folder (the list is alphabetical).
Drag Documents from the first window to your folder in the EES window.
If you have already saved the local folder to your ESS folder before then you will see the following prompt. Click Replace. If this is the first time saving the folder then it will automatically begin saving. After you click Replace it will begin saving the folder to your ESS folder.
You should now be able to see your Documents folder on your ESS share.
Your files in the Documents folder are now successfully backed up on your ESS share.
Create Archive
Files and folders can also be compressed within OSX, and then the resulting file (with a .zip extension) can be copied to the server for back up. A folder or file that is compressed usually results in a smaller file size. In the example shown below, the original folder is 104.2MB and the resulting ZIP file is 65.7MB.
Select the file(s) or folder.
From the File Menu choose Create Archive.
If multiple files or folders are selected, a file will be created named Archive.Zip. If a single file or folder is selected, a file will be created named Foldername or filename.zip.
Unarchiving a Zip file
In order to make edits to any file contained within a zip file, you must first unarchive it.
Double click on the zip file.
If a folder was compressed, after double clicking on a zip file, a folder will appear in the same location as the zip file. If a single file was compressed, the original document will appear. The zip file will remain until you delete it.
Web Publishing: Using FTP
FTP
FTP is File Transfer Protocol: it allows personal computers to connect to servers over the Internet, and to copy files to and from the server. ITS recommends the use of the Cyberduck FTP client.
Connecting to the Web Server
To connect to the web server, you will need to open a session in the FTP application on your personal computer, using the following values to "open a connection":
Host:
workgroup.hamilton.edu
User ID:
domain\your_email_id
Password:
your_network_password (same as My Hamilton password)
When using FTP, you must identify the domain (user group) you belong to along with your standard user name.
Domains
Students: hamilton-s
Employees: hamilton-d
Examples
1. A student named John Smith would sign in as: hamilton-s\jsmith
2. An instructor names Jane Roberts would log in as: hamilton-d\jroberts
Your Web password should be the same as your My Hamilton password and network password.
If you do not know your password, you can send an email to helpdesk@hamilton.edu to get a new one.
Use this information to make your FTP connection, then navigate to your web space by double clicking on the folders shown in your FTP window.
Windows Web Publishing
FTP
Windows users can connect to the web server using Windows networking. This will make your web space appear as a disk or folder on your personal computer, allowing you to drag and drop files and folders to and from the web server, just as you do for other disks on your system.
Windows 7/Vista
Connect to the Web Server
Open the Start menu
Type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" into the search box and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following:
academics
hamilton
students
people
The folder will open as a new window.
Map a Drive
Open the Start menu
Right click on Network and select Map Network Drive...
In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following:
academics
hamilton
students
people
The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.
Windows XP
Connect to the Web Server
Open the Start menu
Choose Run
In the open field of the dialog box, type
\\Polaris
Click OK
The folder will open as a new window.
Map a Drive
Open the Start menu
Right click on My Network Places and select Map Network Drive.
In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following:
academics
hamilton
students
people
Click OK
The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.
Troubleshooting
Please contact the Help Desk x4181 if you are having trouble connecting to Polaris.
Complex Mapping Projects in the Liberal Arts
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
Class Projects requiring an intermediate level of investment of time and effort
Cityscapes Project - Professors Sam Morse and Trent Maxy (Amherst College) are creating a web-mapping project to portray Tokyo and its reinventions in art, literature, and politics from the end of the Edo period to the present day as part of a (Re)Inventing Tokyo class. The project uses Google maps to allow students to easily examine the physical changes in the city over time and add images of their own choosing to the map to illustrate the ideas examined in the course. Students can examine individual builds, natural features or entire neighborhoods. New locations can be added to the map by simply dragging the location icon on the right to the map and then filling out the form that pops up.
Formosa - Dr. Doug Fix (Reed College) has established a digital library of images, text, and maps to characterize the island of Formosa (now Taiwan) in the 19th Century. The maps are served using ArcGIS software. With regard to his teaching activities, Dr. Fix is also interested in the field of "critical cartography" and is studying both maps and mapping practices to understand how they "relate to power relations, cartographic silences, and the interaction between human emotions/aesthetics and physical spaces".
Event Maps - Dr. Alexander Nakhimovsky (Computer Science, Colgate) has collaborated with Tom Meyers (n-Topus Consulting) to create a collaborative framework for representing sequences of events by annotated and timeline-controlled sequences of Google maps. The project offers a user guide and authoring guide for Event Maps.
Virtual Burnham Initiative - At Lake Forest College a number of faculty and students have collaborated with community partners to create a 3-D exploration of structures in Chicago based on the 1909 Plan of Chicago—by Daniel H. Burnham and Edward H. Bennett. Supported with assistance from NEH (article).
Litmap Project - Barbara Hui, UCLA. Litmap was created with the goal of enabling humanities scholars to read literature spatially – a mode of reading crucial to understanding contemporary literature and textuality at large today. The Litmap application aims to leverage the strengths of the digital computing platform to present literary narratives in a way that opens up spatial readings of those texts.
Research Projects requiring significant investments of time and effort
Digital Scholars Lab - University of Richmond. The Lab develops innovative digital humanities projects that contribute to research and teaching at and beyond the University of Richmond. It seeks to reach a wide audience by developing projects that integrate thoughtful interpretation in the humanities and social sciences with innovations in new media. The mapping projects include:
Visualizing Emancipation
Mapping Richmonds Slave Market
Hidden Patterns of the Civil War
The History Engine: Tools for Collaborative Education and Research - this project employs traditional GIS technology. See this Academic Commons article for more info.
Voting America: United States Politics, 1840-2008 - this project employs traditional GIS technology
Hypercities - A collaborative research and educational platform developed by UCLA and USC for traveling back in time to explore the historical layers of city spaces in an interactive, hypermedia environment. Built on Google Maps and Google Earth, HyperCities uses geo-referenced historical maps, 3D reconstructions, oral histories, historical photographs, and other forms of documentary evidence and data, to allow anyone to create “interpretative pathways” through time and space, unveiling layer after layer of history. HyperCities is an open-content platform, which means anyone can register and create collections. In this context, Hypercities is component of what the developers describe as the geotemporal web.
Visual Eyes - From Shanti (Sciences, Humanities and Arts Network of Technological Initiatives) at UVA. This is a web-based authoring tool developed at the University of Virginia to weave images, maps, charts, video and data into highly interactive and compelling dynamic visualizations. VE projects include:
Jefferson's Travels to England
The Texas Slavery Project
Vinegar Hill: a MemoryScape
The Center for Geographic Analysis at Harvard University has produced the following mapping projects:
The World Map Project is built to assist academic research and teaching as well as the general public and supports discovery, investigation, analysis, visualization, communication and archiving of multi-disciplinary, multi-source and multi-format data, organized spatially and temporally. Includes the following Map databases: Africa Map, China Map, Boston Research Map, Paris Map, Vermont Map. This maps are used in courses as well as in research.
Through the Looking Glass Darkly - Maps, data, and other resources recounting genocide in Rwanda from 1994 to present.
Digital Atlas of Roman and Medieval Culture - a GIS based mapping platform that makes materials available for mapping and spatial analysis of Roman and medieval worlds from the first 1500 years of western Eurasia. See this Harvard Crimson article for additional information. See the Peutinger Map at this site.
Additional Projects in the Spatial Humanities
Spatial Humanities - A project of the Institute for Enabling Geospatial Scholarship at the UVA Scholars lab that includes a number of user contributed projects, tutorials, and other resources.
A Summary of Historical GIS Projects - A list of scholarly works catalogued by the Association of American Geographers. Many of the projects listed draw from web-mapping applications.
[thanks to Sean Connin for collecting this material]
Curricular Ideas with Maps
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
Wondering how to use maps in your classes or research? Here are a number of examples of interesting curricular ideas, teaching resources and innovative uses of maps of all sorts.
Google Earth Outreach provides a platform for non-profits and public benefit organizations, helping them give geographic content to their stories. This site includes a Showcase of different topics, Community resources for organizations, and a number of excellent Tutorials.
Stanford University hosts the Spatial History Project which is "a place for a collaborative community of scholars to engage in creative visual analysis to further research in the field of history."
The University of Virginia has created Visual Eyes which is a "web-based authoring tool" that "weave[s] images, maps, charts, video and data into highly interactive and compelling dynamic visualizations."
Hamilton's own Barb Tewksbury presented a seminar on teaching GIS and Remote Sensing in 2010 at the On the Cutting Edge workshop. Although this program focuses on teaching geoscience, there are a number of tips and resources on teaching with GIS in general, including a list of ideal student outcomes.
San Antonio College has a page of Web Mapping Modules which illustrate how to "bring GIS to the humanities."
Students at Colby College have created the Atlas of Maine as part of their introductory GIS course.
Students at Trinity College have created several Google mash-ups for their course on "Invisible Cities."
Another project at Trinity College led to the creation of Smart Choices for school choice and the On The Line project, which studies "How Schooling, Housing, and Civil Rights Shaped Hartford and its Suburbs."
Students at Middlebury College have created a number of interesting maps in their Spatial Visualization course.
Amherst College has started Cityscapes, an online discovery tool for urban and cultural studies.
Academic Commons has an article on three projects at DePauw University to engage students with the community through GIS.
ESRI's ArcLessons "is a resource for you to share lessons for using GIS in the classroom." ESRI also features Case Studies of how GIS is used in a number of fields.
The Duke University Teaching and Learning with Google Earth blog features lesson plans, articles, layers and more.
For projects involving historical census data, try GIS for History, funded by the NEH, to "give history students and teachers the power ... to investigate critical moments in American history."
The US Holocaust Museum uses Google Earth to map various aspects of the Holocaust and World War II. This site includes additional resources and bibliographies.
General Resources for Using GIS and Maps in Class
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
Google Earth Outreach provides a platform for non-profits and public benefit organizations, helping them give geographic content to their stories. This site includes a Showcase of different topics, Community resources for organizations, and a number of excellent Tutorials.
In Time and Place "is a growing library of teaching materials for classroom, distance, or home use focusing on selected topics in American history. You will find many traditional reading, map, and photo related resources, but you will also find GIS (Geographic Information System) data and activities as well."
The Learning Network blog at The New York Times provides suggestions on how to teach various topics, including Ten Ways to Teach About Geography. There were also map-related topics in the Year-End Round-Up 2011 and the Year-End Round-Up 2010.
Hamilton's own Barb Tewksbury presented a seminar on teaching GIS and Remote Sensing in 2010 at the On the Cutting Edge workshop. Although this program focuses on teaching geoscience, there are a number of tips and resources on teaching with GIS in general, including a list of ideal student outcomes.
Academic Commons has an article on three projects at DePauw University to engage students with the community through GIS.
Jeremy Donald and Mike Winiski of Furman University have put together a blended learning module on data classification to "show you how to understand and use classification when both interpreting and creating maps." They include video tutorials, sample exercises, and a sample curriculum for this kind of work.
ESRI's ArcLessons "is a resource for you to share lessons for using GIS in the classroom." ESRI also features Case Studies of how GIS is used in a number of fields.
ESRI also assisted the the State of Virginia in creating Historical GIS Projects - Using GIS to Teach History which are ten lessons, complete with downloadable data, to help students learn aspects of US history by using GIS.
Teach GIS is a new online community and resource for educators, "because no one should face GIS alone."
The ESRI Spatial Roundtable for February featured a discussion on GIS in Education with contributions from dozens of educators.
The Duke University Teaching and Learning with Google Earth blog features lesson plans, articles, layers and more.
Geographic Information Systems
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
Hamilton provides access to ESRI's ArcGIS software in the public Windows labs and on faculty office/lab Windows computers. We have ArcGIS 10 with several extensions such as Spatial Analyst and 3D Analyst. We also have a site license for ENVI, which is an application for processing and analyzing geospatial imagery. Please contact DIS (x5347) for installation of this software and ITSS (x4877) for assistance with its use.
Other GIS tools which you are free to explore on your own include:
ArcGISExplorer Online is a free, simplified, and web-based version of ArcMap from ESRI
Mapserver is an open-source platform for publishing spatial data and interactive mapping applications
Quantum GIS is a user-friendly open-source Geographic Information System
Clark Labs produces Idrisi Taiga and other land-modeling software (fee-based)
Manifold is a visually-oriented alternate GIS (fee-based)
MapInfo is a more business-oriented GIS (fee-based)
GISCloud claims it is the "world's first full-featured web-based GIS powered by Cloud Computing"
Ortelius is relatively inexpensive, visually stunning and ceated for the Macintosh
Hamilton's resources for GIS support are somewhat limited at this time, but there are many online resources for learning about and using GIS. See the great resources available at our GIS Support Resources page.
There are many sources of geographic data on the Internet; please visit our GIS Data Sources page for some of the more interesting and/or reliable ones.
GIS and Mapping Blogs
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
I tried not to create this page, but I couldn't resist. I hope you can't resist these blogs, either!
Google Earth and Google Maps related blogs
Google Maps Mania
Google Earth Blog
Ogle Earth Blog (Google Earth and other virtual globes)
Google Lat-Long Blog
Google Earth Community
Google Sightseeing
Other Mapping Applications
GIS Education Community hosted by ESRI (focussing on ArcGIS, ArcGISOnline, and general GIS topics)
Bing Maps blog hosted by Microsoft
Free and Open Source GIS Ramblings working with free and open source geographic information systems
Paul Shapley's Open Source GIS blog
Maps, Old and New
Strange Maps cartographic curiosities from Frank Jacobs
The Map Room (map entries now continue at Jonathan Crowe)
The BIG Map Blog interesting maps, historical maps, BIG maps
Geographicus Antique Map Blog antique maps and the rare map trade
General Observations on Maps and GIS
Borderlines commentary on curious international borders from the NY Times
Diana Maps from Diana Sinton, Director of Spatial Curriculum and Research at the University of Redlands
The GIS Doctor geospatial analysis, interesting online mapping applications, GIS software ...
Spatially Adjusted from the creator of Planet Geospatial
AnyGeo anything geospatial from a GIS user for GISusers
Mapperz UK-focused, but general news on maps and services
Bit more commercial blogs ...
All Points Blog at Directions Magazine/Media
GIS Lounge
GIS Support Resources
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
The ESRI Training Center offers a number of low-cost, on-line, self-paced courses and online certification programs. Sample software is occasionally available. They also host the introductory website, GIS.com.
Hamilton College, as part of its membership in NITLE (the National Institute for Technology and Liberal Education), has access to their GIS expertise and resources.
CSISS (at UC-Santa Barbara) offers SPACE workshops on GIS and spatial analysis, plus links to GIS literature.
A Gentle Introduction to GIS uses the free and open-source Quantum GIS software, but the concepts are valid for any GIS.
Visit the GIS Lounge of the American Association of Geographers for software, data, and other types of support.
You might find some useful information at GIS Wiki.
The GIS Cafe-Universities is another web community/clearinghouse for all kinds of GIS information and activity.
Harvard College Library Map Collection maintains a page of cartography and GIS links, including professional organizations and journals.
Speaking of journals, here are a couple: The Journal of Maps and Directions Magazine.
Penn State Department of Geography has an online course, Nature of Geographic Information.
There is also an online course on Spatial Analysis by the authors of the well-known text on geospatial analysis.
Hamilton College is also part of the New York State GIS Clearinghouse, which features data pertaining to New York State and a Help Desk to assist users with technical issues.
The Northeast Arc Users Group sponsors a yearly conference for all users of ESRI software in the Northeast.
The NYS GIS Association sponsors an annual conference and provides updates about GIS activities across the state.
GIS, Maps and Spatial Thinking
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
Welcome! Geographic Information Systems and other mapping tools will help you locate, present, analyze, and interact with data that is geographically referenced. These tools are used in many fields such as environmental studies, geography/geology, natural resources management, census data/demographics, public health, economics, history, and much, much more. To get a sense of the broad reach of this methodology, visit our Map Site of the Month page (and come back for a new, fascinating site every month!).
What does it mean to work with spatial data and concepts? Find out something about spatial thinking and analysis.
See what other colleges have done with innovative uses of maps and curricular ideas to get started thinking about how to incorporate maps and mapping tools into your classes. You can also look through the NITLE page on Small-Scale Projects in the Liberal Arts which showcases many examples of class projects.
Looking for maps to use in your classes? Browse through some of the great online map collections to see what's immediately available.
Want your students to have the experience of creating their own maps? Try out some of the fascinating online mapping tools to see more of what can be done with maps and mapping.
Learn how to search for geographic data using an Internet Mapping Service. These are online sites provided by national, international, federal, state and local government agencies to allow access to public data. Some NGOs and instructional sites also provide excellent resources. Most sites include a tutorial or "Getting Started" page that will show you most of the site's features in a very short period of time.
Do you have data of your own that you'd like to map? Then you may be able to create a "mash-up" with Google Maps or Google Earth. Here's a page of Google resources, including links to helpful web services and very informative blogs and tutorials.
If you need to manipulate or analyze data, then you are probably looking for a Geographic Information System. We have some applications available on campus (such as ArcGIS or ENVI), but others are open-source or reasonably low-cost. All of these applications allow the importation or creation of geospatial data, the analysis of this data using various techniques (such as buffering or hillshade), and the layout of professional-quality maps. Learning how to use these applications will require many hours of instruction, however, so make sure that you really need these tools. For further information about GIS or using mapping resources in class, please contact course-support@hamilton.edu, or call 4877.
Google Maps and Google Earth
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
What can I do with Google Maps/Earth?
The Google Earth Outreach site includes a Showcase of different types of maps.
Here are a few sample class projects (the first four are in Google Earth):
Archaeological Sites in Peru - Ancient peruvian dwellings and roads preserved in an arid environment.
Portsmouth Mounds - Native American mound-builders site in Ohio.
Shackleton's Journey - a timeline representation of Shackleton's journey and diary entries.
Odysseus - geographic locations for the ancient tale.
Pompeii Italy Ruins - A Google Map visualization that utilizes street view to create an immersive exploration experience.
See the range of what you can do with "50 Things to do with Google Maps" or "50 MORE Things to do with Google Maps" (both from the blog Google Maps Mania).
A number of cities are putting themselves into Google Earth, such as: the City of Portland; Victorian London; and the City of Berlin.
The Thematic Mapping Engine allows you to create a file of UN data which can be viewed in Google Earth.
How to put your data into Google Maps or Google Earth
Google Maps includes the "My Places" tab, which allows users to drag-and-drop points onto a map and add photos, descriptions and links. Additionally, there is an "Add Content" service which enables one to add map layers created by others. All this and more is explained in their Help Guide.
Some web services enable you to enter your data into a Google Map and display it on your website or create a link to it on the host's site:
Plug-and-Play Maps "lets you create engaging, interactive thematic maps in your web pages with 1 short line of code."
ZeeMaps enables you to create maps with your own locational data (including uploading an Excel file, for example for a large number of addresses).
YourGMap has a nice user interface for entering data with several options for displaying the maps in your website.
Wayfaring is another possible Google mapping service.
If you have a large number of addresses that need to be validated, you can use Batch Geocode, which can produce a file for either Google Maps or Google Earth.
Learn how to create a virtual tour in Google Earth or other topics through GE videos.
Many sites will help you to map your photos to their geographic locations; Google Maps Mania posted a comprehensive listing of these services. Great for that summer road trip!
Google Earth has a fantastic User Guide which will show you not only how to use GE but also how to create your own layers of interesting places.
Here is a very detailed Google Maps API Tutorial which will enable you create your own interactive maps using the Google API but does require Javascripting experience. If you feel confident about programming, you might also want to look at the Google tutorial on KML.
Links to Google Maps, Google Earth, basic help:
Google Maps Maps, directions, satellite imagery
Google Earth Explore, search and discover ... in 3D
Google APIs The "official" Google website for building your own maps
If you are not familiar with Google Maps or what it can do, here is help for Google Maps. And here is the product tour for Google Earth.
There is actually more than one blog dedicated to Google Maps and Google Earth. Who knew?
Google Sightseeing
Google Maps Mania
Google Earth Community
Google Earth Blog
Ogle Earth Blog (Google Earth and other virtual globes)
Google Lat-Long Blog
View DHi Student Sample Locations in a larger map
Hurricane Katrina and Other Natural Disasters
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
General Disaster Response Resources
ESRI provides a Disaster Response Resource web site for all types of disasters -- wildfires, earthquakes, flooding, etc.
Hurricane Katrina
Not originally focused on hurricanes, the Greater New Orleans Community Data Center now includes updates for Katrina in addition to their extensive collection of mapped census data.
The Times-Picayune has a detailed animation of the hour-by-hour Flooding of New Orleans (you will need Flash on your computer to view this).
Find news, maps and images in the Hurricane Digital Memory Bank.
The Perry-Castañeda Library Map Collection (UT/Austin) has developed an extensive clearinghouse of Katrina related images and maps. This web site is a phenomenal resource.
FEMA has posted ESRI-readable Katrina shape files (for import into a GIS).
The New York Times's own interactive multimedia on the Impact of Hurricane Katrina features several maps prepared with GIS.
Google Earth's Katrina-related imagery
Government resources: NASA and NOAA
Gulf of Mexico Oil Spill
Internet Mapping Services
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
An Internet Mapping Service allows government and other agencies to provide access to maps and other data through a web site. This information can be viewed online or often downloaded as data layers for other maps.
National and International Internet Mapping Services
ESRI's ArcGIS.com provides access to many types of geographic content world-wide, including dynamic maps, interest groups, and more advanced Web services. One can also access a web-based version of ArcExplorer here.
The USGS provides national and international resources in the Seamless Data Distribution System.
Federal Government Internet Mapping Services
The Department of the Interior's Geospatial One-Stop Portal is your one stop for federal, state and local geographic data, featuring the National Map.
Access census data easily via the American Factfinder map viewer, provided by the Census Bureau. American Fact Finder's Maps and Geography section allows one to create reference or thematic maps. There is a very clear explanation of census geography and a tutorial on creating and using maps.
Create and print your own map at The National Atlas -- billed as "the single best Federal source for national maps and geographic information on the Web."
The USGS manages the National Map -- "the nation's topographic map for the 21st century."
State and Metropolitan Internet Mapping Services
Almost every state and large metropolitan area now has an internet mapping service to provide public access to geospatial data collected at the taxpayers' expense. Your best approach is to search (for example, using Google or other search engine of your choice) for the phrase "GIS" and whatever state or locality you are interested in. Some state departments might have their own services, such as the NYS DEC Mapping Gateway.
For example, a search for "GIS and Chicago" will result in (among others) the City of Chicago GIS page. If you perform the same search with the search terms "GIS" and "Boston," you will discover that all Boston information is simply part of Massachusetts GIS, a state agency. As a final example, here is an entire page of IMS sites found by looking for information on New York City and GIS.
Thematically-Related Internet Mapping Services
One may also find a wealth of information by looking for mapping resources related to a particular event or theme. For example, here is a page of resources on Hurricane Katrina and the Gulf Coast. (Incidentally, you can expect that any large natural event such as a hurricane or earthquake will be covered by relevant government agencies such as NOAA, FEMA, NASA, USGS, etc., not to mention independent efforts, such as How Big is the Gulf Oil Spill?)
Map Site of the Month
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
March 2013 Site of the Month
The Atlas of Urban Expansion provides the geographic and quantitative dimensions of urban expansion and its key attributes in cities the world over. Map sections include urban land cover and historical samples, plus data for downloading.
-->
February 2013 Site of the Month
The Atlas of Urban Expansion provides the geographic and quantitative dimensions of urban expansion and its key attributes in cities the world over. Map sections include urban land cover and historical samples, plus data for downloading.
January 2013 Site of the Month
Along with other map-related multimedia, have fun exploring the Mapping America: Every City, Every Block tool hosted by the New York Times. This maps local data from the Census Bureau's American Community Survey for the entire country in several categories.
December 2012 Site of the Month
GIS professionals and amateurs assist with disaster response and recovery efforts, as seen in the wake of Hurricane Sandy at ESRI, Google, Crisis Commons, and other NYC resources. The New York Times' coverage included Hurricane Sandy and Coastal Flooding maps.
November 2012 Site of the Month
To demonstrate how maps can inform, educate and inspire, ESRI features samples of "story maps" at Storytelling with Maps. There is also a tutorial on using ArcGISOnline for creating story maps at the ArcGIS Resources communities page (which includes another gallery of maps).
October 2012 Site of the Month
NOAA has an entire web site devoted to climate change, including an interesting series of images and videos documenting changes over time, many of which feature mapped data. A nice example of the immediacy of the visual representation of data.
September 2012 Site of the Month
The USGS is in the process of digitizing its entire collection of historical topographic maps. Wow! This is just one aspect of what's available at The National Map, which features professional-level tools at the National Atlas or with the National Map Viewer.
August 2012 Site of the Month
Our "back to school" edition features our own pages of resources related to spatial thinking and mapping exercises. Newly-revamped pages include: online map collections; map-related teaching resources; sample student mapping projects; and spatial thinking and analysis.
July 2012 Site of the Month
The hot summer brings Climate Data Online, a nifty interactive map tool from NOAA to help you understand the current drought and other climate issues. You can search by geographic regions, climate themes and various observational data.
June 2012 Site of the Month
An amazing collection of over 700 maps, the Language and Location - Map Accessibility Project "is a digital mapping project that integrates language data and information from the physical and social sciences." In addition, you can create maps from your own data.
May 2012 Site of the Month
Just in time for the primaries, we have Redistricting and You, developed by the CUNY Center for Urban Research (the same outfit who brought you OASIS). These maps allow you to compare the major proposals with existing districts and with each other. Check out the slider bar for comparing current and proposed districts!
April 2012 Site of the Month
For Earth Day you can examine the EPA's new Greenhouse Gas Emissions map, which can be searched by location or facility and filtered by gas or emission range. The Earth Day 2012 Event Finder will help you find something to do for Earth Day (or create your own event).
March 2012 Site of the Month
Just released by JISC, we have Old Maps Online, which will "act as a central repository to a vast collection of maps held by institutions across the globe." And when you access the site, it initializes to your location. Cool!
February 2012 Site of the Month
Many institutions are producing web sites featuring a geo-referenced map serving as an interface through which one can explore a database of information. One fascinating example is the Nolli Map Engine from the University of Oregon, featuring a 1748 map of Rome.
January 2012 Site of the Month
Do you like "going up north"? The Adirondack Park Agency is one of many New York State agencies that produce maps and data layers free to the public. Don't forget to look for "maps," "GIS" or "data layers" whenever you browse a state agency website.
December 2011 Site of the Month
The CUNY Center for Urban Research recently released Demographic Change in Metropolitan America, which uses census data to map neighborhood changes between 2000 and 2010 for Manhattan and 15 other metropolitan areas. These maps feature slider bars to help visualize change between one time period and the next. Beautiful work!
November 2011 Site of the Month
If it's November, it must be GIS Day! Sponsored by the National Geographic Society and many other organizations, GIS Day provides an international forum for users of geographic information systems (GIS) technology to demonstrate real-world applications that are making a difference in our society.
October 2011 Site of the Month
The blog Strange Maps might appear to be just an amusing demonstration of how to represent different themes on a map; but the examples will get you thinking about how information can be displayed spatially. For a similar mental exercise, check out the visual information sites at the bottom of our Spatial Thinking page.
September 2011 Site of the Month
OASISNYC is a wonderful example of community mapping -- in this case, for New York City. OASIS strives to help the public develop a better understanding of their environment with interactive maps of open spaces, property information, transportation networks, and more (check out the timeline series of lower Manhattan development).
August 2011 Site of the Month
Time to start thinking about how to incorporate spatial thinking and mapping exercises into your fall courses! Get those innovative juices flowing at our GIS in the Liberal Arts page, a widely-varied collection of classroom examples put together by Sean Connin (formerly of NITLE).
July 2011 Site of the Month
Penn State has produced the Geospatial Revolution Project, which is an integrated public service media and outreach initiative about the world of digital mapping and how it is changing the way we think, behave, and interact.
June 2011 Site of the Month
The NYS DEC Mapping Gateway is a nice example of state government online mapping resources. Take a look at the page of interactive mapping tools -- neat!
May 2011 Site of the Month
Google Earth -- not because you can zoom to your house, but for everything else: the Showcase; the Gallery; the Community; the Tutorials; the extensive Help; the blogs (and more blogs). And a special community just for Educators! And did I mention all the layers of data?
April 2011 Site of the Month
ESRI's ArcGIS Online offers both the easy-to-use My Map Viewer and the more fully-featured ArcExplorer Online, both connected to ESRI's extensive resources of free map layers. ArcExplorer includes a wonderful gallery of maps made and shared by others, so get inspired!
March 2011 Site of the Month
The New York Public Library's Maps Division developed the Map Warper, an online tool that allows the easy alignment of historical (mostly fire insurance) and digital maps. Sign up and rectify a map yourself!
February 2011 Site of the Month
Stanford University hosts a multi-faceted Spatial History Project, which is "a place for a collaborative community of scholars to engage in creative visual analysis to further research in the field of history."
January 2011 Site of the Month
The new American FactFinder, hosted by the Census Bureau, is "your source for population, housing, economic, and geographic data." Beautifully redone and very easy to use!
New York City Maps and Mapping Resources
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
Being the resource-rich metropolis that it is, NYC has a wealth of mapping resources of all varieties. Below are links to several good places to start and a special section on September 11.
The New York City Map Portal provides you with access to New York City data and NYC.gov applications with address level data and maps. Find building, property, and community information as well as neighborhood statistics with ease.
The NYC Datamine supplies many sets of public data produced by City agencies and other City organizations.
The NYC Department of City Planning's data page, called BYTES of the Big Apple, has a number of layers of data and other files, most of which are free.
The Virtual Terrain Project maintains an extensive (and opinionated) web site index to map and data resources for New York State and locations within the state, including extensive NYC sites and a special section on the World Trade Center.
Thirty-two historical maps of New York City from 1776 to 1918 are now available for viewing as a special collection within the David Rumsey Map Collection. You will need to install a free browser plugin to view these maps.
If you are feeling technically-inclined, you can read an article on the new New York City Base Map to learn what digital cartography is like these days.
Here's an index of (mostly) historical maps of New York State maintained by the Stony Brook University Map Library.
The New York State Museum offers many layers of map data on its GIS Datasets page.
Hosted in the "cloud," but featuring data layers related to NYC, MapCloud is "a platform for sharing map data. Use our geographic web services to build location-based applications or to download data for other software."
OASIS is a one-stop, interactive mapping resource to enhance the stewardship of open space for the benefit of all New York City residents. We are the New York City Open Accessible Space Information System cooperative.
Resources on the Attacks of September 11, 2001
The September 11 Digital Archive uses electronic media to collect and present the history of the attacks.
Not a map service, but a worthy resource nonetheless, the 9-11 Oral History Project from the Columbia University Libraries consists of five projects and programs focusing on different areas of inquiry related to the aftermath of the destruction of the World Trade Center.
GeoCommunity maintains a page of The Geospatial Industry's Response To Terrorism.
A wonderful resource for all kinds of maps, the Perry-Castenada Map Collection at UT-Austin has a special collection of September 11th-related maps.
The Library of Congress maintains a special page of September 11th-related acquisitions called Witness and Response, including the Geography and Map Division.
The Smithsonian Institute also has a number of maps related to September 11th at their web site, Bearing Witness to History.
Find architectural information and photographs of the World Trade Center at Great Buildings Online.
Online Map Collections
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
Burke Library provides access to A to Z Maps Online -- thousands of maps royalty-free to view, download or print (in several ready-to-use formats, including Powerpoint- and PDF-ready sizes).
The David Rumsey Historical Map Collection has hundreds of fascinating examples of old maps.
The Map Division of the New York Public Library has an extensive Digital Gallery of old maps which you can browse online via a nice mapviewer.
The British Library sponsored an exhibition of Magnificent Maps in 2010 which are still accessible online.
The Harvard College Library Map Collection boasts "one of the oldest and largest collections of cartographic materials in the United States with over 500,000 items."
The Perry-Castaneda Map Collection at UT/Austin includes an up-to-date topical selection of maps related to current events. This site also includes an extensive clearinghouse of online maps at other institutions.
Stanford University hosts the Spatial History Project which is "a place for a collaborative community of scholars to engage in creative visual analysis to further research in the field of history." Their Gallery includes a number of stunning animated maps and other tools.
The ECAI Cultural Atlas Portal showcases cultural atlases searchable by countries, regions, or cities.
The Globalis Interactive World Map provides gazetteer-like information in an on-line, interactive format.
The World Mapper is a collection of world maps, where territories are re-sized on each map according to the subject of interest.
The World Freedom Atlas is a geovisualization tool for statistics related to human rights and good governance.
The Poverty Mapping site "provides spatial representations of poverty assessments" worldwide.
Could you resist a blog devoted to Strange Maps?
Someone decided to visit and take a picture of each of the latitude and longitude integer degree intersections in the world; you can join up and contribute at the Degree Confluence Project.
Online Mapping Tools
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
ESRI's ArcGIS Online includes both a web-based map viewer connected to ESRI's rich gallery of maps AND the more fully-featured ArcExplorer Online for more in-depth analysis.
Geocommons "enables everyone to find, use and share geographic data and maps. Easily create rich interactive visualizations to solve problems without any experience using traditional mapping tools."
CIESIN/The Beacon Institute has developed The Hudson River Watershed Mapper.
The New York Public Library's Maps Division developed the Map Warper, an online tool that allows the easy alignment of historical (mostly fire insurance) and digital maps. This alignment allows one to connect historical maps to many other sources of data to further the analysis of the history of New York City and environs.
Ushahidi is an example of a crowd-sourced disaster response system, with examples from Haiti and Kenya.
The Electronic Cultural Atlas Initiative is a cooperative project to assist scholars working with cultural data through time.
Social Explorer provides easy access to demographic information about the United States from 1790 to the present.
Another tool for census data exploration via mapping is the Historical Census Browser from UVA Library.
One may also explore census data and demographic trends with Census Scope, brought to you by the Social Science Data Analysis Network (SSDAN) at the University of Michigan.
The free map viewer Celestia "lets you explore our universe in three dimensions."
Another product is SkylineGlobe, a free viewer which is part of a suite of products which enable manipulation of 3D data.
NASA also has a free map viewer WorldWind which is open-source. There is an extensive documentation site at WorldWind Central.
Microsoft's search tool, Bing, includes maps and allows lookup of any address or landmark with digital imagery.
Open Street Map is "a free editable map of the whole world. It is made by people like you ... [it] allows you to view, edit and use geographical data in a collaborative way from anywhere on Earth."
Policy Map "is a fully web-based Geographic Information System. It's fast, efficient and captures data in visually powerful ways through custom demographic maps, tables, reports and our analysis tool, Analytics." (fee-based)
Axismaps offers custom mapping services and interactive map hosting (fee-based) plus some free resouces.
Sources for Geographic Data
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
World
NASA and the University of Maryland maintain the Global Land Cover Facility which collects satellite data on land cover for the entire world.
NASA and CIESEN/Columbia University maintain the World Data Center which "provides access to a wide range of global data, associated documentation, and visualization and analysis tools, and to the community of experts on global data."
A-to-Z Maps Online (accessed via Burke Library) includes a GIS Data tab with a number of sub-menus categorizing hundreds of GIS data sources.
The World Bank's Data and Research portal provides a wide variety of data, some of which is geographic.
The World Bank's Open Data Initiative includes an online data catalog with data in formats such as Excel.
United States
The Department of the Interior maintains a Geospatial One-Stop Portal for federal, state and local geographic data.
The Federal Geographic Data Committee coordinates the sharing of geographic data through an online portal that searches metadata held within the NSDI Clearinghouse network.
The Census Bureau maintains the American Factfinder website, from which one can download census data in GIS-readable format.
For historical census data, visit the National Historical Geographic Information System, housed at the University of Minnesota.
DataPlace "is your free online source for housing and demographic data about your community, your region, and the nation."
ESRI maintains a website of downloadable data, including data which is free of charge (such as US Census TIGER/Line files).
Hamilton's own Dave Tewksbury provided the extensive and carefully-vetted list of GIS sources for all states on the SERC-Carleton web site. Thanks, Dave!
New York State
New York State data is maintained by the New York State GIS Clearinghouse.
Another neat site, also maintainted by New York State, is NYS Orthos.
The Cornell University Geospatial Information Repository is also a clearinghouse for information about New York State.
The New York State Museum provides a nice collection of datasets for New York State.
Links to GIS Data Provided by Research Universities
The University of Oregon, by state, also electronic atlases
UNC GIS Data Finder, by themes (e.g., social, economic)
MIT GIS Services
Michigan State Libraries
Georgia State University GIS Research Guides
Stanford University Websites for Digital GIS Data
Duke University Data and GIS Services
GIS @ University of Chicago
University of Colorado
Cornell University Mann Library GIS Data Sources
Tufts University Geospatial Data Repository
UC Santa Barbara Globetrotter
Miscellaneous and Commercial Sources
The American Association of Geographers has lists of databases, maps & atlases, historical gazetteers and GIS.
The Geocommunity website bills itself as the "premier on-line resource for GIS and geospatial data."
New Urban Research, Inc., provides some data and shapefiles for free and some for a small charge at Primary Data Source.
Econdata Data Collections includes a section of links to mapping resources.
Spatial Thinking and Analysis
Geographic Information Systems (GIS)
What is Spatial Thinking and Analysis?
ESRI's GIS.com is a great "getting started" web site which explains what GIS is and how and where these tools are used. In addition, the web site offers resources such as sample mapping software, free e-books and resources for learning GIS (Geographic Information Systems).
TeachSpatial is 1) a spatial window into the National Science Digital Library; 2) a site about spatial thinking; 3) a community of interest; and 4) a collection of directories of publications and links on spatial topics.
ESRI's Education Curriculum Development Manager has written an article on "Developing Spatial Thinking Skills in Education and Society" which offers several useful definitions of spatial skills.
For a fun introduction to cartography, visit Cartography 2.0, which is a "free online knowledge base and e-textbook for students and professionals interested in interactive and animated maps."
Find a good introduction to mapping, sample uses of the technology, strategies for collecting data, and more, with The Illustrated Guide to Nonprofit GIS and Online Mapping.
From SERC at Carleton College, browse a collection of resources related to understanding spatial thinking in the geosciences.
Here is a tutorial on Spatial Thinking from Columbia University which addresses the issue of "why some students have trouble with maps and spatial representations."
Penn State University is producing The Geospatial Revolution, "an integrated public service media and outreach initiative about the world of digital mapping and how it is changing the way we think, behave, and interact."
The following sites might help you to think about visualizing information: Information is Beautiful; EagerEyes; FlowingData; GapMinder; and Infosthetics.
For the more technically-minded, Penn State offers an online course, "The Nature of Geographic Information." The foundational text on Geospatial Analysis is now available online in several different formats.
How to Move your Local Folders into your IMAP account
Gmail
This document explains in general terms how to move “local” mail folders onto the mail server. By “local” we mean mail folders that are listed only in your client software (e.g.Thunderbird, Outlook, Apple Mail) and do not appear when you login to the Hamilton mail server. Local folders are typically used to store old mail, excess mail or mail you don’t need to access when you are away from campus. It resides strictly on the hard drive of your computer.
Example: Thunderbird (Windows & Macintosh)
These are the folders that appear in your client software (e.g. Thunderbird) and will also appear on the mail server. These are typically referred to as your IMAP folders.
These are the folders in which you may have stored old mail, excess mail or mail you don’t need to see when you are away from campus. The folders are located only on the hard drive of your computer and are therefore not visible when you login to the Hamilton web mail server.
NOTE: In Microsoft Outlook, the local folders are called Personal Folders and appear at the top of the list of folders. In Mac Mail your local folders will appear at the top of your list of folders and may be in a section labeled “On My Mac”.
Moving your local mail to Gmail
The advantage to moving your local mail to Gmail after the transition is that you can potentially take more time to decide which of your local mail folders to move to Gmail. Gmail provides 7 gigabytes (GB) of storage, which should accommodate most peoples’ needs. You can easily determine your exact quota usage by logging in to your Gmail account and then look to the bottom of the screen.
Example quota in Gmail.
screenshot
How to move a folder
Regardless of the client software you use, the process of moving a folder is essentially the same. Note that in some e-mail software (e.g. MS Outlook), a “move folder” feature exists, which makes the process very easy. It assumes you wish to move the entire content of a mail folder. However, ITS recommends you copy your local folders first and then compare the folders in your client and Gmail to ensure the local folders have all been copied. See below for instructions. You can move a folder back to your local folders if you change your mind. Moving only selected messages is described below in the Problems? section.
Start by clicking once on the folder name. This is usually sufficient to highlight the folder in the list of folders.
With the folder name highlighted, click on it once more but do not release the mouse button.
With the mouse button still held down, carefully move the folder to the name of your account (which typically appears above your first IMAP mail folder). In the example above, the IMAP account is called tsylla@me.com. NOTE: If the folders are very far apart you can move the mouse to the top of (or bottom) until the list starts to scroll. If it fails to scroll you may have to move the folder in stages.
When you are directly over the name of your IMAP account, the name will highlight (darken). This is how you know you are “on” it. Now it is safe to release the mouse button. Doing so will start transferring a copy of the folder.
Depending on how much mail is in the folder you moved, the time it takes to create the new folder and copy its contents may be brief or may take several seconds. It is important to be patient.
After the folder has been successfully copied to your IMAP account, you can compare its contents to the copy that remains in your local folders. When you feel comfortable they are the same, it is safe to delete the folder in your local folders. Be sure to open a few messages that may contain attachments to confirm whether the attachments will open.
After you have moved each folder, you should click on the “get mail” icon (or “send/receive” in Outlook) to see whether you’ve received a quota warning. You can also check your quota using the methods described above on page one.
Problems?
If you are unable to move a folder because the mail it contains is corrupted or not formatted correctly for the server, you may receive a warning like the following. The text may differ slightly from one mail program to another but the essence of the message will be that the mail cannot be moved.
Unfortunately, the only remedy is to manually move messages one (or a few) at a time. To do this, you must first create the new folder in your IMAP account that will receive the messages. Next, open the local folder containing the corrupted mail and then highlight (select) one (or a few) of the messages it contains and drag them onto the name of the new folder as described above. If the message copies successfully, repeat the process until you discover the message (or messages) that cannot be copied. Skip the faulty message and continue with the remainder.
Adding a Website to Your Favorites or Bookmarks Bar
Google Chrome
If you find yourself frequently visiting the same web site (e.g. Google) you can add it to your Favorites bar so that it is only a click away when you need it. This is also a recommended alternative to installing web site “toolbars”, such as those offered by Google or Yahoo. Many site-specific toolbars also come with spyware and adware, neither of which is desirable. NOTE: This document assumes you are using Internet Explorer on a Windows computer.
Creating a link
1. Open Internet Explorer in your usual manner.
2. Navigate to the web site you want to add to your links bar (e.g. Google.com)
3. Click on the Google icon and drag it onto the “links” bar that (usually) appears below the Address bar.
4. Now, when you click on the icon you added to the links bar, it will take you quickly to that site.
Editing the name of the link
Sometimes the site name is so long that it may take up a lot of room on your links bar. You can edit the name as it appears on the links bar by doing the following.
1. Click on Favorites and then select Organize Favorites (shown at right).
2. Click on Links (shown at left).
4. Click on the site you’ve added (in this example, Google, shown at right)
5. Click on Rename.
6. Type the name for the site as you want it to appear in your links bar then click on Close.
7. You may find that after you click on Close your new site (e.g. Google) might not appear in the desired position in the links bar. You can reposition it within the links bar by clicking on the icon for the site and dragging it to a different location.
For questions or comments regarding this document, please e-mail helpdesk@hamilton.edu.
Clearing Your Cache and Cookies
Google Chrome
If your computer is not performing at its usual rate when browsing web pages (e.g. it's "slow" or "hangs" sporadically), the first thing you want to do is clear your cache and cookies. Every web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, Safari, etc.) caches visited websites to reduce bandwidtch usage and server load. This allows your web browser display pages faster by loading them from the cache stored on your hard drive. However, sometimes the cache can take up disk space and result in slower browser performing. Cookies are used by websites to store informtion about a particular activity. Clearing your cache and cookies will occasically allow the browser to perform faster and free up space on your computer's local hard drive.
To learn how to clear your cache and cookies in a particular browser, click below:
http://www.google.com/support/accounts/bin/answer.py?answer=32050
Comparison of Browser Interfaces
Google Chrome
Browsing
Browser History
Accessing Browser History
Browser History Interface
Bookmarks
Adding a Bookmark
Accessing Bookmarks
Trust Certificates
Create a High-Quality Videoconference
Google Talk
Environment Optimization
Regardless which videoconferencing solution is chosen for the communication, it will be important to prepare the location where your call will take place so as to realize the most optimal, standard experience for all involved parties.
General Considerations
Regardless of the conversation type, if the communication is high-risk/high-value, at least one test should be performed with all participants before the actual conversation.
Remember that accidents can happen: pets can meander into the conversation and voice their opinions, cell phones have the potential of ringing, and items can fall and clatter. While all participants should attempt to prepare for these eventualities, it is best to just accept that they are a part of the conversation, a normative experience, and therefore look past them.
Remember that participants within the domain of the webcam and the microphone are involved in the videoconference: anything uttered or any act performed within range of either device will be transmitted to all participants. It behooves everyone to be aware (by dint of the Preview available on all computers/software) of what will be seen and heard before the videoconference begins. As the character Doctor Emmett Brown opined in the movie Back to the Future, "no wonder your president has to be an actor, [they] have to look good on television."
Lighting
Proper lighting is an essential ingredient for a successful, high-quality videoconference. "A webcam isn't the most flattering piece of technology," according to Stephen Winzenburg in an article for the Winter/Spring 2012 edition of the Chronicle of Higher Education, "[it can] make you appear gaunt, overweight, beady eyed, or narcoleptic. And often you look all those things at the same time." To ensure that all participants see each other in the best possible light, everyone should:
Ensure your environment is well-lit--turn on as many lights as possible;
Be mindful of such issues as camera angle, background, and any other light sources that might affect the conversation;
A room with a window might be a nice place to have a chat, but the sun streaming in can wreak havoc on the quality of the conversation;
If you must have a conversation in a room with a window, be sure to test your setup around the same time you anticipate having the conversation to ensure a uniform experience;
Test, test, test, test, test: almost all software and computers have the ability to provide participants with a preview and this preview is what other participants will actually see--make sure the contents of the preview are what you want the other participants to see.
If a high-quality conversation is desired, it may behoove participants to purchase a dedicated webcam. ITS has enjoyed success with devices like the Microsoft LifeCam HD-6000.
Sound
Problems with sound are reliable sources of videoconferencing woes. In addition to the ambient noise issue covered in the "Location" section, there are other potential problems one should be aware of:
Echo/Feedback
A problem arises whenever a sound input is colocated with a sound output: If you put a microphone IN FRONT of a speaker, a positive feedback loop will be generated, i.e. loud, screechy, piercing sound that is painful. Be sure either to place the speaker far away from the microphone, wear headphones to ameliorate the problem, or invest in a microphone with integrate anti-feedback technology.
Most laptops, all-in-one desktops (e.g. the iMac), and smartphones have built-in webcameras, microphones, and speakers. While they are sometimes configured to interoperate without generated feedback, one cannot rely on them working perfectly, especially for high-value conversations. All participants are STRONGLY encouraged to wear headphones to eliminate echoing/feedback.
Configuration
The peripherals required to perform a videoconference interoperate well, but are susceptible to problems. If participants are unable to hear each other, see each other, or connect, there may be a problem with the configuration of the peripherals, the software for the chat (e.g. Skype, Google Talk), or the drivers that the computer uses to communicate with the devices. While easier with the built-in microphone, webcam, speaker setup, problems can plague those setups. ITS strongly recommends testing the full setup before any videoconference. If problems are identified before the actual conversation, chances are better that they can be troubleshooted and resolved without conflicting with the actual conversation.
Accessibility Issues
Hearing Aids/Lipreaders
All communications conducted using these solutions will be affected to varying degrees by synchronicity issues. For example: participants may notice that mouths move independently of the sound they generate. While this is becoming a normative experience, it can be jarring, especially for those who need to read lips to understand what is being said. Proper balancing of audio is also key to ensure that participants whose hearing is impaired can participate equally in the conversation .
Location
Through the miracle of modern technology, these conversations can now take place at any time and in any location, e.g. cafés, libraries, street corners, dorm rooms, hospitals, vel sim. Just because they can take place in every location does not necessarily mean they ought to take place in every location. Both parties should consider:
The ambient noise in their respective environments--loud environs equals bad conversations;
The people whom they might affect with the conversation--not everyone needs to be privy to the conversation;
The speed of the internet conections at the locations--a low-speed DSL connection will not create a good videoconferencing experience (You can test your bandwidth here.)
Videoconferencing Guide
Google Talk
Solutions
NOTE: Please click the name of the solution to select it. Also, please hover over links in the table for more information.
Scenarios
Google Talk
Skype
OoVoo
ITS Videochat Cart
Person-to-PersoIf your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS recommends you purchase a Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920. ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that EMPLOYEES may check out. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information.n Communication
✓
✓
✓
Guest SpeakerIf you wish to use a larger display or projector for your conversation, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable. Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on suitable locations.
✓
✓
Multi-person Conversations
(!Free: 25 audio 2 video For-Fee Features: 25 Audio 10 Video)
✓12 or fewer participants.
High-Quality, High-Risk ConversationsSolution for EMPLOYEES only. Students who need an extremely high quality video conversation should contact the Career Center (x4346.)
✓
Share Computer Screen
(!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me
(!)Available for a fee. Try http://join.me
Maximum Number of Participants
2 audio or video
Available for a fee.25 Audio
2 Video/25 VideoFor a fee.
12 Audio/Video
Available Resources
If you wish to videoconference via a larger display or projector, the Hamilton Resource Calendar can help you find an appropriate room on campus for your conversation. Rooms equipped with LCD screens are especially suitable.
Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can offer advice on locations.
If your computer does not have a webcam or microphone, ITS maintains a small pool of high-quality external webcams with integrated microphones that may be checked out by Staff and Faculty for videoconferences. Please contact the ITS Help Desk (helpdesk@hamilton.edu, x4181) for reservation information.
Should you wish to purchase your own webcam/microphone unit, ITS recommends you purchase the Logitech HD Pro Webcam C920.
If you intend to use your own laptop for the videoconference, please note that you may need an adaptor to connect it to the screens or projectors in various rooms on campus. If needed and based on availability, Audiovisual Services (avs@hamilton.edu, x4120) can provide Staff and Faculty with an adaptor to connect your computer.
Please also have a look at our "Create a High-Quality Videoconference Guide" to make your call the highest-possible-quality.
Configuring the First Year Student Survey
Hamilton Website
Notes
New students are directed to this survey in mid- to late-July. Matthew Carr administers the system.
Each student has a unique ID generated by the Higher Education Research Institute. Matt sends us these IDs in a spreadsheet so we can pre-load the IR_FirstYear table. Each CIRPID is appended to request.cirplink (see below) to create a unique link for each student.
The system is located at http://my.hamilton.edu/oir/first-year-survey
Students are passed through this page so they can review the completion status of the CIRP survey and the Qualtrics supplement.
The administration area is located at http://my.hamilton.edu/oir/first-year-survey-administration
Matt uses this form to upload a spreadsheet nightly. This spreadsheet updates the "submitstatus" and "submitdate" columns in the IR_FirstYear table.
Instructions
Verify the following parameters in /college/institutional_research/FirstYear/admin/parameters.cfm with Matt Carr:
request.cirplink
request.supplementlink
request.surveyOpenDate
Import the spreadsheet data Matt provides to IR_FirstYear
Test http://my.hamilton.edu/oir/first-year-survey by passing one of the Colleague IDs into the url, e.g.:
http://my.hamilton.edu/oir/first-year-survey?colleagueid=1234567. Be sure to verify that both survey links are working properly.
My Hamilton
Hamilton Website
My Hamilton is your personalized view of information at Hamilton, as well as a starting point for accessing information and entertainment from all over the Web. My Hamilton gives you customizable control over the Web resources and information that are available to you, such as your Hamilton E-mail, calendar, ESS/SSS space, Hill Card and Blackboard accounts.
My Hamilton uses tabs to group certain resources. Each resource is called a channel. There is an [EDIT] button on each channel which enables you to manage display settings and content for the channel.
Home
The main section in which you can add channels for direct access to your E-mail, WebAdvisor, Blackboard, Facebook, Personal Calendar etc.
Communities
These provide access to Listservs to which you are subscribed, campus messages and events and messages from the Hamilton community (e.g marketplace, lost and found, ride board).
Tools
Access to the following:
Resource
Applies To
Academic Resources
Employees
Budget Center
Employees
Campus Safety - statistics
Students,Employees
Card Services - for making deposits and activating/deactivating the Hill Card
Students, Employees
College Business - for paying bills online
Students
Course Tools - for accessing your WebAdvisor account
Students
Financial Aid - for accessing your award letter
Students, Employees
Human Resources
Employees
Library - for accessing the Alex Library Catalog, Reserves, E-Journals, and Databases
Students,
Employees
Mail Center - for retrieving your mail number and combinations
Students
Personal Information - view and edit your contact information
Students
Physical Plant
Students
Student Organizations
Students
Transportation
Students
News
Access to the most recent college news new feeds from ABC News, BBC, CNN, New York Times, Washington Post etc.. You can also add your own news feeds.
Links
Add your own collection of links to your My Hamilton page. To begin adding your own collection of links, click the "Add Link Group" button.
Files
Access your personal space through My Hamilton
ESS
SSS
Courses
Access Blackboard through My Hamilton.
Setup
Layout Options - change the number of columns on your home page. You can also reset your tabs, channels, and settings back to the original layout by clicking the RESET CHANNELS. Your data (contacts, links, news, etc.) will not be lost, but your display preferences will be removed.
My Profile - update your Hamilton College Profile and your Hamilton Community profile.
Passwords and Security - Sync passwords - Your network password will be the same as your My Hamilton/E-mail password.
Themes - change the color scheme on your My Hamilton page.
Setting up LogManager on a Web Server
Hamilton Website
Notes
LogManager.vbs and set up was created by Jesse Thomas and implemented by Jason Quatrino.
LogManager related files are located at \\ess\its\Network Services\scripts\logmanager
When run without any options the script writes to Events/Application Log with source of "WSH"
"LogZip" job is scheduled in Windows Scheduler on WEB1, WEB2, ACADEMICS, STUDENTS, DEVELOP web servers.
Zipped files write to \\polaris\l$\analyze\{server name}
Schedule as of 11/29/2010
ACADEMICS: Sun, 2:00 AM
STUDENTS: Sun, 3:00 AM
PREVIEW: Sun, 4:00 AM
COURSES: Sun, 5:00 AM
PEOPLE: ?
WEB1-V: Fri, 9:00 AM
WEB2-V: Fri, 9:05 AM
Installing LogManager
Install 7-Zip command line version. Download at http://www.7-zip.org/download.html
Make sure it's in the exe path so it can be run from the command line. 7-Zip version must be 32-bit command line version.
Install location: C:\WINDOWS\System32\7za.exe
Create folder C:\logmanager
Copy logmanager.vbs to C:\logmanager
Hint: Execute in "-dry" mode to test for errors.
Create Scheduled Task
Open Windows Task Scheduler and create new task.
Settings should be as follows:
"General" tab:
Task name should be "Log Manager - {SITE NAME}" e.g.: Log Manager - ACADEMICS
Choose "Run whether user is logged in or not"
Run as hamilton-d\webstart. Note: You may be asked to provide a password when saving the new task.
Run with highest privileges
"Triggers" tab:
Choose "On a schedule" and set up a schedule. Note: most tasks are run weekly.
"Actions" tab:
Action: Start a program
Program: C:\Windows\System32\cscript.exe
Add arguments: "C:\LogManager\logManager.vbs" "log file location" "archive location"
e.g.:
"C:\LogManager\logManager.vbs" "D:\IISLogs\academics\W3SVC14" "\\polaris\l$\analyze\academics"
Start In: C:\WINDOWS\system32
Running from Command Line
Open CMD prompt
Navigate to C:\Windows\System32
Execute command:
"C:\LogManager\logManager.vbs" "log file location" "archive location" {-dry/-debug}
-dry -> dry run. displays debugging information and how logfiles would be processed (without archiving or deleting them)
-debug -> debug information displayed in console window.
e.g.:
"C:\LogManager\logManager.vbs" "D:\IISLogs\academics\W3SVC14" "\\polaris\l$\analyze"
SiteManager - How do I add a page or file?
Hamilton Website
Add a Page or File
NOTE: SiteManager can be used both on and off the Hamilton campus.
Within the site/section where you want to add the new page, click on Add a page.
Enter a Page Title. The Page Title is what appears in your list of pages and in the blue band at the top of the web page. If you include spaces within your title, the address will include hyphens where you had spaces.
Choose a Page Type. The Page Type can be either Web Page or downloadable file, e.g. PDF, Word or Excel document.
If uploading a file, click on Browse and locate and select the file to upload. If the file is not a PDF and you want to convert it, check the box to Convert to PDF.
The page will inherit the template design of the site/section. Click on Submit.
Related Links
How do I delete a page?
How do I edit a page/replace a downloadable file?
SiteManager - How do I add audio/video?
Hamilton Website
Add Audio
NOTE: Accepted File Types: MP3
Select the Audio module.
Find Media tab: search for media you or others have already added.
Add New Media tab: add new audio files for immediate or later use.
My Media tab: see all audio media you have uploaded.
When you’ve found the audio file, select insert.
Adding Video
NOTE: Accepted File Types: Flash (FLV) and Quicktime (MOV) (DV)
NOTE: Files must be limited to 500 MB
Select the Video module. The video media library will look exactly like the audio media library.
Find Media tab: search for media you or others have already added.
Add New Media tab: add new video files for immediate or later use.
My Media tab: see all video media you have uploaded.
When you’ve found your video file, select insert.
SiteManager - How do I add comments?
Hamilton Website
Add Comments
Select the Comments module.
Settings Tab – Set Type of Comments:
Moderated – add the list of moderators
Not Moderated
Comments Tab – See the comments posted, approve to show on page.
Add Custom Content
NOTE: Only use if you have knowledge of HTML.
Select the Custom Content module.
Enter your HTML code and click on save.
Add Google Forms and Calendars
Select the Google Forms and Calendars module.
Follow the instructions in the box and click on Save.
Add a Google Map
Select the Google Map module.
Fill in the information and click on Save.
Add Hamilton News
Select the Hamilton News module.
Fill in the information and click on Save.
Add Navigation
Select the Navigation module.
NOTE: Links will appear as the default heading. That can be changed later.
Under your heading, enter a title and a URL, either by choosing a page or entering a specific URL, then click save.
Repeat the previous step for all other links you want to add.
Add Site Contact Information
Select the Site Contact module.
Fill in the information and click save. If the information is already in the text and correct, click save.
SiteManager - How do I add custom content?
Hamilton Website
Add Custom Content
NOTE: Only use if you have knowledge of HTML.
Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module.
Enter your HTML code and click on save.
Add Facebook Like Button
Click on Add Content and select the custom content module.
In a separate window or tab, go to http://developers.facebook.com/docs/reference/plugins/like/
Enter the URL of the Facebook page for which you want to create a like button.
Uncheck send button.
Click Get code.
Select the IFRAME option and copy the code.
In your content module, paste the code and click save.
Add Facebook Feed
NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain
Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module.
Insert the following code (Include < and at the beginning of the code and remove the spaces in < / iframe>):
iframe allowtransparency="true" src="http://www.facebook.com/connect/connect.php?id=###############&connections=0&stream=1" style="border: none; width: 300px; height: 380px;" frameborder="1" scrolling="no"> < / iframe>
Insert your Facebook page's 10 or 15-digit id in place of the 15 # symbols. Your page's id is normally at the end of your page's URL. (You will need another tab/window to get to the Facebook page) If not, follow these instructions:
On your page, right click and select view page source.
In the Source Code, search (Control F on Windows, Cmd F on Mac) for profile_id=.
Following that portion of the code is a 10 or 15-digit id. Insert that in place of the 15 # symbols.
Click save.
Add Twitter Feed
NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain
Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module
In a new tab, go to https://twitter.com/about/resources/widgets/widget_profile
Select a username (the twitter feed you would like your website to follow).
Once you've finished editing the other preferences (we do not recommend editing appearance or dimensions), click finish & grab code.
Copy that code and paste it into the custom content module and click save.
SiteManager - How do I add Facebook Plugins?
Hamilton Website
Add Facebook Like Button
Click on Add Content and select the custom content module.
In a separate window or tab, go to http://developers.facebook.com/docs/reference/plugins/like/
Enter the URL of the Facebook page for which you want to create a like button.
Uncheck send button.
Click Get code.
Select the IFRAME option and copy the code.
In your content module, paste the code and click save.
Add Facebook Feed
NOTE: Currently doesn't work on the people.hamilton.edu domain
Click on an Add Content button and select the Custom Content module.
Insert the following code (Include < and at the beginning of the code and remove the spaces in < / iframe>):
iframe allowtransparency="true" src="http://www.facebook.com/connect/connect.php?id=###############&connections=0&stream=1" style="border: none; width: 300px; height: 380px;" frameborder="1" scrolling="no"> < / iframe>
Insert your Facebook page's 10 or 15-digit id in place of the 15 # symbols. Your page's id is normally at the end of your page's URL. (You will need another tab/window to get to the Facebook page) If not, follow these instructions:
On your page, right click and select view page source.
In the Source Code, search (Control F on Windows, Cmd F on Mac) for profile_id=.
Following that portion of the code is a 10 or 15-digit id. Insert that in place of the 15 # symbols.
Click save.
SiteManager - How do I add Google Forms, Calendars, and Maps?
Hamilton Website
Add Google Forms and Calendars
Click on an Add Content button and select the Google Forms and Calendars module.
Follow the instructions in the box and click on Save.
Add a Google Map
Click on an Add Content button and select the Google Map module.
Fill in the information and click on Save.
SiteManager - How do I add Hamilton News?
Hamilton Website
Add Hamilton News
NOTE: Academics Sites do not have this module; they have an "Article Database" module, which is currently unusable.
Click on an Add Content button and select the Hamilton News module.
Fill in the information (be sure to enter tags or no articles will display!) and click on Save.
SiteManager - How do I add Navigation?
Hamilton Website
Add Navigation
Click on an Add Content button and select the Navigation module.
NOTE: Links will appear as the default heading. That can be changed later.
Under your heading, enter a title and a URL, either by choosing a page or entering a specific URL, then click save. (NOTE: If you are linking to a website outside of hamilton.edu, we suggest checking new window.)
Repeat the previous step for all other links you want to add.
NOTE: All navigation modules on the official (www) Hamilton site must be accordion.
SiteManager - How do I add new media?
Hamilton Website
The Web Media Library
The Web Media Library holds image, audio, and video assets.
Add Assets to the Web Media Library
You can get to the Web Media Library via:
From within SiteManager, click on the Web Media Library tab.
When in the editing mode, follow the steps above to Add Content, choosing the Audio, Images, or Video option.
When in the text editing mode, click on the Image icon on the toolbar.
Click on the Add New Media tab.
NOTE: Manipulation of assets should be done BEFORE adding them to SiteManager, For example, you can resize images in SiteManager, but you cannot edit them, e.g. crop or fix red eye.
The Name field is required. Use names that accurately describe the image. Appropriately named images will allow for easier retrieval by you and by other web editors at a future time.
Click on the Select Media button to locate the audio file, image, or video on your hard drive, network space, CD, etc.
If you’d like, you can add a Caption or Attribution.
If you want to share this asset with others, leave the box next to Private unchecked, otherwise click once in the box to check it. You will be the only person able to see and edit this image.
Click on Save Media.
SiteManager - How do I add text?
Hamilton Website
Add Text
Click on an Add Content button and select the Text module.
Enter your text in the Edit Content window.
Click Save.
Paste Text from Word
Chances are that you already have the text for your page typed, most likely in Microsoft Word. When pasting into the Edit Content Window, all of the formatting will be stripped. If, however, you drag and drop the text, the formatting will be preserved.
Styles
The styles available for you to use when formatting your pages are dependent on the Template. These are predefined styles and cannot be changed, i.e. use a different color, font or size.
Styles for pages on http://www.hamilton.edu need to follow the Web Style Guidelines.
Apply a Style
Select the text to which you want to apply a style.
From the Styles menu, choose the desired style.
Remove a Style (subject to change)
Select the text for which you want to remove the style.
Click on the Remove Format button on the toolbar.
SiteManager - How do I add/edit a slideshow?
Hamilton Website
Add a Slideshow
Click on an Add Content button and select the Slideshow module.
Click on Add Image.
Search for or upload your images.
Click on Insert.
Add your next image.
Rearrange your images using drag and drop.
Click on the Advanced tab to set how your slideshow will play.
Click on Save Settings.
SiteManager - How do I add/edit images?
Hamilton Website
Add Images
Accepted File Types: JPG, GIF, and PNG
Images can be added in one of two ways:
In their own Content module: Select the Images module.
Within a Text module, e.g. if you want your text to flow around an image: Click on the Image button on the toolbar within the text editor. Click on Browse Server.
Does the image you need already exist? If you are not sure, search for it.
Type in a search term under Search and click on Search Images.
To use an image that already exists, click on the Insert.
On the Basic tab, select the size of the image, choose to include the caption and/or attribution associated with the image.
On the Advanced tab, if applicable, define a link to associate with the image, and/or a custom width and height.
Click on Insert Media.
If you are inserting the image within a Text module, the Image Properties window will appear at which point you can add Alternative Text (important for people using screen readers), change the size of the image (measured in pixels), add a border to it (the images on our site have a border of zero), add horizontal or vertical space (so the image is not so close to the text), and finally, choose how you want it aligned.
Click OK.
Edit Your Image
SiteManager cannot edit images. For advice on editing images, see here.
SiteManager - How do I delete a page?
Hamilton Website
Delete a Page
Click on the Delete icon next to the name of the page.
Click on OK in the window that appears to delete the page.
SiteManager - How do I edit a page/replace a downloadable file?
Hamilton Website
Edit Pages
There are two ways to get into edit mode:
Within SiteManager, click on the Edit button next to the page you want to edit.
In your browser window navigate to the page you want to edit and hit the key. If you navigate to the page and you are not logged into My Hamilton, you will be prompted to login.
Your page will appear the editing tools layered on top of it, shown below.
[NOTE: If you do not have the rights to edit a page, you will see the message: You do not have permission to access this page.]
SiteManager - How do I edit content modules?
Hamilton Website
Edit Content
When you mouse over a module, it will be highlighted in yellow. You have three choices:
Move the module: Click on the two vertical lines and drag the module above or below another module. Please note, you can only move modules within the same content areas.
Edit the content: Click on the Edit button. The editing options are dependent upon the type of content module.
Change Options:
Settings: Change the Layout and Style of the module box.
1/3 Width, 1/2 Width, 2/3 Width, Full Width: By default a module spans the Full Width of the designated column. Sets how much space the content uses in the column
Inherit: Typically used in conjunction with Lock. Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section.
Lock: Typically used in conjunction with Inherit. Ensures the Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section.
Remove: Deletes the content.
SiteManager - How do I edit textboxes?
Hamilton Website
Table of Contents
The Editing Tools
Insert/Edit E-mail Link
The Edit Toolbar
Insert/Edit Anchor
Insert/Edit URL Link
Insert/Edit Image
Remove a Link
Insert/Edit Table
The Editing Tools
SiteManager provides a full set of tools to simplify the process of editing your pages. Please be aware that although it looks like a toolbar you would find in Microsoft Word, editing a web page differs from editing a Word document. For example, if you hit "enter" when editing a web page, you will automatically get double spacing, also known as a paragraph break. To get single spacing you have to hit "shift" "enter", also known as a line break.
The Edit Toolbar
Insert/Edit URL Link
Highlight the text or image you want to become a link.
Click on the Insert/Edit Link button on the toolbar.
Under Link Type, select URL.
Either type or paste a link in the URL box or click on Browse Server.
Navigate to the page.
Use the preview button to see a preview of the page.
Use the link button to insert the page's URL into the URL box.
To have the link open in a new browser window, click on the Target tab and from the drop down menu below Target, select New Window (_blank).
Click on OK.
Remove a Link
Highlight the text currently formatted as a link.
Click on the Remove Link button.
Insert/Edit E-mail Link
Highlight the text you want to become a link.
Click on the Insert/Edit Link button on the toolbar.
Under Link Type, select E-mail
Type in the E-mail address and if desired, you can also type in the Message Subject and Message Body so that when a visitor clicks on an e-mail link, a portion of the e-mail message is created for them.
Click on OK.
Insert/Edit Anchor
Anchors are used on a page to quickly take a visitor to a specific section of the page.
Place the cursor at the beginning of the line where you want the anchor to be.
Click on the Insert/Edit Anchor button.
Enter the name of the anchor in the Anchor Properties window that appears.
To use the anchor as a link, click on the Insert/Edit Link button.
Under Link Type, select Link to anchor in the text.
Select an anchor name from the drop down list.
Click on OK.
Insert/Edit Image
Follow the instruction under Adding Images on “How do I add/edit images?”
Insert/Edit Table
Use tables when you need to present information that lends itself to a tabular setup.
Place the cursor at the point you need the table to appear.
Click on the Insert/Edit Table button on the toolbar. (NOTE: Pressing "tab" in a table will not move you to the next cell.)
Width: Measured either in pixels (200 pixels is the default) or as a percent of the module area you are in. The width of Hamilton pages is 960 pixels.
Height: Measured in pixels.
Cell Spacing: sets the amount of space between adjacent layout cells (in pixels). This value should be less than 5
Cell padding: sets the amount of space between the content of a layout cell and the cell boundary (in pixels). This value should be less than 5.
Headers: bolds the first row, first column, or both.
Border size: specifies the width, in pixels, of the table’s borders. A border size of zero will produce a borderless table, but you will see gridlines when editing your table.
Alignment: sets the alignment of the whole table. Since the default size of the table is 100%, he Center and Right choices will appear to have no effect.
Click on OK.
Once your table is in place, you can right click in a cell or on the table to see the menu of options you can use to edit your table.
SiteManager - Registration Tool
Hamilton Website
Event Registration Tool
The event registration tool is a component of SiteManager that allows you to set up events with limited numbers of attendees.
To use this tool for the first time, follow these instructions:
Go to https://my.hamilton.edu/sitemanager/applications/events/index.cfm
Select Add a new Calendar.
Create a name for the calendar and press submit. Add other people to edit the events if necessary.
Select Manage Events on this Calendar. This will bring you to the event listing, allowing you to create events, and giving you the public URL to the calendar. This URL can be given out to let people register for your events.
To create an event, select Add Event. Be sure to enter your information correctly.
Once an event is added, you can copy it and change the date to duplicate it. If people have registered for it, you can also manage them, adding or removing people, or editing their information.
If you already have a calendar, it will appear on the opening page, from which you can manage it.
To publicize your events, you can either submit the event to the Events Calendar, and include the registration link in the description, or you can use Google Calendar, adding the registration link to the description.
SiteManager - What are content modules? How do I add them?
Hamilton Website
What is Content?
Content is the material that makes up the pages you create. Depending on the template you are using, you will see between one and five Add Content buttons:
SiteHeader
Available on academics, people, students, and courses
Sitewide Navigation
Available on academics, people, students, and courses
Left or Left Column
Available on all domains, use depends on template
Right or Right Column
Available on all domains, use depends on template
Center or Main Content
Available on all domains, use depends on templat
Types of Content Modules
Audio - Allows you to insert audio files.
Available on all site domains
Comments - Allows you to create commemnt boxes for visitors.
Available on courses, people, and students
Custom Content - Allows you to insert HTML Code. (Facebook Like Button/Facebook Feed/Twitter)
Available on courses, people and students
Google Forms and Calendars - Allows you to upload Forms and Calendars from Google.
Available on all site domains
Google Map - Allows you to upload a map to the page.
Available on all site domains
Hamilton News/Article Database
Available only on official/Available on courses, people and students
Images - Allows you to upload images.
Available on all site domains
Navigation - Allows you to create a navigation bar on your site.
Available on all site domains
Site Contact - Allows you to add contact information for a page.
Available on all site domains
Slideshow - Allows you to create a slideshow on a page.
Available on all site domains
Text (Add/Edit) - Allows you to add textboxes to a page.
Available on all site domains
Video - Allows you to add video to a page.
Available on all site domains
Add Content
Click on the Add Content button in the desired area. Please note: it is not possible to drag and drop content between content areas.
From the drop down menu, choose the type of module you want to add.
Click on Add.
SiteManager - What are some good publishing practices?
Hamilton Website
Web publishing: Best practices
We’ve put together a few questions (and comments) to guide you through an examination of the content and structure of your Web site. As you begin to use SiteManager to edit and to update your Web pages, please take a few minutes to review these questions, and to think about how you can apply your answers to your Web site.
What is the most important information about you?
Publish only the content that you can manage comfortably. That content should give the maximum amount of information to the maximum amount of people. Organize your information in a way that will make the most sense to your audience, even if that conflicts with the way that your office is organized.
Think about what information from the rest of our Web site might be useful to your audience, and link to it. Trying to replicate it on your site just makes more work for you.
When was the last time your Web site was updated?
Current and accurate content is essential. If something on your Web site is obviously outdated, your audience will not trust your information. It’s useful to have a schedule of what you need to update, and when. Review any links that you have to make sure they are still valid and useful.
What pages on your site require your audience to scroll down through several screens in order to read everything?
On the Web, short and simple is best. Keep your information in easy-to-read chunks that your audience can quickly scan. If your text sounds awkward and wordy, it probably is.
When editing a page, make use of “bulleted” information, and use clear and useful subheadings to introduce ideas.
Who is your audience?
A Web page can’t be all things for all people. Consider who your audience is, and decide what you want them to take away from the page.
SiteManager - What is a site? How do I navigate one?
Hamilton Website
What is a site?
A site contains a collection of web files on a related subject. The sites that you have the rights to edit will appear under My Sites. Click once on the name link to see the contents of the site.
Why don’t I see any sites?
1) You have not been given acess to any sites.
a) Did you take a SiteManager training class? If not, here is the current schedule.
b) Are you editing an official college site? Access is given during the required Working Sessions.
2) You may be using the wrong address. SiteManager exists on five different Hamilton College domains:
a) College departments, official college pages:
http://www.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
b) Academic department pages and supporting content/sites:
http://academics.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
Please note, pages created and maintained by the departments will not replace the Hamilton marketing pages created and maintained by C&D. Department maintained pages are accessed via a link from the official Hamilton pages that reads, " The [department name] department maintains its own Web site. More..." Only sites that display current information will be linked from the official academic page.
c) Student organizations:
http://students.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
d) All personal sites:
http://people.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
e) Sites and content related to course work, academic projects:
http://courses.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
f) Conference sites:
http://conferences.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
Navigating Around SiteManager
There is a hierarchy that defines the navigation in SiteManager. Depending on where you are in the hierarchy, you have different options available to you.
Home is at the top. Sites contain sections (organize like items together) and pages. Pages are made up of modules.
SiteManager provides “bread crumb trail” navigation, so you can always quickly get to a site, section, or page.
Note: The first page you make in your site is the “home” page, noted by the icon of the house.
Site options: settings
Section options: settings, move, delete
“Home” page options: view, edit, settings, move, archive, delete
Page options: view, edit, settings, move, make home, archive, delete
SiteManager 3.0
Hamilton Website
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 1 of 23
SiteManager 3.0
Table of Contents
Table of Contents .................................................................................................................1
Log In................................................................................................................................2
What is a site? .....................................................................................................................2
Navigating Around SiteManager .............................................................................................3
Site/Section Settings ............................................................................................................4
Page Settings ......................................................................................................................5
Add a Page..........................................................................................................................6
Delete a Page ......................................................................................................................6
Edit Pages ...........................................................................................................................7
The Content Areas................................................................................................................7
Types of Content Modules .....................................................................................................7
Add Content ........................................................................................................................8
Edit Content ........................................................................................................................8
The Web Media Library .........................................................................................................9
Add Assets to the Web Media Library...................................................................................9
Add Audio (functionality forthcoming) ...................................................................................10
Add Comments ..................................................................................................................11
Add Google Forms ..............................................................................................................12
Add a Google Map ..............................................................................................................12
Add Hamilton News ............................................................................................................12
Add Images.......................................................................................................................13
Edit Your Image (documentation forthcoming)....................................................................14
Add Include Custom File (documentation forthcoming) ...........................................................14
Add Navigation (documentation forthcoming) ........................................................................14
Add Site Contact Information (functionality forthcoming) ........................................................14
Add a Slideshow.................................................................................................................15
Add Text ...........................................................................................................................16
The Editing Tools ............................................................................................................16
The Edit Toolbar .............................................................................................................16
Paste Text from Word......................................................................................................17
Styles...........................................................................................................................17
Insert/Edit URL Link ........................................................................................................18
Remove a Link ............................................................................................................19
Insert/Edit E-mail Link.....................................................................................................19
Insert/Edit Anchor...........................................................................................................20
Insert/Edit Image ...........................................................................................................21
Insert/Edit Table.............................................................................................................21
Adding Video (documentation forthcoming) ...........................................................................22
Log Out............................................................................................................................22
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 2 of 23
Log In
http://wwwtest.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
Beta site
http://www.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
College departments, official college pages
http://academics.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
Academic department pages and supporting content/sites
http://students.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
Student organizations
http://people.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
All personal sites
http://courses.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
Sites and content related to course work, academic projects
http://conferences.hamilton.edu/sitemanager
Conference sites
You will login with you’re my Hamilton username and password. When you login for the first time, you will see the following screen:
What is a site?
A site contains a collection of web files on a related subject. The sites that you have the rights to edit will appear under My Sites. Click once on the name link to see the contents of the site.
Folders representing sections of your site.
Pages at the top level of your site.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 3 of 23
Home
Site
Section/Pages
Site
Ex. Information
Technology Services
Section/Pages
Ex. Support
Section/Pages
Ex. Network Services
Section/Pages
Ex. Index.html
Section/Pages
Ex. Web Services
Site
Section/Pages
Navigating Around SiteManager
There is a hierarchy that defines the navigation in SiteManager. Depending on where you are in the hierarchy, you have different options available to you.
SiteManager provides “bread crumb trail” navigation, so you can always quickly get to a site, section, or page.
Note: The first page you make in your site is the “home” page, noted by the icon of the house.
Site and section options
“Home” page options
Page options
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0
Site/Section Settings
Functionality
Screen Shots
The Basic tab includes the name of the site or section as it appears in SiteManager, and the template applied.
Note: Template options subject to change.
The Security tab controls Viewing permissions.
1. The View Permissions option allows you to control who is allowed to view the pages and files within a site over the Web. By editing these fields, you restrict access to the site to only those groups and users that you specify.
The History tab shows the user that made the previous changes to the site/section.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0
Page Settings
Functionality
Screen Shots
The Basic tab contains: the Title and Page Type (either Web Page or Downloadable file).
If you do not Inherit the template from the site/section, the Templates drop down menu will be available to you.
The Security Settings section controls Viewing permissions.
1. The View Permissions option allows you to control who is allowed to view the page over the Web. By editing these fields, you restrict access to those pages to only those groups and users that you specify.
The History tab shows the user that made the previous changes to the page.
The Metadata Settings tab shows the HTML Title. For the time being, this tab does not need to be used.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 6 of 23
Add a Page
1. Within the site/section where you want to add the new page, click on Add a page.
1. The Page Title is what appears in your list of pages and in the blue band at the top of the web page. If you include spaces within your title, the address will include hyphens where you had spaces.
2. The Page Type can be either Web Page or downloadable file, e.g. PDF, Word or Excel document.
3. If uploading a file, click on Browse and locate and select the file to upload. If the file is not a PDF and you want to convert it, check the box to Convert to PDF.
4. The page will inherit the template design of the site/section. Click on Submit.
Delete a Page
1. Click on the Delete icon next to the name of the page.
2. Click on OK in the window that appears to delete the page.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 7 of 23
Edit Pages
1. There are two ways to get into edit mode:
a. Within SiteManager, click on the Edit button next to the page you want to edit.
b. In your browser window navigate to the page you want to edit and hit the <ESC> key. If you navigate to the page and you are not logged into My Hamilton, you will be prompted to login.
2. Your page will appear the editing tools layered on top of it.
[NOTE: If you do not have the rights to edit a page, you will see the message: You do not have permission to access this page.]
The Content Areas
Depending on the template you are using, you will see between one and five Add Content buttons:
SiteHeader
Available on academics, people, students, and courses
Sitewide Navigation
Available on academics, people, students, and courses
Left or Left Column
Available on all domains, use depends on template
Right or Right Column
Available on all domains, use depends on template
Center or Main Content
Available on all domains, use depends on template
Types of Content Modules
Audio
Available on all site domains
Comments
Available on courses, people, and students
Google Forms
Available on all site domains
Google Map
Available on all site domains
Hamilton News
Available on all site domains
Images
Available on all site domains
Include Custom File
Available on courses, people and students
Navigation
Available on all site domains
Site Contact
Available on all site domains
Slideshow
Available on all site domains
Text
Available on all site domains
Video
Available on all site domains
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 8 of 23
Add Content
1. Click on the Add Content button in the desired area. Please note: it is not possible to drag and drop content between content areas.
2. From the drop down menu, choose the type of module you want to add.
3. Click on Add.
Edit Content
1. When you mouse over a module, it will be highlighted in yellow. You have three choices:
a. Move the module: Click on the two vertical lines and drag the module above or below another module. Please note, you can only move modules within the same content areas.
b. Edit the content: Click on the Edit button. The editing options are dependent upon the type of content module.
c. Change Options:
i. Settings: Change the Layout and Style of the module box
ii. 1/3 Width, 1/2 Width, 2/3 Width, Full Width: By default a module spans the Full Width of the designated column.
iii. Inherit: Typically used in conjunction with Lock. Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section.
iv. Lock: Typically used in conjunction with Inherit. Ensures the Ensures the selected module will appear on all pages in the site or section.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 9 of 23
The Web Media Library
New in SiteManager 3.0, the Web Media Library holds image, audio, and video assets.
Add Assets to the Web Media Library
1. You can get to the Web Media Library via:
a. From within SiteManager, click on the Web Media Library tab.
b. When in the editing mode, follow the steps above to Add Content, choosing the Audio, Images, or Video option.
c. When in the text editing mode, click on the Image icon on the toolbar.
2. Click on the Add New Media tab.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 10 of 23
3. NOTE: Manipulation of assets should be done BEFORE adding them to SiteManager, For example, you can resize images in SiteManager, but you cannot edit them, e.g. crop or fix red eye.
4. The Name field is required. Use names that accurately describe the image. Appropriately named images will allow for easier retrieval by you and by other web editors at a future time.
5. Click on the Select Media button to locate the audio file, image, or video on your hard drive, network space, CD, etc.
6. If you’d like, you can add a Caption or Attribution.
7. If you want to share this asset with others, leave the box next to Private unchecked, otherwise click once in the box to check it. You will be the only person able to see and edit this image.
8. Click on Save Media.
Add Audio (functionality forthcoming)
Accepted File Types: MP3
1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Audio module.
a. Find Media tab: search for media you or others have already added.
b. Add New Media tab: add new audio files for immediate or later use.
c. My Media tab: see all audio media you have uploaded.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 11 of 23
Add Comments
1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Comments module.
2. Settings Tab – Set Type of Comments:
a. Moderated – add the list of moderators
b. Not Moderated
3. Comments Tab – See the comments posted, approve to show on page.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 12 of 23
Add Google Forms
1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Google Forms module.
Add a Google Map
1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Google Map module.
2. Fill in the information and click on Save.
Add Hamilton News
1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Hamilton News module.
2. Fill in the information and click on Save.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 13 of 23
Add Images
Accepted File Types: JPG, GIF, and PNG
1. Images can be added in one of two ways:
a. In their own Content module: Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Images module.
2. Within a Text module, e.g. if you want your text to flow around an image: Click on the Image button on the toolbar within the text editor. Click on Browse Server.
3. Does the image you need already exist? If you are not sure, search for it.
4. Type in a search term under Search and click on Search Images.
5. To use an image that already exists, click on the Insert.
a. On the Basic tab, select the size of the image, choose to include the caption and/or attribution associated with the image.
b. On the Advanced tab, if applicable, define a link to associate with the image, and/or a custom width and height.
c. Click on Insert Media.
NOTE: The text that appears in the Preview box to the left is known as “Lorem Ipsum” or “dummy” text. It's mostly Latin, and is used extensively in print to replicate what "real" text would look like, without actually having to write anything. In this case, you will be able to see how the image you insert will appear in relation of text which may surround it.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 14 of 23
6. If you are inserting the image within a Text module, the Image Properties window will appear at which point you can add Alternative Text (important for people using screen readers), change the size of the image (measured in pixels), add a border to it (the images on our site have a border of zero), add horizontal or vertical space (so the image is not so close to the text), and finally, choose how you want it aligned.
7. Click OK.
Edit Your Image (documentation forthcoming)
Add Include Custom File (documentation forthcoming)
Add Navigation (documentation forthcoming)
1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Navigation module.
2.
Add Site Contact Information (functionality forthcoming)
1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Site Contact module.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 15 of 23
Add a Slideshow
2. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Slideshow module.
3. Click on Add Image.
4. Search for or upload your images.
5. Click on Insert.
6. Add your next image.
7. Rearrange your images using drag and drop.
8. Click on the Advanced tab to set how your slideshow will play.
9. Click on Save Settings.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 16 of 23
Add Text
1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Text module.
2. Enter your text in the Edit Content window.
3. Click Save.
The Editing Tools
SiteManager provides a full set of tools to simplify the process of editing your pages. Please be aware that although it looks like a toolbar you would find in Microsoft Word, editing a web page differs from editing a Word document. For example, if you hit <Enter> when editing a web page, you will automatically get double spacing, also known as a paragraph break. To get single spacing you have to hit <Shift> <Enter>, also known as a line break.
The Edit Toolbar
Cut
Copy
Paste
Pop-up Window
Roll-over text
Check Spelling
Spell Check As You Type
Undo
Redo
Find
Replace
Select All
Bold
Italic
Subscript
Superscript
Insert/Remove Numbered List
Insert/Remove Bulleted List
Decrease Indent
Increase Indent
Left Justify
Center Justify
Right Justify
Insert/Edit Link
Remove Link
Insert/Edit Anchor
Maximize
Styles
Remove Format
Insert/Edit Image
Insert/Edit Table
Insert Special Character
Maximize
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 17 of 23
Paste Text from Word
Chances are that you already have the text for your page typed, most likely in Microsoft Word. When pasting into the Edit Content Window, all of the formatting will be stripped
Styles
The styles available for you to use when formatting your pages are dependent on the Template. These are predefined styles and cannot be changed, i.e. use a different color, font or size.
Styles for pages on http://www.hamilton.edu need to follow the Web Style Guidelines (forthcoming).
Apply a Style
1. Select the text to which you want to apply a style.
2. From the Styles menu, choose the desired style.
Remove a Style (subject to change)
1. Select the text for which you want to remove the style.
2. Click on the Remove Format button on the toolbar.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 18 of 23
Insert/Edit URL Link
1. Highlight the text or image you want to become a link.
2. Click on the Insert/Edit Link button on the toolbar.
3. Under Link Type, select URL.
4. Either type or paste a link in the URL box or click on Browse Server.
5. Navigate to the page.
a. Use the preview button to see a preview of the page.
b. Use the link button to
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 19 of 23
6. To have the link open in a new browser window, click on the Target tab and from the drop down menu below Target, select New Window (_blank).
7. Click on OK.
Remove a Link
1. Highlight the text currently formatted as a link.
2. Click on the Remove Link button.
Insert/Edit E-mail Link
1. Highlight the text you want to become a link.
2. Click on the Insert/Edit Link button on the toolbar.
3. Under Link Type, select E-mail.
4. Type in the E-mail address and if desired, you can also type in the Message Subject and Message Body so that when a visitor clicks on an e-mail link, a portion of the e-mail message is created for them.
5. Click on OK.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 20 of 23
Insert/Edit Anchor
Anchors are used on a page to quickly take a visitor to a specific section of the page.
1. Place the cursor at the beginning of the line where you want the anchor to be.
2. Click on the Insert/Edit Anchor button.
3. Enter the name of the anchor in the Anchor Properties window that appears.
4. To use the anchor as a link, click on the Insert/Edit Link button.
5. Under Link Type, select Link to anchor in the text.
6. Select an anchor name from the drop down list.
7. Click on OK.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 21 of 23
Insert/Edit Image
Follow the instruction under Adding Images on page 13.
Insert/Edit Table
Known Issue: tables, bulleted lists and numbered lists appear center aligned in the editor, but are aligned correctly (left-aligned) on the actual page.
Use tables when you need to present information that lends itself to a tabular setup.
1. Place the cursor at the point you need the table to appear.
2. Click on the Insert/Edit Table button on the toolbar.
Width: Measured either in pixels (200 pixels is the default) or as a percent of the module area you are in. The width of Hamilton pages is 960 pixels.
Height: Measured in pixels.
Cell Spacing: sets the amount of space between adjacent layout cells (in pixels). This value should be less than 5.
Cell padding: sets the amount of space between the content of a layout cell and the cell boundary (in pixels). This value should be less than 5.
Headers: bolds the first row, first column, or both.
Border size: specifies the width, in pixels, of the table’s borders. A border size of zero will produce a borderless table, but you will see gridlines when editing your table.
Alignment: sets the alignment of the whole table. Since the default size of the table is 100%, he Center and Right choices will appear to have no effect.
3. Click on OK.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 22 of 23
4. Once your table is in place, you can right click in a cell or on the table to see the menu of options you can use to edit your table.
Adding Video (documentation forthcoming)
Accepted File Types: Flash (FLV) and Quicktime (MOV) (DV)
1. Follow the steps at the top of page eight to Add Content, selecting the Video module.
Log Out
When you have finished making changes to your pages, click on Log Out in the top right corner.
Last Modified on 07/28/10
SiteManager ver. 3.0 Page 23 of 23
Web publishing: Best practices
We’ve put together a few questions (and comments) to guide you through an examination of the content and structure of your Web site. As you begin to use SiteManager to edit and to update your Web pages, please take a few minutes to review these questions, and to think about how you can apply your answers to your Web site.
What is the most important information about you?
Publish only the content that you can manage comfortably. That content should give the maximum amount of information to the maximum amount of people. Organize your information in a way that will make the most sense to your audience, even if that conflicts with the way that your office is organized.
Think about what information from the rest of our Web site might be useful to your audience, and link to it. Trying to replicate it on your site just makes more work for you.
When was the last time your Web site was updated?
Current and accurate content is essential. If something on your Web site is obviously outdated, your audience will not trust your information. It’s useful to have a schedule of what you need to update, and when. Review any links that you have to make sure they are still valid and useful.
What pages on your site require your audience to scroll down through several screens in order to read everything?
On the Web, short and simple is best. Keep your information in easy-to-read chunks that your audience can quickly scan. If your text sounds awkward and wordy, it probably is.
When editing a page, make use of “bulleted” information, and use clear and useful subheadings to introduce ideas.
Who is your audience?
A Web page can’t be all things for all people. Consider who your audience is, and decide what you want them to take away from the page.
Survey Tool
Hamilton Website
The Survey Tool is a system used by Hamilton College to develop, send out, and analyze surveys. It is available to faculty, students, and staff.
To access it, go to the tools panel in MyHamilton, and under Info. Tech. Services, select Survey Tool. On the page, you will be asked for your username and password.
Creating a Survey
To create a survey, select New Survey... in the left-hand panel under survey utilities. After choosing to create a new survey, you will be asked to name your survey.
You can choose to require login to access the survey. You can use this to limit the survey to the Hamilton Community, or certain parts of it.
You can also choose to submit survey once, preventing participants from takng the survey multiple times. This is useful in preventing duplicates from appearing in your data.
You can choose to email upon submission, sending an email to a specified address once a survey is submitted.
Adding Content to your Survey
Select Add Content under survey utilities, and select the survey to which you want to add content.
You will be presented with multiple kinds of questions and descriptions for them. Select the kind of question you want, enter the data, and click next or complete, depending on the amount of data necessary for your question.
Editing your Survey
Select Edit Content under survey utilities, and select the survey to which you want to edit content.
The questions in your survey will appear, along with the options to edit or remove them.
Publishing Preferences
Select Publishing Preferences under survey utilities, and select the survey to which you want to publish.
Set a start date and end date. (Optional)
Add a header message and a thank you message.
Choose whether or not to use ITS Navigation.
Click save preferences.
Viewing Statistics
Select Publishing Preferences under survey utilities, and select the survey to which you want to see data for.
Under each question will be a details button, which will give you information on that question.
You can also export the result data using the button unde survey utilities to download the data into an excel file.
Distributing your Survey
To distribute your survey, select the URL button next to the survey title on the upper right corner of the page.
Paste that URL into e-mails and other messages so others can take your survey.
Web Publishing Using Mac OSX
Hamilton Website
OSX 10.6, 10.7, and newer
1.) From the Menu bar, choose Go
2.) Choose Connect to Server...
3.) To connect to:
WWW (the main Hamilton site), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/hamilton then click on Connect.
Academics (academics.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/Academics then click on Connect.
Students (students.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/Students then click on Connect.
4a.) An Authentication window will appear.
Hamilton employees, enter Hamilton-d\username for the Name
Hamilton students, enter Hamilton-s\username for the Name
4b.) Enter your network Password, then click Connect to connect.
OSX 10.5
1.) From the Menu bar, choose Go
2.) Choose Connect to Server...
3.) To connect to:
WWW (the main Hamilton site), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/hamilton then click on Connect.
Academics (academics.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/Academics then click on Connect.
Students (students.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/Students then click on Connect.
4a.) An Authentication window will appear.
Hamilton employees, enter Hamilton-d\username for the Name
Hamilton students, enter Hamilton-s\username for the Name
4b.) Enter your network Password, then click Connect to connect.
OSX 10.4
OSX 10.4 users cannot connect to polaris using the standard on-campus methods. Please follow the instructions for FTP.
Windows Web Publishing
Hamilton Website
Windows users can connect to the web server using Windows networking. This will make your web space appear as a disk or folder on your personal computer, allowing you to drag and drop files and folders to and from the web server, just as you do for other disks on your system.
Windows 7/Vista
Connect to the Web Server
Open the Start menu
Type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" into the search box and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following:
academics
hamilton
students
people
The folder will open as a new window.
Map a Drive
Open the Start menu
Right click on Network and select Map Network Drive...
In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following:
academics
hamilton
students
people
The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.
Windows XP
Connect to the Web Server
Open the Start menu
Choose Run
In the open field of the dialog box, type
\\Polaris
Click OK
The folder will open as a new window.
Map a Drive
Open the Start menu
Right click on My Network Places and select Map Network Drive.
In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following:
academics
hamilton
students
people
Click OK
The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.
Troubleshooting
Please contact the Help Desk x4181 if you are having trouble connecting to Polaris.
Create a High-Quality Videoconference
HillChat
Environment Optimization
Regardless which videoconferencing solution is chosen for the communication, it will be important to prepare the location where your call will take place so as to realize the most optimal, standard experience for all involved parties.
General Considerations
Regardless of the conversation type, if the communication is high-risk/high-value, at least one test should be performed with all participants before the actual conversation.
Remember that accidents can happen: pets can meander into the conversation and voice their opinions, cell phones have the potential of ringing, and items can fall and clatter. While all participants should attempt to prepare for these eventualities, it is best to just accept that they are a part of the conversation, a normative experience, and therefore look past them.
Remember that participants within the domain of the webcam and the microphone are involved in the videoconference: anything uttered or any act performed within range of either device will be transmitted to all participants. It behooves everyone to be aware (by dint of the Preview available on all computers/software) of what will be seen and heard before the videoconference begins. As the character Doctor Emmett Brown opined in the movie Back to the Future, "no wonder your president has to be an actor, [they] have to look good on television."
Lighting
Proper lighting is an essential ingredient for a successful, high-quality videoconference. "A webcam isn't the most flattering piece of technology," according to Stephen Winzenburg in an article for the Winter/Spring 2012 edition of the Chronicle of Higher Education, "[it can] make you appear gaunt, overweight, beady eyed, or narcoleptic. And often you look all those things at the same time." To ensure that all participants see each other in the best possible light, everyone should:
Ensure your environment is well-lit--turn on as many lights as possible;
Be mindful of such issues as camera angle, background, and any other light sources that might affect the conversation;
A room with a window might be a nice place to have a chat, but the sun streaming in can wreak havoc on the quality of the conversation;
If you must have a conversation in a room with a window, be sure to test your setup around the same time you anticipate having the conversation to ensure a uniform experience;
Test, test, test, test, test: almost all software and computers have the ability to provide participants with a preview and this preview is what other participants will actually see--make sure the contents of the preview are what you want the other participants to see.
If a high-quality conversation is desired, it may behoove participants to purchase a dedicated webcam. ITS has enjoyed success with devices like the Microsoft LifeCam HD-6000.
Sound
Problems with sound are reliable sources of videoconferencing woes. In addition to the ambient noise issue covered in the "Location" section, there are other potential problems one should be aware of:
Echo/Feedback
A problem arises whenever a sound input is colocated with a sound output: If you put a microphone IN FRONT of a speaker, a positive feedback loop will be generated, i.e. loud, screechy, piercing sound that is painful. Be sure either to place the speaker far away from the microphone, wear headphones to ameliorate the problem, or invest in a microphone with integrate anti-feedback technology.
Most laptops, all-in-one desktops (e.g. the iMac), and smartphones have built-in webcameras, microphones, and speakers. While they are sometimes configured to interoperate without generated feedback, one cannot rely on them working perfectly, especially for high-value conversations. All participants are STRONGLY encouraged to wear headphones to eliminate echoing/feedback.
Configuration
The peripherals required to perform a videoconference interoperate well, but are susceptible to problems. If participants are unable to hear each other, see each other, or connect, there may be a problem with the configuration of the peripherals, the software for the chat (e.g. Skype, Google Talk), or the drivers that the computer uses to communicate with the devices. While easier with the built-in microphone, webcam, speaker setup, problems can plague those setups. ITS strongly recommends testing the full setup before any videoconference. If problems are identified before the actual conversation, chances are better that they can be troubleshooted and resolved without conflicting with the actual conversation.
Accessibility Issues
Hearing Aids/Lipreaders
All communications conducted using these solutions will be affected to varying degrees by synchronicity issues. For example: participants may notice that mouths move independently of the sound they generate. While this is becoming a normative experience, it can be jarring, especially for those who need to read lips to understand what is being said. Proper balancing of audio is also key to ensure that participants whose hearing is impaired can participate equally in the conversation .
Location
Through the miracle of modern technology, these conversations can now take place at any time and in any location, e.g. cafés, libraries, street corners, dorm rooms, hospitals, vel sim. Just because they can take place in every location does not necessarily mean they ought to take place in every location. Both parties should consider:
The ambient noise in their respective environments--loud environs equals bad conversations;
The people whom they might affect with the conversation--not everyone needs to be privy to the conversation;
The speed of the internet conections at the locations--a low-speed DSL connection will not create a good videoconferencing experience (You can test your bandwidth here.)
A Few Things to Know About the HillConnect Environment
HillConnect
Return to HillConnect Homepage
Getting help
Google continuously updates its core e-mail and calendar programs so that new features are brought to you as soon as they become available. Consequently, if you see something new that is unclear, your best bet is to take advantage of the online help built in to HillMail and HillCal.
How do I access the HillConnect environment directly?
To log in directly to your HillMail account, please go to: http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu
What is the "Migrated" label/folder?
If you had an active e-mail account at Hamilton prior to May 2010 and your account was transitioned to HillConnect, a label/folder with the name "Migrated" was created during the transition process.
It's important to know that what the old mail server referred to as a" folder" is now referred to as a "label" in the new system. A fundamental difference between the two storage methods is that with the new Google system multiple labels can be assigned to message where previously in the old SUN system a single message could be assigned to only one folder.
Therefore you can delete the label/folder named "Migrated" and not delete the associated messages.
I no longer receive a copy of any messages I send to Hamilton Listserv's what do I need to do?
Google will not deliver mail to you that you send to a Listserv list. So that you can tell whether your message was processed, your subscription settings are automatically set so that you will receive an acknowledgment e-mail message from Listserv when your message is delivered to a list.
If you still wish to see a copy of your message in your INBOX, you can add your e-mail address to the CC (carbon copy) line when you address your message to the list. Note that the CC line is processed independently from the TO line. Therefore, receipt of the message in your INBOX is not confirmation that your message was distributed to the list. Only the acknowledgement message noted above can be considered confirmation that your message was distributed.
How Can I Change Label Colors?
The default color assigned to a label is so light it is almost invisible. To change the color, click the square to the right of the label (folder name) and select a color from the palette that appears.
Our office/organization shares an account, how many connections can we have to our HillMail account through a client?
You are limited to ten simultaneous logins via a client, i.e. if you share an account and use Thunderbird/Outlook/AppleMail. You are not limited by the number of web logins.
Configuring Apple Mail for HillConnect Mail
HillConnect
For Mac OSX 10.5.x & 10.6.x only
These instructions detail how to configure your e-mail client, Apple Mail to access Hamilton’s HillMail email system (powered by Google).
Configuring Windows Mail for HillConnect Mail
HillConnect
Configure Settings for HillMail
To change the incoming server settings, click the Tools menu and then select Accounts. Click on your Hamilton Email account and select Properties then click the Servers tab.
Set Incoming mail (IMAP) to: imap.gmail.com
Set Outgoing mail (SMTP) to: smtp.gmail.com
Set E-mail username to: username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID
Set User Name to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Check the box that says: My server requires authentication
screenshot
Click the Advanced tab.
Set the Outgoing mail (SMTP) port to: 465
Check the box that says: This server requires a secure connection (SSL)
Set the Incoming mail (IMAP) port to: 993
Check the box that says: This server requires a secure connection (SSL)
If a window pops up, “Would you like to refresh your folder list?”, click Yes
screenshot
To change the Hamilton address book settings, click the Tools menu and then select Accounts. Under Contacts select Hamilton AD and click Properties.
Set Contacts Directory Account to: Hamilton AD
Set Server Name to bud2c.hamilton.edu
Click the box that says: This server requires me to log on
Set Account name: to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
screenshot
Click the Advanced tab.
Set the port for Contacts Directory (LDAP): to 3269
Click the box that says: This server requires a secure connection (SSL).
Set the Search base to: dc=Hamilton,dc=edu (no spaces).
Click OK and then Close.
screenshot
Click the Sync icon and type in your e-mail password. Your mail folders should populate with your Hamilton e-mail.
E-mail and Spam
HillConnect
Topics covered on this page
What is SPAM?
SPAM and Identity Theft
What is Hamilton doing about SPAM?
What do I need to do?
What is SPAM?
Unsolicited "junk" e-mail sent to large numbers of people to promote products or services. The majority of spam is simply advertising. Some spam, however, is highly suspicious in nature and can expose users to threats such as viruses, spyware, and identity theft.
Back to top
SPAM and Identity Theft
Spam is becoming an increasingly popular vehicle for scam artists to commit identity theft by tricking the recipients into supplying personal information such as credit card numbers or online passwords. This type of spam is called "Phishing."
Phishing attacks work by the scam artist sending 'spoofed' e-mail messages that appear to come from an online company that you do business with such as a bank, credit company, online payment service, E-bay, ISP, etc.; businesses that require users to have a personal information for their accounts. The e-mail message will ask you to verify or update your account details by replying to the message, entering the information in a pop-up window, or following a link in the message.
The fraudulent messages will often contain the company logo and official-looking formatting that mirrors formatting on the company's real website. If the message contains a link, that link usually points to a fake website that also looks like the company's real website. These messages will often have a sense of urgency and somewhat threatening tone, saying that your account will be suspended or deleted if you do not verify/update within a short timeframe.
How to protect yourself:
Never respond to e-mail messages that request personal information. Legitimate companies will never ask for personal information over e-mail. When they do correspond with customers via e-mail, they generally send personalized messages that refer to you by your full name, whereas phishers do not. Even if you think the e-mail may be legitimate, do not respond to it. Contact the company directly.
Never click on a link in an unsolicited e-mail message.
Phishers will often include links to webpages that look authentic with addresses that also look authentic. There are several ways that this can be faked. If you want to log into your online account, go to the company's website by typing its address into the address bar and log in directly.
Never e-mail personal or financial information. E-mail is not a secure medium for transmitting sensitive information. If you initiate a transaction and want to provide personal and/or financial information through an organization's website, look for indicators that the site is secure, like a lock in the browser's status bar or a URL that begins with https:// (note the 's' for 'secure' in 'https'). Unfortunately, no indicator is foolproof; some phishers have forged security icons.
Report phishing attempts. If you receive an e-mail that has any of the following above, select the e-mail and click the Report Spam icon. For more information on removing spam forever from your account, please click here: http://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?answer=6602
Back to top
What is Hamilton doing about SPAM?
Hamilton's mail server is now powered by Google which has an automated spam filter. Although HillConnect will pick up most phishing attempts and remove them from your inbox, you may still receive spam e-mails. You can easily remove these from your inbox by clicking the Report Spam icon. The more spam e-mails you mark as spam, the better job Google's system can do in removing future spam e-mails from your inbox. Click the links below for more information from Google below
http://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?answer=6602
http://mail.google.com/support/bin/answer.py?hl=en&answer=190737&topic=1669056
Back to top
What do I need to do?
Follow the guidelines listed above on how to protect yourself from identity theft.
Back to top
HillConnect Resources
HillConnect
Hamilton's e-mail system is HillConnect, powered by Google.
The information provided below is designed to address some of the more common questions related to using your e-mail account at Hamilton College. If you have specific questions regarding the functionality or your account (e.g. how to create "groups"), please try using the Help feature built-in to your HillConnect account (click on the "gear" icon in the upper right corner of your HillConnect e-mail screen). If you find that to be insufficient, please contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181.
Topics Covered
Requesting an e-mail account
Activating your HillConnect account
Accessing your e-mail via the Web
Using your HillConnect account
About the HillConnect environment
Changing your existing password
Forgotten password
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail client application
Configuring your mobile device
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
Graduate E-mail Account FAQ
Requesting an e-mail account
New Student Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for students when they are admitted. Consequently, there should never be a need for a student to request an e-mail account for their own personal use.
New Employee Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for employees when we receive official notification from Human Resources. New faculty accounts are created when we receive official notification from the Dean of Faculty office.
Temporary Employee Accounts: To request a temporary employee account, please complete the form found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/survey-manager/survey?id=1304. Please notify ITS as far in advance as possible when requesting an account as there are several processes that must take place to ensure your temp has access to all the resources he/she will need.
Departmental Accounts: Accounts for departmental use can be requested by contacting Debby Quayle at x4031 or by e-mail at dquayle@hamilton.edu.
Organizational Accounts: Student organizations can request accounts when they register on the Student Activities web site. If the organization elects not to register, they must have an employee/faculty sponsor.
Back to top
Activating Your HillConnect Account
Your Hamilton e-mail account must be activated before it can be used. Instrucstions can be found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/youraccount
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via the web
Regardless of whether you are off campus or on campus you can check your e-mail from any computer as long as it has access to the Internet (World Wide Web). Once you are connected to the Internet, point your browser (Internet Explorer, Safari, Firefox, etc.) to http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu.
You can also access your e-mail via the e-mail channel in My Hamilton at http://my.hamilton.edu.
Back to top
Using Your HillConnect Account
About the HillConnect Environment
Mac/Windows
Understanding conversations
Google Apps Overview Video
How to set up forwarding in HillConnect
From Google
How to Configure Filters
From Lynda.com
To view these videos, please email learnit@hamilton.edu for an account
Gmail Essentials Video
Calendar Essentials Video
Changing your existing password
There are two ways to change your password. The Change Password Form allows you to enter a new e-mail password that will also become your new network password. The Synchronize Password link will use your existing network password and will make your e-mail password match it.
Change Password Form: Changes your e-mail password and your ESS/SSS at the same time.
Synchronize Password Form: Changing your HillConnect Password to Match Your ESS/SSS Password.
Forgotten Password
Current students and employees need to contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181 or e-mail us at helpdesk@hamilton.edu for assistance. Instructions for other members of the Hamilton Community.
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail software application
You can access your Hamilton e-mail account using e-mail client software that supports the IMAP mail protocol. ITS supports the use of Mozilla Thunderbird and provides comprehensive documentation for configuring and using Thunderbird. College-owned computers for employees have Thunderbird installed and configured for the computer's user. If you want to install and configure Thunderbird on your personal computer to access your e-mail please contact the ITS Help Desk.
Thunderbird
Installing & Configuring for HillConnect E-mail
Outlook
How to Configure Microsoft Outlook 2010
Apple Mail
How to Configure Apple Mail
Windows Mail
How to Configure Windows Mail
Others
If you are comfortable using another e-mail program without support from ITS, you can use the generic settings below as a guide for setting up one of these e-mail clients. If you need further assistance, use the Help feature in the program or refer to the support webster for the respective software company.
Settings for any client
Configuring Your Mobile Devices
Configuring my mobile device for mail, calendar, and contacts
Back to top
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
The Hamilton ListServ system allows you to quickly send an e-mail to a group of individuals, such as a club or organization, the entire campus community, or certain class year of students. The ListServ groups for the entire campus, all students, all faculty, all employees, or a particular class year are mass mailing lists which are subject to certain policies. For more information on mass mailing policies and how to use ListServ, see the information on our ListServ web page:
ListServ Mailing List Info
Back to top
Migrating Thunderbird Address Book to HillConnect
HillConnect
Exporting Contacts from Thunderbird
Open Thunderbird.
Click on the Address Book icon at the top.
PC Mac
In the Address Book, go to Tools > Export.
PC Mac
Select Comma Separated from the Save as Type pull-down menu.
Type Contacts in the File Name: field.
Click Save.
PC Mac
Importing contacts into HillConnect
Log into HillConnect at http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu
Click on Contacts in the left-hand column.
Click Import in the bottom left- hand corner.
Click Browse.
Locate your Contacts.csv file—by default saved on the Desktop—you just exported from Thunderbird.
Click Import.
A message will announce the successful completion of the Import process. Click OK.
Click on the imported contacts (in the picture below: Imported 12/13/11). Select More and choose Rename Group. When prompted by a pop-up window, type Thunderbird Contacts. Click OK.
You’re all set! Your contacts will appear in the middle column and will automatically be referenced when you compose your e-mail.
Moving Your HillConnect Mail to Another Account
HillConnect
This document describes how to move your HillConnect mail into another account. Detailed instructions are provided for moving it into a commercial Gmail account.
Moving your Hamilton mail to a Commercial Gmail Account
These instructions assume you have already established an account with Google (gmail.com).
Click on the gear icon in the upper right corner of your screen next to your e-mail address. From the menu that appears, select Mail Settings.
In the Settings screen, click on the link labeled Forwarding and POP/IMAP.
Even though your settings may already indicate that “POP is enabled for all mail….”, go ahead and click in the dot next to “Enable POP for all mail (even mail that’s already been downloaded”. Then click on the Save Changes button at the bottom of the Settings page.
Log in to your commercial Gmail account (http://gmail.google.com). NOTE: If you have not previously configured your Hamilton account to allow multiple account logins, you will have to log out of your Hamilton account before logging in to your commercial (.com) Gmail account.
Once you are in your commercial account, click on the gear icon and select Mail Settings.
Click on the link labeled Accounts and Import and then click on the link on that page labeled Import mail and contacts (see below).
Enter your HillConnect account address (e.g. dquayle@hamilton.edu) and click on Continue.
Enter your HillConnect password and click on Continue.
In the next screen enter your password again as prompted.
For the next 6 steps, please refer to the image below:
Change the POP user name to include @hamilton.edu (e.g. dquayle2@hamilton.edu)
Change the SMTP server to pop.gmail.com
Click on the link to the right of "Port: 110" labeled Edit
Click in the box to select “Use SSL”
Change the port to 995
Click on Continue
In the next screen select the following check boxes:
Import Mail
Optional: Select to “Leave a copy of retrieved messages on the server”. NOTE: In some cases, checking this option will prevent the transfer from beginning. If that occurs, uncheck it and try again.
Add a label to all imported mail [dquayle2@hamilton.edu] This will allow you to easily identify the mail that was imported from your Hamilton account.
18. Click on Start Import.
19. You should see a confirmation page that informs you the import has begun. Click on OK.
NOTE: The transfer of your mail can take DAYS. Google gives it a very low priority but it does take place. You can check on the progress by doing a search in your Gmail.com account for all mail labeled userID@hamilton.edu (substitute your real user ID where “userID” appears”). If the number of messages found with that label in your Gmail.com account matches the number of messages in your “all mail” label (folder) in your HillConnect account, then it is done!!
When the transfer has finished you should do the following:
Log in to your Hamilton HillConnect account and set it up to forward your mail to your Gmail.com account. You can do this by going to the gear icon and again select Mail Settings. Click on Forwarding & POP/IMAP, fill in the address for your Gmail.com account and click Save Changes.
Next, log in to your Gmail.com account. Click on the gear icon, select Mail Settings and then select Accounts and Import.
In the middle of the section, where it is labeled Check mail using POP3, you’ll see a link labeled “delete” to the far right. Click on the “delete” link. Doing so will break the tie between your two accounts. From here on, new mail addressed to your Hamilton account will automatically arrive in your gmail.com account.
Your Hamilton College Electronic Resources Account
HillConnect
Your Hamilton College Electronic Resources Account
What Your Account Will Access
Depending on your role at Hamilton, the account details (username and password) you were provided may be used for e-mail, our wired and wireless network, network printing, and a variety of web resources like My Hamilton, Blackboard and Citrix. At present, your password is synchronized so that it will work with the various systems to which you may have been given access. At a minimum, faculty, employees, and students are given access to e-mail, the network (wired and wireless) and to printing.
Guidelines for Account Use
Good account security depends on keeping your account ID and password private. If your password is easily guessed or discovered it puts the College network and all of your electronic resources at risk. It also means someone can engage in illegal activities on the Internet in your name.
You are encouraged to familiarize yourself with Hamilton’s guidelines and policies regarding the appropriate use of our network resources. They can be read online by selecting Policies on the left side of this page. In the Policies section, click on Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards. In particular, you are encouraged to read the guidelines for sending mass e-mail.
Activating your E-mail Account
Prior to using your e-mail account, it must be activated. To do so, go to http://my.hamilton.edu and log in using the ID (username) and password shown on the sheet you received. Once you have logged in to My Hamilton, click on the link that appears across the top of the My Hamilton page (as illustrated below). From there, follow the on screen instructions that will guide you through the activation process.
Changing your password
Instructions for changing your password(s) can be found in the following document:
http://www.hamilton.edu/college/its/documentation/e-mail/general/external/hto-changepasswords-all.pdf
The extent to which your account has been granted access to Hamilton network resources will determine the best way to change your password. If the instructions referenced above do not work for this account, please contact the ITS Help Desk at the number below.
Using Your E-mail Account
Once your account has been activated, you can access your e-mail by logging in to http://my.hamilton.edu and then by clicking on “Read e-mail”. This will require a second login. You can also log in to your e-mail account directly by going to http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu. If this is a network-only account, it can be used immediately at the login prompt on Hamilton College computers (lab and office).
To configure your mobile device for e-mail and wireless access
To configure your mobile device for your e-mail account, please visit: http://my.hamilton.edu/information-technology-services/hillconnect. To configure your mobile devide for our wireless network, please visit: http://my.hamilton.edu/information-technology-services/hillconnect/mobile-wi-fi.
To configure your personal computer for Hamilton's wireless network
To configure your personally owned computer for Hamilton's wireless network prior to your arrival or once you are here, please visit: https://my.hamilton.edu/information-technology-services/quick-reference-guide/network-1/secure-wireless?
Problems?
If you experience problems with your Hamilton account, please call the ITS Help Desk at (315) 859-4181.
Hours:
Late May - Late August, M-F, 8:00 AM – 4:00 PM
Late August–late May, M-F 8:30 AM – 4:30 PM.
A Few Things to Know About the HillConnect Environment
HillMail
Return to HillConnect Homepage
Getting help
Google continuously updates its core e-mail and calendar programs so that new features are brought to you as soon as they become available. Consequently, if you see something new that is unclear, your best bet is to take advantage of the online help built in to HillMail and HillCal.
How do I access the HillConnect environment directly?
To log in directly to your HillMail account, please go to: http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu
What is the "Migrated" label/folder?
If you had an active e-mail account at Hamilton prior to May 2010 and your account was transitioned to HillConnect, a label/folder with the name "Migrated" was created during the transition process.
It's important to know that what the old mail server referred to as a" folder" is now referred to as a "label" in the new system. A fundamental difference between the two storage methods is that with the new Google system multiple labels can be assigned to message where previously in the old SUN system a single message could be assigned to only one folder.
Therefore you can delete the label/folder named "Migrated" and not delete the associated messages.
I no longer receive a copy of any messages I send to Hamilton Listserv's what do I need to do?
Google will not deliver mail to you that you send to a Listserv list. So that you can tell whether your message was processed, your subscription settings are automatically set so that you will receive an acknowledgment e-mail message from Listserv when your message is delivered to a list.
If you still wish to see a copy of your message in your INBOX, you can add your e-mail address to the CC (carbon copy) line when you address your message to the list. Note that the CC line is processed independently from the TO line. Therefore, receipt of the message in your INBOX is not confirmation that your message was distributed to the list. Only the acknowledgement message noted above can be considered confirmation that your message was distributed.
How Can I Change Label Colors?
The default color assigned to a label is so light it is almost invisible. To change the color, click the square to the right of the label (folder name) and select a color from the palette that appears.
Our office/organization shares an account, how many connections can we have to our HillMail account through a client?
You are limited to ten simultaneous logins via a client, i.e. if you share an account and use Thunderbird/Outlook/AppleMail. You are not limited by the number of web logins.
Configuring Apple Mail for HillConnect Mail
HillMail
For Mac OSX 10.5.x & 10.6.x only
These instructions detail how to configure your e-mail client, Apple Mail to access Hamilton’s HillMail email system (powered by Google).
Configuring Microsoft Outlook for HillConnect Mail
HillMail
These instructions detail how to configure Microsoft Outlook 2010 to access Hamilton’s HillMail e-mail system (powered by Google). If you have a different version of Microsoft Outlook, these instructions can still provide some assistance.
Go to the File tab, Info, and select Add Account.
Choose Manually configure server settings and or additional server type.
Click Next.
Select Internet E-mail.
Click Next.
Edit the following fields:
Set Incoming mail server: to imap.gmail.com
Set Outgoing mail server (SMTP): to smtp.gmail.com
Set User Name: to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Click on More Settings.
Select the General tab and set Mail Account to HillMail.
Click on the Advanced tab.
Set Incoming server (IMAP): to 993.
Use the following type of encrypted connection: SSL.
Set Outgoing server (SMTP): to 465.
Use the following type of encrypted connection: SSL (Under SMTP).
Click OK.
Click Next.
Click Finish.
To change the Hamilton address book settings click on File, Info and then select Account Settings and then select the Address Books tab. Click the New button and then select Internet Directory Service (LDAP) and then Next.
Set Server Name to bud2c.hamilton.edu
Check the box for: This server requires me to log on.
Set User Name: to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Click on More Settings.
Set Display Name: to Hamilton AD
Set Port: to 3269
Check the box for: Use Secure Sockets Layer.
Click OK, Next and then Finish.
Click Close.
Click the Send/Receive tab, Send/Receive All Folders and type in your e-mail password. Your mail folders should populate with your Hamilton e-mail.
Fine Tune Outlook Settings for HillMail
In Outlook click on View, then View Settings. Click on the Sort... button.
Select Sent from the drop down box.
Verify that the radio-button for Descending is selected.
Click OK, then Yes, then OK.
Then click back to Columns.
Select Received on the right hand column and select Remove.
Then click OK.
IMPORTANT NOTE: If you already had rules set up prior to updating Outlook to work with your HillConnect account, you might need to recreate your rules for every Hamilton account you check in Outlook. Those rules that move mail to local folders will continue to work as before but those that move mail to an IMAP folder might need to be recreated.
Configuring Windows Mail for HillConnect Mail
HillMail
Configure Settings for HillMail
To change the incoming server settings, click the Tools menu and then select Accounts. Click on your Hamilton Email account and select Properties then click the Servers tab.
Set Incoming mail (IMAP) to: imap.gmail.com
Set Outgoing mail (SMTP) to: smtp.gmail.com
Set E-mail username to: username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID
Set User Name to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Check the box that says: My server requires authentication
screenshot
Click the Advanced tab.
Set the Outgoing mail (SMTP) port to: 465
Check the box that says: This server requires a secure connection (SSL)
Set the Incoming mail (IMAP) port to: 993
Check the box that says: This server requires a secure connection (SSL)
If a window pops up, “Would you like to refresh your folder list?”, click Yes
screenshot
To change the Hamilton address book settings, click the Tools menu and then select Accounts. Under Contacts select Hamilton AD and click Properties.
Set Contacts Directory Account to: Hamilton AD
Set Server Name to bud2c.hamilton.edu
Click the box that says: This server requires me to log on
Set Account name: to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
screenshot
Click the Advanced tab.
Set the port for Contacts Directory (LDAP): to 3269
Click the box that says: This server requires a secure connection (SSL).
Set the Search base to: dc=Hamilton,dc=edu (no spaces).
Click OK and then Close.
screenshot
Click the Sync icon and type in your e-mail password. Your mail folders should populate with your Hamilton e-mail.
How to Move your Local Folders into your IMAP account
HillMail
This document explains in general terms how to move “local” mail folders onto the mail server. By “local” we mean mail folders that are listed only in your client software (e.g.Thunderbird, Outlook, Apple Mail) and do not appear when you login to the Hamilton mail server. Local folders are typically used to store old mail, excess mail or mail you don’t need to access when you are away from campus. It resides strictly on the hard drive of your computer.
Example: Thunderbird (Windows & Macintosh)
These are the folders that appear in your client software (e.g. Thunderbird) and will also appear on the mail server. These are typically referred to as your IMAP folders.
These are the folders in which you may have stored old mail, excess mail or mail you don’t need to see when you are away from campus. The folders are located only on the hard drive of your computer and are therefore not visible when you login to the Hamilton web mail server.
NOTE: In Microsoft Outlook, the local folders are called Personal Folders and appear at the top of the list of folders. In Mac Mail your local folders will appear at the top of your list of folders and may be in a section labeled “On My Mac”.
Moving your local mail to Gmail
The advantage to moving your local mail to Gmail after the transition is that you can potentially take more time to decide which of your local mail folders to move to Gmail. Gmail provides 7 gigabytes (GB) of storage, which should accommodate most peoples’ needs. You can easily determine your exact quota usage by logging in to your Gmail account and then look to the bottom of the screen.
Example quota in Gmail.
screenshot
How to move a folder
Regardless of the client software you use, the process of moving a folder is essentially the same. Note that in some e-mail software (e.g. MS Outlook), a “move folder” feature exists, which makes the process very easy. It assumes you wish to move the entire content of a mail folder. However, ITS recommends you copy your local folders first and then compare the folders in your client and Gmail to ensure the local folders have all been copied. See below for instructions. You can move a folder back to your local folders if you change your mind. Moving only selected messages is described below in the Problems? section.
Start by clicking once on the folder name. This is usually sufficient to highlight the folder in the list of folders.
With the folder name highlighted, click on it once more but do not release the mouse button.
With the mouse button still held down, carefully move the folder to the name of your account (which typically appears above your first IMAP mail folder). In the example above, the IMAP account is called tsylla@me.com. NOTE: If the folders are very far apart you can move the mouse to the top of (or bottom) until the list starts to scroll. If it fails to scroll you may have to move the folder in stages.
When you are directly over the name of your IMAP account, the name will highlight (darken). This is how you know you are “on” it. Now it is safe to release the mouse button. Doing so will start transferring a copy of the folder.
Depending on how much mail is in the folder you moved, the time it takes to create the new folder and copy its contents may be brief or may take several seconds. It is important to be patient.
After the folder has been successfully copied to your IMAP account, you can compare its contents to the copy that remains in your local folders. When you feel comfortable they are the same, it is safe to delete the folder in your local folders. Be sure to open a few messages that may contain attachments to confirm whether the attachments will open.
After you have moved each folder, you should click on the “get mail” icon (or “send/receive” in Outlook) to see whether you’ve received a quota warning. You can also check your quota using the methods described above on page one.
Problems?
If you are unable to move a folder because the mail it contains is corrupted or not formatted correctly for the server, you may receive a warning like the following. The text may differ slightly from one mail program to another but the essence of the message will be that the mail cannot be moved.
Unfortunately, the only remedy is to manually move messages one (or a few) at a time. To do this, you must first create the new folder in your IMAP account that will receive the messages. Next, open the local folder containing the corrupted mail and then highlight (select) one (or a few) of the messages it contains and drag them onto the name of the new folder as described above. If the message copies successfully, repeat the process until you discover the message (or messages) that cannot be copied. Skip the faulty message and continue with the remainder.
Moving Your HillConnect Mail to Another Account
HillMail
This document describes how to move your HillConnect mail into another account. Detailed instructions are provided for moving it into a commercial Gmail account.
Moving your Hamilton mail to a Commercial Gmail Account
These instructions assume you have already established an account with Google (gmail.com).
Click on the gear icon in the upper right corner of your screen next to your e-mail address. From the menu that appears, select Mail Settings.
In the Settings screen, click on the link labeled Forwarding and POP/IMAP.
Even though your settings may already indicate that “POP is enabled for all mail….”, go ahead and click in the dot next to “Enable POP for all mail (even mail that’s already been downloaded”. Then click on the Save Changes button at the bottom of the Settings page.
Log in to your commercial Gmail account (http://gmail.google.com). NOTE: If you have not previously configured your Hamilton account to allow multiple account logins, you will have to log out of your Hamilton account before logging in to your commercial (.com) Gmail account.
Once you are in your commercial account, click on the gear icon and select Mail Settings.
Click on the link labeled Accounts and Import and then click on the link on that page labeled Import mail and contacts (see below).
Enter your HillConnect account address (e.g. dquayle@hamilton.edu) and click on Continue.
Enter your HillConnect password and click on Continue.
In the next screen enter your password again as prompted.
For the next 6 steps, please refer to the image below:
Change the POP user name to include @hamilton.edu (e.g. dquayle2@hamilton.edu)
Change the SMTP server to pop.gmail.com
Click on the link to the right of "Port: 110" labeled Edit
Click in the box to select “Use SSL”
Change the port to 995
Click on Continue
In the next screen select the following check boxes:
Import Mail
Optional: Select to “Leave a copy of retrieved messages on the server”. NOTE: In some cases, checking this option will prevent the transfer from beginning. If that occurs, uncheck it and try again.
Add a label to all imported mail [dquayle2@hamilton.edu] This will allow you to easily identify the mail that was imported from your Hamilton account.
18. Click on Start Import.
19. You should see a confirmation page that informs you the import has begun. Click on OK.
NOTE: The transfer of your mail can take DAYS. Google gives it a very low priority but it does take place. You can check on the progress by doing a search in your Gmail.com account for all mail labeled userID@hamilton.edu (substitute your real user ID where “userID” appears”). If the number of messages found with that label in your Gmail.com account matches the number of messages in your “all mail” label (folder) in your HillConnect account, then it is done!!
When the transfer has finished you should do the following:
Log in to your Hamilton HillConnect account and set it up to forward your mail to your Gmail.com account. You can do this by going to the gear icon and again select Mail Settings. Click on Forwarding & POP/IMAP, fill in the address for your Gmail.com account and click Save Changes.
Next, log in to your Gmail.com account. Click on the gear icon, select Mail Settings and then select Accounts and Import.
In the middle of the section, where it is labeled Check mail using POP3, you’ll see a link labeled “delete” to the far right. Click on the “delete” link. Doing so will break the tie between your two accounts. From here on, new mail addressed to your Hamilton account will automatically arrive in your gmail.com account.
Installing the Citrix Client on your Computer
IBM SPSS
Installing Citrix Client
These instructions only pertain to your personal computer. If you are on a public lab, or Hamilton-issued computer, the Citrix Client has been preinstalled. This process need be followed only once for any single computer in any academic year. If it has been some time since you last installed the Citrix client on your computer, you may want to update the client for the best performance. The steps for installation are:
• On a Windows system:
o Log into the Citrixweb page.
• A page will appear that prompts you to download the client. Place a check in the check box and click Download. The file will request to be saved to your computer. Please save it to your Desktop.
• Double-click on the installer when it when it has downloaded.
• Once the installation has completed, click the Continue button on the web page.
• Proceed to Launching Citrix Programs.
• If this does not seem to be the case for you, follow the directions for updating below.
• On a Macintosh system:
o After logging in, you will be taken to a screen that will prompt you to download the plugin.
o Click Download to download the plugin.
o The Citrix Plug-in DMG file will download to your Desktop or Downloads folder. Find the file and double-click on it.
o A window will open containing the plug-in installation file—double-click it to launch the installer.
o Install the app by clicking Continue and Agree until you see a window that indicates the software has been installed successfully.
o Once the installation has completed, click the Continue button on the web page.
o Proceed to Launching Citrix Programs.
o If this does not seem to be the case for you, follow the directions for updating below.
• Updating your Citrix client, any system
o Log into the Citrixweb page.
o Near the top of the applications page, you will see a horizontal bar with some menu choices in it. The “Applications” menu will probably be dark blue, indicating that the “Applications” screen is what you are seeing.
o Click on the “Preferences” menu and select “Connection Preferences”.
o Under “Client settings”, click on “Run Client Detection”.
• If you are immediately returned to the “Applications” screen, you should see an information message under the menu bar and above the applications list that says “The preferred client is already available on your computer.”
• You’re done, there is no update or installation necessary.
o If you don’t have the most current version of the client, you will be taken to a screen that allows you to download the client.
• Follow the directions on that page to download the client.
• If you receive a warning about the file having been downloaded from the internet, click “Save file” or “Open”, according to the screen you see.
• Double click the saved file to run.
• If asked if you want to allow the program to make changes to your computer, click “Yes”.
o You should now be able to return to the Citrixweb Application page, and select the software you wish to use.
Introduction to Citrix
IBM SPSS
What is Citrix?
The computers in public labs deliver some specialized software via Citrix – a client/server configuration that makes software more broadly available to students and faculty. In this model, there is a server which runs the Citrix system, and on which Windows desktop software, like SPSS or Maple, has been installed. There is also a client, a small piece of software that you, the end user, install on your personal computer. Finally, there is a web page (http://citrixweb.hamilton.edu) that allows you to tell the Citrix server which software you want to run. After that, the program you choose runs on the Citrix server, but looks like it is running on your personal computer. You get access to all the same resources you can normally access from your computer.
Note that it doesn’t matter whether your personal computer is a Macintosh or Windows computer. Citrix has a client written for either of these computer platforms, and will make the necessary translation so that you can run the software from your computer - that is “from”, not “on”. The actual software, such as Exceed or Stata, never runs on your personal computer, only on the Citrix server.
One of the important advantages of the Citrix server for teaching and learning is the ability of the students to access the software from their dormitory rooms, or even away from campus - any location where they can use the web to reach http://citrixweb.hamilton.edu/. It is also possible for faculty to use this URL to reach the software from home as well as the office. However, be aware that you must remain connected to the internet for your entire Citrix work session.
Available Programs
As of August 2011, the following programs are available through Citrix:
• Exceed 14
• iThink 9
• Maple 15
• SPSS Statistics 19
• Stata 11
• StatView 5
If you would like to request a new program be added to the Citrix server, please contact the Instructional Technology Support Services team.
Common Citrix Problems and their Solutions
Unable to Log In
If you are unable to log into the Citrix web portal, make sure your username and password are correct. If you are a student, make sure the Domain drop down menu says students.hamilton.edu. The default domain (Hamilton.edu) is correct for faculty and other employees of the college.
Keyboard Shortcuts
Citrix applications are presented in a Windows environment. Therefore, keyboard shortcuts must be those used in the Windows file management system. Macintosh users should note that the shortcut for copying is and the shortcut for pasting is . You may also use the Edit menu to select these functions.
Folder Access
If you are experiencing difficulties navigating through folders, make sure the folder you are trying to open does not contain the forward slash ‘/’ symbol. If it does, rename it and try accessing it again.
Other ITS Citrix Webpages
Registering and Logging into Citrix
Installing the Citrix Client on your Computer
Launching Citrix Programs, Opening and Saving Files in Citrix Programs, and Printing from Citrix Programs
Introduction to Qualtrics
IBM SPSS
What is Qualtrics?
Qualtrics is a suite of services used by Hamilton College to develop and support all aspects of forms and surveys. Various departments, including ITS, the Career Center, the Writing Center, and the Psychology Department already use it. It possesses an incredibly robust set of features to collect and analyze data either within itself, or by downloading datasets into Excel and SPSS.
How do I create an account?
Contact ITS Course Support (course-support@hamilton.edu, x4877) to get an Access Code.
Go to hamilton.qualtrics.com, and select Please click here to create an account.
Enter your e-mail address and select a password, and click get started!
Select Hamilton College as the Educational Institution, and click finish.
Enter your access code, and click go. (NOTE: Do NOT press sign up now. That will create a trial account that will be deleted).
Qualtrics Support
Qualtrics has an expansive help suite called "Qualtrics University." To access it, select get help from any screen in Qualtrics. Some specific pages are listed below:
Creating a Survey
Distributing a Survey Link
Inviting Collaborators
View Results
Downloading Data
Creating Panels
Creating Samples of a Panel
Launching Citrix Programs, Opening and Saving Files in Citrix Programs, and Printing from Citrix Programs
IBM SPSS
Table of Contents
Launching Citrix Programs
Opening or Saving Files in Citrix-Served Programs
More on Accessing Files
Printing from Citrix Programs
Launching Citrix Programs
Upon successfully logging into Citrix, you will see a number of programs arranged in a matrix. Please click ONCE on the program you wish to launch.
NOTE: It might take up to a minute for a Citrix program to launch, during which a number of windows may appear and disappear. Do not try to interact with these windows by clicking them or closing them, as they are a part of the connection process.
When you begin using a Citrix-based program, your machine may download a file named Launch.ica. This file is only needed for the current session, and can be safely deleted once you are finished with the Citrix program. You will find it wherever you have directed your web browser to save downloaded files (most commonly on your machine’s Desktop or in Documents). If the Citrix-based program does not launch automatically, double-click on the Launch.ica file to start the application.
A window entitled Client File Security may open and request access to local files on your computer. Please select Full Access and Never Ask Me Again and click OK.
Opening or Saving Files in Citrix-Served Applications
The Citrix-served applications will give you access to your SSS or ESS storage space and other commonly-used areas for file saving. To open or save a file while using an application in Citrix, click the Open File (or Save File) icon in the button bar or File, then Open (File, then Save) in the menu bar of the application. Click the drop-down arrow at the right end of the Look in field.
You will receive a list of locations available to you.
NOTE: The various icons you may be familiar with do not necessarily map to the same places as they do on your personal Windows machine. Both the My Documents and the Desktop buttons and menu choices will take you to your SSS or ESS folder, depending on your user role (student vs faculty or employee).
NOTE: Remember that you are running a client/server application, which means that the application you are using is actually running on the remote Citrix server. All file locations are specified from the point of view of the server: they are NOT on the computer you are using.
As you can see in the example images on the next few pages, the save screens differ dramatically from previous version of the Citrix client: they are now optimized to hide unavailable save locations and give you ready access both to your network storage folder and your local computer. Please refer to this guide as needed to ensure your data is properly saved in the desired location.
TYPE 1
When attempting to open or save a file, you will be automatically taken to your ESS/SSS user folder. Find the appropriate file and folder and click Open.
TYPE 1
To access and save to file repositories other than your ESS/SSS share, please click on the pull-down menu.
Your ESS/SSS home folder is available under H:, (if applicable) your department share as M:, and the Campus share as P:.
Your local drives on the computer from which you are accessing Citrix are available and labeled with a letter followed by a dollar sign (e.g. D$ on Client). On Windows machines, you will be able to access your local hard drive (typically C$). On a Mac, you will be able to access your home folder (again, C$).
Other drives may be available in addition to the ones displayed.
TYPE 2
Note the difference in save options on the left panel. The tfondak$ on ‘Ess’ link (“A”) will take you to your home folder on network storage.
Similarly, the C$ on ‘Client’ option (“B”) will take you to the C: drive on your Windows machine or your User Home folder on the Mac as before.
These and other options are also available via the pull-down menu (“C”)on top.
TYPE 2
The My Computer link here will take you to a list of the available mounted drives. As above, the H: drive will take you to your home folder on network storage (ESS/SSS), and C$ will take you to your hard drive on a PC and your user Home Folder on a Mac.
TYPE 3
Some save dialogs may not have icons available on the left side. Available save points are accessed via the pull-down menu at top.
NOTE: the “My Documents” and “My Computer” links will connect you to your home folder on network storage (ESS/SSS). Others will behave as discussed above.
TYPE 4
Though seemingly similar to the TYPE 2 save dialog, this dialog box only has two options on the left: your ESS/SSS share and your local drive.
Please choose the appropriate repository or find other options in the pull-down menu above.
TYPE 4 (Exceed)
This is a screenshot of a save dialog in Exceed. You can select your save location by clicking on the Directory pulldown list. Shown here is the p:/ directory, a direct link to the ESS folder.
TYPE 4 (Exceed)
This is a screenshot of another save dialog in Exceed. Shown here is the h:/ directory, a direct link to your home directory on either ESS or SSS.
Accessing Files
Located on your local hard drive
If you have a file on your local machine’s Desktop or Documents, you will need to navigate to them.
On a PC: Double-click on C$ on Client (your local hard drive), double-click Documents and Settings; open the folder with your user id; and then Desktop or Documents as appropriate.
On a Mac: Double-click on C$ on Client (it being your User Home Folder). Once there, double-click on either Desktop or Documents as appropriate.
Citrix may prompt for permission read and/or write access the local computer – you should click Allow.
Located in your ESS or SSS folder
If you downloaded a file to your ESS or SSS space, that location is available in the “Look in:” input box by default as “userid$”. For example, if your user ID is bscott, you will see “bscott$” in the input box. It is also available in the dropdown menu under “My Computer” as “userid$ on ‘SSS’ (H:)” All mapped network drives are distinguished from others by the shared-drive icon, which indicates that, although the storage area is actually located on another server, it is treated as though it were another drive on your computer. Your home folder on ESS/SSS is universally mapped as the H: drive.
Accessing files on the Software Server
If the file you need is on the Software server, you may place your cursor in the File Name field, type \\Software\Academic, press , and you should see all the folders in the Academic share. Select a file and folder by double-clicking.
A NOTE on Best Practices
If you are downloading a file from Blackboard, or using a file from the Software Server, first drag and drop that file into your SSS or ESS space. Then open the folder from within your Citrix-served program from that storage space. Every time you save the file, it will save into that space, and you won’t ever lose it. If you save your work periodically during your session, you can always recover to the “most recent saved” version, and you can do that recovery from any computer on the Hamilton College network.
Printing from Citrix Programs
Registering and Logging into Citrix
IBM SPSS
Registration
If this is the first time you are trying to login to Citrix, you MUST REGISTER. The link for registration is on the bottom of the login page. Students will also need to re-register every academic year. Once you register, it will take several minutes (approximately 10) for all of the systems to be updated with your access information.
Logging into Citrix
Once you are registered, log in to the Citrix Web Portal. The username you should use is the same as your My Hamilton username. The password is the same password you use to access the SSS or ESS servers. If you are a student, you will need to change the Domain dropdown to students.hamilton.edu.
If a matrix full of applications appears, please navigate to the Launching Citrix Programs webpage.
Else, proceed to the Installing Citrix Client webpage.
Using SPSS Statistics
IBM SPSS
Opening Files
In SPSS, one can open 4 different file types, Data, Syntax, Output, and Script. However, the process for opening these files is similar for all. If opening a data file, go to File -> Open -> Data, and for syntax, go to File -> Open -> Syntax, etc.
If your files are on the Academic server, select the K: Drive from the dropdown menu in the Look in: field.
If your file is on ESS or SSS, click on the H: Drive from the dropdown menu in the Look in: field.
If your files are on your local computer, click on the V: Drive from the dropdown menu in the Look in: field. If you are presented with a prompt asking how you want to access files on the mapped drive, select Read & Write.
Navigate to the desired file and click Open.
Saving Files
Select File -> Save As.
If you want to put your file on ESS or SSS, click on the H: Drive from the dropdown menu in the Look in: field.
If you want to put your file on the local computer, click on the V: Drive from the dropdown menu in the Look in: field.
Navigate to the desired location, name your file, and click Save.
Printing
Select File -> Print.
In the resulting Print dialog window, select the desired printer in the Printer: field and click OK.
Image Capture iOS Media Transfer
Image
Transferring an Image From an iOS Device Using Image Capture
On a Macintosh computer, open the Applications folder and launch Image Capture. Connect the iOS device to the Macintosh via the USB-to-30 Pin cable. iTunes will launch by system default and will seek to synchronize your device with the local iTunes library. You will see two window prompts asking to synchronize the iOS device with the iTunes library, click Cancel on both window prompts.
In Image Capture, you will see your iOS device on the left side. Your images will be displayed in the main viewing area on the right.
You can individually select and transfer specific images or all image files. To transfer a single image, click on the specific image and click "Import". To transfer all images, click "Import All". Any images that are transferred will be placed within the Pictures folder, located within the local user directory. (e.g. jdoe/Pictures/)
Resolution, Sizing, and Color Guidelines
Image
For Scanning Graphics and Images
Graphics/Images for Print
When scanning a graphic or image that will be printed, the resolution should be set at 300 dpi (dots per inch) at 100% o the final image size. This means, if the image will NOT be resized at all after it is scanned the scanning resolution should be set at 300 dpi. If the image will be resized after scanning the scanning resolution should be adjusted accordingly.
Example:
Final size = 100% o original ==> scanning resolution = 300 dpi
200% o original ==> scanning resolution = 600 dpi
The higher the resolution of an image, the larger the file size of that image will be. After the image is resized to it’s final dimensions, make sure the resolution is 300 dpi.
When a graphic/image is scanned, it is scanned in RGB mode. If an image is going to be printed, the color mode should be changed to CMYK mode. This is because RGB is representative of the colors found in light and CMYK is representative of printer inks or toners.
Graphics/Images for Web or Screen Display
The resolution of images that are only intended to be viewed on the web or computer monitor only, such as in a PowerPoint presentation, are different than those images that are printed. The recommended scanning resolution for images for the Internet is still 300 dpi. The image size can then be adjusted to appropriate viewing dimensions in PhotoShop.
Images that are intended to be viewed only on a monitor should remain in RGB color mode. This is the default mode when scanning; no settings need to be changed.
Moving Your HillConnect Mail to Another Account
Import
This document describes how to move your HillConnect mail into another account. Detailed instructions are provided for moving it into a commercial Gmail account.
Moving your Hamilton mail to a Commercial Gmail Account
These instructions assume you have already established an account with Google (gmail.com).
Click on the gear icon in the upper right corner of your screen next to your e-mail address. From the menu that appears, select Mail Settings.
In the Settings screen, click on the link labeled Forwarding and POP/IMAP.
Even though your settings may already indicate that “POP is enabled for all mail….”, go ahead and click in the dot next to “Enable POP for all mail (even mail that’s already been downloaded”. Then click on the Save Changes button at the bottom of the Settings page.
Log in to your commercial Gmail account (http://gmail.google.com). NOTE: If you have not previously configured your Hamilton account to allow multiple account logins, you will have to log out of your Hamilton account before logging in to your commercial (.com) Gmail account.
Once you are in your commercial account, click on the gear icon and select Mail Settings.
Click on the link labeled Accounts and Import and then click on the link on that page labeled Import mail and contacts (see below).
Enter your HillConnect account address (e.g. dquayle@hamilton.edu) and click on Continue.
Enter your HillConnect password and click on Continue.
In the next screen enter your password again as prompted.
For the next 6 steps, please refer to the image below:
Change the POP user name to include @hamilton.edu (e.g. dquayle2@hamilton.edu)
Change the SMTP server to pop.gmail.com
Click on the link to the right of "Port: 110" labeled Edit
Click in the box to select “Use SSL”
Change the port to 995
Click on Continue
In the next screen select the following check boxes:
Import Mail
Optional: Select to “Leave a copy of retrieved messages on the server”. NOTE: In some cases, checking this option will prevent the transfer from beginning. If that occurs, uncheck it and try again.
Add a label to all imported mail [dquayle2@hamilton.edu] This will allow you to easily identify the mail that was imported from your Hamilton account.
18. Click on Start Import.
19. You should see a confirmation page that informs you the import has begun. Click on OK.
NOTE: The transfer of your mail can take DAYS. Google gives it a very low priority but it does take place. You can check on the progress by doing a search in your Gmail.com account for all mail labeled userID@hamilton.edu (substitute your real user ID where “userID” appears”). If the number of messages found with that label in your Gmail.com account matches the number of messages in your “all mail” label (folder) in your HillConnect account, then it is done!!
When the transfer has finished you should do the following:
Log in to your Hamilton HillConnect account and set it up to forward your mail to your Gmail.com account. You can do this by going to the gear icon and again select Mail Settings. Click on Forwarding & POP/IMAP, fill in the address for your Gmail.com account and click Save Changes.
Next, log in to your Gmail.com account. Click on the gear icon, select Mail Settings and then select Accounts and Import.
In the middle of the section, where it is labeled Check mail using POP3, you’ll see a link labeled “delete” to the far right. Click on the “delete” link. Doing so will break the tie between your two accounts. From here on, new mail addressed to your Hamilton account will automatically arrive in your gmail.com account.
Installing and Configuring Thunderbird
Install
For On-Campus Use
Installing Thunderbird
Go to http://www.mozilla.org/en-US/thunderbird/ to install the latest version of Thunderbird on either your Windows or Macintosh computer and follow the instructions. Once the download is complete, follow the instructions below.
If the Incompatible Add-on window is displayed, select the add-ons you use and click Check Now to check if there are compatible versions of the add-ons available. If a newer version is available, click Install Now, then click Done. If a newer version is not available the No Compatible Add-ons Found window is displayed. Click Finish to continue.
Open up Thunderbird. Click the X button to exit the tab Welcome to Thunderbird!
Configuring Thunderbird Settings
To Change the Incoming Server Settings:
Click the Tools menu, select Account Settings, then select Server Settings. Edit the following fields:
Set Server Name to imap.gmail.com
Set Connection security to SSL/TLS
Set Port to 993
Set User Name to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
NOTE: You will need to repeat this step for any additional Hamilton e-mail accounts you have setup in Thunderbird.
To Change the Outgoing Server Settings (SMTP):
Click Outgoing Server (SMTP), select username-mail.hamilton.edu (Default), click Edit and update the following fields:
Set Description to HillMail
Set Server Name to smtp.gmail.com
Set Connection security to SSL/TLS
Set Port to 465
Set User Name to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Click OK.
To Change the Hamilton Address Book Settings:
Click Composition & Addressing, click the Edit Directories button, select Hamilton LDAP, click Delete and click OK.
The LDAP Directory Server window is still open, click the Add button and update the following fields:
Set Name to HillAD
Set Hostname to bud2c.hamilton.edu
Set Base DN to dc=hamilton,dc=edu (please note there are no spaces)
Check the option to Use secure connection (SSL)
Set Bind DN to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID
Students: Set to username@students.hamilton.edu
Set Port number to 3269
Click OK and click OK to save the settings.
Select HillAD from the directory list and click OK.
To Configure the Hamilton address book to search on name (rather than username):
Click the Tools menu, select Options, select the Advanced icon, select the General tab and click the Config Editor button.
At the void warrant window uncheck the option to Show this warning next time and click the I’ll be careful, I promise! button.
In the Filter: field, type Ldap. The window will display several entries for ldap_2.servers.HillAD…..Select one of the entries and right-click, then choose New > String
Enter the string value preference name as ldap_2.servers.HillAD.autoComplete.nameFormat.
Please note this is case sensitive and there are no spaces. Please double-check for accuracy. Click OK.
Enter the string value as displayName.
Please note the square brackets are required, there are no spaces, and only the letter “N” is capitalized. Click OK.
Click the Red X exit button to close the Config Editor
The Options window is still open, choose the Composition icon and select the Addressing tab, check the option for Directory Server and select HillAD from the list. Click OK to close the Options window.
It's time to get your mail! Click the Get Mail icon and enter your e-mail password and click OK. Your mail folders should populate with your HillMail.
Fine Tune Thunderbird Settings for HillMail
Your sent message are automatically placed in the [Gmail/Sent Mail] folder, therefore it is no longer necessary to save a copy of your sent messages on the server. To update this setting click the Tools menu, select Account Settings, and then select Copies & Folders. Uncheck the box labeled Place a copy in:. Keep this window open for the next few steps.
To set the proper location for your Drafts folder select Account Settings, and then select Copies & Folders. In the Drafts, Archives, and Templates section: set the following:
Set Keep message drafts in: to Other and navigate to the folder username@hamilton.edu > [Gmail] > Drafts where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Keep message archives in: should be automatically set to Other: All Mail. If not, select Other and navigate to the folder username@hamilton.edu > Gmail > All Mail where “username” is your e-mail ID. Click OK.
NOTE: You will need to repeat this step for any additional Hamilton e-mail accounts you have set up in Thunderbird.
To keep Thunderbird from opening messages in tab form, select Tools then Options.
Click the Advanced icon and then select the Reading & Display tab.
Under Open messages in: select the radial button A new message window.
Click OK.
Things to Know about Thunderbird for HillMail
If you already had filters set up prior to updating and reconfiguring Thunderbird to work with your HillMail account, you might need to recreate your filters for every Hamilton account you check in Thunderbird. Those filters that move mail to local folders will continue to work as before but those that move mail to an IMAP folder might need to be recreated.
Installing AVG Anti-virus
Install
Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7
Downloading Free AVG
Open a web browser.
In the address field type in free.avg.com.
When the window loads under the Free basic protection windows on the web page click on Get it now!
On the next web page that loads scroll down and in the column AVG Anti-virus Free click on Download.
On the next web page that loads click on Download Now.
On the next web page that loads click on Download Now. This should initiate the downloading of the AVG installation file.
Click Save File.
Installing Free AVG
Double click on the downloaded file to install AVG.
Click on Run.
Click Next.
In the Acceptance Notice window click Accept.
In the license agreement window click Accept.
Install the Standard Installation by clicking Next.
Click Next.
Click Next.
Click Finish.
AVG First Run Wizard
When the First Run Wizard window opens click Next.
Configure when you would like AVG to scan your computer.
Click Next.
Click Next.
Make sure the box is unchecked for Yes, change my default search engine to Yahoo! and click Next.
Click Next to update AVG.
Click Next.
Click Next.
Click Finish.
Installing Mozilla Firefox on Windows and Macintosh Computers
Install
For Personal Windows & Macintosh Computers
Click on the link below and follow their instructions for installing Mozilla Firefox on your operating system: http://support.mozilla.com/en-US/kb/Installing Firefox?s=installation&r=0&as=
For Hamilton-Owned Macintosh Computers
Download the latest version of Firefox from Mozilla's website here. Choose to Save the file.
Go to your Macintosh HD, open the Applications folder, and navigate to Firefox. NOTE: For Macintosh 10.7 (Lion) users, hold CTRL and cllick on the Firefox icon on your dock, choose Options, and select Show in Finder.
Move the old version of Firefox to the Trash icon on the dock.
Navigate to the file location for the new version of Firefox you just downloaded and double-click it.
In the window that appears like the one below, drag the Firefox icon to the Applications folder icon.
Follow the instructions.
If prompted, enter your Hamilton network credentials.
Once the installation is complete, open Firefox. The message below will only appear the first time you open Firefox after it has been downloaded. Click Open.
You have successfully installed the latest version of Mozilla Firefox and can now browse the internet with more security.
For Hamilton-Owned Windows Computers
NOTE: By default, Mozilla Firefox is set to automatically install the latest updates. If you prefer to install the latest updates yourself and check what version you are using, you can follow the steps below.
Open Firefox. Go to the Help menu and select About Firefox.
Firefox will now check for updates. You can view its progress by reading the light grey text located below your Firefox version. NOTE: Depending on how you have Firefox setup to install updates, you may see a Check for Updates button. Click that to begin checking your browser for updates.
If any updates need to be installed, click Apply Update and follow the directions on the screen to complete the installation process.
Installing Sophos Anti-Virus on Mac OS 10.4-10.8 for Employees
Install
For Off Campus Use
Removal of old Sophos (if necessary)
NOTE: If you already have Sophos on your computer go through the removal steps otherwise go to the section Downloading and Installing Sophos
1. At Finder click on your hard drive icon.
2. Open the folder Library.
3. Open the folder Application Support.
4. Open the folder Sophos Anti-virus.
5. Launch the Remove Sophos Anti-virus.
6. Once Sophos is removed from the computer you can install the new version of Sophos.
Downloading and Installing Sophos
1. Launch Firefox. NOTE: Safari will not work to download Sophos.
2. Please replace userid with your hamilton user name as you type in the Address line ftp://hamilton-d\userid@software.hamilton.edu/sophos
3. In the dialog box that appears type in your Hamilton Network password.
4. Click OK.
5. Click on the folder link Sophos Mac OS 10.2 & above.
6. Click on the link ESCOSX.zip to download the Sophos installer on your computer.
7. In the dialog box that appears, choose the bullet in front of Save File.
8. Click OK.
9. Locate the ESCOSX.zip that you downloaded.
10. Double click on the ESCOSX.zip to unpack the file folder.
Installing Sophos
1. Close all other applications.
2. Open the folder ESCOSX file folder on the desktop.
3. Double-click on the file Sophos Anti-Virus.mpkg.
a. If the installer launches an Authenticate window, enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer when it boots up. After typing them in click OK.
4. Click Continue in window This package contains a program that …
5. The Welcome to the Sophos Anti-Virus Installer screen appears. Click Continue.
6. The Important Information screen appears. Click Continue.
7. The Select a Destination screen appears. Select your computer’s hard drive. Click Continue.
8. The Standard Install screen appears. Click Install.
a. If the installer launches an Authenticate window, enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer.
9. When the progress bar is complete, you will see a message indicating Install Succeeded. Click Close.
Configuring Sophos
1. Click on the Sophos Shield located by the Time & Date in the top right corner on the menu bar.
2. Select Open Sophos Anti-virus Preferences.
3. Click on the Lock button labeled Click lock to make changes in the lower left hand corner.
4. An Authenticate window appears. Enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer when it boots up. After typing them in click OK.
5. Click on the AutoUpdate tab (see figure below.)
6. On the Update from primary location select Company web server.
7. In the URL: field http://sophosupdate.hamilton.edu/cids/s000/escosx
8. In the User name: field, using your network username in place of “userid,” enter Hamilton-d\userid if you are an employee. For example, if you were a employee named Ulysses Grant, you would type hamilton-d\ugrant in the User name field.
9. In the Password: field, enter your Hamilton Network Password. This is the password you use to access the ESS or SSS server.
10. Place a check in the box labeled Check for updates on connection to network or internet.
11. Quit System Preferences by selecting System Preferences (from the main menu bar), and then Quit System Preferences.
What to Expect When You’re Finished
1. After your installation is complete, Sophos will scan for viruses in the background and will automatically remove any that are found.
2. Sophos will update every day automatically via the Internet. Remember that if your computer is not connecting to the Internet Sophos Anti-Virus will not be able to receive up dates, and your virus-protection will be ineffective.
3. We recommend that you repair disk permissions on your computer after the installation is finished, as outlined below.
Repairing Disk Permissions
1. In your hard drive, open your Applications folder and then open the Utilities folder.
2. Open Disk Utility.
3. Click on the name of your hard drive in the left section of the window. Under the First Aid tab, click on Repair Disk Permissions.
4. You’ll see a progress bar near the bottom of the window showing the status of the repair. You’ll also see text appear in the blank section of the window as permissions are repaired. Be patient as this process can take several minutes.
5. When finished, you’ll be notified that the Permissions repair is complete.
6. Quit Disk Utility.
Installing Sophos Anti-Virus on Windows for Employees Only
Install
For Off-Campus Use
NOTE: If you are using wireless as your connection to install Sophos the installation will fail. Please connect your computer to a wired connection to install Sophos.
NOTE: If you have other anti-virus software installed on your computer or an older version of Sophos, you must uninstall it before proceeding with these instructions. Depending on your operating system:
Windows XP: Go to the Control Panel and select Add or Remove programs, locate your anti-virus software in the list and click on the Change/Remove button.
Windows Vista/7: Go to Control Panel and select Programs, locate your anti-virus software in the list and click on the Uninstall button.
Downloading Sophos
Connect to the Internet using your ISP (Internet Service Provider) and then launch Windows Explorer. Go to the Start menu, select All Programs, then Accessories, and then Windows Explorer (this is not the same as Internet Explorer 7).
In Windows Explorer’s address line type ftp://software.hamilton.edu
For User Name type in HAMILTON-D\USERNAME. Your username is your network ID name.
Enter your Hamilton network password in the Password box.
Click Log On.
If you receive the following alert, click Unblock.
Open the Sophos folder, and then open the interchk folder.
Drag the file savw_95_sa_sfx.exe to the desktop of your computer.
Close Windows Explorer.
Installing Sophos
To install Sophos on your computer see the steps for the operating system you are running.
Windaws XP - double click on savw_95_sa_sfx.exe then click Run.
Windows Vista/7 – Right click on savw_95_sa_sfx.exe and Run as Administrator.
When the installation wizard appears, click Install.
Click Next.
Agree to the License agreement and click Next.
Click Next to create the folder.
To configure Sophos automatic updating please type in the following:
In the Address type in http://sophosupdate.hamilton.edu/per/cids/s000/savscfxp
In Username type in hamilton-d\username. Your username is your network ID name.
In Password type in your hamilton network password.
Confirm password type in your hamilton network password.
Click Next.
Uncheck the box next to Remove third-party security software and click Next.
Click Next.
Click Next.
Click Finish to complete the installation.
Installing the Citrix Client on your Computer
Install
Installing Citrix Client
These instructions only pertain to your personal computer. If you are on a public lab, or Hamilton-issued computer, the Citrix Client has been preinstalled. This process need be followed only once for any single computer in any academic year. If it has been some time since you last installed the Citrix client on your computer, you may want to update the client for the best performance. The steps for installation are:
• On a Windows system:
o Log into the Citrixweb page.
• A page will appear that prompts you to download the client. Place a check in the check box and click Download. The file will request to be saved to your computer. Please save it to your Desktop.
• Double-click on the installer when it when it has downloaded.
• Once the installation has completed, click the Continue button on the web page.
• Proceed to Launching Citrix Programs.
• If this does not seem to be the case for you, follow the directions for updating below.
• On a Macintosh system:
o After logging in, you will be taken to a screen that will prompt you to download the plugin.
o Click Download to download the plugin.
o The Citrix Plug-in DMG file will download to your Desktop or Downloads folder. Find the file and double-click on it.
o A window will open containing the plug-in installation file—double-click it to launch the installer.
o Install the app by clicking Continue and Agree until you see a window that indicates the software has been installed successfully.
o Once the installation has completed, click the Continue button on the web page.
o Proceed to Launching Citrix Programs.
o If this does not seem to be the case for you, follow the directions for updating below.
• Updating your Citrix client, any system
o Log into the Citrixweb page.
o Near the top of the applications page, you will see a horizontal bar with some menu choices in it. The “Applications” menu will probably be dark blue, indicating that the “Applications” screen is what you are seeing.
o Click on the “Preferences” menu and select “Connection Preferences”.
o Under “Client settings”, click on “Run Client Detection”.
• If you are immediately returned to the “Applications” screen, you should see an information message under the menu bar and above the applications list that says “The preferred client is already available on your computer.”
• You’re done, there is no update or installation necessary.
o If you don’t have the most current version of the client, you will be taken to a screen that allows you to download the client.
• Follow the directions on that page to download the client.
• If you receive a warning about the file having been downloaded from the internet, click “Save file” or “Open”, according to the screen you see.
• Double click the saved file to run.
• If asked if you want to allow the program to make changes to your computer, click “Yes”.
o You should now be able to return to the Citrixweb Application page, and select the software you wish to use.
Microsoft Office 2010 Work at Home License for Windows
Install
License Terms and Conditions
Hamilton College subscribes to the Microsoft Campus Agreement volume licensing program for the Microsoft Office applications used on campus (Word, Excel, and PowerPoint). This agreement includes “Work at Home” rights for Office according to the following terms and conditions:
Faculty and staff who are licensed to use the particular product at school, have the right to run one copy of that product on a home PC that they own or lease for school-related purposes only. (Microsoft Campus and School v.3.2b, 2004).
Your DVD is good for two installations: the original installation on your home machine and a reinstall if necessary.
Please do not use this DVD to install Microsoft Office on your college-owned computer.
NOTE: If you received three discs in your “at home” CD/DVD pack, please use the DVD labeled Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2010 (Product Key Required). The other two discs are for installing Microsoft Lync 2010 and Microsoft Business Contact Manager 2010.
Recommended System Requirements
Processor 500 megahertz (MHz) processor or higher
Operating System Windows XP (with SP3), Vista (with SP1) or 7
Memory 512 MB RAM
Disk Space Minimum 3.5 GB of hard-disk space required
Disk Drive DVD drive
Note: Office 2010 does not run on the Microsoft Windows Me, Windows 98, Windows 2000, or Windows NT operating systems.
Product Key
On the back of the DVD sleeve you will find a 25 character alphanumeric code called a product key, similar to the one shown below. Keep this product key in a safe place, it is a unique code needed to install Office and to verify your license with Microsoft.
Uninstall Old Versions of Office
Before installing Office 2010, you must uninstall any older versions of Microsoft Office currently installed on your computer. If you do not have an older version of Office on your computer, skip ahead to the Install Office 2010 section. If you do have an older version of Office on your computer, uninstall it as follows:
Go to the Start button (lower left corner of your screen) and open the Control Panel.
Windows XP: Open Add or Remove Programs
Windows Vista/7: Open Programs and Features
After the list of programs populates, scroll down and click on “Microsoft Office Professional***”
Click Remove or Uninstall.
Follow the on-screen prompts to remove Office.
Reboot after Office is finished uninstalling.
Install Office 2010
We recommend a custom installation to provide the necessary tools, templates, and text converters you are accustomed to using on your college-owned computer.
Insert the MS Office DVD. If “autoplay” is enabled on your system, the installation process will start automatically. In Windows Vista/7, you may be prompted to allow the Microsoft Setup Bootstrapper to make changes to the computer – click Yes. If the DVD does not autoplay, browse to the DVD drive (from My Computer (XP) or Computer (Vista/7)) and manually run setup.exe by double clicking on it.
Enter the Product Key (found on the back of the DVD sleeve) in the space provided to the left of the Continue button. Make sure that Attempt to automatically activate my product online is checked and then click Continue.
On the next screen, check the box labeled I accept the terms of this agreement, then click Continue.
On the Choose Installation screen, click on the Customize button.
Click the down arrow icon next to Microsoft Office at the top of the tree and select Run all from My Computer. This will select all components.
After selecting all components, you can then go down through the list and remove any individual components that you do not use. Consult the table below for information on each of the available components in Office 2010.
Office 2010 Component
Description
Recommended
Microsoft Access
Database
No
Microsoft Excel
Spreadsheet
Yes
Microsoft InfoPath
Electronic Forms
User Choice
Microsoft OneNote
Free-form Data Organizer
User Choice
Microsoft Outlook
Email Client
User Choice
Microsoft PowerPoint
Presentation
Yes
Microsoft Publisher
Desktop Publishing
User Choice
Microsoft SharePoint
Workspace Document Collaboration
No
Microsoft Visio Viewer
Diagram software (viewer only)
User Choice
Microsoft Word
Word Processor
Yes
Office Shared Features
Features shared by multiple components
Yes
Office Tools
Features shared by multiple components
Yes
Click on the down arrow icon next to each component that you do not wish to install and select Not Available.
Once you have finished customizing your selections, click the Install Now button to begin the installation.
After the installation has completed, click Close.
You will be prompted to configure updates for Microsoft Office the first time you open one of the Office programs. We advise selecting the “Recommended Settings” option.
Microsoft Office 2011 Work at Home License for Macintosh
Install
Office 2011 for Macintosh
License Terms and Conditions
Hamilton College subscribes to the Microsoft Campus Agreement volume licensing program for the Microsoft Office applications used on campus (Word, Excel, and PowerPoint). This agreement includes “Work at Home” rights for Office according to the following terms and conditions:
Faculty and staff who are licensed to use the particular product at school, have the right to run one copy of that product on a home PC that they own or lease for school-related purposes only.(Microsoft Campus and School v.3.2b, 2004).
Your DVD is good for two installations: the original installation on your home machine and a reinstall if necessary.
Please do not use this DVD to install Microsoft Office on your college-owned computer.
NOTE: If you received two discs in your “at home” DVD pack, please use the DVD labeled Microsoft Office for Mac Standard 2011 (Product Key Required). The other DVD is for installing Microsoft Communicator for Mac 2011.
Recommended System Requirements
Processor Intel Processor
Operating System Mac OS X version 10.5.8 or later
Memory 1 GB RAM
Disk Space Minimum 2.5 GB of free hard-disk space required
Disk Drive DVD drive
Product Key
On the back of the DVD sleeve you will find a 25 character alphanumeric code called a product key, similar to the one shown below. Keep this product key in a safe place, it is a unique code needed to install Office and to verify your license with Microsoft.
Uninstall Old Versions of Office
NOTE: You must be logged in as an administrator on the computer in order to proceed.
Before installing Office 2011, you must uninstall any older versions of Microsoft Office currently installed on your computer. If you do not have an older version of Office on your computer, skip ahead to the Install Office 2011 section. If you do have an older version of Office on your computer, uninstall it by dragging the Microsoft Office XX folder in the Applications folder to the trash.
Install Office 2011
We recommend a custom installation to provide the necessary tools, templates, and text converters you are accustomed to using on your college-owned computer.
1. Insert the MS Office DVD. It should mount and open automatically.
2. Double-click the Office Installer icon.
3. The Installer will now launch and display a Welcome screen. Click Continue.
4. The Software License Agreement screen will appear. Click Continue and then click Agree on the little popup window that displays afterward.
5. You will be asked to select a destination – select Macintosh HD (in most cases, this will be your only option). Click Continue.
6. The Installation window will appear. Click on the Customize button.
7. In the Custom Install window, click on the triangle next to Microsoft Office 2011 to expand all of the components. You may wish to uncheck components that you do not use (e.g. Outlook, Messenger, etc). Consult the table below for information on each of the available components in Office 2011.
Office 2011 Component Description Recommended
Microsoft Word Word Processor Yes
Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet Yes
Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation Yes
Microsoft Outlook Email Client User Choice
Microsoft Messenger Messenger Client User Choice
Remote Desktop Connection for Mac User Choice
Visual Basic for Applications Programmatic features Yes
Proofing Tools Spelling and Grammar checkers Yes
Microsoft Document Connection for Mac User Choice
Office Fonts Fonts Yes
Automated Actions User Choice
Dock Icons Create Dock Icons for Office programs Yes
8. Uncheck each component that you do not wish to install, then click the Install button.
9. You will be prompted to authenticate. Enter the password of the account you use to log on to the computer.
10. The installer will install Office 2011, which can take several minutes. When the “Installation was successful” message appears, click the Close button.
11. The Installer will close and the Office Setup Assistant will launch. Click on Enter your product key.
12. Type in the Product Key from the back of the DVD sleeve. Make sure you have an internet connection and click Activate.
13. If activation is successful, you will see a message that your copy of Office for Mac is now activated. Click Continue.
14. At the personalization screen, enter your First and Last names in the appropriate fields. Enter Hamilton College in the Company name field. Click Continue.
15. At the next screen select Yes to Keep Office for Mac up to date. We recommend selecting No to the Customer Experience Improvement Program. Click Continue and then Done.
16. Microsoft AutoUpdate will now launch and check for updates. It should be set to automatically check for updates weekly, which is what we recommend.
17. Follow the prompts to install any updates found. Once completed, Office 2011 will be installed and ready to use.
Comparison of Browser Interfaces
Internet
Browsing
Browser History
Accessing Browser History
Browser History Interface
Bookmarks
Adding a Bookmark
Accessing Bookmarks
Trust Certificates
Scanning Text with ReadIris and Converting to a Word Document
IrisLink ReadIris Pro
Using Readiris Pro 11
Getting Started
In order to use Readiris Pro to convert your text into a Word document, you have to scan your text onto the computer. Readiris Pro suggests you scan your image at 200 dpi and set to grayscale, for the best results scan black text with a white background. Make sure to save your file. For instruction scanning see documentation: Scanning with SilverFast Ai.
Note: Make sure your document is saved as a Tiff file or a Pdf, if you do not Readiris will not be able to convert to a word document.
Launching Readiris Pro
Once your file is saved, launch Readiris Pro by opening your applications folder located on the dock at the bottom of the screen and selecting the Readiris Pro folder. This will open a separate window; from this window double click on Readiris Pro to launch the program.
Opening a File
Once Readiris Pro has launched you will notice a blank area in the middle of the interface, this is where your file will be displayed. To the left of the interface in a panel is the Open button; next to the Open button should be a Text button with a chevron, make sure it is set to text. Select the Open button and a window opens that allows you to find your file. Select your file and then press the Open button. Your file will now be displayed in the center of the Readiris Pro interface.
Once Readiris Pro has imported your file into the program, the file should be visible in the middle of the interface. The text in your file should have a blue box surrounding it. This means that Readiris Pro is able to recognize the text. If your file does not display this you should attempt to re-scan your file, making sure to use the scanning settings recommended by Readiris Pro.
Converting Your Document
On the left hand side of the interface is a panel containing a Recognize button; select this button. Once the Recognize button has been selected it will open a window. This window displays that the file is being saved as an .rtf; choose a location for the file to be saved to.
Your .rtf file will open by default in the TextEdit. If you do not see your text displayed, Readiris Pro was unable to recognize and covert your text. If your text is displayed select File from the TextEdit toolbar and then select Save As. Select File Format and change it to a Word document.
Multimedia Presentation Center
Labs
What is the MPC
The Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC) is a state-of-the-art computing facility equipped with cutting-edge hardware and software, as well as a full range of support services, specifically designed for authoring multimedia-enhanced presentations.
The Multimedia Presentation Center, located on the ground floor of Burke Library, has 21 quad core iMacs running Mac OS X Lion. The Macintosh workstations are set up as multimedia editing workstations, and can be used to produce a variety of digital content, as well as standard word processing. Color laser printing is available for academic purposes only.
MPC Location and Hours of Operation
The MPC is located on the first floor of the Burke Library and follows the same hours of operation, available here.
An Overview of MPC Services
The MPC is equipped to support a wide variety of multimedia-enhanced presentation formats including:
Large format, photo-quality printing
Medium format color laser printing
Web content with audio, video and animation
PowerPoint with audio and video
Mini DV, CD and DVD
Please direct any questions or inquiries about large format posters to the MPC professional staff. mpc@hamilton.edu, x4888.
To request a large format poster appointment, click here.
Getting Started With Information Technology
Laptop
Getting Started With Information Technology
NOTE: The information on this page is fully up-to-date and accurate for the 2011-12 academic year.
This page connects new and returning members of the Hamilton College community to the most up-to-date information on networking, personal computer systems and standards. Whether you've never been to Hamilton, or you've just been away for a semester or two, this is the place to find out about the information technology environment.
Why Bring a Laptop Computer to Campus?
The campus has universally distributed connectivity via ethernet and wireless. This will make it easy for you to use your computer anywhere on campus (e.g., in the library), even bring it to class or the place you most prefer to study;
You will want to continue to use your computer when you go home for breaks;
Laptops take up less space in your room;
If you have a problem, laptops can be easily transported to our Help Desk.
What do I Need to Know About Bringing a Computer to Campus?
Have a computer you need connected to the Hamilton network? Want to purchase your own computer, and be sure it can be connected to the network? Follow this link for information on minimum and recommended system requirements and network connectivity.
Virus Protection
Virus Protection Information
Policy Note
Hamilton College requires all existing and all incoming students to install Anti-Virus software on their personal computers by the end of the second week of classes each semester. Failure to do so can result in the loss of connectivity to the Hamilton College network until up-to-date Anti-virus software is installed. Anti-virus software (AVG for Windows and Sophos & iAntivirus for Macintosh) is provided free to all students. Other anti-virus products may be substituted for Hamilton supported Anti-Virus as long as they are kept current.
Student Phone and Voice Mail Overview
Cable Television Information
Contact Us
E-mail us at: helpdesk@hamilton.edu
Or, if you just want to hear a friendly voice, phone 315-859-4181. We'll be sure that someone gets back to you within one business day.
Large Format Poster PDF Instructions for Office 2007
Large Format Printing (LFP)
Office 2007 PowerPoint
Large Format Poster PDF Instructions (Windows only)
Instructions
1. Open your PowerPoint file (.pptx)
2. Click on “Office Logo”
3. Select “Save As” from drop down menu,
4. Select “PDF” from side menu
5. Select where you want to save the file, Click on “Publish” button
Science Summer Research
Large Format Printing (LFP)
Poster Printing
Important Dates
Monday, October 1 - Open Lab to proof posters (6-8pm in the MPC)
Friday, October 12 - Last day to submit request for printing appt.
Thursday, October 25 - Last day to print posters (morning ONLY)
Friday, October 26 - Poster Presentation
Documentation
How-to documentation on creating a large format poster can be downloaded here. All posters should be formatted at 43"x33" (or 33"x43") and created in PowerPoint.
Please visit our Large Format Poster Printing support site for more information.
Printing Appointments
All students MUST schedule printing appointments to gain access to the large format printers. Appointments will be given on a first-come-first-serve basis and generally fill up very quickly. To schedule a poster printing appointment please fill out the appointment request form.
If you wish to print an 11"x17" proof of your poster before your printing appointment, please attend the Open Lab on Tuesday, October 19 at 6-8pm in the MPC.
Microsoft Office Compatibility Issues
We recommend that you avoid creating posters with Microsoft Office 2003 or 2004. If you do use Office 2003 or 2004 to create your poster, it is likely there will be formatting and printing issues. The newest versions of Office (2010 on Windows & 2011 on Mac) are available in all ITS computer labs on campus.
Questions can be directed to mpc@hamilton.edu.
Setting up an 11x17 Poster Using Microsoft Powerpoint
Large Format Printing (LFP)
Using Microsoft PowerPoint
(images from Microsoft Office 2004 running on Mac OS X)
1. Launch Microsoft PowerPoint and choose New Presentation from the File menu.
2. Decide if your poster will use Landscape orientation (wider than tall) or Portrait orientation (taller than wide) and then choose Page Setup… from the File menu.
Landscape Orientation: In the Size section enter 16 for the width and 10 for the height. This will format your poster for 17” wide x 11” high paper size.
Portrait Orientation: In the Size section enter 10 for the width and 16 for the height. This will format your poster for 11” wide x 17” high paper size.
Portrait Orientation
Landscape Orientaion
3. IMPORTANT! Press OK in the Page Setup dialog box. A dialog box will appear alerting you that the current page size exceeds the printable area of the paper. Make sure and choose OK, and NOT the default choice of Fix. Choosing Fix will cause your poster to be sized for 8.5 x 11 paper and not for the large format paper.
4. You may now begin authoring your poster.
A Few Things to Know About the HillConnect Environment
Listserv
Return to HillConnect Homepage
Getting help
Google continuously updates its core e-mail and calendar programs so that new features are brought to you as soon as they become available. Consequently, if you see something new that is unclear, your best bet is to take advantage of the online help built in to HillMail and HillCal.
How do I access the HillConnect environment directly?
To log in directly to your HillMail account, please go to: http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu
What is the "Migrated" label/folder?
If you had an active e-mail account at Hamilton prior to May 2010 and your account was transitioned to HillConnect, a label/folder with the name "Migrated" was created during the transition process.
It's important to know that what the old mail server referred to as a" folder" is now referred to as a "label" in the new system. A fundamental difference between the two storage methods is that with the new Google system multiple labels can be assigned to message where previously in the old SUN system a single message could be assigned to only one folder.
Therefore you can delete the label/folder named "Migrated" and not delete the associated messages.
I no longer receive a copy of any messages I send to Hamilton Listserv's what do I need to do?
Google will not deliver mail to you that you send to a Listserv list. So that you can tell whether your message was processed, your subscription settings are automatically set so that you will receive an acknowledgment e-mail message from Listserv when your message is delivered to a list.
If you still wish to see a copy of your message in your INBOX, you can add your e-mail address to the CC (carbon copy) line when you address your message to the list. Note that the CC line is processed independently from the TO line. Therefore, receipt of the message in your INBOX is not confirmation that your message was distributed to the list. Only the acknowledgement message noted above can be considered confirmation that your message was distributed.
How Can I Change Label Colors?
The default color assigned to a label is so light it is almost invisible. To change the color, click the square to the right of the label (folder name) and select a color from the palette that appears.
Our office/organization shares an account, how many connections can we have to our HillMail account through a client?
You are limited to ten simultaneous logins via a client, i.e. if you share an account and use Thunderbird/Outlook/AppleMail. You are not limited by the number of web logins.
Becoming a Listserv List Owner
Listserv
Listserv
Becoming a ListServ List Owner
What is the time commitment involved in owning a list?
What skills will I need?
How do I become a list owner?
Request a new list
What is the time commitment involved in owning a list?
Depending on the type of mailing list you want to create, your involvement in managing the list will either be minimal or considerable. A list used strictly for the distribution of information from you to the list's subscribers requires very little management. A moderated mailing list requires you to read and approve each mailing that is sent to the list. If your moderated list is very active, your time investment could be considerable.
What skills will I need?
Lists can be managed either through the Web or through e-mail. Therefore, if you are comfortable with both, you have the necessary software skills with which to start. Most new list owners prefer to use the Web interface to manage their list.
The primary responsibility of each list owner is to subscribe users to their list or inform users how to subscribe themself. In addition, the list owner may perform other maintenance tasks like removing subscriptions, correcting subscriber names or changing how the list functions. None of these operations is very complex and can be accomplished easily through the Web.
The list owner, by default, will receive error notices when mail that is sent to the list fails. The most common error notice is one that lists the subscriber(s) whose address(es) cannot be reached. The ITS Help Desk can help you interpret error messages.
How do I become a list owner?
The first step is to decide on a list name and identify its purpose. It is recommended you keep your list name short yet descriptive (about 8 - 10 characters). As an option you can add "-L" to the name in order to differentiate it from an e-mail account that bears a similar name. However, it is acceptable to use the same name for the e-mail account and the Listserv list.
Next you'll need to decide how you want the list to function. For example, will the list be used for two way discussions or will it be used strictly to distribute announcements?
As you complete the request form (see link below) you will be asked to choose between 3 types of lists. Samples of each type are available during the request process. If none of the samples fit your needs, you may start with one of them and modify it as necessary. Contact Debby Quayle at 859-4031 to further discuss your options.
When the request is submitted, an auto-reply is sent to you that confirms receipt of the request. Once the list shell has been created, you will receive a follow-up e-mail from Debby Quayle. Only then is it ready for subscribers.
Documentation to assist you in the management of your list and its subscribers can be found on the Listserv home page.
Request a new list
Request a new list
Return to Listserv Page
Return to Main ITS Page
HillConnect Resources
Listserv
Hamilton's e-mail system is HillConnect, powered by Google.
The information provided below is designed to address some of the more common questions related to using your e-mail account at Hamilton College. If you have specific questions regarding the functionality or your account (e.g. how to create "groups"), please try using the Help feature built-in to your HillConnect account (click on the "gear" icon in the upper right corner of your HillConnect e-mail screen). If you find that to be insufficient, please contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181.
Topics Covered
Requesting an e-mail account
Activating your HillConnect account
Accessing your e-mail via the Web
Using your HillConnect account
About the HillConnect environment
Changing your existing password
Forgotten password
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail client application
Configuring your mobile device
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
Graduate E-mail Account FAQ
Requesting an e-mail account
New Student Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for students when they are admitted. Consequently, there should never be a need for a student to request an e-mail account for their own personal use.
New Employee Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for employees when we receive official notification from Human Resources. New faculty accounts are created when we receive official notification from the Dean of Faculty office.
Temporary Employee Accounts: To request a temporary employee account, please complete the form found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/survey-manager/survey?id=1304. Please notify ITS as far in advance as possible when requesting an account as there are several processes that must take place to ensure your temp has access to all the resources he/she will need.
Departmental Accounts: Accounts for departmental use can be requested by contacting Debby Quayle at x4031 or by e-mail at dquayle@hamilton.edu.
Organizational Accounts: Student organizations can request accounts when they register on the Student Activities web site. If the organization elects not to register, they must have an employee/faculty sponsor.
Back to top
Activating Your HillConnect Account
Your Hamilton e-mail account must be activated before it can be used. Instrucstions can be found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/youraccount
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via the web
Regardless of whether you are off campus or on campus you can check your e-mail from any computer as long as it has access to the Internet (World Wide Web). Once you are connected to the Internet, point your browser (Internet Explorer, Safari, Firefox, etc.) to http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu.
You can also access your e-mail via the e-mail channel in My Hamilton at http://my.hamilton.edu.
Back to top
Using Your HillConnect Account
About the HillConnect Environment
Mac/Windows
Understanding conversations
Google Apps Overview Video
How to set up forwarding in HillConnect
From Google
How to Configure Filters
From Lynda.com
To view these videos, please email learnit@hamilton.edu for an account
Gmail Essentials Video
Calendar Essentials Video
Changing your existing password
There are two ways to change your password. The Change Password Form allows you to enter a new e-mail password that will also become your new network password. The Synchronize Password link will use your existing network password and will make your e-mail password match it.
Change Password Form: Changes your e-mail password and your ESS/SSS at the same time.
Synchronize Password Form: Changing your HillConnect Password to Match Your ESS/SSS Password.
Forgotten Password
Current students and employees need to contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181 or e-mail us at helpdesk@hamilton.edu for assistance. Instructions for other members of the Hamilton Community.
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail software application
You can access your Hamilton e-mail account using e-mail client software that supports the IMAP mail protocol. ITS supports the use of Mozilla Thunderbird and provides comprehensive documentation for configuring and using Thunderbird. College-owned computers for employees have Thunderbird installed and configured for the computer's user. If you want to install and configure Thunderbird on your personal computer to access your e-mail please contact the ITS Help Desk.
Thunderbird
Installing & Configuring for HillConnect E-mail
Outlook
How to Configure Microsoft Outlook 2010
Apple Mail
How to Configure Apple Mail
Windows Mail
How to Configure Windows Mail
Others
If you are comfortable using another e-mail program without support from ITS, you can use the generic settings below as a guide for setting up one of these e-mail clients. If you need further assistance, use the Help feature in the program or refer to the support webster for the respective software company.
Settings for any client
Configuring Your Mobile Devices
Configuring my mobile device for mail, calendar, and contacts
Back to top
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
The Hamilton ListServ system allows you to quickly send an e-mail to a group of individuals, such as a club or organization, the entire campus community, or certain class year of students. The ListServ groups for the entire campus, all students, all faculty, all employees, or a particular class year are mass mailing lists which are subject to certain policies. For more information on mass mailing policies and how to use ListServ, see the information on our ListServ web page:
ListServ Mailing List Info
Back to top
How to Send Mail to One of the Mass E-mail Lists
Listserv
Listserv
How to send a message to one of the mass e-mail lists:
Determine which list is the most appropriate audience for your announcement (see E-mail Policy link below) and then address your message to the list you have chosen (e.g. events-all@listserv.hamilton.edu).
A list of mass mail lists and who they reach is found on the E-mail Policy web page
Add a subject line that is informative but brief (e.g. Spanish Club Meeting Tonight).
In the body of your message, type your announcement following the mass mail guidelines.
You are required to sign your message with your complete name (or the full name of your organization), and (if applicable) the department you are representing. It is not sufficient to assume your return address will identify you.
After you send your message you will receive a confirmation e-mail request from the Hamilton College LISTSERV Server.
Carefully review the content of your message in the confirmation request. It will often be represented both as plain text and as you intended it (with colors and font changes). This is your chance to catch any errors and omissions. If any are found, DO NOT approve the confirmation request message. Simply correct the error in your original message and re-send it to the same list. When the second confirmation request arrives, you should review it and, if appropriate, approve that version. To confirm the message, click on the web link that appears toward the top of the confirmation request message. This will open a web page on which text will appear stating your message was successfully confirmed.
NOTE: Occasionally the confirmation request message is slightly delayed (10-15 minutes maximum). If you get impatient and re-send your message too soon, you may receive two confirmation requests. Only reply to the first! Otherwise, you will send your message twice and use up your "two message" quota for that event.
To send the same message to multiple lists at once, you may string them together on the "TO:" line of your message. For example: notices-faculty@listserv.hamilton.edu,notices-students@listserv.hamilton.edu. Please do not include a space after the comma. You will receive a separate confirmation request for each list in the "To" line and you must approve each confirmation request separately. IMPORTANT NOTE: You should take care not to send your message to multiple lists if the lists overlap. For example, you should not send a message to notices-all and to notices-faculty becuase members of the faculty are subscribed to both lists.
If you have any questions or problems sending mail to the mass lists, please contact the ITS Help Desk at 859-4181.
For questions about the mass mail guidelines, contact Debby Quayle (extension 4031 or dquayle@hamilton.edu)
Return to Listserv Page
Return to Main ITS Page
How to Set Your ListServ Subscription to Digest Mode
Listserv
What is Digest Mode?
Listserv offers many options for managing the behavior of the lists to which you are subscribed. One of the most popular settings is Digest Mode. When it is activated for your subscription, Listserv collects all the messages sent to that list from that point forward for each day and sends them to you in a single message that contains a table of contents followed by the full text of each message. (NOTE: Extremely active lists may result in two or more digest messages.) All of Hamilton's mass mailing lists (e.g. events-all, notices-facutly, etc.) allow you to choose Digest Mode. The digest message for these lists is sent each day at 4:30 p.m.. Private lists (those for student organizations or departments) are sent at midnight by default. The list owner can change the time at which the digest is sent. For assistance, please contact Debby Quayle at 859-4031 (dquayle@hamilton.edu).
Getting Started
The easiest way to manage your Listserv subscription is through the Listserv web interface. Before you can use it, however, you must have a Listserv password. It will allow you to manage your own subscription(s) as well as manage any lists you may own. If you already have a password, you can proceed to the steps below.
Set Your Subscription to Digest Mode
In your web browser (Internet Explorer, Firefox, etc.) go to http://listserv.hamilton.edu. Log in using your full e-mail address and the password you created for yourself for Listserv.
In the Listserv web site, click on Subscribers Corner in the menu across the top.
The lists to which you are subscribed should appear under the red My Lists tab.
Locate the list you wish to set to Digest Mode and click on the word Settings next to the list name.
This will open a page that displays your subscription settings for that list.
Click to put a dot next to Digest (HTML format).
Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on the Update button.
Return to the Subscriber's Corner menu to do the same for other subscriptions you wish to set to Digest Mode.
When you are finished, click to Log Out of Listserv (located in the upper right corner of the screen beneeth the green questionmark).
Removing Digest Mode
Repeat the steps 1-5 described above for setting Digest Mode.
In step 6, click to put a dot next to Regular.
Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on the Update button.
Return to the Subscriber's Corner menu to do the same for other subscriptions you wish to set to Rgular Mode.
When you are finished, click to Log Out of Listserv (located in the upper right corner of the screen beneeth the green questionmark).
How to Subscribe To or Unsubscribe From a Listserv List
Listserv
Listserv
How to Subscribe to a ListServ ListAll members of the Hamilton College community are automatically subscribed to the mass mailing lists that apply to them. For example, employees, faculty and students are subscribed to the events-all and notices-all lists and either the events/notices- emloyees or the events/notices-students lists as applicable. In addition, employees are subscribed to the group lists to which they belong (e.g. events/notices-admin or events/notices-faculty) and students are subscribed to their class year lists (events/notices-20xx). Consequently, it is rarely necessary to manually subscribe yourself to these lists. For a complete list of the mass mailing list addresses, please refer to the ITS Policies, Procedures Plans, and Standards page for e-mail.
NOTE: You may not subscribe to a mass list if you are not a member of that group. For example, a student may not subscribe to the faculty lists and an administrator may not subscribe to one of the student class lists. You may request an exception by writing to Debby Quayle (dquayle@hamilton.edu).
To subscribe to a special interest list (e.g. student organization list, departmental list, college initiative list, etc.), please follow the instructions below.
Open a new message window in your preferred e-mail program and address your message to listserv@listserv.hamilton.edu.
In the body of the message type the following on the first line: Subscribe listname First Last (replace listname with the name of the list to which you are subscribing. Then, replace "First Last" with your real first and last name. For example, to subscribe to a list called "tabletennis" you might type the following: subscribe tabletennis Mary Smith
If you use an automatic "signature" in your e-mail software, it must be disabled before you send your subscription request. If you do not know what the signature feature is, you are likely not using it.
Send your message.
Once your subscription is successfully processed, you will receive an e-mail message that contains generic information describing how to unsubscribe from the list, how to turn mail off temporarily, and how to change to digest mode. You may want to save this message for future reference.
For most special interest lists, this is all that is required. Some lists, however, will require you to confirm your subscription request.
If that occurs, you will receive an e-mail message from the Hamilton College LISTSERV Server with a subject line similar to the following: Command Confirmation Request (0B621502).
Open the message and click on the web link it contains. This will open a web page in your browser (Internet Explorer or FireFox) that confirms whether your confirmation was successful.
Once your subscription is successfully processed, you will receive an e-mail message that contains generic information describing how to unsubscribe from the list, how to turn mail off temporarily, and how to change to digest mode. You may want to save this message for future reference.
Return to Listserv Page
Return to Main ITS Page
How to Temporarily Turn Mass Mail Off and On
Listserv
As a student or employee, you are automatically subscribed to 6 mass mail lists. For example, if you are a student in the class of 2016 you are subscribed to: events-all, events-students, events-2016, notices-all, notices-students and notices-2016. Please review the grid below to determine the lists to which you are subscribed.
Events
Notices
Example
Students
All
All
events-all
notices-all
Students
Students
events-students
notices-students
xxxx (class year)
xxxx (class year)
events-2016
Employees
All
All
events-all
notices-all
Employees
Employees
events-employees
notices-employees
admin, faculty,
staff or maintop
admin, faculty,
staff or maintop
events-admin
notices-faculty
How to temporarily turn OFF mass mail
If you are going away, for example, and you do not want to receive mass mail during your absence, here is how you can turn off all or some your mass mail. NOTE: Unsubscribing from these lists will accomplish the same goal but only if you unsubscribe from all 6 lists. If your goal is to unsubscribe from only a few of the lists (e.g. only the -all lists) you must use the method described below.
Determine the lists you want to temporarily turn off.
Address an e-mail message to listserv@listserv.hamilton.edu
In the body of the message type something similar to the following (the content will depend on which lists you want to turn off). NOTE: each entry should be on a separate line and there should not be a space between "no" and "mail".
set events-all nomail
set notices-all nomail
set events-students nomail
set notices-students nomail
If you use an automatic signature in your e-mail, you need to turn it off (or delete it) for this message. Otherwise, your signature will generate an error message and your change will not be accepted by Listserv. If you do not know if you use an automatic signature, you are likely not using one.
Send your message
How to turn mass mail back on
NOTE: If you unsubscribed from the mass mail lists, you must resubscribe to them. The method described below will not work if you are not subscribed to the list. Click here for instructions. Otherwise, proceed with the instructions that follow.
Determine the lists you want to turn back on.
Address an e-mail message to listserv@listserv.hamilton.edu
In the body of the message type something similar to the following (the content will depend on which lists you want to turn on). NOTE: Each entry should be on a separate line.
set events-all nomail
set notices-all nomail
set events-students nomail
set notices-students nomail
If you use an automatic signature in your e-mail, you need to turn it off (or delete it) for this message. Otherwise, your signature will generate an error message and your change will not be accepted by Listserv. If you do not know if you use an automatic signature, you are likely not using one.
Send your message
Listserv Resources
Listserv
ListServ is a commercial software product installed on Hamilton College's E-mail system. It is designed to provide an easy way to create and maintain large or specialized E-mail mailing lists. These lists can be used for E-mail based distribution of information, discussion, questions and answers, etc. Lists are created and "owned" by an E-mail user who manages the list's behavior. Members of the list are subscribed to it either by the list owner or by following instructions provided by the list owner.
All lists that are created and maintained at Hamilton College are kept private. Subscriber names and E-mail addresses are only available to the list owner. They are never published.
As a list member, you are able to manage certain aspects of your subscription. As the list owner, you are able to manage a wide variety of aspects of the list's behavior. The links that follow will provide you with some basic information about both.
If you have a question about ListServ that requires personal attention, please contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181 or write to helpdesk@hamilton.edu.
Mass Mailing List Guidelines
Guidelines for ListServ Mass Mailing Lists
Request a New ListServ List
Request a New List
List Owner Related Documents
Becoming a ListServ List Owner
Quick Start Guide for List Owners
List User (Subscriber) Related Documents
How to Send Mail to One of the Mass E-mail Lists
How to Subscribe or Unsubscribe to/from a ListServ List
How to Change your ListServ Password
How to Set Your Listserv Subscription to Digest Mode
Policies - Electronic Mail (E-mail) & Listserv (Mass E-mail lists)
Listserv
Department or Group Accounts
By special permission, college departments and student groups will be granted a single account to facilitate connections between the department or group and interested parties. The department or group must identify one person to be responsible for the account and to act as the contact person. In addition, student organizations must be registered with the Office of Student Activities before an account will be granted.
Appropriate Use of E-mail
Hamilton strongly recommends that e-mail not be used for confidential communication. E-mail is now considered a formal written record that carries the same legal weight as a formal memorandum. Users of e-mail should remember that e-mail messages become the possession of the receiver and can be easily duplicated and redistributed by recipients. Messages that have been deleted can unintentionally be retained on system backup files. In addition, even secure passwords are not completely confidential. When a private message needs to be conveyed between two individuals, a conversation is the best way to accomplish it, and messages that should not be preserved should be deleted immediately.
College policy prohibits certain types of e-mail. These include mail that may be perceived as harassment, political campaigning, chain mail or commercial solicitation. Violators will be subject to loss of computer access privileges, as well as additional disciplinary action as determined by the Hamilton judiciary procedures. Certain types of e-mail, including but not limited to harassing e-mail, may also subject the sender to civil or criminal penalties. In spite of College policy, e-mail can be abused by malicious users who know the owner's computing ID and password. Users are responsible for protecting their own passwords.
ListServ Lists
ListServ is a commercial software product installed on our E-mail system. It is designed to provide an easy way to create and maintain large E-mail mailing lists. These lists can be used for the one-way distribution of information, for E-mail based discussion, questions and answers, etc. Lists are created and "owned" by an E-mail user who manages the list?s behavior.
Any faculty, staff, or student member of the Hamilton College community is entitled to become a ListServ list owner. Campus-based organizations and departments are also entitled to own lists, but an individual within the group must be designated as the list owner. Students must be in good standing with the Dean of Students office and student organizations must be registered with the Office of Student Activities.
All lists must be approved by the ITS ListServ administrator prior to creation, but the following general guidelines apply:
The purpose of the list must pertain to Hamilton College business.
Lists are not open to off-campus subscribers unless special permission is obtained. However, Hamilton College students or employees who use off-campus E-mail addresses are allowed to own and belong to lists.
It is the list owner's responsibility to learn the commands necessary to manage the list's subscribers.
Under no circumstances can a list be used to participate in or promote activities that are illegal, violate the Hamilton College code of conduct, or the Hamilton College Honor code.
To apply for list ownership and select a list type, please read Becoming a ListServ List Owner from which you can create your list.
Return to Main Listserv Page
ListServ Mass Mailing Lists
Effective July 1, 2010
As a service to the Hamilton College community, several e-mail based mass mailing lists have been created. These are designed to facilitate the timely and cost-effective distribution of information to the campus community. E-mail now reaches almost all faculty, administration and staff (members of M & O generally don't use computers in connection with their responsibilities) and students. Participation in the mass mailing lists is voluntary.
In order that these lists remain a reliable means of communication, it is important that members of the Hamilton community abide by a few guidelines. These guidelines are not designed to limit free speech but are intended to keep your mail volume at a reasonable level.
Most importantly, anonymous mailings are prohibited. The sender's real name must be identified (in full) within the body of the message - not just at the top in the "from" line.
There are two sets of mass mailing lists, one for announcement of events and the other for general campus notices. The guidelines for use of these lists are explained below.
Events
By an "event" we mean an activity (meeting, performance,, lecture, etc.) that takes place on- or off-campus at a specific date and time and is sponsored, or co-sponsored by either an academic or administrative department/program or a student organization recognized by Student Activities. Sponsorship means that the chair of a College department, program or organization indicates that the organization supports the event and that members of the College are actively involved in organizing the event (e.g., as speakers). If someone other than the organizer(s) makes the event announcement, they share in the responsibility for adhering to the guidelines.
Posting to the lists will be limited to all employees and two* student representatives, or the e-mail account assigned to each student organization recognized by Student Activities.
Violations by the student representatives will accrue to the organization they represent regardless of whether the violator acted alone.
An event will be limited to two posts to the mass mailing lists. Corrections count as one of the two messages.
If an event is cancelled or postponed, two additional notices are allowed.
Each message must have a subject line that is descriptive of the event
The first 4 lines of the message must contain:
Date and time of the event
Sponsor of the event
Name of the event
Location of the event
The remainder of the message should be a short description of the event. [Note that if you include graphics you may exceed the limit of 25 MB for the message. Such messages will be rejected.]
Clarification: Posting a message to an inappropriate list is a violation (e.g., posting a message intended for students to the events-all list)
The mass e-mail lists for posting events are:
a. Events-students@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to students)
b. Events-20xx@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to students in a particular class year, where xx is the last two digits of the class year)
c. Events-faculty@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the faculty)
d. Events-staff@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the staff)
e. Events-admin@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the administration)
f. Events-maintop@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of Maintenance and Operations)
g. Events-employees@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to employees)
h. Events-all@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to both students and employees)
The notices mass e-mail lists will be used only for the following general categories. A non-comprehensive bulleted list of examples is provided for each category.
Announcement of Hamilton deadlines, policies and procedures
These announcements must come from individuals representing the administrative or academic departments responsible for the deadline, policy or procedure being addressed (e.g. drop-add, parking permits, library books due)
Reports from Hamilton organizations or departments
These reports must come from individuals representing the academic or administrative offices, or student organizations recognized by Student Activities who generated the reports (e.g., Minutes of Student Assembly, Agendas, reports from faculty meetings, Honor Court decisions, results of campus-wide initiatives or community events such as United Way, Heart Walk & Run, announcement of appointments).
Notification of the availability of, or changes in, Hamilton College services or facilities
These notices must come from individuals representing the academic or administrative departments, or student organizations recognized by Student Activities who are responsible for the services or facilities being addressed (e.g., dining and fitness center schedules, availability of Hamilton housing, IT and library services, department newsletters, availability of Hamilton-sponsored publications, Campus Safety announcements, sales in the College Store, Physical Plant notices, fund raising activities for Hamilton organizations, fund raising activities approved by Office of the President (for employees) or by the Student Activities Office (for students)).
Surveys
Student-initiated surveys must be related to the academic program and endorsed by a faculty mentor. The request for such surveys must be submitted by the faculty mentor. These surveys must be sent to exception@hamilton.edu for prior approval.
Student organizations recognized by Student Activities can submit surveys directly to the student lists. These must be surveys that will only be given to students.
Surveys related to college business or faculty research may be submitted directly to the lists.
Notices from members of the senior staff directly related to their areas of responsibility
The mass e-mail lists for posting notices are:
a. Notices-students@listserv.hamilton.edu(sent only to students)
b. Notices-20xx@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to students in a particular class year, where xx is the last two digits of the class year)
c. Notices-faculty@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the faculty)
d. Notices-staff@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the staff)
e. Notices-admin@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of the administration)
f. Notices-maintop@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to members of Maintenance and Operations)
g. Notices-employees@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent only to employees)
h. Notices-all@listserv.hamilton.edu (sent to both students and employees)
Please consider your audience carefully (e.g., do not send a mailing to "all" if you only need to reach students).Examples of inappropriate uses include, but are not limited to:
Personal opinion, public debate, or campaigning
Announcements should not attempt to sell the reader on a point of view. The information provided should be as factual as possible and sufficient enough to explain the purpose of the announcement. If additional background information is necessary, a web link may be included.
A message that contains no actual announcement (e.g. does not meet the criteria listed above for an event or a non-event) is a violation.
Give-aways (personal property such as furniture, tickets, equipment, books, etc.)
Surveys other than those specified above
Chain mail
Lost and found (except when it is Hamilton College property, or involves animals) there is a Lost and Found channel in My Hamilton.
Requests for rides (there is a Rides channel in My Hamilton)
Items for sale - or items desired (including houses, tickets, books, services, etc.) There is a marketplace channel in My Hamilton that can be used for this purpose.
Exceptions to the Guidelines:
Messages that Fall Outside the Guidelines, or from senders not approved for Mass Mail:
Any individual wanting to post a message to the mass e-mail lists that falls outside of the guidelines, can request that the message be posted by sending a request for an exception to: exception@hamilton.edu. The request will be directed to the appropriate member of the senior staff for approval. Approval or denial will be communicated to the person making the request. Requests for exceptions should be sent at least two business days in advance of the time the posting is to take place.
Penalties for Violations:
A first time violation will result in the removal of posting (sending) privileges to the mass lists for a period of one month (not including breaks). A second violation will result in the removal of both posting and receiving messages to/from the mass lists for a period of one month (not including breaks). A third violation will result in the loss of posting and receiving privileges for the equivalent of a full semester. A fourth violation will result in the individual being referred to the appropriate judicial body dealing with employees or students. Violations are cumulative for as long as you are at Hamilton (or four years for employees). Loss of privileges applies to all the mass lists.
Violators may appeal their penalty by submitting their reasons in writing to the chair of the Committee on Information Technology. The Committee will review the appeal and return a decision within 5 business days. During the appeal process the penalty will be suspended.
[Return to Main Listserv Page]
For questions about these Policies, Procedures, Plans and Standards, contact:
David Smallen
Vice President for Information Technology, Hamilton College
315-859-4169
Quick Start Guide for List Owners
Listserv
For ListServ 16.0
Logging in and Setting your ListServ Preferences
Open your web browser software (Internet Explorer, FireFox, Safari, etc.) and go to: http://listserv.hamilton.edu.
Click on Log In (in the upper right corner).
If you have a password already established, enter your entire e-mail address (e.g. dquayle@hamilton.edu) and your Listserv password in the fields provided. Then click on the Log In button (circled at right).
If you don’t have a password, or don’t remember your password, click on the link to “get a new LISTSERV password” and follow the on-screen prompts. When your password has been set, return to http://listserv.hamilton.edu.
After you've logged in, click on Preferences (located in the upper right corner of your screen below the green question mark shown in step 2).
Click on the down arrow in the Start Page setting and choose "List Dashboard" from the list. NOTE: If you are an advanced user and you want to see all the options, you may want to consider setting the Mode to “Expert Mode”. The Mode setting is in the first line in the preferences.
Click on the Update button in the lower right or upper right corner. The screen will not change.
Viewing, adding or deleting list subscriptions
There are two sections in this document that describe how to manage subscriptions. This first section describes the easiest approach. The steps that follow will satisfy most of your subscription management needs. However, if you need to add or delete large numbers of subscribers or you need to alter specific settings for a subscriber, then proceed to the next section for a more detailed approach to managing subscriptions.
If you are not already in the List Dashboard view, click on the List Management menu and then select List Dashboard from the drop down list.
A list of the lists you own should appear in the bottom half of the screen. To add, delete or search for subscribers and to see a list of your subscribers, click on the [View] link under the Subscribers column heading.
In the Subscriber Reports screen that opens, there are several functions you can perform. Please refer to the illustration after step 3b.
To search for a subscriber, enter as much of their name (or address) as you know in the field to the right of "Search Options", and then click on Search.
To add a new subscriber, fill in the person's full address (e.g. jdoe@hamilton.edu) followed by his/her full name (e.g. John Doe). When you click the Add Subscriber button he or she will be added to your list but he or she will NOT be automatically notified of the subscription.
To delete one or more subscribers, refer to the list of subscribers that appears below the search and add fields. Select a subscriber (or subscribers) by clicking in the checkbox that appears next to the subscriber’s name. Then, click on the button labeled Delete Selected Subscribers. No notification will be sent to the subscriber. NOTE: If you have more than one page of subscribers, you will need to delete subscribers one page at a time.
Managing subscriptions in bulk & managing subscriber settings
This section describes how to manage subscriptions in bulk as well as how to manage details for a specific subscriber. It uses a slightly different technique than described in the previous section.
If you have not already done so, log in to Listserv by going to http://listserv.hamilton.edu. Remember to enter your full e-mail address as your login ID. If you have forgotten your password, refer to step 2b at the very beginning of this web page.
Once logged in, click on the List Management menu and select List Dashboard.
Depending on how many lists you own, in the section labeled "Select List", you will either see the name of your list, names of your lists or alphabetical groupings of lists. If you have own more than one list, click to select the list you wish to examine or manage so that its name appears in the Select List space.
Click on the List Management menu at the top of your screen and from it select Subscriber Management.
To Add or Remove Subscriptions in Bulk
If you need to subscribe or remove a long list of people to your list, the easiest way to accomplish this is through the “bulk” feature.
To use the bulk operation tab, you must first create a plain text file that contains a list of the subscribers you wish to add or delete (the format is described in sections a & b below). This file can be created in Microsoft Word but you must take care to choose Save As in order to change the file format to Plain Text (*.txt). On a Windows computer, “Plain Text” is found by selecting the “Save as type” drop-down list. On a Macintosh, “Plain Text” is found in the “Format” drop-down list. NOTE: Additions and Deletions CANNOT be added to the same file.
Insert Screen Shots from Word 2010 & 2011 Here
Additions should by typed as follows (full address followed by full name)
gwashing@hamilton.edu George Washington
alincoln@hamilton.edu Abraham Lincoln
ahamilto@hamilton.edu Alexander Hamilton
NOTE: Each subscriber appears on a separate line. A tab (not a space) is used to separate the e-mail address from the subscriber’s full name.
Deletions should be typed as follows (full address only)
gwashing@hamilton.edu
alincoln@hamilton.edu
ahamilto@hamilton.edu
NOTE: It is not necessary to include the subscriber’s full name if their subscription is being deleted from the list.
Once you have logged in to Listserv (http://listserv.hamilton.edu), proceed to the List Management menu and then choose List Dashboard if you are not already on that screen.
As described in sections above, select the list you wish to manage.
Return to the List Management menu and choose Subscriber Management.
In the screen that opens, click on the Bulk Operations tab.
In the Bulk Operations screen, select the operation you wish to perform. Read each selection carefully before making your choice. Then, click on the Browse... button and navigate to the location of the plain text file you saved in step 1 above. Once you click to select the file, its location and file name will appear in the Input File: space to the left of the Browse button.
Review your settings to confirm you are about to perform the correct operation and then click on the Import button. When the operation is complete you will see a summary of the import at the top of the page. The example below is for a list called “Test-L”.
Backup and Restore Files in Mac OS X
Mac OS 10.4 Tiger
Employees
There are two ways to back up your files on your MAC without purchasing commercial software.
Manual Backup
In order to manually backup your folders all you have to do is click and drag the desired folder(s) from your MAC to your personal folder on the ESS server. *****DO NOT BACK UP YOUR ENTIRE HARD DRIVE*****
You will have to do this periodically on your own and whatever you save to the server will be the only files backed up.
Example of backing up your local Documents folder to your ESS folder
First, ensure that you are connected to your EES folder.
Open up your Macintosh hard drive and click on the documents folder or you can click on the icon with your username and then click on the documents folder. You can also select the Users folder. In Users, select your user name’s folder (e.g. “jsmith”). In your user name’s folder, locate the Documents folder.
NOTE: The Documents icon on the left side of the screen is only a shortcut; if you click and drag that icon, you will remove the Documents shortcut, not back up your files.
Open your Macintosh hard drive again by double-clicking the desktop icon. This will create a second window.
Click on the ESS “Users” icon and locate your folder (the list is alphabetical).
Drag Documents from the first window to your folder in the EES window.
If you have already saved the local folder to your ESS folder before then you will see the following prompt. Click Replace. If this is the first time saving the folder then it will automatically begin saving. After you click Replace it will begin saving the folder to your ESS folder.
You should now be able to see your Documents folder on your ESS share.
Your files in the Documents folder are now successfully backed up on your ESS share.
Create Archive
Files and folders can also be compressed within OSX, and then the resulting file (with a .zip extension) can be copied to the server for back up. A folder or file that is compressed usually results in a smaller file size. In the example shown below, the original folder is 104.2MB and the resulting ZIP file is 65.7MB.
Select the file(s) or folder.
From the File Menu choose Create Archive.
If multiple files or folders are selected, a file will be created named Archive.Zip. If a single file or folder is selected, a file will be created named Foldername or filename.zip.
Unarchiving a Zip file
In order to make edits to any file contained within a zip file, you must first unarchive it.
Double click on the zip file.
If a folder was compressed, after double clicking on a zip file, a folder will appear in the same location as the zip file. If a single file was compressed, the original document will appear. The zip file will remain until you delete it.
Creating a PDF in OS X
Mac OS 10.4 Tiger
Open the document in its native application.
From the File menu, select Print.
From the File menu, select Page Setup… The Page Setup window will pop up. Format for Any
Printer and set Paper Size equal to the size of your document. Click OK.
Click on the PDF… button in the lower left corner of the Print window, and select Save as PDF…
Save window will pop up. After you name your file and choose where to save it, click Save.
Installing Sophos Anti-Virus on Mac OS 10.4-10.8 for Employees
Mac OS 10.4 Tiger
For Off Campus Use
Removal of old Sophos (if necessary)
NOTE: If you already have Sophos on your computer go through the removal steps otherwise go to the section Downloading and Installing Sophos
1. At Finder click on your hard drive icon.
2. Open the folder Library.
3. Open the folder Application Support.
4. Open the folder Sophos Anti-virus.
5. Launch the Remove Sophos Anti-virus.
6. Once Sophos is removed from the computer you can install the new version of Sophos.
Downloading and Installing Sophos
1. Launch Firefox. NOTE: Safari will not work to download Sophos.
2. Please replace userid with your hamilton user name as you type in the Address line ftp://hamilton-d\userid@software.hamilton.edu/sophos
3. In the dialog box that appears type in your Hamilton Network password.
4. Click OK.
5. Click on the folder link Sophos Mac OS 10.2 & above.
6. Click on the link ESCOSX.zip to download the Sophos installer on your computer.
7. In the dialog box that appears, choose the bullet in front of Save File.
8. Click OK.
9. Locate the ESCOSX.zip that you downloaded.
10. Double click on the ESCOSX.zip to unpack the file folder.
Installing Sophos
1. Close all other applications.
2. Open the folder ESCOSX file folder on the desktop.
3. Double-click on the file Sophos Anti-Virus.mpkg.
a. If the installer launches an Authenticate window, enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer when it boots up. After typing them in click OK.
4. Click Continue in window This package contains a program that …
5. The Welcome to the Sophos Anti-Virus Installer screen appears. Click Continue.
6. The Important Information screen appears. Click Continue.
7. The Select a Destination screen appears. Select your computer’s hard drive. Click Continue.
8. The Standard Install screen appears. Click Install.
a. If the installer launches an Authenticate window, enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer.
9. When the progress bar is complete, you will see a message indicating Install Succeeded. Click Close.
Configuring Sophos
1. Click on the Sophos Shield located by the Time & Date in the top right corner on the menu bar.
2. Select Open Sophos Anti-virus Preferences.
3. Click on the Lock button labeled Click lock to make changes in the lower left hand corner.
4. An Authenticate window appears. Enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer when it boots up. After typing them in click OK.
5. Click on the AutoUpdate tab (see figure below.)
6. On the Update from primary location select Company web server.
7. In the URL: field http://sophosupdate.hamilton.edu/cids/s000/escosx
8. In the User name: field, using your network username in place of “userid,” enter Hamilton-d\userid if you are an employee. For example, if you were a employee named Ulysses Grant, you would type hamilton-d\ugrant in the User name field.
9. In the Password: field, enter your Hamilton Network Password. This is the password you use to access the ESS or SSS server.
10. Place a check in the box labeled Check for updates on connection to network or internet.
11. Quit System Preferences by selecting System Preferences (from the main menu bar), and then Quit System Preferences.
What to Expect When You’re Finished
1. After your installation is complete, Sophos will scan for viruses in the background and will automatically remove any that are found.
2. Sophos will update every day automatically via the Internet. Remember that if your computer is not connecting to the Internet Sophos Anti-Virus will not be able to receive up dates, and your virus-protection will be ineffective.
3. We recommend that you repair disk permissions on your computer after the installation is finished, as outlined below.
Repairing Disk Permissions
1. In your hard drive, open your Applications folder and then open the Utilities folder.
2. Open Disk Utility.
3. Click on the name of your hard drive in the left section of the window. Under the First Aid tab, click on Repair Disk Permissions.
4. You’ll see a progress bar near the bottom of the window showing the status of the repair. You’ll also see text appear in the blank section of the window as permissions are repaired. Be patient as this process can take several minutes.
5. When finished, you’ll be notified that the Permissions repair is complete.
6. Quit Disk Utility.
Manual VPN Client Installation for Mac
Mac OS 10.4 Tiger
If you receive a message stating that the web-based installation was unsuccessful, perform a manual installation by following the steps below:
NOTE: ONLY ATTEMPT TO INSTALL THE VPN CLIENT WHILE OFF CAMPUS.
When automatic installation fails, you will be presented with a window that has a link to download the VPN client installer to your computer. Click the Mac OS X 10.4 (intel) link to download the manual installer.
Save the file to your computer. If the file automatically downloads, look for it in your Downloads or Desktop folder.
Double-click on the downloaded file to access the manual installer.
Double-click vpn.pkg to initiate the installer.
The installer will open. Click Continue until you are presented with the software licensing agreement. Click Agree to continue.When presented with the option, click Install.
You will be prompted to enter your credentials. Please enter the credentials for your LOCAL computer.
The software will install. Select Close after the process concludes.
Navigate to your Applications Folder (Select Go > Applications in your Mac's menu bar) and find the Cisco folder.
Open the Cisco AnyConnect VPN Client app.
When the app opens, type "outside.hamilton.edu" in the Connect to: field.
Push Select.
When the Username and Password fields appear, enter your Hamilton credentials.
Click Connect.
You will be connected to the VPN and the client will function as if were installed normally.
Sophos Home Edition on Mac OS X 10.4-10.7 for Students
Mac OS 10.4 Tiger
Students Only
As Macintosh becomes more popular, it is increasingly a target for an emerging group of viruses and spyware designed specifically for the Mac operating system. It is in the best interests of Mac users to take action now to protect their systems. This document explains how to download and install Sophos’ free Anti-Virus solution for student Mac users.
Download Sophos Anti-Virus
1. Visit the Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition page on the Sophos website: http://www.sophos.com/en-us/products/free-tools/sophos-antivirus-for-mac-home-edition.aspx
2. Click on the Download Now button:
3. When prompted, click the Save File button.
4. Select Desktop as the save location and then click the Save button.
Installing Sophos Anti-Virus
1. Double-click the savosx_72_he.dmg file that you just downloaded to the desktop. It will mount and automatically open Sophos Anti-Virus Home Edition OS X 10.4 .
2. Double-click on Sophos Anti-Virus Home Edition.mpkg.
3. When prompted that “This package will run a program to determine if the software can be installed,” click the Continue button. This will check your system for any possible conflicts that would prevent Sophos from installing.
4. If there are no conflicts, the Welcome Screen will appear. Click Continue.
5. At the Software License Agreement screen, click Continue.
6. Click the Agree button.
7. At the Select a Destination screen, click on Macintosh HD (for most, this will be the only option) and then click Continue.
8. At the Sophos Anti-Virus Updates screen, click Continue.
9. At the Standard Install screen, click the Install button to proceed with the installation.
10. When prompted, enter your username and password for your Mac computer.
11. At the Completion screen, take a moment to read through the brief information on how to use Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition. Click Continue.
12. At the Installation was Successful screen, click Close.
13. You should now have a black Sophos shield icon in the Menu Bar at the upper right of your screen.
How Do I Use Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition?
Sophos runs in the background and scans files for threats whenever the files are opened. If you want to perform a manual scan of all your files, click the black Sophos shield in the menu bar and select Scan Local Drives.
Using Remote Desktop in Mac OS X to Connect to Windows XP
Mac OS 10.4 Tiger
NOTE: These instructions are for connecting to Windows XP SP2 and 7 from Mac OS X 10.2.8 or later.
NOTE: It is recommended that the Windows Firewall be active at all times on your office computer. To turn it on or confirm its status please follow the steps below.
Click on Start, select Control Panel, then select Windows Firewall.
(Windows 7) On the left taskbar, click on Turn Windows Firewall on or off
Verify that there is a bullet in front of the option On (recommended) (in Windows XP) or Turn on Windows Firewall (in Windows 7)
Windows XP (left) and Windows 7 (right)
Configuring Windows Firewall to Allow a Remote Desktop Connection
With the Windows Firewall window still open, complete the following steps:
Click on the Exceptions tab. In Windows 7, click on Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall.
Place a check mark in the box in front of Remote Desktop. In Windows 7, scroll down to check that the Domain and Home/Work (Private) is checked for Remote Desktop (for Windows 7 users, complete this step and skip to the section Configuring your Office Computer for Remote Desktop Connection).
Click on the Advanced tab. Click on Local Area Connection to highlight it. Click on the Settings button.
Place a checkmark in the box labeled Remote Desktop. If a window labeled Service Settings appears, Click OK.
Click OK on both the Advanced Settings and the Windows Firewall window.
Configuring Your Office Computer for a Remote Desktop Connection
Click on Start, right-click My Computer and choose Properties.
Click on the Remote tab and place a checkmark in the Allow users to connect remotely to this computer box, as shown below. On Windows 7, click on Remote Settings and place a bullet next to Allow connections from computers running any version of Remote Desktop (less secure).
Windows XP (left) and Windows 7 (right)
Verify that you have the proper permission to connect to your computer by clicking Select Remote Users… or Select Users (Windows 7).
Your domain and username should be listed as already having access (as shown below.)
NOTE: If you do not already have access, click on the Add... button as shown above and a window similar to the one below will appear. In the space labeled Enter the object names to select (examples):, type your domain (the domain for employees is Hamilton-d) and user ID. For example, Hamilton-d\dhubbard. Click Check Names and, if it is a valid username, the domain name will disappear and your username will become underlined. For example, in the illustration below, hamilton-d\dhubbard will change to dhubbard. Click OK to close the Select Users window.
Click OK to close the Remote Desktop Users window and click OK again to close the System Properties window.
Click on Start and then click on Run…
In the Open: field, type cmd and click OK.
A box with a black background and white text will appear. Type ipconfig at the blinking cursor and press on your keyboard.
Make note of the IP Address (as shown above,) you will need to take it with you to access your computer remotely. (NOTE: You should do this each time you plan to use Remote Desktop Access as IP addresses change periodically.) Close the window.
To access your computer using Remote Desktop, your office computer must be on and connected to the Hamilton Network. You can log off of your computer and leave it turned on or you can lock your desktop while logged on. To lock your computer, press the , , and keys simultaneously, and then click on Lock Computer.
This completes setting up your office computer. These settings will remain in effect and do not need to be repeated.
Installing Remote Desktop Connection on Mac OS X
On your OS X computer, go to Microsoft’s webpage for the Remote Desktop Connection Client for Mac OS X: http://www.microsoft.com/mac/downloads?pid=Mactopia_RDC&fid=68346E0D-44D3-4065-99BB-B664B27EE1F0#viewer
Click on Download Now to download the file.
If your browser asks you what to do with this file, tell it to save the file. If your browser automatically opens the file with Stuffit, skip to step 5.
After the file finishes downloading, go to the location the file was downloaded to (most likely the desktop) and double-click the RDC_2.1.1_ALL.dmg file.
You’ll now have a white volume on your desktop called RDC. Open this white volume if it isn’t already open.
To install the application, double-click on the RDC Installer and follow the instructions to install the application onto your computer.
You should now see the Remote Desktop Connection application on your dock.
Connecting to Your Office Computer from a Remote OS X Computer
Open the Remote Desktop Connection application.
The first time you open the application, the End User License Agreement will pop up. Accept the license agreement. Then a window will pop up asking you to register. Click Register Later. You will not see these windows when you open the program in the future.
In the Computer: field, type the IP address (from step 10 on page 4) for your office computer. Click Connect.
In the Log On to Windows dialog box, type your network username, password, and domain and then click OK.
You may be prompted with the below message. Click Connect. Once connected, go to the RDC menu and select Preferences. Click the Security icon and select Always connect, even if authentication fails. This will remove future message prompts like the one below.
The Remote Desktop window will open and you will see the desktop settings, files, and programs that are on your office computer. Your office computer will remain locked and no one will be able to use it without a password, nor will anyone see the work you are doing on your office computer remotely. To improve performance, you will not see your usual desktop picture if you have one set up.
To Log Off and End a Session
In the Remote Desktop Session, click Start and select Disconnect.
When it asks you if you are sure you want to disconnect, click Disconnect.
Web Publishing Using Mac OSX
Mac OS 10.4 Tiger
OSX 10.6, 10.7, and newer
1.) From the Menu bar, choose Go
2.) Choose Connect to Server...
3.) To connect to:
WWW (the main Hamilton site), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/hamilton then click on Connect.
Academics (academics.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/Academics then click on Connect.
Students (students.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/Students then click on Connect.
4a.) An Authentication window will appear.
Hamilton employees, enter Hamilton-d\username for the Name
Hamilton students, enter Hamilton-s\username for the Name
4b.) Enter your network Password, then click Connect to connect.
OSX 10.5
1.) From the Menu bar, choose Go
2.) Choose Connect to Server...
3.) To connect to:
WWW (the main Hamilton site), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/hamilton then click on Connect.
Academics (academics.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/Academics then click on Connect.
Students (students.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/Students then click on Connect.
4a.) An Authentication window will appear.
Hamilton employees, enter Hamilton-d\username for the Name
Hamilton students, enter Hamilton-s\username for the Name
4b.) Enter your network Password, then click Connect to connect.
OSX 10.4
OSX 10.4 users cannot connect to polaris using the standard on-campus methods. Please follow the instructions for FTP.
Backup and Restore Files in Mac OS X
Mac OS 10.5 Leopard
Employees
There are two ways to back up your files on your MAC without purchasing commercial software.
Manual Backup
In order to manually backup your folders all you have to do is click and drag the desired folder(s) from your MAC to your personal folder on the ESS server. *****DO NOT BACK UP YOUR ENTIRE HARD DRIVE*****
You will have to do this periodically on your own and whatever you save to the server will be the only files backed up.
Example of backing up your local Documents folder to your ESS folder
First, ensure that you are connected to your EES folder.
Open up your Macintosh hard drive and click on the documents folder or you can click on the icon with your username and then click on the documents folder. You can also select the Users folder. In Users, select your user name’s folder (e.g. “jsmith”). In your user name’s folder, locate the Documents folder.
NOTE: The Documents icon on the left side of the screen is only a shortcut; if you click and drag that icon, you will remove the Documents shortcut, not back up your files.
Open your Macintosh hard drive again by double-clicking the desktop icon. This will create a second window.
Click on the ESS “Users” icon and locate your folder (the list is alphabetical).
Drag Documents from the first window to your folder in the EES window.
If you have already saved the local folder to your ESS folder before then you will see the following prompt. Click Replace. If this is the first time saving the folder then it will automatically begin saving. After you click Replace it will begin saving the folder to your ESS folder.
You should now be able to see your Documents folder on your ESS share.
Your files in the Documents folder are now successfully backed up on your ESS share.
Create Archive
Files and folders can also be compressed within OSX, and then the resulting file (with a .zip extension) can be copied to the server for back up. A folder or file that is compressed usually results in a smaller file size. In the example shown below, the original folder is 104.2MB and the resulting ZIP file is 65.7MB.
Select the file(s) or folder.
From the File Menu choose Create Archive.
If multiple files or folders are selected, a file will be created named Archive.Zip. If a single file or folder is selected, a file will be created named Foldername or filename.zip.
Unarchiving a Zip file
In order to make edits to any file contained within a zip file, you must first unarchive it.
Double click on the zip file.
If a folder was compressed, after double clicking on a zip file, a folder will appear in the same location as the zip file. If a single file was compressed, the original document will appear. The zip file will remain until you delete it.
Configuring Apple Mail for HillConnect Mail
Mac OS 10.5 Leopard
For Mac OSX 10.5.x & 10.6.x only
These instructions detail how to configure your e-mail client, Apple Mail to access Hamilton’s HillMail email system (powered by Google).
Creating a PDF in OS X
Mac OS 10.5 Leopard
Open the document in its native application.
From the File menu, select Print.
From the File menu, select Page Setup… The Page Setup window will pop up. Format for Any
Printer and set Paper Size equal to the size of your document. Click OK.
Click on the PDF… button in the lower left corner of the Print window, and select Save as PDF…
Save window will pop up. After you name your file and choose where to save it, click Save.
Installing Sophos Anti-Virus on Mac OS 10.4-10.8 for Employees
Mac OS 10.5 Leopard
For Off Campus Use
Removal of old Sophos (if necessary)
NOTE: If you already have Sophos on your computer go through the removal steps otherwise go to the section Downloading and Installing Sophos
1. At Finder click on your hard drive icon.
2. Open the folder Library.
3. Open the folder Application Support.
4. Open the folder Sophos Anti-virus.
5. Launch the Remove Sophos Anti-virus.
6. Once Sophos is removed from the computer you can install the new version of Sophos.
Downloading and Installing Sophos
1. Launch Firefox. NOTE: Safari will not work to download Sophos.
2. Please replace userid with your hamilton user name as you type in the Address line ftp://hamilton-d\userid@software.hamilton.edu/sophos
3. In the dialog box that appears type in your Hamilton Network password.
4. Click OK.
5. Click on the folder link Sophos Mac OS 10.2 & above.
6. Click on the link ESCOSX.zip to download the Sophos installer on your computer.
7. In the dialog box that appears, choose the bullet in front of Save File.
8. Click OK.
9. Locate the ESCOSX.zip that you downloaded.
10. Double click on the ESCOSX.zip to unpack the file folder.
Installing Sophos
1. Close all other applications.
2. Open the folder ESCOSX file folder on the desktop.
3. Double-click on the file Sophos Anti-Virus.mpkg.
a. If the installer launches an Authenticate window, enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer when it boots up. After typing them in click OK.
4. Click Continue in window This package contains a program that …
5. The Welcome to the Sophos Anti-Virus Installer screen appears. Click Continue.
6. The Important Information screen appears. Click Continue.
7. The Select a Destination screen appears. Select your computer’s hard drive. Click Continue.
8. The Standard Install screen appears. Click Install.
a. If the installer launches an Authenticate window, enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer.
9. When the progress bar is complete, you will see a message indicating Install Succeeded. Click Close.
Configuring Sophos
1. Click on the Sophos Shield located by the Time & Date in the top right corner on the menu bar.
2. Select Open Sophos Anti-virus Preferences.
3. Click on the Lock button labeled Click lock to make changes in the lower left hand corner.
4. An Authenticate window appears. Enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer when it boots up. After typing them in click OK.
5. Click on the AutoUpdate tab (see figure below.)
6. On the Update from primary location select Company web server.
7. In the URL: field http://sophosupdate.hamilton.edu/cids/s000/escosx
8. In the User name: field, using your network username in place of “userid,” enter Hamilton-d\userid if you are an employee. For example, if you were a employee named Ulysses Grant, you would type hamilton-d\ugrant in the User name field.
9. In the Password: field, enter your Hamilton Network Password. This is the password you use to access the ESS or SSS server.
10. Place a check in the box labeled Check for updates on connection to network or internet.
11. Quit System Preferences by selecting System Preferences (from the main menu bar), and then Quit System Preferences.
What to Expect When You’re Finished
1. After your installation is complete, Sophos will scan for viruses in the background and will automatically remove any that are found.
2. Sophos will update every day automatically via the Internet. Remember that if your computer is not connecting to the Internet Sophos Anti-Virus will not be able to receive up dates, and your virus-protection will be ineffective.
3. We recommend that you repair disk permissions on your computer after the installation is finished, as outlined below.
Repairing Disk Permissions
1. In your hard drive, open your Applications folder and then open the Utilities folder.
2. Open Disk Utility.
3. Click on the name of your hard drive in the left section of the window. Under the First Aid tab, click on Repair Disk Permissions.
4. You’ll see a progress bar near the bottom of the window showing the status of the repair. You’ll also see text appear in the blank section of the window as permissions are repaired. Be patient as this process can take several minutes.
5. When finished, you’ll be notified that the Permissions repair is complete.
6. Quit Disk Utility.
Manual VPN Client Installation for Mac
Mac OS 10.5 Leopard
If you receive a message stating that the web-based installation was unsuccessful, perform a manual installation by following the steps below:
NOTE: ONLY ATTEMPT TO INSTALL THE VPN CLIENT WHILE OFF CAMPUS.
When automatic installation fails, you will be presented with a window that has a link to download the VPN client installer to your computer. Click the Mac OS X 10.4 (intel) link to download the manual installer.
Save the file to your computer. If the file automatically downloads, look for it in your Downloads or Desktop folder.
Double-click on the downloaded file to access the manual installer.
Double-click vpn.pkg to initiate the installer.
The installer will open. Click Continue until you are presented with the software licensing agreement. Click Agree to continue.When presented with the option, click Install.
You will be prompted to enter your credentials. Please enter the credentials for your LOCAL computer.
The software will install. Select Close after the process concludes.
Navigate to your Applications Folder (Select Go > Applications in your Mac's menu bar) and find the Cisco folder.
Open the Cisco AnyConnect VPN Client app.
When the app opens, type "outside.hamilton.edu" in the Connect to: field.
Push Select.
When the Username and Password fields appear, enter your Hamilton credentials.
Click Connect.
You will be connected to the VPN and the client will function as if were installed normally.
Sophos Home Edition on Mac OS X 10.4-10.7 for Students
Mac OS 10.5 Leopard
Students Only
As Macintosh becomes more popular, it is increasingly a target for an emerging group of viruses and spyware designed specifically for the Mac operating system. It is in the best interests of Mac users to take action now to protect their systems. This document explains how to download and install Sophos’ free Anti-Virus solution for student Mac users.
Download Sophos Anti-Virus
1. Visit the Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition page on the Sophos website: http://www.sophos.com/en-us/products/free-tools/sophos-antivirus-for-mac-home-edition.aspx
2. Click on the Download Now button:
3. When prompted, click the Save File button.
4. Select Desktop as the save location and then click the Save button.
Installing Sophos Anti-Virus
1. Double-click the savosx_72_he.dmg file that you just downloaded to the desktop. It will mount and automatically open Sophos Anti-Virus Home Edition OS X 10.4 .
2. Double-click on Sophos Anti-Virus Home Edition.mpkg.
3. When prompted that “This package will run a program to determine if the software can be installed,” click the Continue button. This will check your system for any possible conflicts that would prevent Sophos from installing.
4. If there are no conflicts, the Welcome Screen will appear. Click Continue.
5. At the Software License Agreement screen, click Continue.
6. Click the Agree button.
7. At the Select a Destination screen, click on Macintosh HD (for most, this will be the only option) and then click Continue.
8. At the Sophos Anti-Virus Updates screen, click Continue.
9. At the Standard Install screen, click the Install button to proceed with the installation.
10. When prompted, enter your username and password for your Mac computer.
11. At the Completion screen, take a moment to read through the brief information on how to use Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition. Click Continue.
12. At the Installation was Successful screen, click Close.
13. You should now have a black Sophos shield icon in the Menu Bar at the upper right of your screen.
How Do I Use Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition?
Sophos runs in the background and scans files for threats whenever the files are opened. If you want to perform a manual scan of all your files, click the black Sophos shield in the menu bar and select Scan Local Drives.
Using Remote Desktop in Mac OS X to Connect to Windows XP
Mac OS 10.5 Leopard
NOTE: These instructions are for connecting to Windows XP SP2 and 7 from Mac OS X 10.2.8 or later.
NOTE: It is recommended that the Windows Firewall be active at all times on your office computer. To turn it on or confirm its status please follow the steps below.
Click on Start, select Control Panel, then select Windows Firewall.
(Windows 7) On the left taskbar, click on Turn Windows Firewall on or off
Verify that there is a bullet in front of the option On (recommended) (in Windows XP) or Turn on Windows Firewall (in Windows 7)
Windows XP (left) and Windows 7 (right)
Configuring Windows Firewall to Allow a Remote Desktop Connection
With the Windows Firewall window still open, complete the following steps:
Click on the Exceptions tab. In Windows 7, click on Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall.
Place a check mark in the box in front of Remote Desktop. In Windows 7, scroll down to check that the Domain and Home/Work (Private) is checked for Remote Desktop (for Windows 7 users, complete this step and skip to the section Configuring your Office Computer for Remote Desktop Connection).
Click on the Advanced tab. Click on Local Area Connection to highlight it. Click on the Settings button.
Place a checkmark in the box labeled Remote Desktop. If a window labeled Service Settings appears, Click OK.
Click OK on both the Advanced Settings and the Windows Firewall window.
Configuring Your Office Computer for a Remote Desktop Connection
Click on Start, right-click My Computer and choose Properties.
Click on the Remote tab and place a checkmark in the Allow users to connect remotely to this computer box, as shown below. On Windows 7, click on Remote Settings and place a bullet next to Allow connections from computers running any version of Remote Desktop (less secure).
Windows XP (left) and Windows 7 (right)
Verify that you have the proper permission to connect to your computer by clicking Select Remote Users… or Select Users (Windows 7).
Your domain and username should be listed as already having access (as shown below.)
NOTE: If you do not already have access, click on the Add... button as shown above and a window similar to the one below will appear. In the space labeled Enter the object names to select (examples):, type your domain (the domain for employees is Hamilton-d) and user ID. For example, Hamilton-d\dhubbard. Click Check Names and, if it is a valid username, the domain name will disappear and your username will become underlined. For example, in the illustration below, hamilton-d\dhubbard will change to dhubbard. Click OK to close the Select Users window.
Click OK to close the Remote Desktop Users window and click OK again to close the System Properties window.
Click on Start and then click on Run…
In the Open: field, type cmd and click OK.
A box with a black background and white text will appear. Type ipconfig at the blinking cursor and press on your keyboard.
Make note of the IP Address (as shown above,) you will need to take it with you to access your computer remotely. (NOTE: You should do this each time you plan to use Remote Desktop Access as IP addresses change periodically.) Close the window.
To access your computer using Remote Desktop, your office computer must be on and connected to the Hamilton Network. You can log off of your computer and leave it turned on or you can lock your desktop while logged on. To lock your computer, press the , , and keys simultaneously, and then click on Lock Computer.
This completes setting up your office computer. These settings will remain in effect and do not need to be repeated.
Installing Remote Desktop Connection on Mac OS X
On your OS X computer, go to Microsoft’s webpage for the Remote Desktop Connection Client for Mac OS X: http://www.microsoft.com/mac/downloads?pid=Mactopia_RDC&fid=68346E0D-44D3-4065-99BB-B664B27EE1F0#viewer
Click on Download Now to download the file.
If your browser asks you what to do with this file, tell it to save the file. If your browser automatically opens the file with Stuffit, skip to step 5.
After the file finishes downloading, go to the location the file was downloaded to (most likely the desktop) and double-click the RDC_2.1.1_ALL.dmg file.
You’ll now have a white volume on your desktop called RDC. Open this white volume if it isn’t already open.
To install the application, double-click on the RDC Installer and follow the instructions to install the application onto your computer.
You should now see the Remote Desktop Connection application on your dock.
Connecting to Your Office Computer from a Remote OS X Computer
Open the Remote Desktop Connection application.
The first time you open the application, the End User License Agreement will pop up. Accept the license agreement. Then a window will pop up asking you to register. Click Register Later. You will not see these windows when you open the program in the future.
In the Computer: field, type the IP address (from step 10 on page 4) for your office computer. Click Connect.
In the Log On to Windows dialog box, type your network username, password, and domain and then click OK.
You may be prompted with the below message. Click Connect. Once connected, go to the RDC menu and select Preferences. Click the Security icon and select Always connect, even if authentication fails. This will remove future message prompts like the one below.
The Remote Desktop window will open and you will see the desktop settings, files, and programs that are on your office computer. Your office computer will remain locked and no one will be able to use it without a password, nor will anyone see the work you are doing on your office computer remotely. To improve performance, you will not see your usual desktop picture if you have one set up.
To Log Off and End a Session
In the Remote Desktop Session, click Start and select Disconnect.
When it asks you if you are sure you want to disconnect, click Disconnect.
Web Publishing Using Mac OSX
Mac OS 10.5 Leopard
OSX 10.6, 10.7, and newer
1.) From the Menu bar, choose Go
2.) Choose Connect to Server...
3.) To connect to:
WWW (the main Hamilton site), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/hamilton then click on Connect.
Academics (academics.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/Academics then click on Connect.
Students (students.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/Students then click on Connect.
4a.) An Authentication window will appear.
Hamilton employees, enter Hamilton-d\username for the Name
Hamilton students, enter Hamilton-s\username for the Name
4b.) Enter your network Password, then click Connect to connect.
OSX 10.5
1.) From the Menu bar, choose Go
2.) Choose Connect to Server...
3.) To connect to:
WWW (the main Hamilton site), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/hamilton then click on Connect.
Academics (academics.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/Academics then click on Connect.
Students (students.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/Students then click on Connect.
4a.) An Authentication window will appear.
Hamilton employees, enter Hamilton-d\username for the Name
Hamilton students, enter Hamilton-s\username for the Name
4b.) Enter your network Password, then click Connect to connect.
OSX 10.4
OSX 10.4 users cannot connect to polaris using the standard on-campus methods. Please follow the instructions for FTP.
Backup
Mac OS 10.6 Snow Leopard
Student Information
ITS Recommendation for students: http://support.apple.com/kb/ht1553
Employee Information
Policy on Information - Personal Data
How to back up using Windows
How to back up using Macintosh
Backup and Restore Files in Mac OS X
Mac OS 10.6 Snow Leopard
Employees
There are two ways to back up your files on your MAC without purchasing commercial software.
Manual Backup
In order to manually backup your folders all you have to do is click and drag the desired folder(s) from your MAC to your personal folder on the ESS server. *****DO NOT BACK UP YOUR ENTIRE HARD DRIVE*****
You will have to do this periodically on your own and whatever you save to the server will be the only files backed up.
Example of backing up your local Documents folder to your ESS folder
First, ensure that you are connected to your EES folder.
Open up your Macintosh hard drive and click on the documents folder or you can click on the icon with your username and then click on the documents folder. You can also select the Users folder. In Users, select your user name’s folder (e.g. “jsmith”). In your user name’s folder, locate the Documents folder.
NOTE: The Documents icon on the left side of the screen is only a shortcut; if you click and drag that icon, you will remove the Documents shortcut, not back up your files.
Open your Macintosh hard drive again by double-clicking the desktop icon. This will create a second window.
Click on the ESS “Users” icon and locate your folder (the list is alphabetical).
Drag Documents from the first window to your folder in the EES window.
If you have already saved the local folder to your ESS folder before then you will see the following prompt. Click Replace. If this is the first time saving the folder then it will automatically begin saving. After you click Replace it will begin saving the folder to your ESS folder.
You should now be able to see your Documents folder on your ESS share.
Your files in the Documents folder are now successfully backed up on your ESS share.
Create Archive
Files and folders can also be compressed within OSX, and then the resulting file (with a .zip extension) can be copied to the server for back up. A folder or file that is compressed usually results in a smaller file size. In the example shown below, the original folder is 104.2MB and the resulting ZIP file is 65.7MB.
Select the file(s) or folder.
From the File Menu choose Create Archive.
If multiple files or folders are selected, a file will be created named Archive.Zip. If a single file or folder is selected, a file will be created named Foldername or filename.zip.
Unarchiving a Zip file
In order to make edits to any file contained within a zip file, you must first unarchive it.
Double click on the zip file.
If a folder was compressed, after double clicking on a zip file, a folder will appear in the same location as the zip file. If a single file was compressed, the original document will appear. The zip file will remain until you delete it.
Configuring Apple Mail for HillConnect Mail
Mac OS 10.6 Snow Leopard
For Mac OSX 10.5.x & 10.6.x only
These instructions detail how to configure your e-mail client, Apple Mail to access Hamilton’s HillMail email system (powered by Google).
Creating a PDF in OS X
Mac OS 10.6 Snow Leopard
Open the document in its native application.
From the File menu, select Print.
From the File menu, select Page Setup… The Page Setup window will pop up. Format for Any
Printer and set Paper Size equal to the size of your document. Click OK.
Click on the PDF… button in the lower left corner of the Print window, and select Save as PDF…
Save window will pop up. After you name your file and choose where to save it, click Save.
Installing Sophos Anti-Virus on Mac OS 10.4-10.8 for Employees
Mac OS 10.6 Snow Leopard
For Off Campus Use
Removal of old Sophos (if necessary)
NOTE: If you already have Sophos on your computer go through the removal steps otherwise go to the section Downloading and Installing Sophos
1. At Finder click on your hard drive icon.
2. Open the folder Library.
3. Open the folder Application Support.
4. Open the folder Sophos Anti-virus.
5. Launch the Remove Sophos Anti-virus.
6. Once Sophos is removed from the computer you can install the new version of Sophos.
Downloading and Installing Sophos
1. Launch Firefox. NOTE: Safari will not work to download Sophos.
2. Please replace userid with your hamilton user name as you type in the Address line ftp://hamilton-d\userid@software.hamilton.edu/sophos
3. In the dialog box that appears type in your Hamilton Network password.
4. Click OK.
5. Click on the folder link Sophos Mac OS 10.2 & above.
6. Click on the link ESCOSX.zip to download the Sophos installer on your computer.
7. In the dialog box that appears, choose the bullet in front of Save File.
8. Click OK.
9. Locate the ESCOSX.zip that you downloaded.
10. Double click on the ESCOSX.zip to unpack the file folder.
Installing Sophos
1. Close all other applications.
2. Open the folder ESCOSX file folder on the desktop.
3. Double-click on the file Sophos Anti-Virus.mpkg.
a. If the installer launches an Authenticate window, enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer when it boots up. After typing them in click OK.
4. Click Continue in window This package contains a program that …
5. The Welcome to the Sophos Anti-Virus Installer screen appears. Click Continue.
6. The Important Information screen appears. Click Continue.
7. The Select a Destination screen appears. Select your computer’s hard drive. Click Continue.
8. The Standard Install screen appears. Click Install.
a. If the installer launches an Authenticate window, enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer.
9. When the progress bar is complete, you will see a message indicating Install Succeeded. Click Close.
Configuring Sophos
1. Click on the Sophos Shield located by the Time & Date in the top right corner on the menu bar.
2. Select Open Sophos Anti-virus Preferences.
3. Click on the Lock button labeled Click lock to make changes in the lower left hand corner.
4. An Authenticate window appears. Enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer when it boots up. After typing them in click OK.
5. Click on the AutoUpdate tab (see figure below.)
6. On the Update from primary location select Company web server.
7. In the URL: field http://sophosupdate.hamilton.edu/cids/s000/escosx
8. In the User name: field, using your network username in place of “userid,” enter Hamilton-d\userid if you are an employee. For example, if you were a employee named Ulysses Grant, you would type hamilton-d\ugrant in the User name field.
9. In the Password: field, enter your Hamilton Network Password. This is the password you use to access the ESS or SSS server.
10. Place a check in the box labeled Check for updates on connection to network or internet.
11. Quit System Preferences by selecting System Preferences (from the main menu bar), and then Quit System Preferences.
What to Expect When You’re Finished
1. After your installation is complete, Sophos will scan for viruses in the background and will automatically remove any that are found.
2. Sophos will update every day automatically via the Internet. Remember that if your computer is not connecting to the Internet Sophos Anti-Virus will not be able to receive up dates, and your virus-protection will be ineffective.
3. We recommend that you repair disk permissions on your computer after the installation is finished, as outlined below.
Repairing Disk Permissions
1. In your hard drive, open your Applications folder and then open the Utilities folder.
2. Open Disk Utility.
3. Click on the name of your hard drive in the left section of the window. Under the First Aid tab, click on Repair Disk Permissions.
4. You’ll see a progress bar near the bottom of the window showing the status of the repair. You’ll also see text appear in the blank section of the window as permissions are repaired. Be patient as this process can take several minutes.
5. When finished, you’ll be notified that the Permissions repair is complete.
6. Quit Disk Utility.
Manual VPN Client Installation for Mac
Mac OS 10.6 Snow Leopard
If you receive a message stating that the web-based installation was unsuccessful, perform a manual installation by following the steps below:
NOTE: ONLY ATTEMPT TO INSTALL THE VPN CLIENT WHILE OFF CAMPUS.
When automatic installation fails, you will be presented with a window that has a link to download the VPN client installer to your computer. Click the Mac OS X 10.4 (intel) link to download the manual installer.
Save the file to your computer. If the file automatically downloads, look for it in your Downloads or Desktop folder.
Double-click on the downloaded file to access the manual installer.
Double-click vpn.pkg to initiate the installer.
The installer will open. Click Continue until you are presented with the software licensing agreement. Click Agree to continue.When presented with the option, click Install.
You will be prompted to enter your credentials. Please enter the credentials for your LOCAL computer.
The software will install. Select Close after the process concludes.
Navigate to your Applications Folder (Select Go > Applications in your Mac's menu bar) and find the Cisco folder.
Open the Cisco AnyConnect VPN Client app.
When the app opens, type "outside.hamilton.edu" in the Connect to: field.
Push Select.
When the Username and Password fields appear, enter your Hamilton credentials.
Click Connect.
You will be connected to the VPN and the client will function as if were installed normally.
Scanning Text with ReadIris and Converting to a Word Document
Mac OS 10.6 Snow Leopard
Using Readiris Pro 11
Getting Started
In order to use Readiris Pro to convert your text into a Word document, you have to scan your text onto the computer. Readiris Pro suggests you scan your image at 200 dpi and set to grayscale, for the best results scan black text with a white background. Make sure to save your file. For instruction scanning see documentation: Scanning with SilverFast Ai.
Note: Make sure your document is saved as a Tiff file or a Pdf, if you do not Readiris will not be able to convert to a word document.
Launching Readiris Pro
Once your file is saved, launch Readiris Pro by opening your applications folder located on the dock at the bottom of the screen and selecting the Readiris Pro folder. This will open a separate window; from this window double click on Readiris Pro to launch the program.
Opening a File
Once Readiris Pro has launched you will notice a blank area in the middle of the interface, this is where your file will be displayed. To the left of the interface in a panel is the Open button; next to the Open button should be a Text button with a chevron, make sure it is set to text. Select the Open button and a window opens that allows you to find your file. Select your file and then press the Open button. Your file will now be displayed in the center of the Readiris Pro interface.
Once Readiris Pro has imported your file into the program, the file should be visible in the middle of the interface. The text in your file should have a blue box surrounding it. This means that Readiris Pro is able to recognize the text. If your file does not display this you should attempt to re-scan your file, making sure to use the scanning settings recommended by Readiris Pro.
Converting Your Document
On the left hand side of the interface is a panel containing a Recognize button; select this button. Once the Recognize button has been selected it will open a window. This window displays that the file is being saved as an .rtf; choose a location for the file to be saved to.
Your .rtf file will open by default in the TextEdit. If you do not see your text displayed, Readiris Pro was unable to recognize and covert your text. If your text is displayed select File from the TextEdit toolbar and then select Save As. Select File Format and change it to a Word document.
Sophos Home Edition on Mac OS X 10.4-10.7 for Students
Mac OS 10.6 Snow Leopard
Students Only
As Macintosh becomes more popular, it is increasingly a target for an emerging group of viruses and spyware designed specifically for the Mac operating system. It is in the best interests of Mac users to take action now to protect their systems. This document explains how to download and install Sophos’ free Anti-Virus solution for student Mac users.
Download Sophos Anti-Virus
1. Visit the Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition page on the Sophos website: http://www.sophos.com/en-us/products/free-tools/sophos-antivirus-for-mac-home-edition.aspx
2. Click on the Download Now button:
3. When prompted, click the Save File button.
4. Select Desktop as the save location and then click the Save button.
Installing Sophos Anti-Virus
1. Double-click the savosx_72_he.dmg file that you just downloaded to the desktop. It will mount and automatically open Sophos Anti-Virus Home Edition OS X 10.4 .
2. Double-click on Sophos Anti-Virus Home Edition.mpkg.
3. When prompted that “This package will run a program to determine if the software can be installed,” click the Continue button. This will check your system for any possible conflicts that would prevent Sophos from installing.
4. If there are no conflicts, the Welcome Screen will appear. Click Continue.
5. At the Software License Agreement screen, click Continue.
6. Click the Agree button.
7. At the Select a Destination screen, click on Macintosh HD (for most, this will be the only option) and then click Continue.
8. At the Sophos Anti-Virus Updates screen, click Continue.
9. At the Standard Install screen, click the Install button to proceed with the installation.
10. When prompted, enter your username and password for your Mac computer.
11. At the Completion screen, take a moment to read through the brief information on how to use Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition. Click Continue.
12. At the Installation was Successful screen, click Close.
13. You should now have a black Sophos shield icon in the Menu Bar at the upper right of your screen.
How Do I Use Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition?
Sophos runs in the background and scans files for threats whenever the files are opened. If you want to perform a manual scan of all your files, click the black Sophos shield in the menu bar and select Scan Local Drives.
Using Remote Desktop in Mac OS X to Connect to Windows XP
Mac OS 10.6 Snow Leopard
NOTE: These instructions are for connecting to Windows XP SP2 and 7 from Mac OS X 10.2.8 or later.
NOTE: It is recommended that the Windows Firewall be active at all times on your office computer. To turn it on or confirm its status please follow the steps below.
Click on Start, select Control Panel, then select Windows Firewall.
(Windows 7) On the left taskbar, click on Turn Windows Firewall on or off
Verify that there is a bullet in front of the option On (recommended) (in Windows XP) or Turn on Windows Firewall (in Windows 7)
Windows XP (left) and Windows 7 (right)
Configuring Windows Firewall to Allow a Remote Desktop Connection
With the Windows Firewall window still open, complete the following steps:
Click on the Exceptions tab. In Windows 7, click on Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall.
Place a check mark in the box in front of Remote Desktop. In Windows 7, scroll down to check that the Domain and Home/Work (Private) is checked for Remote Desktop (for Windows 7 users, complete this step and skip to the section Configuring your Office Computer for Remote Desktop Connection).
Click on the Advanced tab. Click on Local Area Connection to highlight it. Click on the Settings button.
Place a checkmark in the box labeled Remote Desktop. If a window labeled Service Settings appears, Click OK.
Click OK on both the Advanced Settings and the Windows Firewall window.
Configuring Your Office Computer for a Remote Desktop Connection
Click on Start, right-click My Computer and choose Properties.
Click on the Remote tab and place a checkmark in the Allow users to connect remotely to this computer box, as shown below. On Windows 7, click on Remote Settings and place a bullet next to Allow connections from computers running any version of Remote Desktop (less secure).
Windows XP (left) and Windows 7 (right)
Verify that you have the proper permission to connect to your computer by clicking Select Remote Users… or Select Users (Windows 7).
Your domain and username should be listed as already having access (as shown below.)
NOTE: If you do not already have access, click on the Add... button as shown above and a window similar to the one below will appear. In the space labeled Enter the object names to select (examples):, type your domain (the domain for employees is Hamilton-d) and user ID. For example, Hamilton-d\dhubbard. Click Check Names and, if it is a valid username, the domain name will disappear and your username will become underlined. For example, in the illustration below, hamilton-d\dhubbard will change to dhubbard. Click OK to close the Select Users window.
Click OK to close the Remote Desktop Users window and click OK again to close the System Properties window.
Click on Start and then click on Run…
In the Open: field, type cmd and click OK.
A box with a black background and white text will appear. Type ipconfig at the blinking cursor and press on your keyboard.
Make note of the IP Address (as shown above,) you will need to take it with you to access your computer remotely. (NOTE: You should do this each time you plan to use Remote Desktop Access as IP addresses change periodically.) Close the window.
To access your computer using Remote Desktop, your office computer must be on and connected to the Hamilton Network. You can log off of your computer and leave it turned on or you can lock your desktop while logged on. To lock your computer, press the , , and keys simultaneously, and then click on Lock Computer.
This completes setting up your office computer. These settings will remain in effect and do not need to be repeated.
Installing Remote Desktop Connection on Mac OS X
On your OS X computer, go to Microsoft’s webpage for the Remote Desktop Connection Client for Mac OS X: http://www.microsoft.com/mac/downloads?pid=Mactopia_RDC&fid=68346E0D-44D3-4065-99BB-B664B27EE1F0#viewer
Click on Download Now to download the file.
If your browser asks you what to do with this file, tell it to save the file. If your browser automatically opens the file with Stuffit, skip to step 5.
After the file finishes downloading, go to the location the file was downloaded to (most likely the desktop) and double-click the RDC_2.1.1_ALL.dmg file.
You’ll now have a white volume on your desktop called RDC. Open this white volume if it isn’t already open.
To install the application, double-click on the RDC Installer and follow the instructions to install the application onto your computer.
You should now see the Remote Desktop Connection application on your dock.
Connecting to Your Office Computer from a Remote OS X Computer
Open the Remote Desktop Connection application.
The first time you open the application, the End User License Agreement will pop up. Accept the license agreement. Then a window will pop up asking you to register. Click Register Later. You will not see these windows when you open the program in the future.
In the Computer: field, type the IP address (from step 10 on page 4) for your office computer. Click Connect.
In the Log On to Windows dialog box, type your network username, password, and domain and then click OK.
You may be prompted with the below message. Click Connect. Once connected, go to the RDC menu and select Preferences. Click the Security icon and select Always connect, even if authentication fails. This will remove future message prompts like the one below.
The Remote Desktop window will open and you will see the desktop settings, files, and programs that are on your office computer. Your office computer will remain locked and no one will be able to use it without a password, nor will anyone see the work you are doing on your office computer remotely. To improve performance, you will not see your usual desktop picture if you have one set up.
To Log Off and End a Session
In the Remote Desktop Session, click Start and select Disconnect.
When it asks you if you are sure you want to disconnect, click Disconnect.
Web Publishing Using Mac OSX
Mac OS 10.6 Snow Leopard
OSX 10.6, 10.7, and newer
1.) From the Menu bar, choose Go
2.) Choose Connect to Server...
3.) To connect to:
WWW (the main Hamilton site), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/hamilton then click on Connect.
Academics (academics.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/Academics then click on Connect.
Students (students.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/Students then click on Connect.
4a.) An Authentication window will appear.
Hamilton employees, enter Hamilton-d\username for the Name
Hamilton students, enter Hamilton-s\username for the Name
4b.) Enter your network Password, then click Connect to connect.
OSX 10.5
1.) From the Menu bar, choose Go
2.) Choose Connect to Server...
3.) To connect to:
WWW (the main Hamilton site), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/hamilton then click on Connect.
Academics (academics.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/Academics then click on Connect.
Students (students.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/Students then click on Connect.
4a.) An Authentication window will appear.
Hamilton employees, enter Hamilton-d\username for the Name
Hamilton students, enter Hamilton-s\username for the Name
4b.) Enter your network Password, then click Connect to connect.
OSX 10.4
OSX 10.4 users cannot connect to polaris using the standard on-campus methods. Please follow the instructions for FTP.
Creating a PDF in OS X
Mac OS 10.7 Lion
Open the document in its native application.
From the File menu, select Print.
From the File menu, select Page Setup… The Page Setup window will pop up. Format for Any
Printer and set Paper Size equal to the size of your document. Click OK.
Click on the PDF… button in the lower left corner of the Print window, and select Save as PDF…
Save window will pop up. After you name your file and choose where to save it, click Save.
Installing Sophos Anti-Virus on Mac OS 10.4-10.8 for Employees
Mac OS 10.7 Lion
For Off Campus Use
Removal of old Sophos (if necessary)
NOTE: If you already have Sophos on your computer go through the removal steps otherwise go to the section Downloading and Installing Sophos
1. At Finder click on your hard drive icon.
2. Open the folder Library.
3. Open the folder Application Support.
4. Open the folder Sophos Anti-virus.
5. Launch the Remove Sophos Anti-virus.
6. Once Sophos is removed from the computer you can install the new version of Sophos.
Downloading and Installing Sophos
1. Launch Firefox. NOTE: Safari will not work to download Sophos.
2. Please replace userid with your hamilton user name as you type in the Address line ftp://hamilton-d\userid@software.hamilton.edu/sophos
3. In the dialog box that appears type in your Hamilton Network password.
4. Click OK.
5. Click on the folder link Sophos Mac OS 10.2 & above.
6. Click on the link ESCOSX.zip to download the Sophos installer on your computer.
7. In the dialog box that appears, choose the bullet in front of Save File.
8. Click OK.
9. Locate the ESCOSX.zip that you downloaded.
10. Double click on the ESCOSX.zip to unpack the file folder.
Installing Sophos
1. Close all other applications.
2. Open the folder ESCOSX file folder on the desktop.
3. Double-click on the file Sophos Anti-Virus.mpkg.
a. If the installer launches an Authenticate window, enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer when it boots up. After typing them in click OK.
4. Click Continue in window This package contains a program that …
5. The Welcome to the Sophos Anti-Virus Installer screen appears. Click Continue.
6. The Important Information screen appears. Click Continue.
7. The Select a Destination screen appears. Select your computer’s hard drive. Click Continue.
8. The Standard Install screen appears. Click Install.
a. If the installer launches an Authenticate window, enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer.
9. When the progress bar is complete, you will see a message indicating Install Succeeded. Click Close.
Configuring Sophos
1. Click on the Sophos Shield located by the Time & Date in the top right corner on the menu bar.
2. Select Open Sophos Anti-virus Preferences.
3. Click on the Lock button labeled Click lock to make changes in the lower left hand corner.
4. An Authenticate window appears. Enter your username and password. This will be the username and password you use to log onto the computer when it boots up. After typing them in click OK.
5. Click on the AutoUpdate tab (see figure below.)
6. On the Update from primary location select Company web server.
7. In the URL: field http://sophosupdate.hamilton.edu/cids/s000/escosx
8. In the User name: field, using your network username in place of “userid,” enter Hamilton-d\userid if you are an employee. For example, if you were a employee named Ulysses Grant, you would type hamilton-d\ugrant in the User name field.
9. In the Password: field, enter your Hamilton Network Password. This is the password you use to access the ESS or SSS server.
10. Place a check in the box labeled Check for updates on connection to network or internet.
11. Quit System Preferences by selecting System Preferences (from the main menu bar), and then Quit System Preferences.
What to Expect When You’re Finished
1. After your installation is complete, Sophos will scan for viruses in the background and will automatically remove any that are found.
2. Sophos will update every day automatically via the Internet. Remember that if your computer is not connecting to the Internet Sophos Anti-Virus will not be able to receive up dates, and your virus-protection will be ineffective.
3. We recommend that you repair disk permissions on your computer after the installation is finished, as outlined below.
Repairing Disk Permissions
1. In your hard drive, open your Applications folder and then open the Utilities folder.
2. Open Disk Utility.
3. Click on the name of your hard drive in the left section of the window. Under the First Aid tab, click on Repair Disk Permissions.
4. You’ll see a progress bar near the bottom of the window showing the status of the repair. You’ll also see text appear in the blank section of the window as permissions are repaired. Be patient as this process can take several minutes.
5. When finished, you’ll be notified that the Permissions repair is complete.
6. Quit Disk Utility.
Manual VPN Client Installation for Mac
Mac OS 10.7 Lion
If you receive a message stating that the web-based installation was unsuccessful, perform a manual installation by following the steps below:
NOTE: ONLY ATTEMPT TO INSTALL THE VPN CLIENT WHILE OFF CAMPUS.
When automatic installation fails, you will be presented with a window that has a link to download the VPN client installer to your computer. Click the Mac OS X 10.4 (intel) link to download the manual installer.
Save the file to your computer. If the file automatically downloads, look for it in your Downloads or Desktop folder.
Double-click on the downloaded file to access the manual installer.
Double-click vpn.pkg to initiate the installer.
The installer will open. Click Continue until you are presented with the software licensing agreement. Click Agree to continue.When presented with the option, click Install.
You will be prompted to enter your credentials. Please enter the credentials for your LOCAL computer.
The software will install. Select Close after the process concludes.
Navigate to your Applications Folder (Select Go > Applications in your Mac's menu bar) and find the Cisco folder.
Open the Cisco AnyConnect VPN Client app.
When the app opens, type "outside.hamilton.edu" in the Connect to: field.
Push Select.
When the Username and Password fields appear, enter your Hamilton credentials.
Click Connect.
You will be connected to the VPN and the client will function as if were installed normally.
Sophos Home Edition on Mac OS X 10.4-10.7 for Students
Mac OS 10.7 Lion
Students Only
As Macintosh becomes more popular, it is increasingly a target for an emerging group of viruses and spyware designed specifically for the Mac operating system. It is in the best interests of Mac users to take action now to protect their systems. This document explains how to download and install Sophos’ free Anti-Virus solution for student Mac users.
Download Sophos Anti-Virus
1. Visit the Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition page on the Sophos website: http://www.sophos.com/en-us/products/free-tools/sophos-antivirus-for-mac-home-edition.aspx
2. Click on the Download Now button:
3. When prompted, click the Save File button.
4. Select Desktop as the save location and then click the Save button.
Installing Sophos Anti-Virus
1. Double-click the savosx_72_he.dmg file that you just downloaded to the desktop. It will mount and automatically open Sophos Anti-Virus Home Edition OS X 10.4 .
2. Double-click on Sophos Anti-Virus Home Edition.mpkg.
3. When prompted that “This package will run a program to determine if the software can be installed,” click the Continue button. This will check your system for any possible conflicts that would prevent Sophos from installing.
4. If there are no conflicts, the Welcome Screen will appear. Click Continue.
5. At the Software License Agreement screen, click Continue.
6. Click the Agree button.
7. At the Select a Destination screen, click on Macintosh HD (for most, this will be the only option) and then click Continue.
8. At the Sophos Anti-Virus Updates screen, click Continue.
9. At the Standard Install screen, click the Install button to proceed with the installation.
10. When prompted, enter your username and password for your Mac computer.
11. At the Completion screen, take a moment to read through the brief information on how to use Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition. Click Continue.
12. At the Installation was Successful screen, click Close.
13. You should now have a black Sophos shield icon in the Menu Bar at the upper right of your screen.
How Do I Use Sophos Anti-Virus for Mac Home Edition?
Sophos runs in the background and scans files for threats whenever the files are opened. If you want to perform a manual scan of all your files, click the black Sophos shield in the menu bar and select Scan Local Drives.
Using Remote Desktop in Mac OS X to Connect to Windows XP
Mac OS 10.7 Lion
NOTE: These instructions are for connecting to Windows XP SP2 and 7 from Mac OS X 10.2.8 or later.
NOTE: It is recommended that the Windows Firewall be active at all times on your office computer. To turn it on or confirm its status please follow the steps below.
Click on Start, select Control Panel, then select Windows Firewall.
(Windows 7) On the left taskbar, click on Turn Windows Firewall on or off
Verify that there is a bullet in front of the option On (recommended) (in Windows XP) or Turn on Windows Firewall (in Windows 7)
Windows XP (left) and Windows 7 (right)
Configuring Windows Firewall to Allow a Remote Desktop Connection
With the Windows Firewall window still open, complete the following steps:
Click on the Exceptions tab. In Windows 7, click on Allow a program or feature through Windows Firewall.
Place a check mark in the box in front of Remote Desktop. In Windows 7, scroll down to check that the Domain and Home/Work (Private) is checked for Remote Desktop (for Windows 7 users, complete this step and skip to the section Configuring your Office Computer for Remote Desktop Connection).
Click on the Advanced tab. Click on Local Area Connection to highlight it. Click on the Settings button.
Place a checkmark in the box labeled Remote Desktop. If a window labeled Service Settings appears, Click OK.
Click OK on both the Advanced Settings and the Windows Firewall window.
Configuring Your Office Computer for a Remote Desktop Connection
Click on Start, right-click My Computer and choose Properties.
Click on the Remote tab and place a checkmark in the Allow users to connect remotely to this computer box, as shown below. On Windows 7, click on Remote Settings and place a bullet next to Allow connections from computers running any version of Remote Desktop (less secure).
Windows XP (left) and Windows 7 (right)
Verify that you have the proper permission to connect to your computer by clicking Select Remote Users… or Select Users (Windows 7).
Your domain and username should be listed as already having access (as shown below.)
NOTE: If you do not already have access, click on the Add... button as shown above and a window similar to the one below will appear. In the space labeled Enter the object names to select (examples):, type your domain (the domain for employees is Hamilton-d) and user ID. For example, Hamilton-d\dhubbard. Click Check Names and, if it is a valid username, the domain name will disappear and your username will become underlined. For example, in the illustration below, hamilton-d\dhubbard will change to dhubbard. Click OK to close the Select Users window.
Click OK to close the Remote Desktop Users window and click OK again to close the System Properties window.
Click on Start and then click on Run…
In the Open: field, type cmd and click OK.
A box with a black background and white text will appear. Type ipconfig at the blinking cursor and press on your keyboard.
Make note of the IP Address (as shown above,) you will need to take it with you to access your computer remotely. (NOTE: You should do this each time you plan to use Remote Desktop Access as IP addresses change periodically.) Close the window.
To access your computer using Remote Desktop, your office computer must be on and connected to the Hamilton Network. You can log off of your computer and leave it turned on or you can lock your desktop while logged on. To lock your computer, press the , , and keys simultaneously, and then click on Lock Computer.
This completes setting up your office computer. These settings will remain in effect and do not need to be repeated.
Installing Remote Desktop Connection on Mac OS X
On your OS X computer, go to Microsoft’s webpage for the Remote Desktop Connection Client for Mac OS X: http://www.microsoft.com/mac/downloads?pid=Mactopia_RDC&fid=68346E0D-44D3-4065-99BB-B664B27EE1F0#viewer
Click on Download Now to download the file.
If your browser asks you what to do with this file, tell it to save the file. If your browser automatically opens the file with Stuffit, skip to step 5.
After the file finishes downloading, go to the location the file was downloaded to (most likely the desktop) and double-click the RDC_2.1.1_ALL.dmg file.
You’ll now have a white volume on your desktop called RDC. Open this white volume if it isn’t already open.
To install the application, double-click on the RDC Installer and follow the instructions to install the application onto your computer.
You should now see the Remote Desktop Connection application on your dock.
Connecting to Your Office Computer from a Remote OS X Computer
Open the Remote Desktop Connection application.
The first time you open the application, the End User License Agreement will pop up. Accept the license agreement. Then a window will pop up asking you to register. Click Register Later. You will not see these windows when you open the program in the future.
In the Computer: field, type the IP address (from step 10 on page 4) for your office computer. Click Connect.
In the Log On to Windows dialog box, type your network username, password, and domain and then click OK.
You may be prompted with the below message. Click Connect. Once connected, go to the RDC menu and select Preferences. Click the Security icon and select Always connect, even if authentication fails. This will remove future message prompts like the one below.
The Remote Desktop window will open and you will see the desktop settings, files, and programs that are on your office computer. Your office computer will remain locked and no one will be able to use it without a password, nor will anyone see the work you are doing on your office computer remotely. To improve performance, you will not see your usual desktop picture if you have one set up.
To Log Off and End a Session
In the Remote Desktop Session, click Start and select Disconnect.
When it asks you if you are sure you want to disconnect, click Disconnect.
Web Publishing Using Mac OSX
Mac OS 10.7 Lion
OSX 10.6, 10.7, and newer
1.) From the Menu bar, choose Go
2.) Choose Connect to Server...
3.) To connect to:
WWW (the main Hamilton site), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/hamilton then click on Connect.
Academics (academics.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/Academics then click on Connect.
Students (students.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris/Students then click on Connect.
4a.) An Authentication window will appear.
Hamilton employees, enter Hamilton-d\username for the Name
Hamilton students, enter Hamilton-s\username for the Name
4b.) Enter your network Password, then click Connect to connect.
OSX 10.5
1.) From the Menu bar, choose Go
2.) Choose Connect to Server...
3.) To connect to:
WWW (the main Hamilton site), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/hamilton then click on Connect.
Academics (academics.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/Academics then click on Connect.
Students (students.hamilton.edu), on the address line, type in smb://polaris:139/Students then click on Connect.
4a.) An Authentication window will appear.
Hamilton employees, enter Hamilton-d\username for the Name
Hamilton students, enter Hamilton-s\username for the Name
4b.) Enter your network Password, then click Connect to connect.
OSX 10.4
OSX 10.4 users cannot connect to polaris using the standard on-campus methods. Please follow the instructions for FTP.
Installing the Citrix Client on your Computer
Mapelsoft Maple
Installing Citrix Client
These instructions only pertain to your personal computer. If you are on a public lab, or Hamilton-issued computer, the Citrix Client has been preinstalled. This process need be followed only once for any single computer in any academic year. If it has been some time since you last installed the Citrix client on your computer, you may want to update the client for the best performance. The steps for installation are:
• On a Windows system:
o Log into the Citrixweb page.
• A page will appear that prompts you to download the client. Place a check in the check box and click Download. The file will request to be saved to your computer. Please save it to your Desktop.
• Double-click on the installer when it when it has downloaded.
• Once the installation has completed, click the Continue button on the web page.
• Proceed to Launching Citrix Programs.
• If this does not seem to be the case for you, follow the directions for updating below.
• On a Macintosh system:
o After logging in, you will be taken to a screen that will prompt you to download the plugin.
o Click Download to download the plugin.
o The Citrix Plug-in DMG file will download to your Desktop or Downloads folder. Find the file and double-click on it.
o A window will open containing the plug-in installation file—double-click it to launch the installer.
o Install the app by clicking Continue and Agree until you see a window that indicates the software has been installed successfully.
o Once the installation has completed, click the Continue button on the web page.
o Proceed to Launching Citrix Programs.
o If this does not seem to be the case for you, follow the directions for updating below.
• Updating your Citrix client, any system
o Log into the Citrixweb page.
o Near the top of the applications page, you will see a horizontal bar with some menu choices in it. The “Applications” menu will probably be dark blue, indicating that the “Applications” screen is what you are seeing.
o Click on the “Preferences” menu and select “Connection Preferences”.
o Under “Client settings”, click on “Run Client Detection”.
• If you are immediately returned to the “Applications” screen, you should see an information message under the menu bar and above the applications list that says “The preferred client is already available on your computer.”
• You’re done, there is no update or installation necessary.
o If you don’t have the most current version of the client, you will be taken to a screen that allows you to download the client.
• Follow the directions on that page to download the client.
• If you receive a warning about the file having been downloaded from the internet, click “Save file” or “Open”, according to the screen you see.
• Double click the saved file to run.
• If asked if you want to allow the program to make changes to your computer, click “Yes”.
o You should now be able to return to the Citrixweb Application page, and select the software you wish to use.
Introduction to Citrix
Mapelsoft Maple
What is Citrix?
The computers in public labs deliver some specialized software via Citrix – a client/server configuration that makes software more broadly available to students and faculty. In this model, there is a server which runs the Citrix system, and on which Windows desktop software, like SPSS or Maple, has been installed. There is also a client, a small piece of software that you, the end user, install on your personal computer. Finally, there is a web page (http://citrixweb.hamilton.edu) that allows you to tell the Citrix server which software you want to run. After that, the program you choose runs on the Citrix server, but looks like it is running on your personal computer. You get access to all the same resources you can normally access from your computer.
Note that it doesn’t matter whether your personal computer is a Macintosh or Windows computer. Citrix has a client written for either of these computer platforms, and will make the necessary translation so that you can run the software from your computer - that is “from”, not “on”. The actual software, such as Exceed or Stata, never runs on your personal computer, only on the Citrix server.
One of the important advantages of the Citrix server for teaching and learning is the ability of the students to access the software from their dormitory rooms, or even away from campus - any location where they can use the web to reach http://citrixweb.hamilton.edu/. It is also possible for faculty to use this URL to reach the software from home as well as the office. However, be aware that you must remain connected to the internet for your entire Citrix work session.
Available Programs
As of August 2011, the following programs are available through Citrix:
• Exceed 14
• iThink 9
• Maple 15
• SPSS Statistics 19
• Stata 11
• StatView 5
If you would like to request a new program be added to the Citrix server, please contact the Instructional Technology Support Services team.
Common Citrix Problems and their Solutions
Unable to Log In
If you are unable to log into the Citrix web portal, make sure your username and password are correct. If you are a student, make sure the Domain drop down menu says students.hamilton.edu. The default domain (Hamilton.edu) is correct for faculty and other employees of the college.
Keyboard Shortcuts
Citrix applications are presented in a Windows environment. Therefore, keyboard shortcuts must be those used in the Windows file management system. Macintosh users should note that the shortcut for copying is and the shortcut for pasting is . You may also use the Edit menu to select these functions.
Folder Access
If you are experiencing difficulties navigating through folders, make sure the folder you are trying to open does not contain the forward slash ‘/’ symbol. If it does, rename it and try accessing it again.
Other ITS Citrix Webpages
Registering and Logging into Citrix
Installing the Citrix Client on your Computer
Launching Citrix Programs, Opening and Saving Files in Citrix Programs, and Printing from Citrix Programs
Registering and Logging into Citrix
Mapelsoft Maple
Registration
If this is the first time you are trying to login to Citrix, you MUST REGISTER. The link for registration is on the bottom of the login page. Students will also need to re-register every academic year. Once you register, it will take several minutes (approximately 10) for all of the systems to be updated with your access information.
Logging into Citrix
Once you are registered, log in to the Citrix Web Portal. The username you should use is the same as your My Hamilton username. The password is the same password you use to access the SSS or ESS servers. If you are a student, you will need to change the Domain dropdown to students.hamilton.edu.
If a matrix full of applications appears, please navigate to the Launching Citrix Programs webpage.
Else, proceed to the Installing Citrix Client webpage.
Complex Mapping Projects in the Liberal Arts
Maps
Class Projects requiring an intermediate level of investment of time and effort
Cityscapes Project - Professors Sam Morse and Trent Maxy (Amherst College) are creating a web-mapping project to portray Tokyo and its reinventions in art, literature, and politics from the end of the Edo period to the present day as part of a (Re)Inventing Tokyo class. The project uses Google maps to allow students to easily examine the physical changes in the city over time and add images of their own choosing to the map to illustrate the ideas examined in the course. Students can examine individual builds, natural features or entire neighborhoods. New locations can be added to the map by simply dragging the location icon on the right to the map and then filling out the form that pops up.
Formosa - Dr. Doug Fix (Reed College) has established a digital library of images, text, and maps to characterize the island of Formosa (now Taiwan) in the 19th Century. The maps are served using ArcGIS software. With regard to his teaching activities, Dr. Fix is also interested in the field of "critical cartography" and is studying both maps and mapping practices to understand how they "relate to power relations, cartographic silences, and the interaction between human emotions/aesthetics and physical spaces".
Event Maps - Dr. Alexander Nakhimovsky (Computer Science, Colgate) has collaborated with Tom Meyers (n-Topus Consulting) to create a collaborative framework for representing sequences of events by annotated and timeline-controlled sequences of Google maps. The project offers a user guide and authoring guide for Event Maps.
Virtual Burnham Initiative - At Lake Forest College a number of faculty and students have collaborated with community partners to create a 3-D exploration of structures in Chicago based on the 1909 Plan of Chicago—by Daniel H. Burnham and Edward H. Bennett. Supported with assistance from NEH (article).
Litmap Project - Barbara Hui, UCLA. Litmap was created with the goal of enabling humanities scholars to read literature spatially – a mode of reading crucial to understanding contemporary literature and textuality at large today. The Litmap application aims to leverage the strengths of the digital computing platform to present literary narratives in a way that opens up spatial readings of those texts.
Research Projects requiring significant investments of time and effort
Digital Scholars Lab - University of Richmond. The Lab develops innovative digital humanities projects that contribute to research and teaching at and beyond the University of Richmond. It seeks to reach a wide audience by developing projects that integrate thoughtful interpretation in the humanities and social sciences with innovations in new media. The mapping projects include:
Visualizing Emancipation
Mapping Richmonds Slave Market
Hidden Patterns of the Civil War
The History Engine: Tools for Collaborative Education and Research - this project employs traditional GIS technology. See this Academic Commons article for more info.
Voting America: United States Politics, 1840-2008 - this project employs traditional GIS technology
Hypercities - A collaborative research and educational platform developed by UCLA and USC for traveling back in time to explore the historical layers of city spaces in an interactive, hypermedia environment. Built on Google Maps and Google Earth, HyperCities uses geo-referenced historical maps, 3D reconstructions, oral histories, historical photographs, and other forms of documentary evidence and data, to allow anyone to create “interpretative pathways” through time and space, unveiling layer after layer of history. HyperCities is an open-content platform, which means anyone can register and create collections. In this context, Hypercities is component of what the developers describe as the geotemporal web.
Visual Eyes - From Shanti (Sciences, Humanities and Arts Network of Technological Initiatives) at UVA. This is a web-based authoring tool developed at the University of Virginia to weave images, maps, charts, video and data into highly interactive and compelling dynamic visualizations. VE projects include:
Jefferson's Travels to England
The Texas Slavery Project
Vinegar Hill: a MemoryScape
The Center for Geographic Analysis at Harvard University has produced the following mapping projects:
The World Map Project is built to assist academic research and teaching as well as the general public and supports discovery, investigation, analysis, visualization, communication and archiving of multi-disciplinary, multi-source and multi-format data, organized spatially and temporally. Includes the following Map databases: Africa Map, China Map, Boston Research Map, Paris Map, Vermont Map. This maps are used in courses as well as in research.
Through the Looking Glass Darkly - Maps, data, and other resources recounting genocide in Rwanda from 1994 to present.
Digital Atlas of Roman and Medieval Culture - a GIS based mapping platform that makes materials available for mapping and spatial analysis of Roman and medieval worlds from the first 1500 years of western Eurasia. See this Harvard Crimson article for additional information. See the Peutinger Map at this site.
Additional Projects in the Spatial Humanities
Spatial Humanities - A project of the Institute for Enabling Geospatial Scholarship at the UVA Scholars lab that includes a number of user contributed projects, tutorials, and other resources.
A Summary of Historical GIS Projects - A list of scholarly works catalogued by the Association of American Geographers. Many of the projects listed draw from web-mapping applications.
[thanks to Sean Connin for collecting this material]
Curricular Ideas with Maps
Maps
Wondering how to use maps in your classes or research? Here are a number of examples of interesting curricular ideas, teaching resources and innovative uses of maps of all sorts.
Google Earth Outreach provides a platform for non-profits and public benefit organizations, helping them give geographic content to their stories. This site includes a Showcase of different topics, Community resources for organizations, and a number of excellent Tutorials.
Stanford University hosts the Spatial History Project which is "a place for a collaborative community of scholars to engage in creative visual analysis to further research in the field of history."
The University of Virginia has created Visual Eyes which is a "web-based authoring tool" that "weave[s] images, maps, charts, video and data into highly interactive and compelling dynamic visualizations."
Hamilton's own Barb Tewksbury presented a seminar on teaching GIS and Remote Sensing in 2010 at the On the Cutting Edge workshop. Although this program focuses on teaching geoscience, there are a number of tips and resources on teaching with GIS in general, including a list of ideal student outcomes.
San Antonio College has a page of Web Mapping Modules which illustrate how to "bring GIS to the humanities."
Students at Colby College have created the Atlas of Maine as part of their introductory GIS course.
Students at Trinity College have created several Google mash-ups for their course on "Invisible Cities."
Another project at Trinity College led to the creation of Smart Choices for school choice and the On The Line project, which studies "How Schooling, Housing, and Civil Rights Shaped Hartford and its Suburbs."
Students at Middlebury College have created a number of interesting maps in their Spatial Visualization course.
Amherst College has started Cityscapes, an online discovery tool for urban and cultural studies.
Academic Commons has an article on three projects at DePauw University to engage students with the community through GIS.
ESRI's ArcLessons "is a resource for you to share lessons for using GIS in the classroom." ESRI also features Case Studies of how GIS is used in a number of fields.
The Duke University Teaching and Learning with Google Earth blog features lesson plans, articles, layers and more.
For projects involving historical census data, try GIS for History, funded by the NEH, to "give history students and teachers the power ... to investigate critical moments in American history."
The US Holocaust Museum uses Google Earth to map various aspects of the Holocaust and World War II. This site includes additional resources and bibliographies.
Geographic Information Systems
Maps
Hamilton provides access to ESRI's ArcGIS software in the public Windows labs and on faculty office/lab Windows computers. We have ArcGIS 10 with several extensions such as Spatial Analyst and 3D Analyst. We also have a site license for ENVI, which is an application for processing and analyzing geospatial imagery. Please contact DIS (x5347) for installation of this software and ITSS (x4877) for assistance with its use.
Other GIS tools which you are free to explore on your own include:
ArcGISExplorer Online is a free, simplified, and web-based version of ArcMap from ESRI
Mapserver is an open-source platform for publishing spatial data and interactive mapping applications
Quantum GIS is a user-friendly open-source Geographic Information System
Clark Labs produces Idrisi Taiga and other land-modeling software (fee-based)
Manifold is a visually-oriented alternate GIS (fee-based)
MapInfo is a more business-oriented GIS (fee-based)
GISCloud claims it is the "world's first full-featured web-based GIS powered by Cloud Computing"
Ortelius is relatively inexpensive, visually stunning and ceated for the Macintosh
Hamilton's resources for GIS support are somewhat limited at this time, but there are many online resources for learning about and using GIS. See the great resources available at our GIS Support Resources page.
There are many sources of geographic data on the Internet; please visit our GIS Data Sources page for some of the more interesting and/or reliable ones.
GIS and Mapping Blogs
Maps
I tried not to create this page, but I couldn't resist. I hope you can't resist these blogs, either!
Google Earth and Google Maps related blogs
Google Maps Mania
Google Earth Blog
Ogle Earth Blog (Google Earth and other virtual globes)
Google Lat-Long Blog
Google Earth Community
Google Sightseeing
Other Mapping Applications
GIS Education Community hosted by ESRI (focussing on ArcGIS, ArcGISOnline, and general GIS topics)
Bing Maps blog hosted by Microsoft
Free and Open Source GIS Ramblings working with free and open source geographic information systems
Paul Shapley's Open Source GIS blog
Maps, Old and New
Strange Maps cartographic curiosities from Frank Jacobs
The Map Room (map entries now continue at Jonathan Crowe)
The BIG Map Blog interesting maps, historical maps, BIG maps
Geographicus Antique Map Blog antique maps and the rare map trade
General Observations on Maps and GIS
Borderlines commentary on curious international borders from the NY Times
Diana Maps from Diana Sinton, Director of Spatial Curriculum and Research at the University of Redlands
The GIS Doctor geospatial analysis, interesting online mapping applications, GIS software ...
Spatially Adjusted from the creator of Planet Geospatial
AnyGeo anything geospatial from a GIS user for GISusers
Mapperz UK-focused, but general news on maps and services
Bit more commercial blogs ...
All Points Blog at Directions Magazine/Media
GIS Lounge
GIS Support Resources
Maps
The ESRI Training Center offers a number of low-cost, on-line, self-paced courses and online certification programs. Sample software is occasionally available. They also host the introductory website, GIS.com.
Hamilton College, as part of its membership in NITLE (the National Institute for Technology and Liberal Education), has access to their GIS expertise and resources.
CSISS (at UC-Santa Barbara) offers SPACE workshops on GIS and spatial analysis, plus links to GIS literature.
A Gentle Introduction to GIS uses the free and open-source Quantum GIS software, but the concepts are valid for any GIS.
Visit the GIS Lounge of the American Association of Geographers for software, data, and other types of support.
You might find some useful information at GIS Wiki.
The GIS Cafe-Universities is another web community/clearinghouse for all kinds of GIS information and activity.
Harvard College Library Map Collection maintains a page of cartography and GIS links, including professional organizations and journals.
Speaking of journals, here are a couple: The Journal of Maps and Directions Magazine.
Penn State Department of Geography has an online course, Nature of Geographic Information.
There is also an online course on Spatial Analysis by the authors of the well-known text on geospatial analysis.
Hamilton College is also part of the New York State GIS Clearinghouse, which features data pertaining to New York State and a Help Desk to assist users with technical issues.
The Northeast Arc Users Group sponsors a yearly conference for all users of ESRI software in the Northeast.
The NYS GIS Association sponsors an annual conference and provides updates about GIS activities across the state.
GIS, Maps and Spatial Thinking
Maps
Welcome! Geographic Information Systems and other mapping tools will help you locate, present, analyze, and interact with data that is geographically referenced. These tools are used in many fields such as environmental studies, geography/geology, natural resources management, census data/demographics, public health, economics, history, and much, much more. To get a sense of the broad reach of this methodology, visit our Map Site of the Month page (and come back for a new, fascinating site every month!).
What does it mean to work with spatial data and concepts? Find out something about spatial thinking and analysis.
See what other colleges have done with innovative uses of maps and curricular ideas to get started thinking about how to incorporate maps and mapping tools into your classes. You can also look through the NITLE page on Small-Scale Projects in the Liberal Arts which showcases many examples of class projects.
Looking for maps to use in your classes? Browse through some of the great online map collections to see what's immediately available.
Want your students to have the experience of creating their own maps? Try out some of the fascinating online mapping tools to see more of what can be done with maps and mapping.
Learn how to search for geographic data using an Internet Mapping Service. These are online sites provided by national, international, federal, state and local government agencies to allow access to public data. Some NGOs and instructional sites also provide excellent resources. Most sites include a tutorial or "Getting Started" page that will show you most of the site's features in a very short period of time.
Do you have data of your own that you'd like to map? Then you may be able to create a "mash-up" with Google Maps or Google Earth. Here's a page of Google resources, including links to helpful web services and very informative blogs and tutorials.
If you need to manipulate or analyze data, then you are probably looking for a Geographic Information System. We have some applications available on campus (such as ArcGIS or ENVI), but others are open-source or reasonably low-cost. All of these applications allow the importation or creation of geospatial data, the analysis of this data using various techniques (such as buffering or hillshade), and the layout of professional-quality maps. Learning how to use these applications will require many hours of instruction, however, so make sure that you really need these tools. For further information about GIS or using mapping resources in class, please contact course-support@hamilton.edu, or call 4877.
Google Maps and Google Earth
Maps
What can I do with Google Maps/Earth?
The Google Earth Outreach site includes a Showcase of different types of maps.
Here are a few sample class projects (the first four are in Google Earth):
Archaeological Sites in Peru - Ancient peruvian dwellings and roads preserved in an arid environment.
Portsmouth Mounds - Native American mound-builders site in Ohio.
Shackleton's Journey - a timeline representation of Shackleton's journey and diary entries.
Odysseus - geographic locations for the ancient tale.
Pompeii Italy Ruins - A Google Map visualization that utilizes street view to create an immersive exploration experience.
See the range of what you can do with "50 Things to do with Google Maps" or "50 MORE Things to do with Google Maps" (both from the blog Google Maps Mania).
A number of cities are putting themselves into Google Earth, such as: the City of Portland; Victorian London; and the City of Berlin.
The Thematic Mapping Engine allows you to create a file of UN data which can be viewed in Google Earth.
How to put your data into Google Maps or Google Earth
Google Maps includes the "My Places" tab, which allows users to drag-and-drop points onto a map and add photos, descriptions and links. Additionally, there is an "Add Content" service which enables one to add map layers created by others. All this and more is explained in their Help Guide.
Some web services enable you to enter your data into a Google Map and display it on your website or create a link to it on the host's site:
Plug-and-Play Maps "lets you create engaging, interactive thematic maps in your web pages with 1 short line of code."
ZeeMaps enables you to create maps with your own locational data (including uploading an Excel file, for example for a large number of addresses).
YourGMap has a nice user interface for entering data with several options for displaying the maps in your website.
Wayfaring is another possible Google mapping service.
If you have a large number of addresses that need to be validated, you can use Batch Geocode, which can produce a file for either Google Maps or Google Earth.
Learn how to create a virtual tour in Google Earth or other topics through GE videos.
Many sites will help you to map your photos to their geographic locations; Google Maps Mania posted a comprehensive listing of these services. Great for that summer road trip!
Google Earth has a fantastic User Guide which will show you not only how to use GE but also how to create your own layers of interesting places.
Here is a very detailed Google Maps API Tutorial which will enable you create your own interactive maps using the Google API but does require Javascripting experience. If you feel confident about programming, you might also want to look at the Google tutorial on KML.
Links to Google Maps, Google Earth, basic help:
Google Maps Maps, directions, satellite imagery
Google Earth Explore, search and discover ... in 3D
Google APIs The "official" Google website for building your own maps
If you are not familiar with Google Maps or what it can do, here is help for Google Maps. And here is the product tour for Google Earth.
There is actually more than one blog dedicated to Google Maps and Google Earth. Who knew?
Google Sightseeing
Google Maps Mania
Google Earth Community
Google Earth Blog
Ogle Earth Blog (Google Earth and other virtual globes)
Google Lat-Long Blog
View DHi Student Sample Locations in a larger map
Hurricane Katrina and Other Natural Disasters
Maps
General Disaster Response Resources
ESRI provides a Disaster Response Resource web site for all types of disasters -- wildfires, earthquakes, flooding, etc.
Hurricane Katrina
Not originally focused on hurricanes, the Greater New Orleans Community Data Center now includes updates for Katrina in addition to their extensive collection of mapped census data.
The Times-Picayune has a detailed animation of the hour-by-hour Flooding of New Orleans (you will need Flash on your computer to view this).
Find news, maps and images in the Hurricane Digital Memory Bank.
The Perry-Castañeda Library Map Collection (UT/Austin) has developed an extensive clearinghouse of Katrina related images and maps. This web site is a phenomenal resource.
FEMA has posted ESRI-readable Katrina shape files (for import into a GIS).
The New York Times's own interactive multimedia on the Impact of Hurricane Katrina features several maps prepared with GIS.
Google Earth's Katrina-related imagery
Government resources: NASA and NOAA
Gulf of Mexico Oil Spill
Internet Mapping Services
Maps
An Internet Mapping Service allows government and other agencies to provide access to maps and other data through a web site. This information can be viewed online or often downloaded as data layers for other maps.
National and International Internet Mapping Services
ESRI's ArcGIS.com provides access to many types of geographic content world-wide, including dynamic maps, interest groups, and more advanced Web services. One can also access a web-based version of ArcExplorer here.
The USGS provides national and international resources in the Seamless Data Distribution System.
Federal Government Internet Mapping Services
The Department of the Interior's Geospatial One-Stop Portal is your one stop for federal, state and local geographic data, featuring the National Map.
Access census data easily via the American Factfinder map viewer, provided by the Census Bureau. American Fact Finder's Maps and Geography section allows one to create reference or thematic maps. There is a very clear explanation of census geography and a tutorial on creating and using maps.
Create and print your own map at The National Atlas -- billed as "the single best Federal source for national maps and geographic information on the Web."
The USGS manages the National Map -- "the nation's topographic map for the 21st century."
State and Metropolitan Internet Mapping Services
Almost every state and large metropolitan area now has an internet mapping service to provide public access to geospatial data collected at the taxpayers' expense. Your best approach is to search (for example, using Google or other search engine of your choice) for the phrase "GIS" and whatever state or locality you are interested in. Some state departments might have their own services, such as the NYS DEC Mapping Gateway.
For example, a search for "GIS and Chicago" will result in (among others) the City of Chicago GIS page. If you perform the same search with the search terms "GIS" and "Boston," you will discover that all Boston information is simply part of Massachusetts GIS, a state agency. As a final example, here is an entire page of IMS sites found by looking for information on New York City and GIS.
Thematically-Related Internet Mapping Services
One may also find a wealth of information by looking for mapping resources related to a particular event or theme. For example, here is a page of resources on Hurricane Katrina and the Gulf Coast. (Incidentally, you can expect that any large natural event such as a hurricane or earthquake will be covered by relevant government agencies such as NOAA, FEMA, NASA, USGS, etc., not to mention independent efforts, such as How Big is the Gulf Oil Spill?)
Map Site of the Month
Maps
March 2013 Site of the Month
The Atlas of Urban Expansion provides the geographic and quantitative dimensions of urban expansion and its key attributes in cities the world over. Map sections include urban land cover and historical samples, plus data for downloading.
-->
February 2013 Site of the Month
The Atlas of Urban Expansion provides the geographic and quantitative dimensions of urban expansion and its key attributes in cities the world over. Map sections include urban land cover and historical samples, plus data for downloading.
January 2013 Site of the Month
Along with other map-related multimedia, have fun exploring the Mapping America: Every City, Every Block tool hosted by the New York Times. This maps local data from the Census Bureau's American Community Survey for the entire country in several categories.
December 2012 Site of the Month
GIS professionals and amateurs assist with disaster response and recovery efforts, as seen in the wake of Hurricane Sandy at ESRI, Google, Crisis Commons, and other NYC resources. The New York Times' coverage included Hurricane Sandy and Coastal Flooding maps.
November 2012 Site of the Month
To demonstrate how maps can inform, educate and inspire, ESRI features samples of "story maps" at Storytelling with Maps. There is also a tutorial on using ArcGISOnline for creating story maps at the ArcGIS Resources communities page (which includes another gallery of maps).
October 2012 Site of the Month
NOAA has an entire web site devoted to climate change, including an interesting series of images and videos documenting changes over time, many of which feature mapped data. A nice example of the immediacy of the visual representation of data.
September 2012 Site of the Month
The USGS is in the process of digitizing its entire collection of historical topographic maps. Wow! This is just one aspect of what's available at The National Map, which features professional-level tools at the National Atlas or with the National Map Viewer.
August 2012 Site of the Month
Our "back to school" edition features our own pages of resources related to spatial thinking and mapping exercises. Newly-revamped pages include: online map collections; map-related teaching resources; sample student mapping projects; and spatial thinking and analysis.
July 2012 Site of the Month
The hot summer brings Climate Data Online, a nifty interactive map tool from NOAA to help you understand the current drought and other climate issues. You can search by geographic regions, climate themes and various observational data.
June 2012 Site of the Month
An amazing collection of over 700 maps, the Language and Location - Map Accessibility Project "is a digital mapping project that integrates language data and information from the physical and social sciences." In addition, you can create maps from your own data.
May 2012 Site of the Month
Just in time for the primaries, we have Redistricting and You, developed by the CUNY Center for Urban Research (the same outfit who brought you OASIS). These maps allow you to compare the major proposals with existing districts and with each other. Check out the slider bar for comparing current and proposed districts!
April 2012 Site of the Month
For Earth Day you can examine the EPA's new Greenhouse Gas Emissions map, which can be searched by location or facility and filtered by gas or emission range. The Earth Day 2012 Event Finder will help you find something to do for Earth Day (or create your own event).
March 2012 Site of the Month
Just released by JISC, we have Old Maps Online, which will "act as a central repository to a vast collection of maps held by institutions across the globe." And when you access the site, it initializes to your location. Cool!
February 2012 Site of the Month
Many institutions are producing web sites featuring a geo-referenced map serving as an interface through which one can explore a database of information. One fascinating example is the Nolli Map Engine from the University of Oregon, featuring a 1748 map of Rome.
January 2012 Site of the Month
Do you like "going up north"? The Adirondack Park Agency is one of many New York State agencies that produce maps and data layers free to the public. Don't forget to look for "maps," "GIS" or "data layers" whenever you browse a state agency website.
December 2011 Site of the Month
The CUNY Center for Urban Research recently released Demographic Change in Metropolitan America, which uses census data to map neighborhood changes between 2000 and 2010 for Manhattan and 15 other metropolitan areas. These maps feature slider bars to help visualize change between one time period and the next. Beautiful work!
November 2011 Site of the Month
If it's November, it must be GIS Day! Sponsored by the National Geographic Society and many other organizations, GIS Day provides an international forum for users of geographic information systems (GIS) technology to demonstrate real-world applications that are making a difference in our society.
October 2011 Site of the Month
The blog Strange Maps might appear to be just an amusing demonstration of how to represent different themes on a map; but the examples will get you thinking about how information can be displayed spatially. For a similar mental exercise, check out the visual information sites at the bottom of our Spatial Thinking page.
September 2011 Site of the Month
OASISNYC is a wonderful example of community mapping -- in this case, for New York City. OASIS strives to help the public develop a better understanding of their environment with interactive maps of open spaces, property information, transportation networks, and more (check out the timeline series of lower Manhattan development).
August 2011 Site of the Month
Time to start thinking about how to incorporate spatial thinking and mapping exercises into your fall courses! Get those innovative juices flowing at our GIS in the Liberal Arts page, a widely-varied collection of classroom examples put together by Sean Connin (formerly of NITLE).
July 2011 Site of the Month
Penn State has produced the Geospatial Revolution Project, which is an integrated public service media and outreach initiative about the world of digital mapping and how it is changing the way we think, behave, and interact.
June 2011 Site of the Month
The NYS DEC Mapping Gateway is a nice example of state government online mapping resources. Take a look at the page of interactive mapping tools -- neat!
May 2011 Site of the Month
Google Earth -- not because you can zoom to your house, but for everything else: the Showcase; the Gallery; the Community; the Tutorials; the extensive Help; the blogs (and more blogs). And a special community just for Educators! And did I mention all the layers of data?
April 2011 Site of the Month
ESRI's ArcGIS Online offers both the easy-to-use My Map Viewer and the more fully-featured ArcExplorer Online, both connected to ESRI's extensive resources of free map layers. ArcExplorer includes a wonderful gallery of maps made and shared by others, so get inspired!
March 2011 Site of the Month
The New York Public Library's Maps Division developed the Map Warper, an online tool that allows the easy alignment of historical (mostly fire insurance) and digital maps. Sign up and rectify a map yourself!
February 2011 Site of the Month
Stanford University hosts a multi-faceted Spatial History Project, which is "a place for a collaborative community of scholars to engage in creative visual analysis to further research in the field of history."
January 2011 Site of the Month
The new American FactFinder, hosted by the Census Bureau, is "your source for population, housing, economic, and geographic data." Beautifully redone and very easy to use!
Map-Related Teaching Resources
Maps
History
The University of Oregon has produced an interactive web site featuring Giambattista Nolli's 1748 map of Rome in addition to explanatory articles on architecture, landscape and social/political features of this historical map.
The University of Sydney has produced an interactive map of Harlem featuring information drawn from newspapers, legal records and other historical sources of life between 1915-1930.
Mapping Dubois is a "research, education, and outreach project ... dedicated to using new technology and archival data to recreate the survey W.E.B. Du Bois conducted of Philadelphia's Seventh Ward for his 1899 classic book, The Philadelphia Negro."
The New York Public Library's Maps Division developed the Map Warper, an online tool that allows the easy alignment of historical (mostly fire insurance) and digital maps. This alignment allows one to connect historical maps to many other sources of data to further the analysis of the history of New York City and environs.
For projects involving historical census data, try GIS for History, funded by the NEH, to "give history students and teachers the power ... to investigate critical moments in American history."
Mapping Gothic France "builds upon a theoretical framework derived from the work of Henri Lefèbvre that seeks to establish linkages between the architectural space of individual buildings, geo-political space, and the social space resulting from the interaction (collaboration and conflict) between multiple agents -- builders and users."
Harvard University's China Historical GIS is a project "to establish a database of populated places and historical administrative units for the period of Chinese history between 221 BCE and 1911 CE." This site also features some resources for Japan.
Three great resources for the Peutinger Map: the multi-layered viewer Peutinger Map from Richard Talbert's Rome's World; the clickable Complete Tabula Peutingeriana compared with a modern map; and Omnes Viae, the map reconstructed over Google Maps with a Latin route planner.
The US Holocaust Museum uses Google Earth to map various aspects of the Holocaust and World War II. This site includes additional resources and bibliographies.
Literature
Walking Ulysses "is designed to represent, through an exploration of each of the senses, the experience of living in Dublin on a typical day around the turn of the twentieth century. Our map narrates the journey of Stephen Dedalus and Leopold Bloom over the course of a single day, paralleling the progress of James Joyce’s Ulysses."
Funded by the British Academy, Mapping the Lakes "maps out two textual accounts of journeys through the landscape of the Lake District: Thomas Gray's tour of the region in the autumn of 1769; and Samuel Taylor Coleridge's 'circumcursion' of the area in August 1802."
Social Sciences
Social Explorer provides data maps -- including time series -- of census data.
One may also explore census data and demographic trends with Census Scope, brought to you by the Social Science Data Analysis Network (SSDAN) at the University of Michigan.
The US 2010 Research Project examines changes in American society in the recent past. Create maps of census data for counties and neighborhoods anywhere in the U.S. and as far back as 1940.
Another tool for census data exploration via mapping is the Historical Census Browser from UVA Library.
Get a quick view of unemployment statistics at the Bureau of Labor Statistics with interactive state/county/MSA maps.
The Associated Press provides the Economic Stress Index, which maps economic stress by county (unemployment/foreclosure/bankruptcy rates) and also offers a time series from October 2007 to the present.
Science
CIESIN/The Beacon Institute has developed The Hudson River Watershed Mapper.
New York City Maps and Mapping Resources
Maps
Being the resource-rich metropolis that it is, NYC has a wealth of mapping resources of all varieties. Below are links to several good places to start and a special section on September 11.
The New York City Map Portal provides you with access to New York City data and NYC.gov applications with address level data and maps. Find building, property, and community information as well as neighborhood statistics with ease.
The NYC Datamine supplies many sets of public data produced by City agencies and other City organizations.
The NYC Department of City Planning's data page, called BYTES of the Big Apple, has a number of layers of data and other files, most of which are free.
The Virtual Terrain Project maintains an extensive (and opinionated) web site index to map and data resources for New York State and locations within the state, including extensive NYC sites and a special section on the World Trade Center.
Thirty-two historical maps of New York City from 1776 to 1918 are now available for viewing as a special collection within the David Rumsey Map Collection. You will need to install a free browser plugin to view these maps.
If you are feeling technically-inclined, you can read an article on the new New York City Base Map to learn what digital cartography is like these days.
Here's an index of (mostly) historical maps of New York State maintained by the Stony Brook University Map Library.
The New York State Museum offers many layers of map data on its GIS Datasets page.
Hosted in the "cloud," but featuring data layers related to NYC, MapCloud is "a platform for sharing map data. Use our geographic web services to build location-based applications or to download data for other software."
OASIS is a one-stop, interactive mapping resource to enhance the stewardship of open space for the benefit of all New York City residents. We are the New York City Open Accessible Space Information System cooperative.
Resources on the Attacks of September 11, 2001
The September 11 Digital Archive uses electronic media to collect and present the history of the attacks.
Not a map service, but a worthy resource nonetheless, the 9-11 Oral History Project from the Columbia University Libraries consists of five projects and programs focusing on different areas of inquiry related to the aftermath of the destruction of the World Trade Center.
GeoCommunity maintains a page of The Geospatial Industry's Response To Terrorism.
A wonderful resource for all kinds of maps, the Perry-Castenada Map Collection at UT-Austin has a special collection of September 11th-related maps.
The Library of Congress maintains a special page of September 11th-related acquisitions called Witness and Response, including the Geography and Map Division.
The Smithsonian Institute also has a number of maps related to September 11th at their web site, Bearing Witness to History.
Find architectural information and photographs of the World Trade Center at Great Buildings Online.
Online Map Collections
Maps
Burke Library provides access to A to Z Maps Online -- thousands of maps royalty-free to view, download or print (in several ready-to-use formats, including Powerpoint- and PDF-ready sizes).
The David Rumsey Historical Map Collection has hundreds of fascinating examples of old maps.
The Map Division of the New York Public Library has an extensive Digital Gallery of old maps which you can browse online via a nice mapviewer.
The British Library sponsored an exhibition of Magnificent Maps in 2010 which are still accessible online.
The Harvard College Library Map Collection boasts "one of the oldest and largest collections of cartographic materials in the United States with over 500,000 items."
The Perry-Castaneda Map Collection at UT/Austin includes an up-to-date topical selection of maps related to current events. This site also includes an extensive clearinghouse of online maps at other institutions.
Stanford University hosts the Spatial History Project which is "a place for a collaborative community of scholars to engage in creative visual analysis to further research in the field of history." Their Gallery includes a number of stunning animated maps and other tools.
The ECAI Cultural Atlas Portal showcases cultural atlases searchable by countries, regions, or cities.
The Globalis Interactive World Map provides gazetteer-like information in an on-line, interactive format.
The World Mapper is a collection of world maps, where territories are re-sized on each map according to the subject of interest.
The World Freedom Atlas is a geovisualization tool for statistics related to human rights and good governance.
The Poverty Mapping site "provides spatial representations of poverty assessments" worldwide.
Could you resist a blog devoted to Strange Maps?
Someone decided to visit and take a picture of each of the latitude and longitude integer degree intersections in the world; you can join up and contribute at the Degree Confluence Project.
Online Mapping Tools
Maps
ESRI's ArcGIS Online includes both a web-based map viewer connected to ESRI's rich gallery of maps AND the more fully-featured ArcExplorer Online for more in-depth analysis.
Geocommons "enables everyone to find, use and share geographic data and maps. Easily create rich interactive visualizations to solve problems without any experience using traditional mapping tools."
CIESIN/The Beacon Institute has developed The Hudson River Watershed Mapper.
The New York Public Library's Maps Division developed the Map Warper, an online tool that allows the easy alignment of historical (mostly fire insurance) and digital maps. This alignment allows one to connect historical maps to many other sources of data to further the analysis of the history of New York City and environs.
Ushahidi is an example of a crowd-sourced disaster response system, with examples from Haiti and Kenya.
The Electronic Cultural Atlas Initiative is a cooperative project to assist scholars working with cultural data through time.
Social Explorer provides easy access to demographic information about the United States from 1790 to the present.
Another tool for census data exploration via mapping is the Historical Census Browser from UVA Library.
One may also explore census data and demographic trends with Census Scope, brought to you by the Social Science Data Analysis Network (SSDAN) at the University of Michigan.
The free map viewer Celestia "lets you explore our universe in three dimensions."
Another product is SkylineGlobe, a free viewer which is part of a suite of products which enable manipulation of 3D data.
NASA also has a free map viewer WorldWind which is open-source. There is an extensive documentation site at WorldWind Central.
Microsoft's search tool, Bing, includes maps and allows lookup of any address or landmark with digital imagery.
Open Street Map is "a free editable map of the whole world. It is made by people like you ... [it] allows you to view, edit and use geographical data in a collaborative way from anywhere on Earth."
Policy Map "is a fully web-based Geographic Information System. It's fast, efficient and captures data in visually powerful ways through custom demographic maps, tables, reports and our analysis tool, Analytics." (fee-based)
Axismaps offers custom mapping services and interactive map hosting (fee-based) plus some free resouces.
Sample Student Mapping Projects
Maps
Wondering how to use maps in your classes? Here are a number of examples of student and class projects using a variety of mapping tools, plus some general resources (bottom of page).
Students at Colby College have created the Atlas of Maine as part of their introductory GIS course.
Students at Trinity College have created several Google mash-ups for their course on "Invisible Cities." Another project at Trinity College led to the creation of Smart Choices for school choice and the On The Line project, a public history web-book which studies "How Schooling, Housing, and Civil Rights Shaped Hartford and its Suburbs."
Students at Middlebury College have created a number of interesting maps in their Spatial Visualization course.
Amherst College has started Cityscapes, an online discovery tool for urban and cultural studies.
Introduction to German Literature and Culture. Dr. Eric Klaus (Hobart and William Smith Colleges) assigns students in this German Studies course a Google Earth-based project focused on understanding the German people and language in relation to their physical landscape. Here is an example project file created by one student in 2009 to aggregate artistic works linked to the Rhine River. I've included Eric's first iteration of the assignment instructions and a subsequent revision based on a few lessons learned.
Textual geographies: Spanish Travel Narratives. Eduardo Lage-Otero (Trinity College) Asks his students to analyze and write about a series of excerpts from various adventure books and short stories from the Spanish‐speaking world to study the relationship between fictional characters and the very real geographical and social worlds they inhabit. Using online mapping tools (Google Earth/Google Maps) and other online resources students develop a deeper understanding of the different micro‐worlds created by each story.
Campus Mapping at Smith College. Jon Caris(Smith College) facilitates a number of Google Earth and Google Maps (as well as GIS) projects on campus. This website lends context to some of these projects. Jon also works with faculty at Smith College to facilitate a student inquiry for incoming freshman. In this context, he uses Google Earth to help students interpret the environment of Northampton environment, past and present. As part of a Psychology of Space project, Jon worked with student, Stephanie Keep (02), and faculty member Dr. Peter DeVilliers to map perceptions of student safety on campus.
Food Mapping at Middlebury College - William Hegman oversees a mapping project first initiated by Middlebury undergraduates in the Environmental Studies Program to help people visualize connections to their food system in a fun and compelling way. Here is an example of the work.
Modeling the Alfred University Campus - Justin Grigg coordinates a project to create a 3-dimensional model of the campus using Google Earth and Sketchup. A number of multi-media elements are included (survey forms, video, environmental data etc). See this project file for more information.
Bionic Teaching - Tom Woodward (formerly University of Richmond) uses Google Maps to create a classroom visualization based on the novel Whirligig by Bob Fleischman
Writing Nature: Digital Storytelling - Prof. Betsy Bolton (Swarthmore College) has students use Google Maps embedded within blogs to share their poems and related written reflections.
Spatial Visualization - Dr. Jeff Howarth (Middlebury College) uses a variety of applications to help students develop skills in information design and spatial reasoning.
Researching Hip-Hop in the Bronx - Dr. Steve Pond (Cornell U). This mapping project was created by students enrolled in Music 2501 "Researching Hip Hop" during the fall 2009 semester. The students examined original party and event flyers preserved in Cornell University's Hip Hop Collection to create a geographical overview of the roots of hip hop culture in the Bronx. Due to copyright restrictions, only a representative sampling of the project is publicly accessible at this time.
Mapwalk for Urban History - Dr. Lloyd Benson and Mike Winiski (Furman University) use mobile technologies and Google Maps to include students in virtual tours of urban areas and to help them understand how humans interact with, and are influenced by, their built environment. The pedagogical value of this practice can be discerned from these student reactions.
Historical Maps - Alex Chaucer (Skidmore College) is using Google Maps to distribute historical aerial photographs as image files online.
San Antonio College has a page of Web Mapping Modules which illustrate how to "bring GIS to the humanities."
Google Earth Outreach provides a platform for non-profits and public benefit organizations, helping them give geographic content to their stories. This site includes a Showcase of different topics, Community resources for organizations, and a number of excellent Tutorials.
Hamilton's own Barb Tewksbury presented a seminar on teaching GIS and Remote Sensing in 2010 at the On the Cutting Edge workshop. Although this program focuses on teaching geoscience, there are a number of tips and resources on teaching with GIS in general, including a list of ideal student outcomes.
Academic Commons has an article on three projects at DePauw University to engage students with the community through GIS.
ESRI's ArcLessons "is a resource for you to share lessons for using GIS in the classroom." ESRI also features Case Studies of how GIS is used in a number of fields.
The Duke University Teaching and Learning with Google Earth blog features lesson plans, articles, layers and more.
Sources for Geographic Data
Maps
World
NASA and the University of Maryland maintain the Global Land Cover Facility which collects satellite data on land cover for the entire world.
NASA and CIESEN/Columbia University maintain the World Data Center which "provides access to a wide range of global data, associated documentation, and visualization and analysis tools, and to the community of experts on global data."
A-to-Z Maps Online (accessed via Burke Library) includes a GIS Data tab with a number of sub-menus categorizing hundreds of GIS data sources.
The World Bank's Data and Research portal provides a wide variety of data, some of which is geographic.
The World Bank's Open Data Initiative includes an online data catalog with data in formats such as Excel.
United States
The Department of the Interior maintains a Geospatial One-Stop Portal for federal, state and local geographic data.
The Federal Geographic Data Committee coordinates the sharing of geographic data through an online portal that searches metadata held within the NSDI Clearinghouse network.
The Census Bureau maintains the American Factfinder website, from which one can download census data in GIS-readable format.
For historical census data, visit the National Historical Geographic Information System, housed at the University of Minnesota.
DataPlace "is your free online source for housing and demographic data about your community, your region, and the nation."
ESRI maintains a website of downloadable data, including data which is free of charge (such as US Census TIGER/Line files).
Hamilton's own Dave Tewksbury provided the extensive and carefully-vetted list of GIS sources for all states on the SERC-Carleton web site. Thanks, Dave!
New York State
New York State data is maintained by the New York State GIS Clearinghouse.
Another neat site, also maintainted by New York State, is NYS Orthos.
The Cornell University Geospatial Information Repository is also a clearinghouse for information about New York State.
The New York State Museum provides a nice collection of datasets for New York State.
Links to GIS Data Provided by Research Universities
The University of Oregon, by state, also electronic atlases
UNC GIS Data Finder, by themes (e.g., social, economic)
MIT GIS Services
Michigan State Libraries
Georgia State University GIS Research Guides
Stanford University Websites for Digital GIS Data
Duke University Data and GIS Services
GIS @ University of Chicago
University of Colorado
Cornell University Mann Library GIS Data Sources
Tufts University Geospatial Data Repository
UC Santa Barbara Globetrotter
Miscellaneous and Commercial Sources
The American Association of Geographers has lists of databases, maps & atlases, historical gazetteers and GIS.
The Geocommunity website bills itself as the "premier on-line resource for GIS and geospatial data."
New Urban Research, Inc., provides some data and shapefiles for free and some for a small charge at Primary Data Source.
Econdata Data Collections includes a section of links to mapping resources.
Spatial Thinking and Analysis
Maps
What is Spatial Thinking and Analysis?
ESRI's GIS.com is a great "getting started" web site which explains what GIS is and how and where these tools are used. In addition, the web site offers resources such as sample mapping software, free e-books and resources for learning GIS (Geographic Information Systems).
TeachSpatial is 1) a spatial window into the National Science Digital Library; 2) a site about spatial thinking; 3) a community of interest; and 4) a collection of directories of publications and links on spatial topics.
ESRI's Education Curriculum Development Manager has written an article on "Developing Spatial Thinking Skills in Education and Society" which offers several useful definitions of spatial skills.
For a fun introduction to cartography, visit Cartography 2.0, which is a "free online knowledge base and e-textbook for students and professionals interested in interactive and animated maps."
Find a good introduction to mapping, sample uses of the technology, strategies for collecting data, and more, with The Illustrated Guide to Nonprofit GIS and Online Mapping.
From SERC at Carleton College, browse a collection of resources related to understanding spatial thinking in the geosciences.
Here is a tutorial on Spatial Thinking from Columbia University which addresses the issue of "why some students have trouble with maps and spatial representations."
Penn State University is producing The Geospatial Revolution, "an integrated public service media and outreach initiative about the world of digital mapping and how it is changing the way we think, behave, and interact."
The following sites might help you to think about visualizing information: Information is Beautiful; EagerEyes; FlowingData; GapMinder; and Infosthetics.
For the more technically-minded, Penn State offers an online course, "The Nature of Geographic Information." The foundational text on Geospatial Analysis is now available online in several different formats.
How to Set Your ListServ Subscription to Digest Mode
Mass Mailing Lists
What is Digest Mode?
Listserv offers many options for managing the behavior of the lists to which you are subscribed. One of the most popular settings is Digest Mode. When it is activated for your subscription, Listserv collects all the messages sent to that list from that point forward for each day and sends them to you in a single message that contains a table of contents followed by the full text of each message. (NOTE: Extremely active lists may result in two or more digest messages.) All of Hamilton's mass mailing lists (e.g. events-all, notices-facutly, etc.) allow you to choose Digest Mode. The digest message for these lists is sent each day at 4:30 p.m.. Private lists (those for student organizations or departments) are sent at midnight by default. The list owner can change the time at which the digest is sent. For assistance, please contact Debby Quayle at 859-4031 (dquayle@hamilton.edu).
Getting Started
The easiest way to manage your Listserv subscription is through the Listserv web interface. Before you can use it, however, you must have a Listserv password. It will allow you to manage your own subscription(s) as well as manage any lists you may own. If you already have a password, you can proceed to the steps below.
Set Your Subscription to Digest Mode
In your web browser (Internet Explorer, Firefox, etc.) go to http://listserv.hamilton.edu. Log in using your full e-mail address and the password you created for yourself for Listserv.
In the Listserv web site, click on Subscribers Corner in the menu across the top.
The lists to which you are subscribed should appear under the red My Lists tab.
Locate the list you wish to set to Digest Mode and click on the word Settings next to the list name.
This will open a page that displays your subscription settings for that list.
Click to put a dot next to Digest (HTML format).
Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on the Update button.
Return to the Subscriber's Corner menu to do the same for other subscriptions you wish to set to Digest Mode.
When you are finished, click to Log Out of Listserv (located in the upper right corner of the screen beneeth the green questionmark).
Removing Digest Mode
Repeat the steps 1-5 described above for setting Digest Mode.
In step 6, click to put a dot next to Regular.
Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on the Update button.
Return to the Subscriber's Corner menu to do the same for other subscriptions you wish to set to Rgular Mode.
When you are finished, click to Log Out of Listserv (located in the upper right corner of the screen beneeth the green questionmark).
Listserv Resources
Mass Mailing Lists
ListServ is a commercial software product installed on Hamilton College's E-mail system. It is designed to provide an easy way to create and maintain large or specialized E-mail mailing lists. These lists can be used for E-mail based distribution of information, discussion, questions and answers, etc. Lists are created and "owned" by an E-mail user who manages the list's behavior. Members of the list are subscribed to it either by the list owner or by following instructions provided by the list owner.
All lists that are created and maintained at Hamilton College are kept private. Subscriber names and E-mail addresses are only available to the list owner. They are never published.
As a list member, you are able to manage certain aspects of your subscription. As the list owner, you are able to manage a wide variety of aspects of the list's behavior. The links that follow will provide you with some basic information about both.
If you have a question about ListServ that requires personal attention, please contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181 or write to helpdesk@hamilton.edu.
Mass Mailing List Guidelines
Guidelines for ListServ Mass Mailing Lists
Request a New ListServ List
Request a New List
List Owner Related Documents
Becoming a ListServ List Owner
Quick Start Guide for List Owners
List User (Subscriber) Related Documents
How to Send Mail to One of the Mass E-mail Lists
How to Subscribe or Unsubscribe to/from a ListServ List
How to Change your ListServ Password
How to Set Your Listserv Subscription to Digest Mode
Adding a Website to Your Favorites or Bookmarks Bar
Microsoft Internet Explorer
If you find yourself frequently visiting the same web site (e.g. Google) you can add it to your Favorites bar so that it is only a click away when you need it. This is also a recommended alternative to installing web site “toolbars”, such as those offered by Google or Yahoo. Many site-specific toolbars also come with spyware and adware, neither of which is desirable. NOTE: This document assumes you are using Internet Explorer on a Windows computer.
Creating a link
1. Open Internet Explorer in your usual manner.
2. Navigate to the web site you want to add to your links bar (e.g. Google.com)
3. Click on the Google icon and drag it onto the “links” bar that (usually) appears below the Address bar.
4. Now, when you click on the icon you added to the links bar, it will take you quickly to that site.
Editing the name of the link
Sometimes the site name is so long that it may take up a lot of room on your links bar. You can edit the name as it appears on the links bar by doing the following.
1. Click on Favorites and then select Organize Favorites (shown at right).
2. Click on Links (shown at left).
4. Click on the site you’ve added (in this example, Google, shown at right)
5. Click on Rename.
6. Type the name for the site as you want it to appear in your links bar then click on Close.
7. You may find that after you click on Close your new site (e.g. Google) might not appear in the desired position in the links bar. You can reposition it within the links bar by clicking on the icon for the site and dragging it to a different location.
For questions or comments regarding this document, please e-mail helpdesk@hamilton.edu.
Clearing Your Cache and Cookies
Microsoft Internet Explorer
If your computer is not performing at its usual rate when browsing web pages (e.g. it's "slow" or "hangs" sporadically), the first thing you want to do is clear your cache and cookies. Every web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, Safari, etc.) caches visited websites to reduce bandwidtch usage and server load. This allows your web browser display pages faster by loading them from the cache stored on your hard drive. However, sometimes the cache can take up disk space and result in slower browser performing. Cookies are used by websites to store informtion about a particular activity. Clearing your cache and cookies will occasically allow the browser to perform faster and free up space on your computer's local hard drive.
To learn how to clear your cache and cookies in a particular browser, click below:
http://www.google.com/support/accounts/bin/answer.py?answer=32050
Comparison of Browser Interfaces
Microsoft Internet Explorer
Browsing
Browser History
Accessing Browser History
Browser History Interface
Bookmarks
Adding a Bookmark
Accessing Bookmarks
Trust Certificates
Embedding Video in Microsoft PowerPoint on Mac OS X
Microsoft Office 2007
Embedding Video in Microsoft PowerPoint 2007 on a Macintosh Computer
Using a compressed video
1. First create a folder and place the movie you want to add to the PowerPoint inside the folder.
NOTE: If you want to be able to play this video in PowerPoint on a Windows computer, use a compression type such as wmv.
2. Save your PowerPoint to the same location of the movie.
3. To embed a compressed video clip in Microsoft PowerPoint, go to Insert -> Movie, and then navigate to the folder that contains the movie. Once you highlighted the movie you want, click the Choose button.
4. PowerPoint will ask you if you want the video clip to play When Clicked or Automatically. Chose your desired setting by clicking on either button.
5. To change the size of the video hover over one of the corners until a diagonal double-sided arrow appears, then click and drag the video to a desired size.
6. To change the location hover over one of the sides of the video until a four arrow cross appears, now click and hold down the mouse while dragging to a desired location.
7. To view your PowerPoint video click the Slide Show button.
8. Save the PowerPoint and Copy the folder with the video and PowerPoint to the location you want to store it (i.e. SSS, USB Drive, etc.)
NOTE: Not all computers have the same specifications; so make sure you are using a compressed file type that will work on the computer you will be presenting.
Embedding Video in Microsoft PowerPoint on Windows XP
Microsoft Office 2007
Embedding Video in Microsoft PowerPoint 2007 on a Windows XP Computer
Using a compressed video
1. First create a folder and place the movie you want to add to the PowerPoint inside the folder.
NOTE: If you want to be able to play this video on another computer, make sure the file type you are using is supported.
2. Save your PowerPoint to the same location of the movie.
3. To embed a compressed video clip in Microsoft PowerPoint, go to the Insert tab, click Movie-> Movie from File, and then navigate to the folder that contains the movie. Once you highlighted the movie you want, click the OK button.
4. PowerPoint will ask you if you want the video clip to play When Clicked or Automatically. Chose you desired setting by clicking on either button.
5. To change the size of the video hover over one of the corners until a diagonal double-sided arrow appears, now click and drag the video to a desired size.
6. To change the location hover over one of the sides of the video until a four arrow cross appears, now click and hold down the mouse while dragging to a desired location.
7. To view your PowerPoint video click the View Tab and click the Slide Show button.
8. Save the PowerPoint and Copy the folder with the video and PowerPoint to the location you want
to store it (i.e. SSS, USB Drive, etc.)
NOTE: Not all computers have the same specifications; so make sure you are using a compressed file type that will work on the computer you will be presenting.
Large Format Poster PDF Instructions for Office 2007
Microsoft Office 2007
Office 2007 PowerPoint
Large Format Poster PDF Instructions (Windows only)
Instructions
1. Open your PowerPoint file (.pptx)
2. Click on “Office Logo”
3. Select “Save As” from drop down menu,
4. Select “PDF” from side menu
5. Select where you want to save the file, Click on “Publish” button
Microsoft Office 2010 Work at Home License for Windows
Microsoft Office 2010
License Terms and Conditions
Hamilton College subscribes to the Microsoft Campus Agreement volume licensing program for the Microsoft Office applications used on campus (Word, Excel, and PowerPoint). This agreement includes “Work at Home” rights for Office according to the following terms and conditions:
Faculty and staff who are licensed to use the particular product at school, have the right to run one copy of that product on a home PC that they own or lease for school-related purposes only. (Microsoft Campus and School v.3.2b, 2004).
Your DVD is good for two installations: the original installation on your home machine and a reinstall if necessary.
Please do not use this DVD to install Microsoft Office on your college-owned computer.
NOTE: If you received three discs in your “at home” CD/DVD pack, please use the DVD labeled Microsoft Office Professional Plus 2010 (Product Key Required). The other two discs are for installing Microsoft Lync 2010 and Microsoft Business Contact Manager 2010.
Recommended System Requirements
Processor 500 megahertz (MHz) processor or higher
Operating System Windows XP (with SP3), Vista (with SP1) or 7
Memory 512 MB RAM
Disk Space Minimum 3.5 GB of hard-disk space required
Disk Drive DVD drive
Note: Office 2010 does not run on the Microsoft Windows Me, Windows 98, Windows 2000, or Windows NT operating systems.
Product Key
On the back of the DVD sleeve you will find a 25 character alphanumeric code called a product key, similar to the one shown below. Keep this product key in a safe place, it is a unique code needed to install Office and to verify your license with Microsoft.
Uninstall Old Versions of Office
Before installing Office 2010, you must uninstall any older versions of Microsoft Office currently installed on your computer. If you do not have an older version of Office on your computer, skip ahead to the Install Office 2010 section. If you do have an older version of Office on your computer, uninstall it as follows:
Go to the Start button (lower left corner of your screen) and open the Control Panel.
Windows XP: Open Add or Remove Programs
Windows Vista/7: Open Programs and Features
After the list of programs populates, scroll down and click on “Microsoft Office Professional***”
Click Remove or Uninstall.
Follow the on-screen prompts to remove Office.
Reboot after Office is finished uninstalling.
Install Office 2010
We recommend a custom installation to provide the necessary tools, templates, and text converters you are accustomed to using on your college-owned computer.
Insert the MS Office DVD. If “autoplay” is enabled on your system, the installation process will start automatically. In Windows Vista/7, you may be prompted to allow the Microsoft Setup Bootstrapper to make changes to the computer – click Yes. If the DVD does not autoplay, browse to the DVD drive (from My Computer (XP) or Computer (Vista/7)) and manually run setup.exe by double clicking on it.
Enter the Product Key (found on the back of the DVD sleeve) in the space provided to the left of the Continue button. Make sure that Attempt to automatically activate my product online is checked and then click Continue.
On the next screen, check the box labeled I accept the terms of this agreement, then click Continue.
On the Choose Installation screen, click on the Customize button.
Click the down arrow icon next to Microsoft Office at the top of the tree and select Run all from My Computer. This will select all components.
After selecting all components, you can then go down through the list and remove any individual components that you do not use. Consult the table below for information on each of the available components in Office 2010.
Office 2010 Component
Description
Recommended
Microsoft Access
Database
No
Microsoft Excel
Spreadsheet
Yes
Microsoft InfoPath
Electronic Forms
User Choice
Microsoft OneNote
Free-form Data Organizer
User Choice
Microsoft Outlook
Email Client
User Choice
Microsoft PowerPoint
Presentation
Yes
Microsoft Publisher
Desktop Publishing
User Choice
Microsoft SharePoint
Workspace Document Collaboration
No
Microsoft Visio Viewer
Diagram software (viewer only)
User Choice
Microsoft Word
Word Processor
Yes
Office Shared Features
Features shared by multiple components
Yes
Office Tools
Features shared by multiple components
Yes
Click on the down arrow icon next to each component that you do not wish to install and select Not Available.
Once you have finished customizing your selections, click the Install Now button to begin the installation.
After the installation has completed, click Close.
You will be prompted to configure updates for Microsoft Office the first time you open one of the Office programs. We advise selecting the “Recommended Settings” option.
Microsoft Office 2011 Work at Home License for Macintosh
Microsoft Office 2011
Office 2011 for Macintosh
License Terms and Conditions
Hamilton College subscribes to the Microsoft Campus Agreement volume licensing program for the Microsoft Office applications used on campus (Word, Excel, and PowerPoint). This agreement includes “Work at Home” rights for Office according to the following terms and conditions:
Faculty and staff who are licensed to use the particular product at school, have the right to run one copy of that product on a home PC that they own or lease for school-related purposes only.(Microsoft Campus and School v.3.2b, 2004).
Your DVD is good for two installations: the original installation on your home machine and a reinstall if necessary.
Please do not use this DVD to install Microsoft Office on your college-owned computer.
NOTE: If you received two discs in your “at home” DVD pack, please use the DVD labeled Microsoft Office for Mac Standard 2011 (Product Key Required). The other DVD is for installing Microsoft Communicator for Mac 2011.
Recommended System Requirements
Processor Intel Processor
Operating System Mac OS X version 10.5.8 or later
Memory 1 GB RAM
Disk Space Minimum 2.5 GB of free hard-disk space required
Disk Drive DVD drive
Product Key
On the back of the DVD sleeve you will find a 25 character alphanumeric code called a product key, similar to the one shown below. Keep this product key in a safe place, it is a unique code needed to install Office and to verify your license with Microsoft.
Uninstall Old Versions of Office
NOTE: You must be logged in as an administrator on the computer in order to proceed.
Before installing Office 2011, you must uninstall any older versions of Microsoft Office currently installed on your computer. If you do not have an older version of Office on your computer, skip ahead to the Install Office 2011 section. If you do have an older version of Office on your computer, uninstall it by dragging the Microsoft Office XX folder in the Applications folder to the trash.
Install Office 2011
We recommend a custom installation to provide the necessary tools, templates, and text converters you are accustomed to using on your college-owned computer.
1. Insert the MS Office DVD. It should mount and open automatically.
2. Double-click the Office Installer icon.
3. The Installer will now launch and display a Welcome screen. Click Continue.
4. The Software License Agreement screen will appear. Click Continue and then click Agree on the little popup window that displays afterward.
5. You will be asked to select a destination – select Macintosh HD (in most cases, this will be your only option). Click Continue.
6. The Installation window will appear. Click on the Customize button.
7. In the Custom Install window, click on the triangle next to Microsoft Office 2011 to expand all of the components. You may wish to uncheck components that you do not use (e.g. Outlook, Messenger, etc). Consult the table below for information on each of the available components in Office 2011.
Office 2011 Component Description Recommended
Microsoft Word Word Processor Yes
Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet Yes
Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation Yes
Microsoft Outlook Email Client User Choice
Microsoft Messenger Messenger Client User Choice
Remote Desktop Connection for Mac User Choice
Visual Basic for Applications Programmatic features Yes
Proofing Tools Spelling and Grammar checkers Yes
Microsoft Document Connection for Mac User Choice
Office Fonts Fonts Yes
Automated Actions User Choice
Dock Icons Create Dock Icons for Office programs Yes
8. Uncheck each component that you do not wish to install, then click the Install button.
9. You will be prompted to authenticate. Enter the password of the account you use to log on to the computer.
10. The installer will install Office 2011, which can take several minutes. When the “Installation was successful” message appears, click the Close button.
11. The Installer will close and the Office Setup Assistant will launch. Click on Enter your product key.
12. Type in the Product Key from the back of the DVD sleeve. Make sure you have an internet connection and click Activate.
13. If activation is successful, you will see a message that your copy of Office for Mac is now activated. Click Continue.
14. At the personalization screen, enter your First and Last names in the appropriate fields. Enter Hamilton College in the Company name field. Click Continue.
15. At the next screen select Yes to Keep Office for Mac up to date. We recommend selecting No to the Customer Experience Improvement Program. Click Continue and then Done.
16. Microsoft AutoUpdate will now launch and check for updates. It should be set to automatically check for updates weekly, which is what we recommend.
17. Follow the prompts to install any updates found. Once completed, Office 2011 will be installed and ready to use.
Transitioning to Windows 8 and Office 2013
Microsoft Office 2013
What are we doing?
We are installing Windows 8 and Office 2013:
On new Windows computers slated for for relacement during the upcoming cycle (if your computer is up for replacement you would have received notification from our Desktop Installation Services team earlier in the spring)
On Winodws computers in TE classroom podiums and classrooms (Mac computers that are dual boot will run Windows 8 and Office 2013 on the Windows side).
Why?
Performance increases - faster startup/shutdown times
Enhanced security
To provide an environment that will be familiar to students bringing new technology to school, most particularly the incoming class
To be in a position to adopt new and upcoming technologies that use the new features of Windows 8 on both desktop and mobile devices (touch navigation, apps, cloud-based technologies)
Opportunities for Q & A and to learn more about Windows 8 and Office 2013
What do you need to do and when?
We suggest that you watch a brief video tutorial highlighting the changes in Windows 8 before you get your computer.
We have plenty of materials to learn the new OS and will have ample support available before, during, and after the transition.
Global IME for Japanese on Office XP
Microsoft Office XP
Note
Microsoft Windows also contains a version of this IME. If you are running Microsoft Windows 2000, Microsoft Windows XP, or Microsoft Windows Server 2003, you do not need to download the Global IME (Japanese). We recommend that you use the Windows version of this IME instead.
Before you install
Before you install the Global IME for Japanese for Office XP, do the following:
Install Office XP (any language version).
If you have not installed a Global IME before, install the Speech or the Handwriting feature in the Office XP installation (Office Shared Features, Alternate User Input).
If you are not running Windows 2000 AND you are not running a Japanese language version of the operating system, install the Office XP Tool: Japanese Language Pack.
To install this download (Japanese language Pack)
Download the file from the Microsoft Office Tools on the Web site by clicking the Download link above and following the instructions in the dialog boxes.
Double-click the ie_ja.exe program file on your hard disk to start the setup program.
Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation.
Download and Install Global IME for Japanese
Download Office XP Tool: Global IME (Japanese).
To install this download (imejpn.exe):
Be sure to complete the Before you install steps above.
Double-click the imejpn.exe program file on your hard disk to start the setup program.
Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation.
Once you have installed the Global IME and started the Office XP program you want to type in, you can use the Language bar (appears by default in the upper-right corner of the screen in any document.
Global IME for Simplified Chinese on Office XP
Microsoft Office XP
Before you install
Before you install the Global IME for Office XP, do the following:
Install Office XP (any language version).
If you have not installed a Global IME before, install the Speech or the Handwriting feature in the Office XP installation (Office Shared Features, Alternate User Input).
If you are not running Windows 2000 AND you are not running a Simplified Chinese language version of the operating system, install the Office XP Tool: Simplified Chinese Language Pack.
To install this download (Simplified Chinese language Pack)
Download the file from the Microsoft Office Tools on the Web site by clicking the Download link above and following the instructions in the dialog boxes.
Double-click the ie_zhc.exe program file on your hard disk to start the setup program.
Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation.
Download and Install Global IME for Simplified Chinese
Download Office XP Tool: Global IME (Simplified Chinese)
To install this download (imechs.exe):
Be sure to complete the Before you install steps above.
Double-click the imechs.exe program file on your hard disk to start the setup program.
Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation.
Once you have installed the Global IME and started the Office XP program you want to type in, you can use the Language bar (appears by default in the upper-right corner of the screen in any Office program) to switch between input languages and then select IME options.
Configuring Microsoft Outlook for HillConnect Mail
Microsoft Outlook
These instructions detail how to configure Microsoft Outlook 2010 to access Hamilton’s HillMail e-mail system (powered by Google). If you have a different version of Microsoft Outlook, these instructions can still provide some assistance.
Go to the File tab, Info, and select Add Account.
Choose Manually configure server settings and or additional server type.
Click Next.
Select Internet E-mail.
Click Next.
Edit the following fields:
Set Incoming mail server: to imap.gmail.com
Set Outgoing mail server (SMTP): to smtp.gmail.com
Set User Name: to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Click on More Settings.
Select the General tab and set Mail Account to HillMail.
Click on the Advanced tab.
Set Incoming server (IMAP): to 993.
Use the following type of encrypted connection: SSL.
Set Outgoing server (SMTP): to 465.
Use the following type of encrypted connection: SSL (Under SMTP).
Click OK.
Click Next.
Click Finish.
To change the Hamilton address book settings click on File, Info and then select Account Settings and then select the Address Books tab. Click the New button and then select Internet Directory Service (LDAP) and then Next.
Set Server Name to bud2c.hamilton.edu
Check the box for: This server requires me to log on.
Set User Name: to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Click on More Settings.
Set Display Name: to Hamilton AD
Set Port: to 3269
Check the box for: Use Secure Sockets Layer.
Click OK, Next and then Finish.
Click Close.
Click the Send/Receive tab, Send/Receive All Folders and type in your e-mail password. Your mail folders should populate with your Hamilton e-mail.
Fine Tune Outlook Settings for HillMail
In Outlook click on View, then View Settings. Click on the Sort... button.
Select Sent from the drop down box.
Verify that the radio-button for Descending is selected.
Click OK, then Yes, then OK.
Then click back to Columns.
Select Received on the right hand column and select Remove.
Then click OK.
IMPORTANT NOTE: If you already had rules set up prior to updating Outlook to work with your HillConnect account, you might need to recreate your rules for every Hamilton account you check in Outlook. Those rules that move mail to local folders will continue to work as before but those that move mail to an IMAP folder might need to be recreated.
HillConnect Resources
Microsoft Outlook
Hamilton's e-mail system is HillConnect, powered by Google.
The information provided below is designed to address some of the more common questions related to using your e-mail account at Hamilton College. If you have specific questions regarding the functionality or your account (e.g. how to create "groups"), please try using the Help feature built-in to your HillConnect account (click on the "gear" icon in the upper right corner of your HillConnect e-mail screen). If you find that to be insufficient, please contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181.
Topics Covered
Requesting an e-mail account
Activating your HillConnect account
Accessing your e-mail via the Web
Using your HillConnect account
About the HillConnect environment
Changing your existing password
Forgotten password
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail client application
Configuring your mobile device
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
Graduate E-mail Account FAQ
Requesting an e-mail account
New Student Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for students when they are admitted. Consequently, there should never be a need for a student to request an e-mail account for their own personal use.
New Employee Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for employees when we receive official notification from Human Resources. New faculty accounts are created when we receive official notification from the Dean of Faculty office.
Temporary Employee Accounts: To request a temporary employee account, please complete the form found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/survey-manager/survey?id=1304. Please notify ITS as far in advance as possible when requesting an account as there are several processes that must take place to ensure your temp has access to all the resources he/she will need.
Departmental Accounts: Accounts for departmental use can be requested by contacting Debby Quayle at x4031 or by e-mail at dquayle@hamilton.edu.
Organizational Accounts: Student organizations can request accounts when they register on the Student Activities web site. If the organization elects not to register, they must have an employee/faculty sponsor.
Back to top
Activating Your HillConnect Account
Your Hamilton e-mail account must be activated before it can be used. Instrucstions can be found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/youraccount
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via the web
Regardless of whether you are off campus or on campus you can check your e-mail from any computer as long as it has access to the Internet (World Wide Web). Once you are connected to the Internet, point your browser (Internet Explorer, Safari, Firefox, etc.) to http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu.
You can also access your e-mail via the e-mail channel in My Hamilton at http://my.hamilton.edu.
Back to top
Using Your HillConnect Account
About the HillConnect Environment
Mac/Windows
Understanding conversations
Google Apps Overview Video
How to set up forwarding in HillConnect
From Google
How to Configure Filters
From Lynda.com
To view these videos, please email learnit@hamilton.edu for an account
Gmail Essentials Video
Calendar Essentials Video
Changing your existing password
There are two ways to change your password. The Change Password Form allows you to enter a new e-mail password that will also become your new network password. The Synchronize Password link will use your existing network password and will make your e-mail password match it.
Change Password Form: Changes your e-mail password and your ESS/SSS at the same time.
Synchronize Password Form: Changing your HillConnect Password to Match Your ESS/SSS Password.
Forgotten Password
Current students and employees need to contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181 or e-mail us at helpdesk@hamilton.edu for assistance. Instructions for other members of the Hamilton Community.
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail software application
You can access your Hamilton e-mail account using e-mail client software that supports the IMAP mail protocol. ITS supports the use of Mozilla Thunderbird and provides comprehensive documentation for configuring and using Thunderbird. College-owned computers for employees have Thunderbird installed and configured for the computer's user. If you want to install and configure Thunderbird on your personal computer to access your e-mail please contact the ITS Help Desk.
Thunderbird
Installing & Configuring for HillConnect E-mail
Outlook
How to Configure Microsoft Outlook 2010
Apple Mail
How to Configure Apple Mail
Windows Mail
How to Configure Windows Mail
Others
If you are comfortable using another e-mail program without support from ITS, you can use the generic settings below as a guide for setting up one of these e-mail clients. If you need further assistance, use the Help feature in the program or refer to the support webster for the respective software company.
Settings for any client
Configuring Your Mobile Devices
Configuring my mobile device for mail, calendar, and contacts
Back to top
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
The Hamilton ListServ system allows you to quickly send an e-mail to a group of individuals, such as a club or organization, the entire campus community, or certain class year of students. The ListServ groups for the entire campus, all students, all faculty, all employees, or a particular class year are mass mailing lists which are subject to certain policies. For more information on mass mailing policies and how to use ListServ, see the information on our ListServ web page:
ListServ Mailing List Info
Back to top
How to Move your Local Folders into your IMAP account
Microsoft Outlook
This document explains in general terms how to move “local” mail folders onto the mail server. By “local” we mean mail folders that are listed only in your client software (e.g.Thunderbird, Outlook, Apple Mail) and do not appear when you login to the Hamilton mail server. Local folders are typically used to store old mail, excess mail or mail you don’t need to access when you are away from campus. It resides strictly on the hard drive of your computer.
Example: Thunderbird (Windows & Macintosh)
These are the folders that appear in your client software (e.g. Thunderbird) and will also appear on the mail server. These are typically referred to as your IMAP folders.
These are the folders in which you may have stored old mail, excess mail or mail you don’t need to see when you are away from campus. The folders are located only on the hard drive of your computer and are therefore not visible when you login to the Hamilton web mail server.
NOTE: In Microsoft Outlook, the local folders are called Personal Folders and appear at the top of the list of folders. In Mac Mail your local folders will appear at the top of your list of folders and may be in a section labeled “On My Mac”.
Moving your local mail to Gmail
The advantage to moving your local mail to Gmail after the transition is that you can potentially take more time to decide which of your local mail folders to move to Gmail. Gmail provides 7 gigabytes (GB) of storage, which should accommodate most peoples’ needs. You can easily determine your exact quota usage by logging in to your Gmail account and then look to the bottom of the screen.
Example quota in Gmail.
screenshot
How to move a folder
Regardless of the client software you use, the process of moving a folder is essentially the same. Note that in some e-mail software (e.g. MS Outlook), a “move folder” feature exists, which makes the process very easy. It assumes you wish to move the entire content of a mail folder. However, ITS recommends you copy your local folders first and then compare the folders in your client and Gmail to ensure the local folders have all been copied. See below for instructions. You can move a folder back to your local folders if you change your mind. Moving only selected messages is described below in the Problems? section.
Start by clicking once on the folder name. This is usually sufficient to highlight the folder in the list of folders.
With the folder name highlighted, click on it once more but do not release the mouse button.
With the mouse button still held down, carefully move the folder to the name of your account (which typically appears above your first IMAP mail folder). In the example above, the IMAP account is called tsylla@me.com. NOTE: If the folders are very far apart you can move the mouse to the top of (or bottom) until the list starts to scroll. If it fails to scroll you may have to move the folder in stages.
When you are directly over the name of your IMAP account, the name will highlight (darken). This is how you know you are “on” it. Now it is safe to release the mouse button. Doing so will start transferring a copy of the folder.
Depending on how much mail is in the folder you moved, the time it takes to create the new folder and copy its contents may be brief or may take several seconds. It is important to be patient.
After the folder has been successfully copied to your IMAP account, you can compare its contents to the copy that remains in your local folders. When you feel comfortable they are the same, it is safe to delete the folder in your local folders. Be sure to open a few messages that may contain attachments to confirm whether the attachments will open.
After you have moved each folder, you should click on the “get mail” icon (or “send/receive” in Outlook) to see whether you’ve received a quota warning. You can also check your quota using the methods described above on page one.
Problems?
If you are unable to move a folder because the mail it contains is corrupted or not formatted correctly for the server, you may receive a warning like the following. The text may differ slightly from one mail program to another but the essence of the message will be that the mail cannot be moved.
Unfortunately, the only remedy is to manually move messages one (or a few) at a time. To do this, you must first create the new folder in your IMAP account that will receive the messages. Next, open the local folder containing the corrupted mail and then highlight (select) one (or a few) of the messages it contains and drag them onto the name of the new folder as described above. If the message copies successfully, repeat the process until you discover the message (or messages) that cannot be copied. Skip the faulty message and continue with the remainder.
Embedding Video in Microsoft PowerPoint on Mac OS X
Microsoft Powerpoint
Embedding Video in Microsoft PowerPoint 2007 on a Macintosh Computer
Using a compressed video
1. First create a folder and place the movie you want to add to the PowerPoint inside the folder.
NOTE: If you want to be able to play this video in PowerPoint on a Windows computer, use a compression type such as wmv.
2. Save your PowerPoint to the same location of the movie.
3. To embed a compressed video clip in Microsoft PowerPoint, go to Insert -> Movie, and then navigate to the folder that contains the movie. Once you highlighted the movie you want, click the Choose button.
4. PowerPoint will ask you if you want the video clip to play When Clicked or Automatically. Chose your desired setting by clicking on either button.
5. To change the size of the video hover over one of the corners until a diagonal double-sided arrow appears, then click and drag the video to a desired size.
6. To change the location hover over one of the sides of the video until a four arrow cross appears, now click and hold down the mouse while dragging to a desired location.
7. To view your PowerPoint video click the Slide Show button.
8. Save the PowerPoint and Copy the folder with the video and PowerPoint to the location you want to store it (i.e. SSS, USB Drive, etc.)
NOTE: Not all computers have the same specifications; so make sure you are using a compressed file type that will work on the computer you will be presenting.
Embedding Video in Microsoft PowerPoint on Windows XP
Microsoft Powerpoint
Embedding Video in Microsoft PowerPoint 2007 on a Windows XP Computer
Using a compressed video
1. First create a folder and place the movie you want to add to the PowerPoint inside the folder.
NOTE: If you want to be able to play this video on another computer, make sure the file type you are using is supported.
2. Save your PowerPoint to the same location of the movie.
3. To embed a compressed video clip in Microsoft PowerPoint, go to the Insert tab, click Movie-> Movie from File, and then navigate to the folder that contains the movie. Once you highlighted the movie you want, click the OK button.
4. PowerPoint will ask you if you want the video clip to play When Clicked or Automatically. Chose you desired setting by clicking on either button.
5. To change the size of the video hover over one of the corners until a diagonal double-sided arrow appears, now click and drag the video to a desired size.
6. To change the location hover over one of the sides of the video until a four arrow cross appears, now click and hold down the mouse while dragging to a desired location.
7. To view your PowerPoint video click the View Tab and click the Slide Show button.
8. Save the PowerPoint and Copy the folder with the video and PowerPoint to the location you want
to store it (i.e. SSS, USB Drive, etc.)
NOTE: Not all computers have the same specifications; so make sure you are using a compressed file type that will work on the computer you will be presenting.
Setting up an 11x17 Poster Using Microsoft Powerpoint
Microsoft Powerpoint
Using Microsoft PowerPoint
(images from Microsoft Office 2004 running on Mac OS X)
1. Launch Microsoft PowerPoint and choose New Presentation from the File menu.
2. Decide if your poster will use Landscape orientation (wider than tall) or Portrait orientation (taller than wide) and then choose Page Setup… from the File menu.
Landscape Orientation: In the Size section enter 16 for the width and 10 for the height. This will format your poster for 17” wide x 11” high paper size.
Portrait Orientation: In the Size section enter 10 for the width and 16 for the height. This will format your poster for 11” wide x 17” high paper size.
Portrait Orientation
Landscape Orientaion
3. IMPORTANT! Press OK in the Page Setup dialog box. A dialog box will appear alerting you that the current page size exceeds the printable area of the paper. Make sure and choose OK, and NOT the default choice of Fix. Choosing Fix will cause your poster to be sized for 8.5 x 11 paper and not for the large format paper.
4. You may now begin authoring your poster.
Using Minitab
Minitab
Opening Files
Select File -> Open Project.
If your files are on the Academic server, select the K: Drive from the dropdown menu in the Look in field.
If your file is on ESS or SSS, click on the H: Drive on the left side of the window.
If your files are on your local computer, click on the V: Drive on the left side of the window. If you are presented with a prompt asking how you want to access files on the mapped drive, select Read & Write.
Navigate to the desired file and click Open.
Create a High-Quality Videoconference
Mobile Device
Environment Optimization
Regardless which videoconferencing solution is chosen for the communication, it will be important to prepare the location where your call will take place so as to realize the most optimal, standard experience for all involved parties.
General Considerations
Regardless of the conversation type, if the communication is high-risk/high-value, at least one test should be performed with all participants before the actual conversation.
Remember that accidents can happen: pets can meander into the conversation and voice their opinions, cell phones have the potential of ringing, and items can fall and clatter. While all participants should attempt to prepare for these eventualities, it is best to just accept that they are a part of the conversation, a normative experience, and therefore look past them.
Remember that participants within the domain of the webcam and the microphone are involved in the videoconference: anything uttered or any act performed within range of either device will be transmitted to all participants. It behooves everyone to be aware (by dint of the Preview available on all computers/software) of what will be seen and heard before the videoconference begins. As the character Doctor Emmett Brown opined in the movie Back to the Future, "no wonder your president has to be an actor, [they] have to look good on television."
Lighting
Proper lighting is an essential ingredient for a successful, high-quality videoconference. "A webcam isn't the most flattering piece of technology," according to Stephen Winzenburg in an article for the Winter/Spring 2012 edition of the Chronicle of Higher Education, "[it can] make you appear gaunt, overweight, beady eyed, or narcoleptic. And often you look all those things at the same time." To ensure that all participants see each other in the best possible light, everyone should:
Ensure your environment is well-lit--turn on as many lights as possible;
Be mindful of such issues as camera angle, background, and any other light sources that might affect the conversation;
A room with a window might be a nice place to have a chat, but the sun streaming in can wreak havoc on the quality of the conversation;
If you must have a conversation in a room with a window, be sure to test your setup around the same time you anticipate having the conversation to ensure a uniform experience;
Test, test, test, test, test: almost all software and computers have the ability to provide participants with a preview and this preview is what other participants will actually see--make sure the contents of the preview are what you want the other participants to see.
If a high-quality conversation is desired, it may behoove participants to purchase a dedicated webcam. ITS has enjoyed success with devices like the Microsoft LifeCam HD-6000.
Sound
Problems with sound are reliable sources of videoconferencing woes. In addition to the ambient noise issue covered in the "Location" section, there are other potential problems one should be aware of:
Echo/Feedback
A problem arises whenever a sound input is colocated with a sound output: If you put a microphone IN FRONT of a speaker, a positive feedback loop will be generated, i.e. loud, screechy, piercing sound that is painful. Be sure either to place the speaker far away from the microphone, wear headphones to ameliorate the problem, or invest in a microphone with integrate anti-feedback technology.
Most laptops, all-in-one desktops (e.g. the iMac), and smartphones have built-in webcameras, microphones, and speakers. While they are sometimes configured to interoperate without generated feedback, one cannot rely on them working perfectly, especially for high-value conversations. All participants are STRONGLY encouraged to wear headphones to eliminate echoing/feedback.
Configuration
The peripherals required to perform a videoconference interoperate well, but are susceptible to problems. If participants are unable to hear each other, see each other, or connect, there may be a problem with the configuration of the peripherals, the software for the chat (e.g. Skype, Google Talk), or the drivers that the computer uses to communicate with the devices. While easier with the built-in microphone, webcam, speaker setup, problems can plague those setups. ITS strongly recommends testing the full setup before any videoconference. If problems are identified before the actual conversation, chances are better that they can be troubleshooted and resolved without conflicting with the actual conversation.
Accessibility Issues
Hearing Aids/Lipreaders
All communications conducted using these solutions will be affected to varying degrees by synchronicity issues. For example: participants may notice that mouths move independently of the sound they generate. While this is becoming a normative experience, it can be jarring, especially for those who need to read lips to understand what is being said. Proper balancing of audio is also key to ensure that participants whose hearing is impaired can participate equally in the conversation .
Location
Through the miracle of modern technology, these conversations can now take place at any time and in any location, e.g. cafés, libraries, street corners, dorm rooms, hospitals, vel sim. Just because they can take place in every location does not necessarily mean they ought to take place in every location. Both parties should consider:
The ambient noise in their respective environments--loud environs equals bad conversations;
The people whom they might affect with the conversation--not everyone needs to be privy to the conversation;
The speed of the internet conections at the locations--a low-speed DSL connection will not create a good videoconferencing experience (You can test your bandwidth here.)
HillConnect Resources
Mobile Device
Hamilton's e-mail system is HillConnect, powered by Google.
The information provided below is designed to address some of the more common questions related to using your e-mail account at Hamilton College. If you have specific questions regarding the functionality or your account (e.g. how to create "groups"), please try using the Help feature built-in to your HillConnect account (click on the "gear" icon in the upper right corner of your HillConnect e-mail screen). If you find that to be insufficient, please contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181.
Topics Covered
Requesting an e-mail account
Activating your HillConnect account
Accessing your e-mail via the Web
Using your HillConnect account
About the HillConnect environment
Changing your existing password
Forgotten password
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail client application
Configuring your mobile device
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
Graduate E-mail Account FAQ
Requesting an e-mail account
New Student Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for students when they are admitted. Consequently, there should never be a need for a student to request an e-mail account for their own personal use.
New Employee Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for employees when we receive official notification from Human Resources. New faculty accounts are created when we receive official notification from the Dean of Faculty office.
Temporary Employee Accounts: To request a temporary employee account, please complete the form found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/survey-manager/survey?id=1304. Please notify ITS as far in advance as possible when requesting an account as there are several processes that must take place to ensure your temp has access to all the resources he/she will need.
Departmental Accounts: Accounts for departmental use can be requested by contacting Debby Quayle at x4031 or by e-mail at dquayle@hamilton.edu.
Organizational Accounts: Student organizations can request accounts when they register on the Student Activities web site. If the organization elects not to register, they must have an employee/faculty sponsor.
Back to top
Activating Your HillConnect Account
Your Hamilton e-mail account must be activated before it can be used. Instrucstions can be found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/youraccount
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via the web
Regardless of whether you are off campus or on campus you can check your e-mail from any computer as long as it has access to the Internet (World Wide Web). Once you are connected to the Internet, point your browser (Internet Explorer, Safari, Firefox, etc.) to http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu.
You can also access your e-mail via the e-mail channel in My Hamilton at http://my.hamilton.edu.
Back to top
Using Your HillConnect Account
About the HillConnect Environment
Mac/Windows
Understanding conversations
Google Apps Overview Video
How to set up forwarding in HillConnect
From Google
How to Configure Filters
From Lynda.com
To view these videos, please email learnit@hamilton.edu for an account
Gmail Essentials Video
Calendar Essentials Video
Changing your existing password
There are two ways to change your password. The Change Password Form allows you to enter a new e-mail password that will also become your new network password. The Synchronize Password link will use your existing network password and will make your e-mail password match it.
Change Password Form: Changes your e-mail password and your ESS/SSS at the same time.
Synchronize Password Form: Changing your HillConnect Password to Match Your ESS/SSS Password.
Forgotten Password
Current students and employees need to contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181 or e-mail us at helpdesk@hamilton.edu for assistance. Instructions for other members of the Hamilton Community.
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail software application
You can access your Hamilton e-mail account using e-mail client software that supports the IMAP mail protocol. ITS supports the use of Mozilla Thunderbird and provides comprehensive documentation for configuring and using Thunderbird. College-owned computers for employees have Thunderbird installed and configured for the computer's user. If you want to install and configure Thunderbird on your personal computer to access your e-mail please contact the ITS Help Desk.
Thunderbird
Installing & Configuring for HillConnect E-mail
Outlook
How to Configure Microsoft Outlook 2010
Apple Mail
How to Configure Apple Mail
Windows Mail
How to Configure Windows Mail
Others
If you are comfortable using another e-mail program without support from ITS, you can use the generic settings below as a guide for setting up one of these e-mail clients. If you need further assistance, use the Help feature in the program or refer to the support webster for the respective software company.
Settings for any client
Configuring Your Mobile Devices
Configuring my mobile device for mail, calendar, and contacts
Back to top
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
The Hamilton ListServ system allows you to quickly send an e-mail to a group of individuals, such as a club or organization, the entire campus community, or certain class year of students. The ListServ groups for the entire campus, all students, all faculty, all employees, or a particular class year are mass mailing lists which are subject to certain policies. For more information on mass mailing policies and how to use ListServ, see the information on our ListServ web page:
ListServ Mailing List Info
Back to top
Image Capture iOS Media Transfer
Mobile Device
Transferring an Image From an iOS Device Using Image Capture
On a Macintosh computer, open the Applications folder and launch Image Capture. Connect the iOS device to the Macintosh via the USB-to-30 Pin cable. iTunes will launch by system default and will seek to synchronize your device with the local iTunes library. You will see two window prompts asking to synchronize the iOS device with the iTunes library, click Cancel on both window prompts.
In Image Capture, you will see your iOS device on the left side. Your images will be displayed in the main viewing area on the right.
You can individually select and transfer specific images or all image files. To transfer a single image, click on the specific image and click "Import". To transfer all images, click "Import All". Any images that are transferred will be placed within the Pictures folder, located within the local user directory. (e.g. jdoe/Pictures/)
iPad Loaner Programs
Mobile Device
iPad Loaner Program
In May 2012, ITS announced new iPad loaner programs.
Semester or academic year iPad loaner program
For faculty who are interested in exploring the use of iPads in connection with their courses. Our intent is to enable you to explore ways of improving the learning / research environment for your students. There are initially ten iPads in the loaner pool.
Current faculty use and feedback
There are currently 10 faculty members using the loaner units. Each month, faculty are asked to post their reflections about using the iPad to a blog.
Call for proposals for spring 2013
Proposals for five units available for use during the spring 2013 semester will be solicited in mid-November. Applications will be reviewed by representatives of the library, ITS, and the Dean of Faculty.
The criteria/questions we used to evaluate the proposals are as follows:
Does the use benefit from the mobility factor?
Does it involve a curricular use?
Can the use be accommodated by the classroom computer?
Is there a direct student activity?
Does the activity support student research?
Does the use require multimodal use/data collection, e.g. visuals, data, GIS info., etc.
Does the use change the classroom experience?
Short term iPad loaner program (program launch is pending)
A small pool of five iPads will be made available to faculty or staff on a first-come, first served basis for short term use (up to two weeks) e.g., for use during conference travel, or just to try out. The goal of this short term loan is to expose employees to new tablet technology and different ways of thinking about the uses of technology. This program will also help in the exploration and identification of good apps.
Related Documents
Setting up a New iPad
Setting up a Passcode for an iPad
iPad wireless configuration
Adding a Website to Your Favorites or Bookmarks Bar
Mozilla Firefox
If you find yourself frequently visiting the same web site (e.g. Google) you can add it to your Favorites bar so that it is only a click away when you need it. This is also a recommended alternative to installing web site “toolbars”, such as those offered by Google or Yahoo. Many site-specific toolbars also come with spyware and adware, neither of which is desirable. NOTE: This document assumes you are using Internet Explorer on a Windows computer.
Creating a link
1. Open Internet Explorer in your usual manner.
2. Navigate to the web site you want to add to your links bar (e.g. Google.com)
3. Click on the Google icon and drag it onto the “links” bar that (usually) appears below the Address bar.
4. Now, when you click on the icon you added to the links bar, it will take you quickly to that site.
Editing the name of the link
Sometimes the site name is so long that it may take up a lot of room on your links bar. You can edit the name as it appears on the links bar by doing the following.
1. Click on Favorites and then select Organize Favorites (shown at right).
2. Click on Links (shown at left).
4. Click on the site you’ve added (in this example, Google, shown at right)
5. Click on Rename.
6. Type the name for the site as you want it to appear in your links bar then click on Close.
7. You may find that after you click on Close your new site (e.g. Google) might not appear in the desired position in the links bar. You can reposition it within the links bar by clicking on the icon for the site and dragging it to a different location.
For questions or comments regarding this document, please e-mail helpdesk@hamilton.edu.
Clearing Your Cache and Cookies
Mozilla Firefox
If your computer is not performing at its usual rate when browsing web pages (e.g. it's "slow" or "hangs" sporadically), the first thing you want to do is clear your cache and cookies. Every web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, Safari, etc.) caches visited websites to reduce bandwidtch usage and server load. This allows your web browser display pages faster by loading them from the cache stored on your hard drive. However, sometimes the cache can take up disk space and result in slower browser performing. Cookies are used by websites to store informtion about a particular activity. Clearing your cache and cookies will occasically allow the browser to perform faster and free up space on your computer's local hard drive.
To learn how to clear your cache and cookies in a particular browser, click below:
http://www.google.com/support/accounts/bin/answer.py?answer=32050
Comparison of Browser Interfaces
Mozilla Firefox
Browsing
Browser History
Accessing Browser History
Browser History Interface
Bookmarks
Adding a Bookmark
Accessing Bookmarks
Trust Certificates
Installing Mozilla Firefox on Windows and Macintosh Computers
Mozilla Firefox
For Personal Windows & Macintosh Computers
Click on the link below and follow their instructions for installing Mozilla Firefox on your operating system: http://support.mozilla.com/en-US/kb/Installing Firefox?s=installation&r=0&as=
For Hamilton-Owned Macintosh Computers
Download the latest version of Firefox from Mozilla's website here. Choose to Save the file.
Go to your Macintosh HD, open the Applications folder, and navigate to Firefox. NOTE: For Macintosh 10.7 (Lion) users, hold CTRL and cllick on the Firefox icon on your dock, choose Options, and select Show in Finder.
Move the old version of Firefox to the Trash icon on the dock.
Navigate to the file location for the new version of Firefox you just downloaded and double-click it.
In the window that appears like the one below, drag the Firefox icon to the Applications folder icon.
Follow the instructions.
If prompted, enter your Hamilton network credentials.
Once the installation is complete, open Firefox. The message below will only appear the first time you open Firefox after it has been downloaded. Click Open.
You have successfully installed the latest version of Mozilla Firefox and can now browse the internet with more security.
For Hamilton-Owned Windows Computers
NOTE: By default, Mozilla Firefox is set to automatically install the latest updates. If you prefer to install the latest updates yourself and check what version you are using, you can follow the steps below.
Open Firefox. Go to the Help menu and select About Firefox.
Firefox will now check for updates. You can view its progress by reading the light grey text located below your Firefox version. NOTE: Depending on how you have Firefox setup to install updates, you may see a Check for Updates button. Click that to begin checking your browser for updates.
If any updates need to be installed, click Apply Update and follow the directions on the screen to complete the installation process.
HillConnect Resources
Mozilla Thunderbird
Hamilton's e-mail system is HillConnect, powered by Google.
The information provided below is designed to address some of the more common questions related to using your e-mail account at Hamilton College. If you have specific questions regarding the functionality or your account (e.g. how to create "groups"), please try using the Help feature built-in to your HillConnect account (click on the "gear" icon in the upper right corner of your HillConnect e-mail screen). If you find that to be insufficient, please contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181.
Topics Covered
Requesting an e-mail account
Activating your HillConnect account
Accessing your e-mail via the Web
Using your HillConnect account
About the HillConnect environment
Changing your existing password
Forgotten password
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail client application
Configuring your mobile device
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
Graduate E-mail Account FAQ
Requesting an e-mail account
New Student Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for students when they are admitted. Consequently, there should never be a need for a student to request an e-mail account for their own personal use.
New Employee Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for employees when we receive official notification from Human Resources. New faculty accounts are created when we receive official notification from the Dean of Faculty office.
Temporary Employee Accounts: To request a temporary employee account, please complete the form found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/survey-manager/survey?id=1304. Please notify ITS as far in advance as possible when requesting an account as there are several processes that must take place to ensure your temp has access to all the resources he/she will need.
Departmental Accounts: Accounts for departmental use can be requested by contacting Debby Quayle at x4031 or by e-mail at dquayle@hamilton.edu.
Organizational Accounts: Student organizations can request accounts when they register on the Student Activities web site. If the organization elects not to register, they must have an employee/faculty sponsor.
Back to top
Activating Your HillConnect Account
Your Hamilton e-mail account must be activated before it can be used. Instrucstions can be found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/youraccount
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via the web
Regardless of whether you are off campus or on campus you can check your e-mail from any computer as long as it has access to the Internet (World Wide Web). Once you are connected to the Internet, point your browser (Internet Explorer, Safari, Firefox, etc.) to http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu.
You can also access your e-mail via the e-mail channel in My Hamilton at http://my.hamilton.edu.
Back to top
Using Your HillConnect Account
About the HillConnect Environment
Mac/Windows
Understanding conversations
Google Apps Overview Video
How to set up forwarding in HillConnect
From Google
How to Configure Filters
From Lynda.com
To view these videos, please email learnit@hamilton.edu for an account
Gmail Essentials Video
Calendar Essentials Video
Changing your existing password
There are two ways to change your password. The Change Password Form allows you to enter a new e-mail password that will also become your new network password. The Synchronize Password link will use your existing network password and will make your e-mail password match it.
Change Password Form: Changes your e-mail password and your ESS/SSS at the same time.
Synchronize Password Form: Changing your HillConnect Password to Match Your ESS/SSS Password.
Forgotten Password
Current students and employees need to contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181 or e-mail us at helpdesk@hamilton.edu for assistance. Instructions for other members of the Hamilton Community.
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail software application
You can access your Hamilton e-mail account using e-mail client software that supports the IMAP mail protocol. ITS supports the use of Mozilla Thunderbird and provides comprehensive documentation for configuring and using Thunderbird. College-owned computers for employees have Thunderbird installed and configured for the computer's user. If you want to install and configure Thunderbird on your personal computer to access your e-mail please contact the ITS Help Desk.
Thunderbird
Installing & Configuring for HillConnect E-mail
Outlook
How to Configure Microsoft Outlook 2010
Apple Mail
How to Configure Apple Mail
Windows Mail
How to Configure Windows Mail
Others
If you are comfortable using another e-mail program without support from ITS, you can use the generic settings below as a guide for setting up one of these e-mail clients. If you need further assistance, use the Help feature in the program or refer to the support webster for the respective software company.
Settings for any client
Configuring Your Mobile Devices
Configuring my mobile device for mail, calendar, and contacts
Back to top
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
The Hamilton ListServ system allows you to quickly send an e-mail to a group of individuals, such as a club or organization, the entire campus community, or certain class year of students. The ListServ groups for the entire campus, all students, all faculty, all employees, or a particular class year are mass mailing lists which are subject to certain policies. For more information on mass mailing policies and how to use ListServ, see the information on our ListServ web page:
ListServ Mailing List Info
Back to top
How to Move your Local Folders into your IMAP account
Mozilla Thunderbird
This document explains in general terms how to move “local” mail folders onto the mail server. By “local” we mean mail folders that are listed only in your client software (e.g.Thunderbird, Outlook, Apple Mail) and do not appear when you login to the Hamilton mail server. Local folders are typically used to store old mail, excess mail or mail you don’t need to access when you are away from campus. It resides strictly on the hard drive of your computer.
Example: Thunderbird (Windows & Macintosh)
These are the folders that appear in your client software (e.g. Thunderbird) and will also appear on the mail server. These are typically referred to as your IMAP folders.
These are the folders in which you may have stored old mail, excess mail or mail you don’t need to see when you are away from campus. The folders are located only on the hard drive of your computer and are therefore not visible when you login to the Hamilton web mail server.
NOTE: In Microsoft Outlook, the local folders are called Personal Folders and appear at the top of the list of folders. In Mac Mail your local folders will appear at the top of your list of folders and may be in a section labeled “On My Mac”.
Moving your local mail to Gmail
The advantage to moving your local mail to Gmail after the transition is that you can potentially take more time to decide which of your local mail folders to move to Gmail. Gmail provides 7 gigabytes (GB) of storage, which should accommodate most peoples’ needs. You can easily determine your exact quota usage by logging in to your Gmail account and then look to the bottom of the screen.
Example quota in Gmail.
screenshot
How to move a folder
Regardless of the client software you use, the process of moving a folder is essentially the same. Note that in some e-mail software (e.g. MS Outlook), a “move folder” feature exists, which makes the process very easy. It assumes you wish to move the entire content of a mail folder. However, ITS recommends you copy your local folders first and then compare the folders in your client and Gmail to ensure the local folders have all been copied. See below for instructions. You can move a folder back to your local folders if you change your mind. Moving only selected messages is described below in the Problems? section.
Start by clicking once on the folder name. This is usually sufficient to highlight the folder in the list of folders.
With the folder name highlighted, click on it once more but do not release the mouse button.
With the mouse button still held down, carefully move the folder to the name of your account (which typically appears above your first IMAP mail folder). In the example above, the IMAP account is called tsylla@me.com. NOTE: If the folders are very far apart you can move the mouse to the top of (or bottom) until the list starts to scroll. If it fails to scroll you may have to move the folder in stages.
When you are directly over the name of your IMAP account, the name will highlight (darken). This is how you know you are “on” it. Now it is safe to release the mouse button. Doing so will start transferring a copy of the folder.
Depending on how much mail is in the folder you moved, the time it takes to create the new folder and copy its contents may be brief or may take several seconds. It is important to be patient.
After the folder has been successfully copied to your IMAP account, you can compare its contents to the copy that remains in your local folders. When you feel comfortable they are the same, it is safe to delete the folder in your local folders. Be sure to open a few messages that may contain attachments to confirm whether the attachments will open.
After you have moved each folder, you should click on the “get mail” icon (or “send/receive” in Outlook) to see whether you’ve received a quota warning. You can also check your quota using the methods described above on page one.
Problems?
If you are unable to move a folder because the mail it contains is corrupted or not formatted correctly for the server, you may receive a warning like the following. The text may differ slightly from one mail program to another but the essence of the message will be that the mail cannot be moved.
Unfortunately, the only remedy is to manually move messages one (or a few) at a time. To do this, you must first create the new folder in your IMAP account that will receive the messages. Next, open the local folder containing the corrupted mail and then highlight (select) one (or a few) of the messages it contains and drag them onto the name of the new folder as described above. If the message copies successfully, repeat the process until you discover the message (or messages) that cannot be copied. Skip the faulty message and continue with the remainder.
Installing and Configuring Thunderbird
Mozilla Thunderbird
For On-Campus Use
Installing Thunderbird
Go to http://www.mozilla.org/en-US/thunderbird/ to install the latest version of Thunderbird on either your Windows or Macintosh computer and follow the instructions. Once the download is complete, follow the instructions below.
If the Incompatible Add-on window is displayed, select the add-ons you use and click Check Now to check if there are compatible versions of the add-ons available. If a newer version is available, click Install Now, then click Done. If a newer version is not available the No Compatible Add-ons Found window is displayed. Click Finish to continue.
Open up Thunderbird. Click the X button to exit the tab Welcome to Thunderbird!
Configuring Thunderbird Settings
To Change the Incoming Server Settings:
Click the Tools menu, select Account Settings, then select Server Settings. Edit the following fields:
Set Server Name to imap.gmail.com
Set Connection security to SSL/TLS
Set Port to 993
Set User Name to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
NOTE: You will need to repeat this step for any additional Hamilton e-mail accounts you have setup in Thunderbird.
To Change the Outgoing Server Settings (SMTP):
Click Outgoing Server (SMTP), select username-mail.hamilton.edu (Default), click Edit and update the following fields:
Set Description to HillMail
Set Server Name to smtp.gmail.com
Set Connection security to SSL/TLS
Set Port to 465
Set User Name to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Click OK.
To Change the Hamilton Address Book Settings:
Click Composition & Addressing, click the Edit Directories button, select Hamilton LDAP, click Delete and click OK.
The LDAP Directory Server window is still open, click the Add button and update the following fields:
Set Name to HillAD
Set Hostname to bud2c.hamilton.edu
Set Base DN to dc=hamilton,dc=edu (please note there are no spaces)
Check the option to Use secure connection (SSL)
Set Bind DN to username@hamilton.edu where “username” is your e-mail ID
Students: Set to username@students.hamilton.edu
Set Port number to 3269
Click OK and click OK to save the settings.
Select HillAD from the directory list and click OK.
To Configure the Hamilton address book to search on name (rather than username):
Click the Tools menu, select Options, select the Advanced icon, select the General tab and click the Config Editor button.
At the void warrant window uncheck the option to Show this warning next time and click the I’ll be careful, I promise! button.
In the Filter: field, type Ldap. The window will display several entries for ldap_2.servers.HillAD…..Select one of the entries and right-click, then choose New > String
Enter the string value preference name as ldap_2.servers.HillAD.autoComplete.nameFormat.
Please note this is case sensitive and there are no spaces. Please double-check for accuracy. Click OK.
Enter the string value as displayName.
Please note the square brackets are required, there are no spaces, and only the letter “N” is capitalized. Click OK.
Click the Red X exit button to close the Config Editor
The Options window is still open, choose the Composition icon and select the Addressing tab, check the option for Directory Server and select HillAD from the list. Click OK to close the Options window.
It's time to get your mail! Click the Get Mail icon and enter your e-mail password and click OK. Your mail folders should populate with your HillMail.
Fine Tune Thunderbird Settings for HillMail
Your sent message are automatically placed in the [Gmail/Sent Mail] folder, therefore it is no longer necessary to save a copy of your sent messages on the server. To update this setting click the Tools menu, select Account Settings, and then select Copies & Folders. Uncheck the box labeled Place a copy in:. Keep this window open for the next few steps.
To set the proper location for your Drafts folder select Account Settings, and then select Copies & Folders. In the Drafts, Archives, and Templates section: set the following:
Set Keep message drafts in: to Other and navigate to the folder username@hamilton.edu > [Gmail] > Drafts where “username” is your e-mail ID.
Keep message archives in: should be automatically set to Other: All Mail. If not, select Other and navigate to the folder username@hamilton.edu > Gmail > All Mail where “username” is your e-mail ID. Click OK.
NOTE: You will need to repeat this step for any additional Hamilton e-mail accounts you have set up in Thunderbird.
To keep Thunderbird from opening messages in tab form, select Tools then Options.
Click the Advanced icon and then select the Reading & Display tab.
Under Open messages in: select the radial button A new message window.
Click OK.
Things to Know about Thunderbird for HillMail
If you already had filters set up prior to updating and reconfiguring Thunderbird to work with your HillMail account, you might need to recreate your filters for every Hamilton account you check in Thunderbird. Those filters that move mail to local folders will continue to work as before but those that move mail to an IMAP folder might need to be recreated.
Installing the Redirect Add-On in Thunderbird
Mozilla Thunderbird
Windows and Mac OS X
Mail Redirect in Thunderbird allows you to redirect received e-mail messages to other recipients. Please visit http://mailredirect.mozdev.org/installation.html to download Mail Redirect for Mozilla Thunderbird.
Installing Mail Redirect
Open Thunderbird if it isn’t open already.
Go to the Tools menu and select Extensions (Windows) or Add-ons (Mac OS X).
In the window that opens, click on the gear icon in the upper right of the screen and from it select Install Add-On from File.
In older versions of Thunderbird click on Install in the upper left corner.
Browse to your Desktop and select the mail_redirect-… file you just downloaded and click Open.
Windows
Macintosh
Wait a few seconds and click on the Install Now button.
Completely quit out of Thunderbird (close all Thunderbird windows) and reopen Thunderbird.
Adding the Redirect Button to the Toolbar
Go to the View menu, go to Toolbars, and click on Customize… Click and drag the Redirect button to wherever you want the button to be in the toolbar (e.g. next to the Forward button). Click OK to close the Customize Toolbar window.
NOTE: This will add the button to the mailbox list toolbar only. If you want the button to appear in individual message windows when you open them, you should open a message in a new window and repeat the above process.
Using Mail Redirect
To redirect messages, highlight or open the message you would like to redirect. You can either use the keyboard shortcut for redirect (Ctrl B for Windows, Apple B for OS X), go to the Message menu and select Redirect, or click on the Redirect button if you set one up in your toolbar. In the window that opens, enter the address(es) you want to redirect the message to and click Redirect.
Migrating Thunderbird Address Book to HillConnect
Mozilla Thunderbird
Exporting Contacts from Thunderbird
Open Thunderbird.
Click on the Address Book icon at the top.
PC Mac
In the Address Book, go to Tools > Export.
PC Mac
Select Comma Separated from the Save as Type pull-down menu.
Type Contacts in the File Name: field.
Click Save.
PC Mac
Importing contacts into HillConnect
Log into HillConnect at http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu
Click on Contacts in the left-hand column.
Click Import in the bottom left- hand corner.
Click Browse.
Locate your Contacts.csv file—by default saved on the Desktop—you just exported from Thunderbird.
Click Import.
A message will announce the successful completion of the Import process. Click OK.
Click on the imported contacts (in the picture below: Imported 12/13/11). Select More and choose Rename Group. When prompted by a pop-up window, type Thunderbird Contacts. Click OK.
You’re all set! Your contacts will appear in the middle column and will automatically be referenced when you compose your e-mail.
Thunderbird FAQs
Mozilla Thunderbird
Troubleshooting Common Issues with Thunderbird
I don't see any of my folders.
Drag slider on left hand side to show folders.
I see my folders, but they're in a different order than before, and I'm not sure if they're all there.
Use the "All Folders" view rather than "Smart Folders". You can click the left and right arrows at the top of the Folders column on the left-hand side to switch Folder views. "All Folders" is the traditional view. You can also go to the View menu, select Folders and choose the folder view you'd like to see in Thunderbird.
I don't see the icon that I'm looking for on the toolbar.
Customize your toolbar to add the icon to the toolbar and reset the toolbar to default. (Right-click any grey space at the top of the Thunderbird window, select Customize... and choose from there.)
Thunderbird is really slow!
Check the Google App Status dashboard first to check if there's a known issue with Google mail. If not, have the user unsubscribe from the All Mail folder, which can take up a lot of memory. (Have them right-click on the e-mail account on Thunderbird, i.e. hdtier1@hamilton.edu in the left-hand column, then select Subscribe. Select the [Gmail] folder, then click on All Mail and click Unsubscribe.) You can also have them try rebuilding the index by right-clicking on a folder, selecting Properties, then choosing Rebuild Index. If the problem persists over a period of time, we'll need to get their server address and report it to Google.
I have other issues with Thunderbird that weren't addressed here.
Try searching the Thunderbird Support page (external) for the problem. Also, the MozillaZine wiki has a database of frequent Thunderbird issues.
Image Capture iOS Media Transfer
Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC)
Transferring an Image From an iOS Device Using Image Capture
On a Macintosh computer, open the Applications folder and launch Image Capture. Connect the iOS device to the Macintosh via the USB-to-30 Pin cable. iTunes will launch by system default and will seek to synchronize your device with the local iTunes library. You will see two window prompts asking to synchronize the iOS device with the iTunes library, click Cancel on both window prompts.
In Image Capture, you will see your iOS device on the left side. Your images will be displayed in the main viewing area on the right.
You can individually select and transfer specific images or all image files. To transfer a single image, click on the specific image and click "Import". To transfer all images, click "Import All". Any images that are transferred will be placed within the Pictures folder, located within the local user directory. (e.g. jdoe/Pictures/)
Lab Consultant Manuals
Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC)
The following manuals are intended to be used by students employed by ITS, managed by the Instructional Technology Support Service Team (ITSS).
About ITS
Appendix
CLA Policies and Procedures
DAL Policies and Procedures
Intern Policies and Procedures
LC General How-To Guide
LC Policies and Procedures
Lab Consultant On-Going Training
Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC)
Fall 2011
Place all projects within specified folders on MSS by 5 PM on due dates
Fall Training Project:
Rough version 2 8/26
Final version 9/2
Public Screening Event TBD
Project 1 & Scheduling Meeting:
9/4 7-9 PM SCCT 3039
9/11 First Drafts Due
9/18 Final Drafts Due
Project 2:
10/9 7-9 PM SCCT 3039
10/17 First Drafts Due
10/23 Final Drafts Due
Project 3:
11/6 7-9 PM SCCT 3039
11/16 Final Drafts Due
Lab Consultant Schedules
Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC)
The following schedules are for students employed by ITS and managed by the Instructional Technology Support Services team.
Service Point Locations:
Camera Loans - Burke Library, Third Floor (within Help Desk area)
Digital Arts Lab - LIST 220 (Arts Lab use only)
Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC) - Burke Library, First Floor
If you have other service related questions, please contact MPC Professional staff.
Large Format Poster Common Issues and Problems
Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC)
Printing Appointments
It is very important to contact the MPC staff early to reserve time for printing. Printing appointments are required. There is often much competition for resources (workstations, support staff, large format printers, etc) at the end of the semester and we want to ensure that everyone has access to the resources that they need to complete their assignments.
25% o students did not attend the workshop scheduled for their course.
20% o appointments are rescheduled, cancelled, or no shows.
20-25% o students are late or unprepared, causing appointments to run over 1-hr.
File Formats
We recommend that any images placed in the poster are JPEG, TIFF, PDF, GIF or PNG file formats to avoid printing and compatibility problems.
Authoring Software
We have standardized on Microsoft PowerPoint as the layout tool for creating large format posters. While it is possible to create the poster on a Windows computer we recommend that the poster is opened and checked on a Mac BEFORE the scheduled printing appointment to ensure there are no changes in color and formatting. We DO NOT recommend that you create the poster using Open Office on a Linux computer.
We recommend that you avoid creating posters with Microsoft Office 2003 or 2004. If you do use Office 2003 or2004 to create your poster, it is likely there will be formatting and printing issues. The newest versions of Office (2007 on Windows & 2008 on Mac) are available in all ITS computer labs on campus.
If you plan on using an application other than PowerPoint to create the poster it is important to speak with a MPC professional staff member ahead of time to avoid compatibility and printing problems.
Image Resolution
Because the posters are printed at such a large scale the quality of the image that is placed into the poster is important. Often images that are grabbed from Google searches do not have a high enough resolution for print reproduction and can appear very pixelated and/or blurry when printed. It is usually best to scan images from books, take digital photos or speak with a reference librarian about high-quality image databases.
Large Format Posters
Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC)
The process of developing a poster presentation requires careful planning and coordination with the MPC's Professional Support team or the HILLgroup. Courses in which all enrolled students will be expected to create a poster require advanced notice and can include instruction from a memebr of ITSST, ITS's Training Coordinator and/or Reference Librarians.
On average, 350 students create posters through the MPC during the academic year.
Appointments are required to gain access to the large format printers in the MPC.
Faculty should contact a professional staff member early in the semester or prior to the start of the semester if they are thinking about such assignments.
We will accept requests for support until our resources are fully committed or we reach a point in the semester when our timeline for support can no longer be executed.
Detailed information on large format printing policies, procedures, processes and workflow can be found in the links below.
General Policies and Procedures
Models of Support
Common Issues and Problems
Example Project Timeline
Large Format Poster Documentation
Large Format Poster Printing Appointment Request Form
Please direct any questions or inquiries about large format posters to the MPC professional staff. mpc@hamilton.edu, x5MPC (5672)
Multimedia Presentation Center
Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC)
What is the MPC
The Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC) is a state-of-the-art computing facility equipped with cutting-edge hardware and software, as well as a full range of support services, specifically designed for authoring multimedia-enhanced presentations.
The Multimedia Presentation Center, located on the ground floor of Burke Library, has 21 quad core iMacs running Mac OS X Lion. The Macintosh workstations are set up as multimedia editing workstations, and can be used to produce a variety of digital content, as well as standard word processing. Color laser printing is available for academic purposes only.
MPC Location and Hours of Operation
The MPC is located on the first floor of the Burke Library and follows the same hours of operation, available here.
An Overview of MPC Services
The MPC is equipped to support a wide variety of multimedia-enhanced presentation formats including:
Large format, photo-quality printing
Medium format color laser printing
Web content with audio, video and animation
PowerPoint with audio and video
Mini DV, CD and DVD
Please direct any questions or inquiries about large format posters to the MPC professional staff. mpc@hamilton.edu, x4888.
To request a large format poster appointment, click here.
Science Summer Research
Multimedia Presentation Center (MPC)
Poster Printing
Important Dates
Monday, October 1 - Open Lab to proof posters (6-8pm in the MPC)
Friday, October 12 - Last day to submit request for printing appt.
Thursday, October 25 - Last day to print posters (morning ONLY)
Friday, October 26 - Poster Presentation
Documentation
How-to documentation on creating a large format poster can be downloaded here. All posters should be formatted at 43"x33" (or 33"x43") and created in PowerPoint.
Please visit our Large Format Poster Printing support site for more information.
Printing Appointments
All students MUST schedule printing appointments to gain access to the large format printers. Appointments will be given on a first-come-first-serve basis and generally fill up very quickly. To schedule a poster printing appointment please fill out the appointment request form.
If you wish to print an 11"x17" proof of your poster before your printing appointment, please attend the Open Lab on Tuesday, October 19 at 6-8pm in the MPC.
Microsoft Office Compatibility Issues
We recommend that you avoid creating posters with Microsoft Office 2003 or 2004. If you do use Office 2003 or 2004 to create your poster, it is likely there will be formatting and printing issues. The newest versions of Office (2010 on Windows & 2011 on Mac) are available in all ITS computer labs on campus.
Questions can be directed to mpc@hamilton.edu.
How to Add a News Feed to MyHamilton
My Hamilton
A “news feed” (also known as an RSS or “Really Simply Syndication” feed) is a specialized link that allows publishers to distribute their news to you without you having to visit the publisher's web site. It is sent in a format that allows you to display it using an RSS reader or display it on a web page (like we do in My Hamilton).
A convenient way to collect news feeds is to add them to the NEWS tab in My Hamilton. Hamilton College provides you with a list of popular feeds when you click on the NEWS tab and select “Add news feed”. However, there are times when the feed you want to add isn’t in the list. This document explains how to add one that is not already provided.
To add a news feed, you must first know the web address (URL) for the news feed. These are normally clearly marked either with RSS screenshot or with a symbol like screenshot . For example, if you go to the following web site: http://www.us-cert.gov/, you’ll see several links for news feeds.
screenshot
In this example, you would click on the RSS button for Security Tips. It takes you to a web address that looks like: screenshot
Highlight the entire address and then copy it by clicking on your Edit menu (or Page menu in Internet Explorer 7) and then select Copy.
Next go to http://my.hamilton.edu and login using your Hamilton e-mail ID and password.
Click on the NEWS tab.
Click on the button labeled, Add news feed. screenshot
At the top of the page that lists the feeds provided for your convenience, click on the link labeled add your own news feed.
screenshot
In the spaces provided, type a descriptive name for your news feed. In this example you could enter “Cyber Security Tips” in the Feed name (title) field.
Paste the web address you copied in step 2 into the space labeled Feed URL by clicking on the Edit menu (or Page menu in Internet Explorer 7) and then select Paste.
screenshot
Click on Add.
You should see a message indicating the feed was successfully added. Now, click on the NEWS tab again (to refresh the page) and your news feed should appear!
My Hamilton
My Hamilton
My Hamilton is your personalized view of information at Hamilton, as well as a starting point for accessing information and entertainment from all over the Web. My Hamilton gives you customizable control over the Web resources and information that are available to you, such as your Hamilton E-mail, calendar, ESS/SSS space, Hill Card and Blackboard accounts.
My Hamilton uses tabs to group certain resources. Each resource is called a channel. There is an [EDIT] button on each channel which enables you to manage display settings and content for the channel.
Home
The main section in which you can add channels for direct access to your E-mail, WebAdvisor, Blackboard, Facebook, Personal Calendar etc.
Communities
These provide access to Listservs to which you are subscribed, campus messages and events and messages from the Hamilton community (e.g marketplace, lost and found, ride board).
Tools
Access to the following:
Resource
Applies To
Academic Resources
Employees
Budget Center
Employees
Campus Safety - statistics
Students,Employees
Card Services - for making deposits and activating/deactivating the Hill Card
Students, Employees
College Business - for paying bills online
Students
Course Tools - for accessing your WebAdvisor account
Students
Financial Aid - for accessing your award letter
Students, Employees
Human Resources
Employees
Library - for accessing the Alex Library Catalog, Reserves, E-Journals, and Databases
Students,
Employees
Mail Center - for retrieving your mail number and combinations
Students
Personal Information - view and edit your contact information
Students
Physical Plant
Students
Student Organizations
Students
Transportation
Students
News
Access to the most recent college news new feeds from ABC News, BBC, CNN, New York Times, Washington Post etc.. You can also add your own news feeds.
Links
Add your own collection of links to your My Hamilton page. To begin adding your own collection of links, click the "Add Link Group" button.
Files
Access your personal space through My Hamilton
ESS
SSS
Courses
Access Blackboard through My Hamilton.
Setup
Layout Options - change the number of columns on your home page. You can also reset your tabs, channels, and settings back to the original layout by clicking the RESET CHANNELS. Your data (contacts, links, news, etc.) will not be lost, but your display preferences will be removed.
My Profile - update your Hamilton College Profile and your Hamilton Community profile.
Passwords and Security - Sync passwords - Your network password will be the same as your My Hamilton/E-mail password.
Themes - change the color scheme on your My Hamilton page.
Policies - Perimeter Firewall
Network
Adopted November 2003
Information Technology Services at Hamilton College operates a Perimeter Firewall between the Internet and the College network to establish a secure environment for the College's computer and network resources. The Perimeter Firewall is a key component of the Hamilton network security architecture. This Perimeter Firewall Policy governs how the Perimeter firewall will filter Internet traffic to mitigate the risks and losses associated with security threats to the Hamilton network and information systems.
This policy is designed to protect college computers (student and employee computers) from hacking and virus attacks by restricting access to computers on the Hamilton campus from people who are off-campus. Every computer on the Hamilton network still must be secured and virus protected to be protected against other computers on the internal network.
Introduction
Among Hamilton's information technology priorities is the maintenance of a safe and secure computing environment. Historically, the risk of malicious packets making it into the College network has been relatively high. The assets at risk from targeted attacks against the network include data/information, software and hardware services, including access to the Internet and access to central servers are also at risk. Often, the data that is stored on such servers are the true targets of attackers.
The College's Perimeter Firewall must allow access to protected resources from authorized users located outside the firewall (users on the Internet). An increasing number of users work at home or while traveling. Research collaborators may also need to enter the Hamilton network from remote hosts. While this method does protect against many intrusions, it is not bullet proof. When a violation is suspected, the firewall architecture has logging capabilities to provide forensic information.
Information Technology Services (ITS) designed the Perimeter Firewall Policy to effectively enable the security control mechanisms found within the Perimeter Firewall. Consistent with all College information technology policies, the Perimeter Firewall Policy adheres to the College's General Policies on the Use of Information Technology.
A Perimeter Firewall is the first line of protection in the campus network. Similar to most modern hotels, one can enter and walk around many areas of the hotel such as the lobby unrestricted; however, to access a particular resource, such as a hotel room, one needs a key. In addition to the perimeter firewall which ITS will be maintaining, individuals and departmental system administrators are advised to make their desktop and server systems as secure as possible through a "deny everything, permit on exception" firewall or system configuration approach. System administrators are encouraged to weigh the merit of placing firewall software on departmental servers and desktop machines. Host firewalls can block port scanners, protect against known exploits, log suspicious events and evaluate configurations.
Responsibilities
The Network and Telecommunications Team of ITS is responsible for implementing and maintaining the College network perimeter firewall. Therefore, ITS is also responsible for activities relating to this policy. Responsibility for information systems security on a day-to-day basis is every employee's responsibility. Specific guidance and direction for information systems security is the responsibility of ITS.
Policy for Perimeter Firewall
The Perimeter Firewall permits the following for outbound and inbound Internet traffic:
Outbound - Allow ALL Internet traffic to hosts and services outside of the College with the exception of known security vulnerabilities (see below). This allows anyone connected to the Hamilton Network to utilize all services on the Internet with the exception of known vulnerabilities.
Inbound - Only specific services which support the College mission will be allowed to be accessed from the Internet.
The chart below identifies the most common services used for Internet communications within the Hamilton environment. The following is a limited explanation for each column:
Server Functions and Services - This a listing of the most common Internet services used on the College file servers to support the mission and business of the College.
Hamilton Network to Internet - All traffic originating from a College computer to an external host has no firewall policies applied except for known security vulnerabilities which are described in the chart below.
Internet to Hamilton Network - All traffic originating from a computer on the Internet (somewhere off-campus) to a computer on the Hamilton network is only allowed into the following systems.
Hamilton Network to the Internet:
Services which are NOT allowed
Internet to Hamilton Network:
Services which ARE allowed
All Microsoft Networking Protocols
Network Monitoring Protocols
UNIX File System Protocols
Virus Related Protocols
Spyware Related Protocols
(MarketScore Spyware)
Hamilton E-mail Server
Hamilton Web Server
Blackboard
SSS (FTP Only)
Software (FTP Only)
WebAdvisor
Citrix Statistics Applications
Library Catalog and Databases
ListServ Mailing Lists
Remote Desktop to Any OSX and Windows XP System
Other Departmental Servers
Operational Procedures
Faculty, staff, and students may request access from the Internet for a service inside Hamilton for a new or existing server. These requests must be submitted in writing and need to include a rationale for the request by submitting the Firewall Service Security Policy Modification Form. It is recommended that faculty, staff, and students submit the request through the ITS Help Desk.
The Network and Telecommunications Services Team and Vice President for Information Technology will evaluate the risk of opening the firewall to accommodate requests. Where the risk is acceptable, granting of requests will be dependent on network infrastructure limitations and the availability of required resources to implement the request. If the risk associated with a given request is deemed objectionable, then an explanation of the associated risks will be provided to the original requestor and alternative solutions will be explored.
If during the implementation it is determined that the original request does not provide the functionality to meet the unit's business need, then the Network and Telecommunications Services Team will, on a short-term basis, provide open access through the firewall. Subsequently, long-term, the Network and Telecommunications Services Team will work with the requestor to determine exactly what ports are needed to meet the unit's business needs.
Certain mission-critical functions require outside vendors and other entities to have secured and limited access to departmental network resources from the Internet to Hamilton. This access needs to be approved by either a director or department chair and then coordinated through Network and Telecommunications Services Team by submission of the Firewall Service Security Policy Modification Form.
If the original requestor considers the solution to be unsatisfactory, the request may be appealed to the Vice President for Information Technology.
Turn around time for a request of common services listed will be approximately 2 business days from the receipt of the Modification Form. Common Services include:
FTP
Telnet/SSH
SMTP
HTTP/HTTPS
Turn around time of a request for any other service will be no more than 5-10 business days. This additional time is needed to investigate any risk associated to the College.
Windows Web Publishing
Network
Windows users can connect to the web server using Windows networking. This will make your web space appear as a disk or folder on your personal computer, allowing you to drag and drop files and folders to and from the web server, just as you do for other disks on your system.
Windows 7/Vista
Connect to the Web Server
Open the Start menu
Type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" into the search box and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following:
academics
hamilton
students
people
The folder will open as a new window.
Map a Drive
Open the Start menu
Right click on Network and select Map Network Drive...
In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following:
academics
hamilton
students
people
The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.
Windows XP
Connect to the Web Server
Open the Start menu
Choose Run
In the open field of the dialog box, type
\\Polaris
Click OK
The folder will open as a new window.
Map a Drive
Open the Start menu
Right click on My Network Places and select Map Network Drive.
In the Folder field, type "\\Polaris\{foldername}" and hit Enter. {foldername} is the name of the folder that you wish to connect to and should be one of the following:
academics
hamilton
students
people
Click OK
The folder will now appear as a shared drive and is accessible from My Computer and Windows Explorer.
Troubleshooting
Please contact the Help Desk x4181 if you are having trouble connecting to Polaris.
How to turn Java off
Oracle Java
It is important that you read the following advisory:
Keep Java up-to-date
If you choose to keep Java installed on your computer (whether disabled or not) it is important to keep it up-to-date. Here is how to discover whether your version of Java is up to date. NOTE: If you install a new version of Java remember to un-check the box to install the "ASK.com" toolbar. It is not needed.
Managing Java
The instructions below will help you disable Java in the individual brower(s) you use for your day-to-day web activities. For those who have no need for web sites or web programs that require Java, instructions are also included that will help you disable Java globally. In most cases, you will be alerted to the need for Java when you visit a site or use a program feature that requires it. At that point you must decide if another (safer) web site or program can be used instead. If you have no other option, you can enable Java selectively using instructions found here.
For information regarding BlackBoard Learn and other trusted web delivered applications that require Java.
Turn Java off in individual browsers
(If you have no need for Java and want to turn it off globally, skip this section and proceed to the next section.)
If you know you must use a web site or program that requires Java (e.g. certain features in Blackboard Learn), only one of your browsers should have Java enabled. Java should be disabled in all your remaining browsers. If you have not previously turned Java off globally using the Java Control Panel (Windows) or the Java Preference (Macintosh) then you may turn it off selectively in those browsers you intend to use for your daily work on the web. As an alternative, if you prefer to use only one browser for all your browsing, then you must learn to turn it off and on as needed. These instructions describe how to turn it off.
Safari (Macintosh)
Click on the Safari menu and choose Preferences.
Click on the Security icon and check the box to "Enable Broswer". This should remove the check mark.
Close the Preferences window.
Firefox (Windows & Macintosh)
Click on the Tools menu and choose Add-ons OR click on the Firefox menu, and choose Add-Ons.
Click on Plug-ins and then locate the Java Applet plugin.
Click to disable it and close the Add-ons window (if it is enabled).
Chrome (Windows & Macintosh)
Click on the Chrome menu and choose Preferences (Macintosh) OR click on the wrench icon, then select Settings (Windows)
Click on Settings in the left column.
Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on the link labeled "Show advanced settings".
Scroll down to the Privacy section and click on the button labeled "Content Settings...".
Next click on "Disable individual plug-ins" in the Plug-ins section.
In the list that is presented, locate Java and click on the link to "Disable" it (if it is enabled).
Internet Explorer 7 and above (Windows)
Click on your Start button and select Control Panel
Locate and open the Control Panel called Internet Options.
Click the Programs tab and select Manage Add-ons.
Select Toolbars and Extenstions in the left hand column. Then in the right hand column scroll down to Oracle America.
Click Java Plug-in then click the Disable button.
Click Close and OK to accept the change.
Turn Java off globally
Follow these instructions if you are sure you won't need Java. If you are unsure, you can still turn it off globally and then refer back to these instructions later if you need to turn it back on.
Windows (all versions)
NOTE: It is important to remove older versions of Java prior to proceding with these instructions. You can keep the newest version of Java installed as long as it is disabled. You can check for updates here.
Click on the Start button
Click on Control Panel
Click on the Java (32 Bit) Control Panel
Click on the Security tab
Click to UNcheck the box at the top labeled, "Enable Java content in the browser".
Click Apply, then click OK.
Macintosh (OS 10.7.3 and up) Lion & Mountain Lion
NOTE: Versions of the Macintosh OS that are older than 10.7.3 do not have the Java Preference.
Click on the Apple menu (upper left corner of the screen).
Select Preferences.
Locate the preference called Java (it is in the bottom row) and click to open it
Click on the Security tab in the Java Preference.
Click to UNcheck the box labeled "Enable Java content in the browser".
Click on Apply and then click on OK.
How to turn Java on
Oracle Java
It is important that you read the following advisory:
There may come a time when you discover you need to use Java. Before you use it, it is highly recommended that you check first to confirm whether it is up-to-date. You can do so here. NOTE: If you install a new version, please be sure to un-check the box that installs the "ASK.com" toolbar. It is not needed.
You should procede with the steps below ONLY if you are certain of the safety of the web site or web program that is asking you to enable Java. It is NOT recommended that you do this for all your broswers, only the one you will use for trusted sites and web programs that require Java.
If you previously used either the Java Control Panel (Windows) or the Java Preference (Macintosh OS 10.7.3 and up) to disable Java in all of your browsers, you will need to re-enable Java and then turn off the Java plug-in in the browser you will use for day-to-day browsing. It is only in this manner that you'll be able to independently control Java in each of your broswers. If you are uncertain as to whether you turned it off globally, the steps below will take you to the appropriate control panel (Windows) or preference (Macintosh) where you can determine its current status.
If you did NOT disable Java using the control panel or the preference, then procede to the section below labeled "Turning Java on in an individual browser".
For information regarding BlackBoard Learn (and other trusted web delivered applications that require Java).
Globally turn Java on using the Java Control Panel (Windows) or the Java Preference (Macintosh)
IMPORTANT NOTE: This is a two part process! Once you have turned Java on globally, you must turn it off for the individual browser(s) you intend to use for day-to-day browsing. See the link at the bottom of this page for disabling Java in an individual browser.
Windows (all versions)
Click on the Start button
Click on Control Panel
Click on the Java (32 Bit) Control Panel
Click on the Security tab
Click to enter a checkmark in the box at the top labeled, "Enable Java content in the browser".
Click Apply, then click OK.
Macintosh (OS 10.7.3 and up) Lion & Mountain Lion
NOTE: Versions of the Macintosh OS below 10.7.3 do not have the Java Preference.
Click on the Apple menu (upper left corner of the screen).
Select Preferences.
Locate the preference called Java (it is in the bottom row) and click to open it
Click on the Security tab in the Java Preference.
Click in the check box to "Enable Java content in the browser".
Click on Apply and then click on OK.
Turning Java on in an individual browser
All versions of Windows and all versions of Macintosh
(These instructions will work only if the Windows Java Control Panel or the Macintosh Java Prefrence was not used to globally disable Java.)
NOTE: If you have not previously disabled Java in your other browsers, you should do so (a link to instructions appears at the bottom of this page). The instructions that follow here are only intended for the broswer you will use to access trusted web sites or web programs that require Java.
From the list of browsers below, choose the one you intend to use only for Blackboard Learn (or other web delivered programs or sites you trust) and follow the instructions for enabling Java.
Safari (Macintosh)
Click on the Safari menu and choose Preferences.
Click on the Security icon and check the box to "Enable Broswer" only if no checkmark already appears.
Close the Preferences window.
Firefox (Windows & Macintosh)
Click on the Tools menu and choose Add-ons OR click on the Firefox menu, and choose Add-Ons.
Click on Plug-ins and then locate the Java Applet plugin.
Click to enable it and close the Add-ons window.
Chrome (Windows & Macintosh)
Click on the Chrome menu and choose Preferences (Macintosh) OR click on the wrench icon, then select Settings (Windows)
Click on Settings in the left column.
Scroll to the bottom of the page and click on the link labeled "Show advanced settings".
Scroll down to the Privacy section and click on the button labeled "Content Settings...".
Next click on "Disable individual plug-ins" in the Plug-ins section.
In the list that is presented, locate Java and click on the link to "Enable" it.
Internet Explorer 7 and above (Windows)
Click on your Start button and select Control Panel.
Loacte and then open the Control Panel called Internet Options.
Click the Programs tab and select Manage Add-ons.
Select Toolbars and Extenstions in the left hand column. Then in the right hand column scroll down to Oracle America.
Click Java Plug-in then click the Enable button.
Click Close and OK to accept the change.
How to disable Java in the broswers you intend to use for day-to-day browsing
Instructions can be found here that will help you turn Java off for individual browsers or for all browsers.
How to Update or Install Java - Macintosh
Oracle Java
Macintosh Users
Before you proceed with updating or installing Java, you need to know the version of the Macintosh operating system you are using.
Click on the Apple menu (upper left corner of your screen) and choose About this Mac.
The version is listed directly below "Mac OS X "
Close the window and proceed with the appropriate instructions below.
Macintosh OS 10.7.3 and above (higher versions of Lion, and all versions of Mountain Lion)
From your desktop, click on the Apple menu (upper left corner of your screen) and choose System Preferences
In the Preferences screen, choose the Java preference (found in the bottom row of icons) and click to open it. NOTE: If no Java preference icon appears, you either do not have Java installed, it is installed but under a different user ID, or your version of OS X falls below 10.7.3.
If you are the only user of your computer and Java is not installed, please go to http://www.java.com/en/download/testjava.jsp for installation instructions.
If others use your computer, you can confirm whether Java is already installed by searching for Java in spotlight. If it is found, you should open the preference and proceed to step 3.
In the Java preference window, click on the Update tab.
If Java is already up-to-date, you will see, "Your system has the recommended version of Java 7". You can proceed to step 3.b.iv below.
If Java is not up-to-date, you will see, "A critical Java security update is available".
Click on the "Update Now" button
Click on the "Install Update" button
The download will begin. When it finishes, click on the "Install and Relaunch" button. Enter your computer login credentials if prompted to do so.
NOTE: If your version of Java is more than one release behind, you may see a second window open that asks you to install the update. If it appears, click on Continue, then click on Install. Enter your credentials when prompted to do so. When you see the screen that says your Install Succeeded, click to Reopen the Java Preference. If the Java Preference indicates another update is available, repeat the steps above (beginning with step "i"). Otherwise, continue with step iv. below.
Reopen the Java Preference. If it says, "Your system has the recommended version of Java 7", click on OK and close the Java preference window.
Macintosh OS 10.7.2 and below (early versions of Lion, all versions of Snow Leopard and Leopard)
From your desktop, click on the Apple menu (upper left corner of your screen).
Choose Software Update...
After your operating system finishes searching for updates it will open a window that either says you are up-to-date or it will indicate that updates are available.
If software updates are available, but you don't see a list of the updates, click on the Details button to see them. If no updates are available, you are finished. Proceed to step 5.
Click on the button labeled Install x items (where "x" is a number). Enter your computer credentials if prompted. The update will proceed automatically. Please wait until it finishes. NOTE: Some updates may require you to restart your computer.
Return to step 2 to confirm there are no more updates. If none are found, continue to step 6. Otherwise, repeat step 4 - 6.
Close the preference window.
How to Update or Install Java - Windows [XP, Vista, 7, 8]
Oracle Java
Windows Users
To uninstall older versions of Java
Windows 7 and Vista
Click Start
Select Control Panel
Select Programs
Click Programs and Features
Select the program you want to uninstall by clicking on it, and then click the Uninstall button.
Click Yes to remove the application. You may need administrator privileges to remove programs.
If a window labeled User Account Control pops up, procede by clicking Yes.
Repeat steps 5 - 7 for each old version of Java on your computer.
Close the Control Panel when you are finished
Windows XP - Uninstall Programs
Click Start
Select Control Panel
Click Add/Remove Programs
The Add/Remove Control Panel displays a list of software on your system, including any Java software products that are on your computer. Select the one you want to uninstall by clicking on it. Then click the Remove button.
Repeat step 4 for each old version of Java on your computer.
Close the Control Panel when you are finished
Installing Java
Click here to get the Java Installer. The link leads to a page which downloads an .exe file named Ninite Java Installer.exe. This exe file is safe to use and should have an icon that looks like the following image:
Double click on the installer. Depending on your computer’s User Account Control settings you may get a popup like the following:
Select Yes to allow the installation to continue. The Ninite installer will then download and install the latest java versions without the need for any further input from you.
Java - Known Sites and Applications
Oracle Java
ITS has identified applications and web sites in use at Hamilton that require Java (in total or in part). If you regularly use one of these applications/sites, you should consider how best to manage your exposure to Java. Two possible methods are described in the section below labeled “If you must use Java”.
Applications and web sites that require Java:
The following list is by no means exhaustive. We will update it as new information becomes available. Your contributions to this list are welcomed. Please address them to hd@hamilton.edu
Blackboard (only the features listed below require Java)
o Chat & Virtual Classroom tools (located under "Collaboration" in the Tools menu)
o WebEq Math Editor located in the text box editor. The rest of the text box editor is fine.
o Uploading multiple files at once. (Uploading single files and file attachments work fine.)
ArtSTOR (Java required to download images)
Citrix
GoToMeeting - also from Citrix
GoToWebinar - again from Citrix
The Wall Street Journal website, wsj.com, uses Java for dynamic charts
SciFinder (formerly called SciFinder Scholar. Java is required for structure drawings)
Stand Alone Apps: Doceri Desktop
If you must use Java:
BEFORE you continue, visit the following page and make sure that Java is up to date.
Updating Java
If you must visit sites/web applications that require Java, here are two methods to consider using.
NOTE: (The following example is written for Blackboard Learn but the same techniques can be used for other trusted web sites or applications that require Java.)
A. Use a different browser and ONLY use that browser to access Blackboard Learn
If you set Blackboard Learn to your home page in your other browser it will save you time when you need to access it quickly. For example, set up Internet Explorer or Safari for Blackboard and then use Firefox for all your other browsing. The browser you choose for Blackboard Learn will need to have Java enabled so you should not use it for your day-to-day browsing activities. Remember that web searches, surfing, purchasing, social media, etc. are activities that are more likely to take you to web sites that could compromise your computer.
B. Turn Java on only when needed. Then turn it off.
As an alternative, you can continue to use your favorite browser for Blackboard Learn but you'll need to enable the Java plug-in when you want to use the features that require Java. It is vital that you remember to disable it again when you're finished. Failure to disable it will expose your computer to a rapidly growing number of serious threats that take advantage of flaws in Java, Adobe Flash, and Adobe Acrobat.
How to turn Java on for all browsers or individually
How to turn off Java system-wide or for individual browsers
What is Java ?
Java is three things.
Firstly, it’s a programming language.
Secondly, it’s a ’virtual machine’ - a program (’run-time environment’) you can install on any computer (including mobile phones) that can run any programs written in Java. Those programs will be safely ring-fenced (‘sandboxed’) so that nothing they do can affect the working of the rest of your computer.
Lastly, it’s the set of programs for developers to use that makes all that possible. Java is capable of doing far more complex applications than JavaScript. For example, Java is used for the games on mobile phones.
Most people will find that Java has been installed on their computers whether they were aware of it or not. Java was designed with security in mind, but all software has potential security risks, especially when (like Java) it is running programs written by unknown entities across the web. You should make sure you keep Java regularly updated to minimize the risks.
Note:
Newer versions of Firefox will automatically disable outdated Java plugins.
Typically mobile devices (smart phones, tablets) do not have Java installed.
Managing Java on your computer
Oracle Java
Installing & Updating Java
Please read this important advisory
On 1/10/13 the Department of Homeland Security issued an alert recommending that all Internet users "consider disabling Java in web browsers until adequate updates are available" due to recently discovered security flaws in the software. Although Oracle (publisher of Java) regularly issues security patches (and has patched the flaw(s) announced on 1/10/13), Java remains a favorite target of hackers.
Java is active by default on most computers. Consequently, it is vital that you always keep it up-to-date. This applies to your office and home computers alike. Even if you disable Java, it is important to keep it up-to-date in the event you discover a (trusted) web page or program that requires it. Then, if you must enable it for a one-time use, you'll have the most secure version already installed.
Typically mobile devices (smart phones, tablets) do not have Java installed. If you deliberately installed Java on your mobile device, you should also keep it up-to-date.
NOTE: Java is not the same thing as JavaScript. You can leave JavaScript alone.
Managing Java (installing and updating)
Please choose your operating system below for instructions that will assist you in updating and/or installing Java. The Windows instructions also explain how to remove older versions of Java.
Windows
Macintosh
Creating a PDF in OS X
PDF
Open the document in its native application.
From the File menu, select Print.
From the File menu, select Page Setup… The Page Setup window will pop up. Format for Any
Printer and set Paper Size equal to the size of your document. Click OK.
Click on the PDF… button in the lower left corner of the Print window, and select Save as PDF…
Save window will pop up. After you name your file and choose where to save it, click Save.
PaperCut Account Management
PaperCut
PaperCut is a quota based print management system designed to monitor and control campus network printing resources in a way that allows Hamilton to reduce printing costs and environmental impact. Details on accessing your quota are below.
Accessing PaperCut
From a Campus Computer
Go to the PaperCut Program and click details.
Sign in with your MyHamilton username and password.
From your Personal Computer
Go to the website https://printx:9192/
Depending on your browser, you may see a message about the website's security certificate.
Internet Explorer: Select Continue to this website.
Firefox: Select Add an exception.
Enter your MyHamilton username and password. That will bring you to the PaperCut Management Page.
Managing PaperCut
Summary gives you a summary of your PaperCut usage, including your environmental impact.
Rates list the current prices for printing.
Redeem Card allows you to add funds to your PaperCut account through a card purchased from ITS.
Transaction History details your transactions for the past fifteen days.
Recent Print Jobs lists your specific print jobs for the past fifteen days.
Jobs Pending Release states which jobs are queued to be printed.
Web Print allows you to print to any printer remotely. See here for details.
Add Credit From Hill Card allows you to add funds to your PaperCut account from your Hill Card.
Log Out securely takes you off the PaperCut management page.
Printing to On-Campus Printers from your PC
Did you know you can print to any on-campus printer from your PC without using WebPrint? See the instructions below to learn how!
Windows
Windows XP
Windows Vista
Windows 7
Mac OS X
Driver Installation (Do this first!)
OS X 10.4.x (Tiger)
OS X 10.5.x-10.7.x (Leopard, Snow Leopard, Lion)
HillConnect Resources
Password
Hamilton's e-mail system is HillConnect, powered by Google.
The information provided below is designed to address some of the more common questions related to using your e-mail account at Hamilton College. If you have specific questions regarding the functionality or your account (e.g. how to create "groups"), please try using the Help feature built-in to your HillConnect account (click on the "gear" icon in the upper right corner of your HillConnect e-mail screen). If you find that to be insufficient, please contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181.
Topics Covered
Requesting an e-mail account
Activating your HillConnect account
Accessing your e-mail via the Web
Using your HillConnect account
About the HillConnect environment
Changing your existing password
Forgotten password
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail client application
Configuring your mobile device
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
Graduate E-mail Account FAQ
Requesting an e-mail account
New Student Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for students when they are admitted. Consequently, there should never be a need for a student to request an e-mail account for their own personal use.
New Employee Accounts: ITS automatically creates e-mail accounts for employees when we receive official notification from Human Resources. New faculty accounts are created when we receive official notification from the Dean of Faculty office.
Temporary Employee Accounts: To request a temporary employee account, please complete the form found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/survey-manager/survey?id=1304. Please notify ITS as far in advance as possible when requesting an account as there are several processes that must take place to ensure your temp has access to all the resources he/she will need.
Departmental Accounts: Accounts for departmental use can be requested by contacting Debby Quayle at x4031 or by e-mail at dquayle@hamilton.edu.
Organizational Accounts: Student organizations can request accounts when they register on the Student Activities web site. If the organization elects not to register, they must have an employee/faculty sponsor.
Back to top
Activating Your HillConnect Account
Your Hamilton e-mail account must be activated before it can be used. Instrucstions can be found at: https://my.hamilton.edu/youraccount
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via the web
Regardless of whether you are off campus or on campus you can check your e-mail from any computer as long as it has access to the Internet (World Wide Web). Once you are connected to the Internet, point your browser (Internet Explorer, Safari, Firefox, etc.) to http://hillconnect.hamilton.edu.
You can also access your e-mail via the e-mail channel in My Hamilton at http://my.hamilton.edu.
Back to top
Using Your HillConnect Account
About the HillConnect Environment
Mac/Windows
Understanding conversations
Google Apps Overview Video
How to set up forwarding in HillConnect
From Google
How to Configure Filters
From Lynda.com
To view these videos, please email learnit@hamilton.edu for an account
Gmail Essentials Video
Calendar Essentials Video
Changing your existing password
There are two ways to change your password. The Change Password Form allows you to enter a new e-mail password that will also become your new network password. The Synchronize Password link will use your existing network password and will make your e-mail password match it.
Change Password Form: Changes your e-mail password and your ESS/SSS at the same time.
Synchronize Password Form: Changing your HillConnect Password to Match Your ESS/SSS Password.
Forgotten Password
Current students and employees need to contact the ITS Help Desk at 315-859-4181 or e-mail us at helpdesk@hamilton.edu for assistance. Instructions for other members of the Hamilton Community.
Back to top
Accessing your e-mail via an e-mail software application
You can access your Hamilton e-mail account using e-mail client software that supports the IMAP mail protocol. ITS supports the use of Mozilla Thunderbird and provides comprehensive documentation for configuring and using Thunderbird. College-owned computers for employees have Thunderbird installed and configured for the computer's user. If you want to install and configure Thunderbird on your personal computer to access your e-mail please contact the ITS Help Desk.
Thunderbird
Installing & Configuring for HillConnect E-mail
Outlook
How to Configure Microsoft Outlook 2010
Apple Mail
How to Configure Apple Mail
Windows Mail
How to Configure Windows Mail
Others
If you are comfortable using another e-mail program without support from ITS, you can use the generic settings below as a guide for setting up one of these e-mail clients. If you need further assistance, use the Help feature in the program or refer to the support webster for the respective software company.
Settings for any client
Configuring Your Mobile Devices
Configuring my mobile device for mail, calendar, and contacts
Back to top
Mass mailing lists (ListServ)
The Hamilton ListServ system allows you to quickly send an e-mail to a group of individuals, such as a club or organization, the entire campus community, or certain class year of students. The ListServ groups for the entire campus, all students, all faculty, all employees, or a particular class year are mass mailing lists which are subject to certain policies. For more information on mass mailing policies and how to use ListServ, see the information on our ListServ web page:
ListServ Mailing List Info
Back to top
Policies - Security
Password
Policies
Security
Security On Data Networks
Security for access to the data network and to files or applications on a server is implemented via user ID and password systems. Each user is responsible for all e-mail transactions made under the authorization of his or her ID and password, and for all network e-mail activity originating from that connection. Users are personally responsible for the security of the ID and password assigned to them. Viewing, copying, altering or destroying any file, or connecting to a computer on the network without explicit permission of the owner is prohibited. Users may not use the Hamilton data network or telephone system to attempt to circumvent protection schemes or exercise security loopholes in any computer, network, or telephone system component.
User IDs and Passwords
Passwords should be known only to the person responsible for the account and user ID. Ways to ensure this include avoiding storing passwords or any other information that could be used to gain access to other computing resources on your workstation, never sharing passwords, and never taping passwords to a wall, under a keyboard, or in other easily discoverable areas. Access to user IDs may not be loaned or sold and any suspected breach of password security should be immediately reported to the ITS e-mail administrator. Passwords should be changed (at least) every six months.
It is the college policy to require authentication from individuals requesting password changes. Students who forget their passwords can request a new password on the ITS website. In order to request a new password the student must know his/her college ID number. Passwords will only be provided in a sealed envelope in U. S. or campus mail, or in person. A person picking up passwords at the ITS offices must show his/her valid Hamilton College ID card. Employees who forget their password can request one through the Helpdesk. Passwords will not generally be given out over the telephone (exceptions can be made for individuals who are on leave from the college, but special steps will be taken to authenticate that the requestor is the correct person). The policy of ITS is not to request a password unless an individual specifically calls to request help from someone in ITS. A user receiving a call from someone asking for a password should regard the call as a scam.
Protecting Desktop Equipment and Files
Backups and protection of files stored on desktop equipment are the responsibility of the user of that equipment. Users must back up their work files on a regular basis. ITS provides storage space on central servers for this purpose. Department members are responsible for ensuring that critical files are backed up in their areas.
Individual users are responsible for safeguarding the equipment entrusted to them by the college. This includes reasonable protection of equipment from damage and theft. Individual users are also responsible for safeguarding any equipment they own personally and bring to campus.
Confidentiality and Privacy
Hamilton takes reasonable steps to protect users from unauthorized entry into their accounts or files, whether by other users or by system administrators, except in instances where a system-related problem requires such entry. A limited number of authorized Hamilton personnel must occasionally monitor information on the network and/or computer systems to maintain the integrity of the systems. This access is required for reasons that include,
